Tank Combat Full Tracked

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized
by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

information in books and make it universally accessible.
https://books.google.com
01.11 :
2350-255-34-1-2-2
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TECHNICAL MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
HULL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 9-1
DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM 10-1
MAINTENANCE MANUAL EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND

MATERIALS LIST A- 1
FABRICATED TOOLS B-1

VOLUME II PART 2
Y
INDEX R AR INDEX-1
MAINTENANCE L IB
M AN
D ER
AL
PUBLIC DOCENTS
REFERENCE DEPARTMENT
U
A
N
I
I
N
V NOV 18 1982
I
E
G
R
R
S
I
I
T
V
Y
OF
NOTE :
TANK, COMBAT, FULL-TRACKED : THE STYLE OF THIS TM IS
EXPERIMENTAL. IT IS BEING TRIED
105- MM GUN , M1
BY THE ARMY ONLY ON
A LIMITED BASIS
(2350-01-061-2445 )
GENERAL ABRAMS
HULL
UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA LIBRARY
X004830317
TA195223
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
190
:
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
WARNING
RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL
HANDLE CAREFULLY
RADIOACTIVE
The M1 Collimator (Muzzle Reference Sensor) used to compensate for gun tube bend contains the radioactive
isotope "tritium " (H-3).
The radioactive material is completely encased within the unit and poses no external radiation threat to the
user.
The radioactive material is licensed under Federal Law by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission . The licensee is
HQ, US Army ARRCOM , Rock Island , IL 61299. The licensed Health Physicist may be contacted at
AUTOVON 793-6982/6989/5843 or commercial (309) 794-6982/ 6989/5843 . Material pertaining to the
NRC license, information concerning the safe use and storage of the radioactive material, and fire or other
emergencies, should be referred to the licensed Health Physicist.
WARNING
The antireflective coating on all infrared optics contains thorium fluoride which is slightly radioactive . The
only potential hazard involves ingestion (swallowing or inhaling) of this material. Dispose of broken lens, etc. in
accordance with AR 385-11.
DON'T TAKE CHANCES
WARNING
Ammunition containing explosives must be handled with care at all times. The explosive in primers and fuses
⚫is very sensitive to shock and high temperature. If ammunition is dropped , thrown , tumbled , or dragged, an
explosion may result, causing death or injury and destruction of equipment. Disassembly of ammunition is
not authorized .
Volume II
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
DANGER
laser light
WARNING
You can be blinded if you look into a laser beam when you are not wearing laser safety goggles. Never aim
the laser rangefinder at personnel.
If laser beam reflects from a flat, mirror-like surface it can blind you unless you are wearing laser safety
goggles.
All people who work downrange of the laser must wear laser safety goggles . Laser safety goggles, NS
4240-00-258-2054 will protect you.
Treat the laser rangefinder as a direct-fire weapon, with hazardous range of 8000 meters. Observe the
following precautions when laser rangefinder is being used:
1. Never fire the laser rangefinder at a target less than 10 meters away.
2. Never fire the laser rangefinder at flat glass or mirror- like targets.
3. Fire the laser rangefinder only at approved laser targets on an approved laser-firing range.
4. Report through the chain of command if:
(a) An unprotected person may have been in the beam path and closer than 8000 meters when the
laser rangefinder was fired.
(b) An unprotected person was looking at a flat glass or mirror- like surface when the laser rangefinder
was fired at it.
NOTE
Person in charge must arrange for necessary eye examination and report in
5. Make sure you get laser safety training before you work near an operating laser.
b Volume II
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE
is used in the operation of this equipment.
DEATH ON CONTACT
fe may result if personnel fail to observe safety precautions.
Never work on electronic equipment unless there is at least one other person nearby who is familiar with the
operation and hazards of that equipment. That person should also be competent in giving first aid . When
operators help a technician , they must be warned about dangerous areas.
th Whenever possible, shut off the power supply to equipment before beginning work. When working inside the
equipment with power off, take special care to ground capacitors likely to hold a dangerous potential .
Be careful not to contact high-voltage connections when installing or operating this equipment.
Whenever possible, keep one hand away from the equipment to reduce the hazard of current flowing through
vital organs of the body.
WARNING
Do not be misled by the term " low voltage". Voltages as low as 50 volts may cause death.
For artificial respiration , refer to FM 21-11.
WARNING
Remove rings, bracelets, wristwatches, and neck chains before working around the tank or other vehicles.
Jewelry can catch on equipment and cause injury, or may short across an electrical circuit and cause severe
burns or electrical shock.
Volume II c
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
DANGER
laser light
WARNING
the laser rangefinder at personnel .
If laser beam reflects from a flat, mirror-like surface it can blind you unless you are wearing laser safet
goggles.
All people who work downrange of the laser must wear laser safety goggles . Laser safety goggles, NS
4240-00-258-2054 will protect you .
Treat the laser rangefinder as a direct-fire weapon , with hazardous range of 8000 meters. Observe the
following precautions when laser rangefinder is being used:
2. Never fire the laser rangefinder at flat glass or mirror-like targets.
laser rangefinder was fired .
was fired at it.
NOTE
b Volume II
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
+WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE
DEATH ON CONTACT
may result if personnel fail to observe safety precautions .
operation and hazards of that equipment. That person should also be competent in giving first aid. When
operators help a technician, they must be warned about dangerous areas.
Whenever possible, shut off the power supply to equipment before beginning work. When working inside the
equipment with power off, take special care to ground capacitors likely to hold a dangerous potential .
WARNING
Do not be misled by the term " low voltage". Voltages as low as 50 volts may cause death.
WARNING
Remove rings, bracelets, wristwatches, and neck chains before working around the tank or other vehicles.
D
Volume II
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
DANGER
laser light
WARNING
the laser rangefinder at personnel.
If laser beam reflects from a flat, mirror- like surface it can blind you unless you are wearing laser safety
goggles.
All people who work downrange of the laser must wear laser safety goggles. Laser safety goggles, NSN
4240-00-258-2054 will protect you .
Treat the laser rangefinder as a direct-fire weapon , with hazardous range of 8000 meters . Observe the
following precautions when laser rangefinder is being used :
2. Never fire the laser rangefinder at flat glass or mirror-like targets.
laser rangefinder was fired.
was fired at it.
NOTE
b Volume II
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE
DEATH ON CONTACT
may result if personnel fail to observe safety precautions.
operation and hazards of that equipment. That person should also be competent in giving first aid. When
operators help a technician , they must be warned about dangerous areas.
Whenever possible, shut off the power supply to equipment before beginning work. When working inside the
equipment with power off, take special care to ground capacitors likely to hold a dangerous potential.
WARNING
Do not be misled by the term "low voltage". Voltages as low as 50 volts may cause death .
WARNING
Remove rings, bracelets, wristwatches, and neck chains before working around the tank or other vehicles .
Volume II
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
WARNING
CARBON MONOXIDE ( EXHAUST GAS) CAN KILL YOU
Carbon monoxide is without color or smell , but can kill you . Breathing air with carbon monoxide produces
symptoms of headache, dizziness , loss of muscular control , a sleepy feeling, and coma . Brain damage or
death can result from heavy exposure. Carbon monoxide occurs in the exhaust fumes of fuel- burning heaters
and internal combustion engines. Carbon monoxide can become dangerously concentrated under conditions
of no air movement . Precautions must be followed to insure crew safety when the personnel heater, or main
or auxiliary engine of any vehicle is operated for any purpose.
1. DO NOT operate personnel heater or engine of vehicle in a closed place unless the place has a lot of
moving air.
2. DO NOT idle engine for long periods without ventilator blower operation . If tactical situation permits ,
open hatches.
3. DO NOT drive any vehicle with inspection plates, cover plates, or engine compartment doors removed
unless necessary for maintenance purposes.
A.
BE ALERT at all times during vehicle operation for exhaust odors and exposure symptoms. If either are
present, IMMEDIATELY VENTILATE personnel compartments . If symptoms persist, remove affected crew
to fresh air; keep warm ; DO NOT PERMIT PHYSICAL EXERCISE; if necessary, give artificial respiration,
and get immediate medical attention .
5. BE AWARE; neither the gas particulate filter unit nor the field protection mask for
nuclear- biological -chemical ( NBC) protection will protect you from carbon monoxide poisoning.
THE BEST DEFENSE AGAINST CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING

IS GOOD VENTILATION.
d Volume II
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
WARNING
Adhesive burns easily and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, keep
away from open fire and use in a well-ventilated area.
WARNING
Adhesives and solvents burn easily and can give off harmful vapors . To avoid
injury, keep away from open fire and use in a well -ventilated area.
WARNING
Always reduce system hydraulic pressure to zero before you start work. Sudden
movement of hydraulic parts can injure you .
WARNING
Always wear safety glasses when working on the hydraulic system . If hydraulic
fluid gets in your eyes, you can be blinded .
WARNING
Block both ends of both tracks with blocks before reducing hydraulic pressure to
N
zero. Tank can roll suddenly and cause injury.
WARNING
Compressed air used for cleaning purposes will not exceed 30 PSI . Use only
with effective chip guarding and personal protective equipment (goggles/shield ,
gloves, etc.).
WARNING
Hot equipment can burn you . Wait until hydraulic tubes and hoses are cool
enough to touch before you start work.
WARNING
Solvent burns easily and can give off harmful vapors . To avoid injury , use in a
well-ventilated area and keep away from open fire.
WARNING
Solvent can irritate skin and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, keep
away from heat, wear protective clothing, and use in a well-ventilated area.
Volume II
TM9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
WARNING
Liquid halon 1301 can cause frostbite or eye injury. Wear protective clothing and goggles
to avoid contact . If it gets on hands , hold them under armpits or put in warm water until
warmed . If liquid halon gets in eyes , flush with large amounts of water . Get medical help
right away.
Volume II
ECHNICAL MANUAL *TM- 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
WASHINGTON, D.C.
Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual
TANK, COMBAT, FULL-TRACKED: 105-MM GUN , M1 HULL
(2350-01-061-2445 )
Reporting Errors and Recommending Improvements
You can help improve this manual . If you find any mistake or if you know of a way to improve the
procedures , please let us know. Mail your letter , DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publication and
Blank Forms), or DA Form 2028-2 located in the back of this manual directly to: Commander , U.S. Army
Tank-Automotive Command , DRSTA- MB , Warren , MI 48090. • A reply will be furnished to you.
NOTE
This volume is divided into two parts: Chapters 9 and 10 are

contained in this part ; Chapters 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 , and 8 are in
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-1.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 2 Paragraph Page

TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
CHAPTER 9. HULL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
General 9-1 9-1
Equipment Items Covered 9-2 9-1
Equipment Items Not Covered 9-3 9-1
General Maintenance Instructions 9-4 9-1
Taillight 9-5 9-7
Domelight 9-6 9-15
Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB) 9-7 9-34
Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB) 9-8 9-134
Driver's Instrument Panel (DIP) 9-9 9-278
Driver's Master Control Panel (DMP) 9-10 9-355
Driver's Indicator Panel (Alert Panel) 9-11 9-420
Wiring Harnesses 9-12 9-453
Headlight 9-13 9-561
Electronic Control Unit (ECU) 9-14 9-572
*This manual supersedes TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2, 1 May 1982 , including all changes.
Volume II i
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Paragraph Page
CHAPTER 10. FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
General 10-1 10-1
Equipment Items Covered 10-2 10-1
Equipment Items Not Covered 10-3 10-1
General Maintenance Instructions 10-4 10-1
Distribution Tube Assemblies 10-5 10-6
Valve and Bottle Assembly 10-6 10-27
APPENDIX A. EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST A- 1
APPENDIX B. FABRICATED TOOLS B- 1
INDEX Index-1
Volume
II
=
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
LIST OF TABLES
Number Title Page
9-1 Equipment Items Covered 9-1

9-2 Wire Location, Size, and Type of Termination 9-94
9-3 Wire Location, Types of Termination , and Wire Size 9-202
9-4 Wire Location, Size, and Type of Termination 9-329
9-5 Wire Location, Types of Terminals, and Wire Sizes 9-400
9-6 Wire Location, Types of Terminals, and Wire Size 9-439
10-1 Equipment Items Covered 10-1
Volume II iii/(iv blank)

TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
CHAPTER 9
HULL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
9-1. General. This chapter tells you how to fix the M1 hull electrical system . The chapter is divided into
paragraphs and then into tasks. Each task explains how to remove , install , replace, or repair parts. Bad parts
are replaced with good parts. In most cases, the part, subassembly, or assembly is already off the tank.
9-2. Equipment Items Covered. Each paragraph , starting with paragraph 9-5 , lists tasks which repair bad
parts. The equipment items covered in this chapter are listed in table 9-1 with their paragraph and page
numbers.
Table 9-1 . Equipment Items Covered
Paragraph Title Page
9-5 Taillight 9· 7
9-6 Domelight 9- 15
9 7 Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB) 9- 34
9 · 8 Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB) 9-134
9-9 Driver's Instrument Panel (DIP) 9-278
9-10 Driver's Master Control Panel (DMP) 9-355
9-11 Driver's Indicator Panel (Alert Panel) 9-420
9-12 Wiring Harnesses 9-453
9-13 Headlight 9-561
9-14 Electronic Control Unit (ECU) 9-572
9-3. Equipment Items Not Covered. None
9-4. General Maintenance Instructions. This section gives maintenance instructions for the repair,
replacement, and maintenance of electrical parts and components .
a. Soldering Techniques
WARNING
Cleaning compound can cause skin rash and can give off harmful vapors. To
avoid injury, use in a well-ventilated area . Wash immediately with soap and water
if compound gets on skin or clothing.
(1) Solder connections must be bright and clean before soldering so that solder will bond parts
together. Clean dirt and grease from connections with cleaning compound solvent MIL-C- 81302
and acid swabbing brush . Use the solder listed in the task expendable supplies list. All wires,
parts, and soldering iron must be pre-tinned for good bond and maximum transfer of heat.
Always use the soldering tool listed in the task common tool list . Use long round nose pliers to
hold wires while soldering wires to connectors.
Volume II
Para. 9-1
9-1
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
9-4. General Maintenance Instructions (Continued):
a. Soldering Techniques (Continued)
(2) After soldering, clean all solder joints with cleaning compound solvent and acid swabbing brush
to obtain a clean bright surface .
b. Cleaning Electrical Components
WARNING
Solvent can irritate skin and can give off harmful vapors . To avoid injury, keep
solvent away from heat, wear protective clothing, and use in a well-ventilated
..
area.
(1 ) Clean off oil , grease, and any dirt from cable harnesses, ports , and connectors, with solvent and
brush , or lint-free cloth . Be sure to clean dirt from connectors and cover clean parts with dust
caps, plugs ( bulk) , or lint-free cloths ( appendix A , Item 69) .
(2) Wipe up wet or damp places . Take steps to keep water out of the turret.
(3) Rub corrosion off connector contacts and other parts with pencil eraser. Remove rust by
scraping, wire brushing, or both . If rust damage is too great, or on small thin parts that would
be weakened by rust, you may need to replace the part. Find the cause of the rust and correct
the problem .
WARNING
Cleaning compound can cause skin rash and can give off harmful vapors. To
avoid injury, use in a well-ventilated area. Wash immediately with soap and water
if compound gets on skin or clothing.
Compressed air used for cleaning purposes will not exceed 30 psi . Use only
with effective chip guarding and personal protective equipment (goggles/
shield , gloves , etc) .
(4) Threaded holes in metal must be thoroughly clean when sealing compounds are used to lock
screws in place. Take off older preservative or sealing com - pounds from threads with tap and
tap wrench . Blow loose particles out of holes with compressed air, then clean threads with
solvent cleaning compound MIL-C-81302 and acid swabbing brush . Let holes dry before putting
in screws .
(5) Check intake cooling vents and screens and exhaust ducts for anything that will block the flow of
air. Clean intake vents and screens to keep dirt from getting inside equipment.
c. Crimping Wire Contacts
(1) Cut off broken , bent, or discolored contacts with diagonal cutting pliers. Use a thermal wire
stripper to strip about 1 /2 -inch of insulation from the end of the wire.
Volume II
Para. 9-4
9-2
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
c. Crimping Wire Contacts (Continued)
NOTE
Color bands on contacts indicate wire size . For example, contacts with green
color bands are for 22 to 26 gage wire . Contacts with red color bands are for
20 to 24 gage wire.
(2) Put the contact in the crimping tool with the color band toward the rear. Put the bare wire in the
contact and squeeze the crimping tool . Take the crimped contact out of the tool and check the
crimp by looking in the inspection hole. You must be able to see the end of the bare wire.
d . Tagging Electrical Wires and Components
(1 ) Look at the wire and the component that the wire is fastened to for numbers or letters . Write
the numbers or letters on tags with a pencil . Fasten tags to wires and components by twisting
wire ends.
(2) If you cannot tag a wire for any reason , write down the wire number, location , and termination
point on paper so that when you install a new wire you know where it goes.
e. Heat Shrinking Insulation Sleeving
NOTE
Insulation sleeving tubing should be twice the diameter of the part it will be
shrunk over.
(1 ) Slide sleeving over wire and terminal.
(2) Hold thermal heat gun 4 or 5 inches away from sleeving and apply heat for about 30 seconds.
Take away the thermal heat gun as soon as sleeving forms to the shape of the wire and terminal .
(3) Let sleeving cool 30 seconds before handling.
f. Connecting and Disconnecting Connectors
(1 ) If connectors cannot be removed by hand , use slip joint conduit style pliers with plastic jaw
inserts to loosen them . Finish removal by hand . Straighten any bent contacts with long round
nose pliers. When installing connectors on larger harnesses , another soldier will be needed to
help align the mating ends of the cable. Make sure that contacts and keyways line up. Tighten
twist-snap-type connectors until a click is heard . Tighten screw-on-type connectors until the
ratchet noise is heard to indicate that connectors are tight.
Volume II
Para. 9-4,
9-3
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
9-4. General Maintenance Instructions (Continued) :
f. Connecting and Disconnecting Connectors (Continued)
(2) Put a protective cap or cover over any electrical connector that is left uncovered. Cover
connectors on any item being moved to or from the tank. Take off caps and plugs when
connectors are put back.
(3) Look at connectors for broken , missing, or pushed in contacts before making any connections .
(4) Tighten connectors by hand whenever tools are not called out.
g. Replacing Electrical Wiring or Components
(1 ) Always look carefully at equipment for likely signs of trouble while doing routine work. Check
cables and harnesses for chafing. Reposition as required and tie down any harness that is free
to move and rub against metal . Use anti- chafing sleeve on cables and harnesses where chafing
could occur, and where tie wraps are used as required.
Ifyou look for possible troublespots and make repairs at once , you can cut down on repair time
and extra work. Replace any harness or harness wires that have splits , tears , or worn spots. If
troubleshooting isolates a broken harness , replace that harness .
NOTE
Each wiring harness and/or cable assembly is identified separately, with all com-
ponent parts, in TM 9-2350-255-34P1 . Identify the wiring harness and/or cable
assemblyyou are working on and requisition the parts you need from TM 9-2350-
255-34P1 .
(2) Do not put a trouble light within 2 inches of a fire sensor. A trouble light too near a fire sensor
can cause fire extinguishers to discharge.
(3) Replace damaged or crossthreaded screws and nuts. Check for torn or stretched gaskets and
leaks.
(4) Tighten all loose parts. Use correct torque values when tightening screws and nuts . Straighten
bent parts where possible and check for cracks . Replace all bad and missing parts.
(5) Make sure that ground points in electrical system are kept clean , free of paint and corrosion, and
tight.
(6) Check mountings, parts, and shafts for proper alignment.
h. Replacing Modules
(1) If modules and mounting area are not identified , be sure to identify them before removing them .
(2) To take out modules, slide points of module socket removal tool in indents of modules and push
the tool until the clips unlock. Hold socket removal tool tight and pull module out.
(3) To put in new module, push it in the rail assembly until a firm snap is felt and a click is heard .
Look through the inspection hole to make sure the clip is in place.
Volume II
Para. 9-4,
9-4
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
9-4. General Maintenance Instructions (Continued) :
i. Replacing and Repairing Connectors and Receptacles
(1) Use soft jaw pliers to unscrew receptacles and connectors . Then hold the connector or
receptacle with the back end toward you . Slide the removal end of the installing and removal
tool over the wire of the contact to be taken out. Slide the tool along the wire and into the hole
until it engages the contact and a slight pressure is felt. The contact is now unlocked.
(2) Pull the contact and wire out of the connector or receptacle . Cut off bad contacts with diagonal
cutting pliers. Use a thermal stripper to strip insulation off wire. Place the new contact in the
crimping tool. Put the bare end of the wire in the contact and crimp it.
(3) Look in the inspection hole of the contact for the end of the bare wire . You must be able to see
the bare wire in the contact. If you do not see the bare wire , take out the wire and crimp it
again.
(4) Hold the colored end of the installing and removal tool toward the connector or receptacle . Lay
I
the wire along the slot in the tool . Leave at least 1 /2 -inch of wire sticking out of end of the tool .
Pull the wire back through the tool until the crimped shoulder seats against the tips of the tool .
Push the contact in the connector or receptacle until it stops . The contact is now locked in the
connector or receptacle.
( 5) Put contacts and sealing plugs in all empty contact holes in the connector or receptacle . Use
soft jaw pliers to tighten the retaining nut.
j. Replacing Diodes, Relays, Potentiometers, Switches, Circuit Breakers, Capacitors, Semiconductors,

and Resistors
WARNING
Capacitors may hold high voltage that could cause serious injury. Before
handling capacitors, short them to a ground .
(1 ) Before removing any component from any box or panel , check to see if the component and
mounting area are identified . If not , write identification on tags and fasten tags to the component
and the mounting area . If, for any reason, tags cannot be fastened to a component or mounting
area, use a marking pencil and mark identification on the component and mounting area .
(2) When replacing diodes, coat both the mica washers and the mount with silicone compound
MIL-S-8660. Mount one washer on the threaded end before inserting the diode in the mounting
hole.
(3) When replacing potentiometers , switches, and circuit breakers , be sure keyways, washers, and
tabs are lined up in mounting holes before tightening hardware.
Volume II
Para. 9-4
9-5
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
j. Replacing Diodes, Relays, Potentiometers, Switches, Circuit Breakers, Capacitors, Semiconductors,

and Resistor
(4) When removing parts for access only, do not throw away lockwashers. In most cases the
washers are made of special material and came with the part and cannot be ordered separately.
(5) When soldering capacitors, relays, circuit breakers , resistors, and semiconductors, hold terminal
lugs and leads with long, round nose pliers to prevent parts from overheating.
k. Testing Harness and Connector
(1 ) Set multimeter to measure low resistance .
(2) Make continuity check of all wires and shield terminations on repaired or replaced connectors.
(3) Refer to wiring diagrams at end of para . 9-12 for each harness. If you do not have continuity
between all pins, recheck repair of connector. If you still do not have continuity, replace harness.
(4) Set the megohmmeter to 500 v dc. Turn the megohmmeter on . Make a resistance
measurement from each pin A, B, C; etc. , in turn , to the shell of the repaired or replaced
connector.
(5) Then measure the resistance between pin A and each of the other pins, in turn , until all
combinations have been measured . Do not measure where two pins, or a pin and a shell , are
intentionally wired together; refer to para 9-12 . If the resistance measured between a pin and its
connector shell , or between two pins, is less than 100 megohms, replace the connector, plug, or
receptacle.
Volume II
Para. 9-4
9-6
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
9-5. Taillight Maintenance
Task Title Frames

123
Remove Receptacle Connector 1-2

Install Receptacle Connector 3
Replace Taillight Assembly 4-5
TASK 1. Remove Receptacle Connector
Applicability: All Models
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Pliers, diagonal cutting
Pliers, long round nose
Rule, machinist's, 6-inch
Soldering Iron , 48-watt
Special Tools:
Gun, thermal , 8031088
Maintenance Kit, electrical, 12285360
Supplies:
NOTE: Expendable supplies are defined in appendix A.
Brush, acid swabbing (Item 10)
Cleaning Compound , MIL-C- 81302 (Item 11 )
Pencil (Item 25)
Sleeving, insulation , MIL-R-46846 (Bulk)
Solder, QQ-S- 571 (Item 33)
Tag, marker (Item 34) (as required)
Wire, 16 - gage, M81044/ 12-16-9 ( Bulk)
Personnel: One
Equipment Condition:
Taillight on clean work surface.
Preliminary Procedures: None
Volume II
Para. 9-5, Task 1
9-7
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 1
Remove Receptacle Connector:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on soldering techniques , crimping and tagging electrical wires,
and heat shrinking techniques, before doing any work.
1. Cut off insulation sleeving ( 1 ) from cable ( 2 ) and connector (3) with knife. Get rid of sleeving ( 1 ) .
2. Using soft jaw pliers, unscrew adapter (4) from connector (3) .
3. Slide adapter (4) along cable (2) away from connector (3).
4. Using installing and removal tool , pull out five contacts ( 5) from connector (3).
5. Take off connector (3) and adapter (4) from cable ( 2) .
6. Look at connector (3) and adapter (4) for cracks or stripped threads. Turn in bad parts. Set aside
good parts for later use.
7. Look at five contacts (5 ) for cracks , corrosion , or looseness. If bad go to frame 2. If OK TASK 1
ENDS HERE .
GO TO FRAME 2
3
4
5 ) 5 PLACES
2
3
4
TA194677
Volume II
Para. 9-5 , Task 1
9-8
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 2
Replace Contact:
1. Cut off bad contact ( 1 ) from wire ( 2 ) with diagonal cutting pliers. Get rid of contact ( 1 ) .
2. Measure and cut off 6 inches from wire (2) with rule and diagonal cutting pliers.
3. Measure and cut new wire (3) 6-1 /2 inches long with rule and diagonal cutting pliers. Using thermal
wire stripper, strip ends of wires (2, 3).
A.
Solder wire (3) to old wire ( 2 ) with soldering iron .
5. Measure and cut a piece of insulation sleeving ( 4) 5 /8-inch long with rule and knife. Slide sleeving (4)
over solder joint. Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving (4).
6. Using crimping tool , crimp new contact ( 1 ) on wire (3).
7. If any other contacts are bad, do steps 1 through 7 again.
Follow-on Maintenance:
NOTE: To install receptacle connector, refer to task 2.
TASK 1 ENDS HERE
3 1
CUT HERE
2 2
6 INCHES
3 OLD WIRE 2
TA194678
Volume II
Para. 9-5 , Task 1
9-9
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 2. Install Receptacle Connector
Common Tools: None
Special Tools:
Maintenance Kit, electrical , 12285360
Supplies:
Adhesive, Type II , MMM-A- 1617 (Item 7)
Sleeving, insulation ( 06090) 202F221-51
Personnel: One
Preliminary Procedure:
Remove receptacle connector; refer to task 1 .
Volume II
Para. 9-5 , Task 2
9-10
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 3
Install Receptacle Connector:
NOTE
Read para . 9-4 , on heat shrinking techniques, before doing any work.
1. Put new insulation sleeving ( 1 ) on cable ( 2) .
2. Put adapter (3) on cable (2) .
3. Using installing and removal tool , push five contacts (4) in connector (5).
4. Using soft jaw pliers, screw on and tighten adapter (3) to connector ( 5) .
WARNING
Adhesives can burn easily and can give off harmful vapors . To avoid injury, keep
adhesives away from open fire and use them in a well -ventilated area .
5. Brush a thin coat of adhesive on adapter (3) and on inside of large end of insulation sleeving ( 1 ) .
6. Push insulation sleeving ( 1 ) over adapter ( 3) . Using thermal gun , shrink insulation sleeving ( 1 ) .
Follow-on Maintenance: None
TASK 2 ENDS HERE
3
1
5 3
5 PLACES 4 1
TA194679
Volume II
Para. 9-5, Task 2
9-11
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 3. Replace Taillight Assembly
Common Tools:
Screwdriver , cross tip
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Taillight assembly ( 19207 ) 12287048
Personnel: One
Preliminary Procedures:
1. Remove receptacle connector; refer to task 1.
2. Remove taillight door and gasket; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para. 11-6 .
Volume II
Para. 9-5, Task 3
9-12
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 4
Remove Taillight Assembly:
1. Push in and turn four lamps ( 1 ) counterclockwise. Take out lamps ( 1 ) from sockets (2) .
2. Look at lamps ( 1 ) for broken filament or glass. Get rid of bad parts. Set good parts aside for later
use.
3. Unscrew and take off two screws (3) from taillight assembly (4) with screwdriver.
4. Unscrew and take off three screws (5) from plate (6) with screwdriver.
5. Pull taillight assembly (4) from taillight body (7).
6. Pull cable assembly (8) through taillight body (7) . Turn in taillight
assembly (4) and cable assembly ( 8).
GO TO FRAME 5
2 4 PLACES
4 PLACES
3 PLACES
3
2 PLACES 7
8 )2304345
TA194680
Volume II
Para. 9-5, Task 3
9-13
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 5
Install Taillight Assembly:
1. Put new cable assembly ( 1 ) through taillight body (2 ). Put plate (3) in position in taillight body (2) .
2. Place taillight assembly (4) in taillight body ( 2).
3. Screw in and tighten three screws (5) in plate (3) with screwdriver.
4. Screw in and tighten two screws (6) in taillight assembly (4) with screwdriver.
5. Push in and turn four lamps ( 7) clockwise in sockets ( 8).
Follow-on Maintenance :
1. Install taillight door and gasket; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-6 .
2. Install receptacle connector; refer to task 2.
END OF TAILLIGHT MAINTENANCE
4 PLACES ( 7 2
8 ) 4 PLACES
3 PLACES ( 5
2 PLACES ( 6
TA194681
Volume II
Para. 9-5, Task 3
9-14
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
-9-6. Domelight
Task Title Frames

12
Disassemble Domelight 1-10

2 Assemble Domelight 11-17
TASK 1. Disassemble Domelight
Common Tools:
Hammer, ball peen
Handle, socket wrench , ratchet, 3/8- inch square drive
Key, socket head screw, 5/64- inch
Key, socket head screw, 3/ 16- inch
Knife, pocket
Knife, putty
Punch, drive pin , tapered , 1 /8-inch
Screwdriver, cross tip
Screwdriver, flat tip
Socket, socket wrench, 3/8 - inch square drive , 7 /16 - inch
Soldering Iron , 48- watt
Wrench, combination , 5/ 16 -inch
Wrench , combination , 1 /2- inch
Wrench, combination , 9/16-inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Dry Cleaning Solvent , P- D- 680 (Item 13)
Pencil (Item 25)
Rag, wiping (Item 27)
Personnel: One
Domelight on clean work surface.
Preliminary Procedure: None
Volume II
Para. 9-6 , Task 1 9-15
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 1
Remove Knob and Incandescent Lamps:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4 , on soldering and tagging electrical wires, and crimping wire
contacts before doing any work.
1. Loosen two setscrews ( 1 ) with 5/64- inch key. Pull off knob ( 2).
2. Look at knob ( 2 ) for cracks or breaks . If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
CAUTION
Set handle (3 ) to red position before opening domelight (4). Lens (5) can break
if domelight (4) is opened with handle ( 3) in white position .
3. Move handle ( 3) to red position on domelight (4). Loosen screw (6) with socket and handle.
4. Open domelight (4). Push in and turn incandescent lamp (7) counterclockwise . Take out lamp (7).
5. Pull out spare incandescent lamp (8) . Set lamp ( 7) and spare lamp (8) aside.
GO TO FRAME 2
1
8
4 2
4 5
1
3
VIEW ROTATED 180°

TA19468
Volume II
Para. 9-6 , Task 1
9-16
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 2
Remove Handle and Filter Assembly:
1. Pull spring pin ( 1 ) out of filter assembly cam ( 2) with pliers. Get rid of pin ( 1 ) .
2. Pull handle (3) out of lower housing (4). Look at handle (3 ) for bends, cracks, or breaks. If bad turn
in. If OK set aside for later use.
3. Take out filter assembly ( 5) . Unscrew detent plunger (6) from filter assembly cam ( 2) with flat tip
screwdriver. Look at plunger (6) for stripped threads. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
4. Look at filter assembly lens (7) for cracks or breaks. Look at filter assembly cam ( 2) for bends ,
cracks, or breaks . If either is bad turn in filter assembly ( 5) . If OK set aside for later use.
GO TO FRAME 3
1
3
2
TA195225
Volume II
Para. 9-6, Task 1
9-17
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 3
Remove Handle and Filter Assembly (Continued):
1. Unscrew and take off dust and moisture boot ( 1 ) and bushing (2) with 1 /2-inch and 9 /16-inch
wrenches . Get rid of boot (1 ).
2. Look at bushing ( 2) for cracks, breaks, or stripped threads . If bad get rid of bushing (2) . If OK set
aside for later use.
Remove Seal :
3. Scrape seal ( 3) off lower housing (4) with putty knife. Get rid of seal (3) .
WARNING
Solvent burns easily and can give off harmful vapors . To avoid injury, use in a
4. Clean old adhesive out of lower housing (4) with solvent and rag.
GO TO FRAME 4
3
Θ 1
TA194683
Volume II
Para. 9-6 , Task 1
9-18
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 4
Remove Lampholder:
1. Unscrew and take out screw ( 1 ) , cable lug terminal ( 2) , lockwasher (3) , and nut (4) with flat tip
screwdriver and 5/16- inch wrench . Get rid of lockwasher (3).
2. Unscrew and take out two screws (5) , lockwashers ( 6) , and sleeve bushings ( 7) with flat tip
screwdriver. Get rid of lockwashers (6) .
3. Look at bushings ( 7) for cracks or breaks. Get rid of bad bushing (7) . Set good bushings ( 7) aside
for later use.
4. Take two grommets (8) out of mounting holes (9) . Get rid of grommets (8) .
5. Slide out lampholder (10) and wire ( 11 ) until ferrule ( 12 ) is showing. Unsolder ferrule ( 12) from wire
( 11 ) . Get rid of ferrule ( 12 ) , bushing ( 13) , and spring ( 14) .
6. Look at lampholder ( 10) for cracks or breaks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
GO TO FRAME 5
5
14 13 12
10
6
7
2 PLACES
8
11
TA194684
Volume II
Para. 9-6, Task 1
9-19
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 5
Remove Light Reflector, Clamp, Spring Tension Clip , and Cushion:
1. Unscrew and take out two screws ( 1 ) , and lockwashers ( 2 ) from light reflector (3) with flat tip
screwdriver. Get rid of lockwashers (2).
2. Take out reflector (3) . Take clamp (4) off wiring (5) . Look at reflector ( 3) and clamp (4) for bends
or breaks. Turn in bad parts . Set good parts aside for later use.
3. Unscrew and take out screw (6) on spring tension clip ( 7) with cross tip screwdriver.
4. Take out and look at clip ( 7) for bends or breaks . If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
5. Scrape cushion ( 8) off upper housing (9) with putty knife. Get rid of cushion (8).
WARNING
well-ventilated area and keep away from open fire .
6. Clean old adhesive off upper housing ( 9) with solvent and rag.
GO TO FRAME 6
1
1
2 PLACES
2 3
HOUSING REMOVED
FOR CLARITY
9
8
TA194685
Volume II
Para. 9-6 , Task 1
9-20
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 6
Remove Rheostat:
1. Unscrew dust and moisture boot ( 1 ) from rheostat shaft (2 ) with 1 / 2 - inch wrench . Get rid of
boot (1 ).
2. Unsolder two wires (3) from terminals (4 ) on rheostat ( 5) .
3. Take rheostat (5 ) out of lower housing ( 6) . Look at rheostat ( 5) for cracks or burned sections . If bad
turn in. If OK set aside for later use.
GO TO FRAME 7
3
2
TA194686
Volume II
Para. 9-6, Task 1
9-21
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 7
Remove Receptacle Connector Body:
1. Using socket and socket wrench extension , unscrew jamnut ( 1 ) from receptacle connector body ( 2) on
upper housing (3).
2. Pull connector body (2) from upper housing (3).
3. Using soft jaw pliers, unscrew cable clamp adapter (4) from connector body (2) . Slide adapter (4)
back on wires (5).
4. Using installing and removal tool , take contacts (6) out of connector body (2).
5. Look at connector body (2) for cracks, breaks, or stripped threads. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for
later use.
GO TO FRAME 8
5 2
‫םי‬
‫ננכ‬
2 4
TA194687
Volume II
Para. 9-6 , Task 1
9-22
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 8
Remove Identification Plate and Rubber Round Section:
1. Unscrew and take out two screws ( 1 ) from identification plate (2 ) with flat tip screwdriver.
2. Take off identification plate ( 2) and set aside for later use.
3. Pry rubber round section (3) out of groove (4) in lower housing (5) with putty knife. Get rid of rubber
round section (3).
WARNING
4. Clean old adhesive out of groove (4) with solvent and rag.
GO TO FRAME 9
3 5
4
2 PLACES
DOME LIGHT ASSEMBLY

CONTRACT
MFR.
PN. REV.
NSN.
SER.NO. DATE
TA194688
Volume II
Para. 9-6, Task 1
9-23
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 9
Remove Light Lens and Rubber Channel Seal :
1. Unscrew and take out eight screws ( 1 ) and lockwashers (2) from lens retainer (3) with flat tip
screwdriver. Get rid of lockwashers (2).
2. Take off retainer (3). Take light lens (4) and rubber channel seal ( 5) out of groove ( 6) with pocket
knife.
WARNING
3. Look at lens (4) for cracks or breaks . If bad turn in . If OK take seal ( 5) off lens (4) . Get rid of
seal (5 ).
4. Clean groove (6) in lower housing ( 7) with pocket knife , solvent, and rag.
GO TO FRAME 10
1
8 PLACES
3
2
TA194689
Volume II
Para. 9-6 , Task 1
9-24
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
-FRAME 10
Remove Lower Housing:
1. Tap two spring pins ( 1 ) out of hinges (2) with hammer and punch . Pull pins ( 1 ) out with pliers . Get
rid of pins (1 ).
2. Unscrew and take out bolt (3) and washer (4) from lower housing (5 ) with socket and handle.
3. Take off and look at lower housing (5) for cracks or breaks. If bad assemble domelight; refer to
task 2 and then turn in . If OK set aside for later use and go to step 4.
4. Unscrew and take out pipe plug ( 6) with 3/ 16 - inch key.
5. Look at upper housing ( 7) for stripped threads or cracks. If bad assemble domelight; refer to task 2,
and then turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To assemble domelight; refer to task 2.
TASK 1 ENDS HERE
5
2 PLACES
1
2 PLACES
2
6
OH
())
TA194690
Volume II
Para. 9-6, Task 1
9-25
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 2. Assemble Domelight
Common Tools:
Hammer, ball peen Soldering Iron , 48-watt
Handle, socket wrench , ratchet, 3/8-inch square drive Wrench, combination , 5/ 16 - inch
Key, socket head screw, 5/64-inch Wrench, combination , 1 /2- inch
Key, socket head screw, 3/16 - inch Wrench, combination , 9/16-inch
Knife , pocket
Punch drive pin , tapered , 1 /8 -inch
Rule, machinist's , 6 - inch
Screwdriver , flat tip
Socket, socket wrench, 3/8-inch square drive, 7/ 16 -inch
NOTE
If domelight identification plate is replaced , you will need: Die set, metal
stamping, alphabet , 0.125 - inch , NSN 5110-00-289-000, and Die set,
metal stamping, numbers, 0.125-inch, NSN 5110-00-289-000.
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Adhesive, Type I , MIL-A-46106 ( Item 2)
Boot, dust and moisture ( 81349) M5423/09-02 (two required)
Brush , acid swabbing (Item 10)
Cushion, 12281812 (Bulk)
Dry Cleaning Solvent, PD- 680 (Item 13)
Ferrule ( 19207) 11639533
Grommet ( 96906 ) MS35489-6X ((two required)
Lockwasher, lampholder (96906 ) MS35333-37 (three required)
Lockwasher, retainer (96906) MS35333-36 (eight required)
Pencil (Item 25)
Pin, spring (96906) MS16562-9
Pin , spring (96906 ) MS16562-39 (two required)
Rubber Round Section , 11676794 (Bulk)
Seal, 12304434 (Bulk) (four piece)
Seal , rubber channel ( 19207 ) 12281807
Sealing Compound , MIL-S-46163 ( Item 30)
Solder, QQ-S- 571 ( Item 33)
Spring ( 19207) 11639534
Personnel: One
Domelight assembly on clean work suface.
Disassemble domelight; refer to task 1 .
Volume II
Para. 9-6 , Task 2
9-26
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 11
stall Filter Assembly and Handle:
WARNING
-watt
on, 5/16 Adhesives burn easily and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, keep
on, 1/2 away from open fire and use in a well-ventilated area.
on, 9/16
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on soldering techniques, before doing any work.
1. Using measurements shown , measure and cut four new seals ( 1 ) with rule, pencil , and knife. Spread a
thin coat of adhesive on new seals (1 ) and in lower housing (2) with brush . Press seals ( 1 ) in lower
housing (2).
2. Slide bushing (3) in hole in lower housing (2) . Screw new dust and moisture boot (4) on bushing (3)
metal with 1 /2 -inch and 9/16-inch wrenches.
et,
3. Screw detent plunger ( 5) in hole of filter assembly cam (6) with flat tip screwdriver. Put filter
assembly (7) in lower housing (2).
4. Put shaft of handle (8) through hole of filter assembly (7).
5. Line up hole in shaft of handle (8) with hole in filter assembly (7) . Put new spring pin (9) through
holes in shaft of handle ( 8) with pliers. Tap in pin ( 9) with hammer and punch .
6. Tighten plunger (5) with flat tip screwdriver until plunger ( 5) is against side of lower housing (2) .
GO TO FRAME 12
9 .19 INCHES
8
5 2.19 INCHES
5 1
7 1
2
2
2
5
TA194691
Volume II
Para. 9-6, Task 2
9-27
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 2. Assemble Domelight
Common Tools:
Hammer, ball peen
Handle, socket wrench , ratchet, 3/8 -inch square drive Wrench, combination , 5 /16-inch
Key, socket head screw, 5 /64-inch Wrench, combination , 1 /2-inch
Key, socket head screw, 3/16-inch Wrench, combination , 9/16-inch
Knife, pocket
Punch drive pin, tapered, 1 /8-inch
Rule, machinist's , 6 -inch
Socket, socket wrench, 3 , 8-inch square drive, 7 / 16 -inch
NOTE
If domelight identification plate is replaced, you will need: Die set, metal
stamping, alphabet, 0.125-inch , NSN 5110-00-289-000, and Die set,
metal stamping, numbers, 0.125 -inch , NSN 5110-00-289-000.
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Adhesive . Type I, MIL-A-46106 (Item 2)
Boot, dust and moisture ( 81349) M5423 09-02 (two required)
Brush, acid swabbing (Item 10 )
Cleaning Compound, MIL-C-81302 (Item 11 )
Cushion, 12281812 (Bulk)
Dry Cleaning Solvent, PD- 680 (Item 13)
Ferrule (19207) 11639533
Grommet (96906) MS35489-6X ( (two required)
Lockwasher, lamphoider (96906) MS35333-37 (three required)
Lockwasher, retainer (96906) MS35333-36 (eight required)
Pencil (tem 25)
Pr. spring (96906) MS16562-9
Pin spring (96906) MS16562-39 (two required)
Rag wiping (tem 27)
Rubber Round Section, 11676794 (Bulk)
Seai, 12304434 (Bulk) (four piece)
Seal, rubber channel ( 19207) 12281807
Sealing Compound, MIL-S-46163 (tem 30)
Scicer. 00-8-571 (tem 33)
Serrg ( 9207) 11639534
Personnel One
Comelight assembly on clean work suface.
Preliminary Procedures
Disassemble comelight refer to task 1.
Volume II
Para. 9-6. Task 2
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 11
Install Filter Assembly and Handle:
WARNING
Adhesives burn easily and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, keep
away from open fire and use in a well -ventilated area.
NOTE
Read para. 9-4 , on soldering techniques, before doing any work.
1. Using measurements shown , measure and cut four new seals ( 1 ) with rule , pencil , and knife. Spread a
thin coat of adhesive on new seals ( 1 ) and in lower housing (2) with brush . Press seals ( 1 ) in lower
housing (2) .
2. Slide bushing (3) in hole in lower housing (2) . Screw new dust and moisture boot (4) on bushing (3)
with 1 /2 - inch and 9/16- inch wrenches.
3. Screw detent plunger (5) in hole of filter assembly cam (6) with flat tip screwdriver. Put filter
assembly (7) in lower housing (2 ) .
4. Put shaft of handle (8) through hole of filter assembly (7).
5. Line up hole in shaft of handle (8) with hole in filter assembly (7) . Put new spring pin (9) through
holes in shaft of handle (8) with pliers . Tap in pin (9) with hammer and punch .
6. Tighten plunger (5 ) with flat tip screwdriver until plunger (5) is against side of lower housing (2).
GO TO FRAME 12
9 .19 INCHES
8
5 2.19 INCHES
5 1
7
2
2
6 C
2
5
2.PLACES
4
TA194691
Volume II
Para. 9-6, Task 2
9-27
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 12
Assemble Upper and Lower Housing, Rheostat, and Receptacle Connector Body:
1. Line up two hinges ( 1 ) of lower housing ( 2) with hinges (3) of upper housing (4) . Put two new spring
pins (5) in hinges ( 1 , 3) with pliers. Tap in pins ( 5 ) with hammer and punch .
2. Put receptacle connector body (6) in mounting hole in upper housing (4). Using socket and socket
wrench extension , screw on and tighten jamnut (7) to connector body (6) .
3. Put rheostat ( 8) in lower housing ( 2 ) . Match tab ( 9) on rheostat ( 8) with hole in lower housing (2).
4. Screw on and tighten new dust and moisture boot ( 10) on rheostat shaft ( 11 ) with 1 /2 - inch wrench.
5. Solder wire (12 ) from connector body ( 6 ) to rheostat terminal ( 13 ) . Solder short wire ( 14) to
rheostat terminal (15).
GO TO FRAME 13
2
5
2 PLACES
1
6 7 2 PLACES
14
8
13
12
14
15 11
10 9
TA194692
Volume II
Para. 9-6 , Task 2
9-28
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 13
Install Cushion , Spring Tension Clip, Clamp, Pipe Plug, and Light Reflector:
1. Using measurements shown, measure, cut, and score new cushion ( 1 ) with rule, pencil , and knife.
WARNING
2. Spread a thin coat of adhesive on new cushion ( 1 ) with brush.
3. Press cushion ( 1 ) in place in upper housing (2) . Wipe off excess adhesive with rag.
4. Put spring tension clip ( 3 ) in place in upper housing (2) . Screw in and tighten screw (4) in clip (3)
with cross tip screwdriver.
NOTE
Leave enough slack in wires ( 5) going through clamp (6) to let lower housing (7)
open all the way.
5. Put two wires ( 5) in clamp (6) . Put light reflector ( 8) and clamp (6) in place in upper housing ( 2 ) .
6. Screw in and tighten two screws (9), new lockwashers ( 10) and clamp (6) in reflector ( 8) and upper
housing (2) with flat tip screwdriver.
7. Screw in and tighten pipe plug ( 11 ) with 3/16- inch key.
GO TO FRAME 14
3/4-INCH
2-INCH
HOUSING REMOVED
8 FOR CLARITY 1
1 -INCH
9
2 4 2
2 PLACES
10
34 SCORE
.03 INCH
1 DEEP
11
6 7
52 PLACES 2
TA194693
Volume II
Para. 9-6 , Task 2
9-29
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 14
Install Lampholder :
1. Put wire ( 1 ) from rheostat (2 ) through hole in lampholder (3).
2. Slide new spring (4) and ferrule bushing (5) over end of wire (1 ) . Solder new ferrule (6) to end of
wire (1).
3. Pull wire (1 ) until spring (4), ferrule bushing ( 5) , and ferrule (6) are seated in lampholder (3) .
4. Screw in and tighten screw (7) , cable ( 8) , new lockwasher (9) , and nut ( 10) in lampholder (3) with f
tip screwdriver and 5/ 16-inch wrench .
5. Put two new grommets (11 ) in holes of lampholder (3).
6. Align holes in lampholder (3) with holes in lower housing (12).
7. Screw in and tighten two screws ( 13), new lockwashers ( 14), and sleeve bushings ( 15) to lower
housing (12 ) with flat tip screwdriver.
GO TO FRAME 15
5
4
3
13
1 6
2 PLACES (14
15
12
3
12
11)
7
2 PLACES
2
8
3
10
TA194694
Volume II
Para. 9-6, Task 2
9-30
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 15
Install Identification Plate:
1. Look at old identification plate ( 1 ) for cracks, bends, and markings that are not readable. If bad set
aside and go get new plate (1 ) and then do step 2. If OK go to step 3.
2. Stamp information from old plate ( 1 ) on new plate ( 1 ) with die sets and hammer. Turn in old
plate (1 ) .
3. Put a thin coat of sealing compound on threads of two screws (2) .
4. Put plate ( 1 ) on upper housing ( 3) . Align holes in plate ( 1 ) with holes in upper housing (3). Screw in
and tighten two screws (2) with flat tip screwdriver.
Assemble Light Lens and Rubber Channel Seal:
WARNING
Adhesives and solvents burn easily and can give off harmful vapors . To avoid
injury, keep away from open fire and use in a well-ventilated area.
5. Put a thin coat of adhesive in groove (4) in lower housing (5) and in groove (6) of new rubber channel
seal (7) with brush.
6. Press light lens ( 8) in groove (6 ) of seal ( 7 ) . Start at one corner of lens ( 8) and work seal (7) over
edge of lens (8) until lens ( 8 ) is seated in groove (6) of seal ( 7) .
7. Clean all adhesive from lens ( 8) with solvent and rag. Press lens (8) and seal (7) in groove ( 4) in
lower housing (5).
GO TO FRAME 16
8 2 2 3
7 UPPER AND LOWER

HOUSINGS SEPARATED
FOR CLARITY
7
5
5
8
TA194695
Volume II
Para. 9-6 , Task 2
9-31
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 16
Assemble Light Lens and Rubber Channel Seal (Continued) :
1. Line up mounting holes of lens retainer ( 1 ) with holes in lower housing ( 2) . Screw in and tighten eight
screws (3) and new retainer lockwashers (4 ) with flat tip screwdriver.
2. Lay new rubber round section ( 5) around groove (6) in lower housing (2) . Cut ends of rubber round
section (5 ) with pocket knife so that ends of rubber round section ( 5 ) overlap 1/4 inch .
3. Hold overlapping ends of rubber round section ( 5) together. Take rubber round section (5 ) out of
groove (6). Cut ends of rubber round section ( 5) at an angle with pocket knife.
WARNING
away from open fire and use in a well- ventilated area.
4. Spread thin coat of adhesive in groove (6) with brush .
5. Put rubber round section ( 5) in groove (6) so that ends of rubber round section (5) do not come
together at a corner of lower housing (2).
6. Wipe off excess adhesive from rubber round section ( 5) and lower housing ( 2) with solvent and rag.
GO TO FRAME 17
2
5
(3)
8 PLACES
TA194696
Volume II
Para. 9-6, Task 2
9-32
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 17
Install Incandescent Lamps and Knob:
1. Push in and turn incandescent lamp ( 1 ) clockwise in lampholder ( 2 ) until lamp (1 ) is tight.
2. Put spare incandescent lamp (3) in clip (4).
3. Close domelight (5) so lower housing (6) is on top. Screw in and tighten bolt ( 7) and washer ( 8) in
hole in lower housing (6) with socket and handle.
4. Turn rheostat shaft (9) fully counterclockwise. Slide knob ( 10) on shaft ( 9) so white dot ( 11 ) is next
to OFF on lower housing (6).
5. Slide rule between knob ( 10) and lower housing (6) . Push knob ( 10) against rule.
6. Tighten two setscrews ( 12 ) with 5/64- inch key. Pull out rule.
END OF DOMELIGHT MAINTENANCE
1
AS
2
as
10
8S
6 08
3
6
12
7
08 5
10
18
11
жа 8
aa
4
aa
va 9
88 6
28
TA194697
Volume II
Para. 9-6 , Task 2
9-33
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
9-7. Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
Task Title Frames

12345678
12345678
Remove Distribution Housing
Remove Conductor Bus 2W3C
Remove Retaining Strap
Remove Conductor Bus 2W3B
5 Remove Conductor Bus 2W3A
Remove Electrical - Mechanical Post
7 Remove Connector J4 and Cable Assembly
Remove Component Mounting Bracket 8 -9
9 Remove Terminal Board TB1 10
10 Remove Electromagnet Relay K 2 11
11 Remove Circuit Breaker CB2 or CB3 12
12 Remove Conductor Bus 2G1 13 - 14
13 Remove Conductor Bus 2W1 15 · 16
14 Remove Mounts 17
15 Remove Receptacle Connector J1 or J2 and Cable Assembly 18
16 Replace Power Distribution Cover Gasket 19
17 Replace Electromagnet Relay K1A or K1B 20 - 21
18 Replace Circuit Breaker CB1 22 · 23
19 24 · 25
Replace Circuit Breaker CB4 , CB5 , CB6 , or CB7
20 Replace Receptacle Connector J3 26 · 27
23 Replace Electrical Connector TJ1 34 - 35
24 Replace Power Distribution Box Wires 36 - 40
25 Install Receptacle Connector J1 or J2 and Cable Assembly 41
26 Install Mounts 42
27 Install Conductor Bus 2W1 43 · 44
28 Install Conductor Bus 2G1 45 47
29 Install Circuit Breaker CB2 or CB3 48
30 Install Electromagnet Relay K2 49
31 Install Terminal Board TB1 50
32 Install Component Mounting Bracket 51 - 52
33 Install Connector J4 and Cable Assembly 53 - 54
34 Install Electrical -Mechanical Post 55
35 Install Conductor Bus 2W3A 56
36 Install Conductor Bus 2W3B 57
37 Install Retaining Strap 58
38 Install Conductor Bus 2W3C 59
39 Install Distribution Housing 60
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 1
9-34
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ASK 1. Remove Distribution Housing
Common Tools:
Extension, socket wrench, 3/8-inch square drive, 5- inch
Handle, socket wrench, ratchet, 3/8-inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8-inch square drive, 9/ 16-inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Hull power distribution box on clean work surface.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 1
9-35
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 1
Remove Housing:
1. Unscrew and take out 10 screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers ( 2 ) , and washers (3) with socket , extension , and
handle. Get rid of lockwashers (2).
2. Lift power distribution cover (4) off distribution housing ( 5) . Turn cover (4 ) on its side.
3. Look at housing ( 5) for cracks or holes. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install distribution housing, refer to task 39.
TASK 1 ENDS HERE
! 10 PLACES
2
WOOD
3
THIS VIEW TIPPED

AND TURNED 90º
FOR CLARITY
TA194867
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 1
9-36
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 2. Remove Conductor Bus 2W3C
Common Tools:
Extension , socket wrench, 3/8-inch square drive, 5-inch
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8- inch square drive, 9/16 -inch
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8 -inch square drive, 13/16 -inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Remove distribution housing; refer to task 1 .
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 2
9-37
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 2
Remove Conductor Bus:
1. Unscrew and take off nut ( 1 ) and lockwasher ( 2) from terminal (3) of circuit breaker CB1 (4)
with 9/16 -inch socket, extension , and handle. Save nut ( 1 ) and lockwasher (2).
2. Unscrew and take off nut (5) , lockwasher (6) , and washer (7) from K1B relay terminal (8)
with 13/16-inch socket and handle. Save nut ( 5) , lockwasher (6), and washer (7).
3. Lift conductor bus (9) straight up until relay terminal ( 8) is at bottom of slot in conductor bus (9). Pry
conductor bus ( 9) off terminal (3) of circuit breaker CB1 (4) with screwdriver. Take conductor bus (9)
off terminal (8) .
4. Look at bus conductor (9) for cracks or dents. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install conductor bus 2W3C, refer to task 38.
TASK 2 ENDS HERE
9 3
4
8
8
3
4
7 CABLES REMOVED
6 FOR CLARITY TA194868
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 2
9-38
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ASK 3. Remove Retaining Strap

1.
Common Tools:
Knife , pocket
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-7 , Task 3
9-39
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 3
Remove Strap :
1. Cut two tiedown straps ( 1 ) that hold wires (2) to retaining strap (3) with pliers. Get rid of tiedown
straps (1 ).
2. Unscrew and take out two screws (4) , lockwashers ( 5) , and washers (6) with screwdriver. Get rid of
lockwashers (5).
3. Slide strap (3 ) out of power distribution cover (7) . Take tape off strap (3) with knife.
4. Look at strap (3) for cracks or breaks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install retaining strap, refer to task 37.
TASK 3 ENDS HERE
2 PLACES ( 5
6 2
TA194869
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 3
9-40
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ASK 4. Remove Conductor Bus 2W3B
Common Tools:
Wrench, box, double offset, double head type, 9/16-inch and 5/8-inch
Wrench, combination , 13/ 16-inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
1. Remove distribution housing; refer to task 1.
2. Remove retaining strap; refer to task 3.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 4
9-41
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 4
1. Unscrew and take off two nuts ( 1 ) and lockwashers (2) from circuit breaker terminals (3,4)
with 9 /16- inch wrench . Save nuts ( 1 ) and lockwashers (2).
sidu
2. Unscrew and take off nut (5) , lockwasher (6) , and washer (7) from terminal (8) of relay K1A (9)
with 13/16 -inch wrench. Save nut ( 5 ) , lockwasher (6) , and washer (7).
onol co
3. Lift conductor bus ( 10) , off terminals ( 3 , 4, 8) . Look at conductor bus ( 10) for cracks or dents. If
bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install conductor bus 2W3B, refer to task 36.
TASK 4 ENDS HERE
10 4
3
2
2 PLACES
8
9
5
6
7
8
TA19487
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 4
9-42
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ASK 5. Remove Conductor Bus 2W3A
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
1. Remove distribution housing; refer to task 1 .
2. Remove conductor bus 2W3C; refer to task 2.
4. Remove conductor bus 2W3B; refer to task 4.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 5
9-43
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 5
NOTE
Read para. 9-4 , on tagging electrical wires, before doing any work.
1. Unscrew and take out two screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2) , washers (3), and two wires (4) from conductor
bus (5) with screwdriver. Get rid of lockwashers (2 ).
2. Take conductor bus (5) off relay terminal (6). Take other end of conductor bus ( 5) off relay
terminal (7) and out of power distribution cover (8).
3. Look at conductor bus ( 5) for cracks or bends. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install conductor bus 2W3A, refer to task 35.
TASK 5 ENDS HERE
1
6
22 PLACES
3
2 PLACES (4
7
5
CABLES SHOWN CUT

AWAY FOR CLARITY
TA194871
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 5
9-44
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 6. Remove Electrical-Mechanical Post
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 6
9-45
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 6
Remove Post:
1. Unscrew and take out two screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers ( 2) , and washers (3) with screwdriver. Get rid of
lockwashers (2).
2. Lift electrical- mechanical post (4) out of mount ( 5) . Cut tape (6) off post (4) with knife . Look at
post (4) for stripped threads or bends. If bad turn in . If OK, set post (4) aside for later use.
NOTE: To install electrical - mechanical post, refer to task 34.
TASK 6 ENDS HERE
CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY www
2
3 2 PLACES
5
TA194872
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 6
9-46
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ASK 7. Remove Connector J4 and Cable Assembly
Common Tools:
Wrench , combination , 7/ 16 -inch (two required)
Wrench, combination , 9/16 -inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
3. Remove electrical- mechanical post; refer to task 6.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 7
9-47
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 6
Remove Post:
1. Unscrew and take out two screws ( 1 ), lockwashers (2 ), and washers (3) with screwdriver. Get rid of
lockwashers (2).
2. Lift electrical- mechanical post (4) out of mount (5) . Cut tape (6) off post (4) with knife . Look at
post (4) for stripped threads or bends. If bad turn in . If OK, set post (4 ) aside for later use.
NOTE: To install electrical- mechanical post, refer to task 34.
TASK 6 ENDS HERE
CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
2
3 2 PLACES
5
TA19487
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 6
9-46
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
SK 7. Remove Connector J4 and Cable Assembly
Common Tools:
Wrench , combination , 7/ 16- inch (two required)
Wrench , combination , 9 /16 - inch
Special Tools: None
upplies: None
'ersonnel: One
quipment Condition:
'reliminary Procedures:
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 7
9-49
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 7
Remove Connector and Cable Assembly:
1. Unscrew and take off nut ( 1 ), lockwasher (2), two washers (3) , and screw (4) from cables ( 5) and
conductor bus 2G1 (6) with two 7/ 16-inch wrenches. Get rid of screw (4 ), nut ( 1 ),
and lockwasher (2).
2. Unscrew and take off two nuts (7), lockwashers (8), and washers (9) from two circuit breaker
terminals (10) and two cables ( 11 ) with 9/16-inch wrench . Save nuts (7), lockwashers (8), and
washers (9). enolt
3. Unscrew and take out four screws ( 12) , lockwashers ( 13), and washers ( 14) from connector J4 (15)
with screwdriver. Get rid of lockwashers ( 13).
4. Cut tiedown straps ( 16) with diagonal cutting pliers.
5. Pull two cables ( 11 ) off circuit breaker terminals ( 10). Pull connector J4 ( 15) and cable
assembly ( 17) with gasket ( 18) , off power distribution cover ( 19) . Take off and get rid of gasket (18)
NOTE: To install connector J4 and cable assembly, refer to task 33.
dels avomat
TASK 7 ENDS HERE
19 16
2 PLACES
7
8 (17) 18
9
15
11
2
3
6
3
ན་
་་་་
ལ་་་
4 5
15 14
13
12
10 4 PLACES TA194873
TA
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 7
9-48
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 8. Remove Component Mounting Bracket
Common Tools:
Extension, socket wrench, 1 /4-inch square drive
Handle, socket wrench , ratchet , 1 /4-inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench , 1 /4 -inch square drive , 5/ 16 - inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel : One
Equipment Condition :
4. Remove connector J4 and cable assembly; refer to task 7 .
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 8
9-49
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 8
Remove Mounting Bracket:
NOTE
Read para . 9-4, on tagging wires, before doing any work.
1. Take two wire lug terminals ( 1 ) off circuit breakers CB2 ( 2 ) and CB3 (3).
2. Unscrew and take off seven screws (4) , lockwashers ( 5) , and washers (6) from mounting bracket (7)
with wrench or socket , extension and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (5).
3. Pull bracket (7) out of lower distribution cover (8) as far as wires (9) will allow . Look at bracket (7)
for cracks or breaks . If bad, go to frame 9. If OK, TASK 8 ENDS HERE.
GO TO FRAME 9
9 8 F
3
1
7 PLACES ( 5
TA194874
Volume II
Para. 9-7 , Task 8
9-50
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 9
Remove Mounting Bracket (Continued):
Remove terminal board TBI ( 1 ) ; refer to task 9.
2. Remove electromagnet relay K2 (2) ; refer to task 10.
3. Remove circuit breaker CB2 and CB3 ( 3); refer to task 11 .
4. Turn in bracket (4).
NOTE: To install component mounting bracket, refer to task 32 .
TASK 8 ENDS HERE
TA194875
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 8
9-51
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 9. Remove Terminal Board TB1
Common Tools:
Extension , socket wrench , 1 /4-inch square drive
Handle, socket wrench, ratchet, 1 /4-inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench , 1 /4-inch square drive, 3 /16 -inch
Wrench, open end , 1 /4-inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Brush , acid swabbing ( Item 10)
Cleaning Compound MIL-C- 81302 ( Item 11 )
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
2. Remove retaining strap; refer to task 3 .
3. Remove electrical - mechanical post; refer to task 6.
4. Remove connector J4 and cable assembly; refer to task 7.
6. Remove component mounting bracket; refer to task 8.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 9
9-52
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 10
move Terminal Board :
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on soldering techniques and tagging electrical wires, before
doing any work .
Unscrew and take out four screws ( 1 ) , washers ( 2 ) , lockwashers ( 3) , and nuts (4) that hold terminal
board (5) to bracket (6) with socket, extension , handle, and wrench. Get rid of lockwashers (3).
Take terminal board ( 5) and two plate spacers (7) off bracket (6) .
Look at terminal board (5 ) and spacers (7) for cracks and breaks. Turn in spacer (7) . If terminal
board (5) is bad , go to step 4. If OK, TASK 9 ENDS HERE.
Unsolder wires ( 8) from terminal board ( 5). Turn in board (5).
ǝllow-on Maintenance:
NOTE: To install terminal board TBI , refer to task 31 .
ASK 9 ENDS HERE
3 4 PLACES
8
72 PLACES
2
5
4 PLACES
TA194876
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 9
9-53
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 10. Remove Electromagnet Relay K2
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Soldering Gun , 140-watt
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Cleaning Compound MIL-C- 81302 (Item 11 )
Pencil (Item 25)
Tag, marker (Item 34) (as required )
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 10
9-54
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 11
Remove Relay:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on soldering and tagging electrical wires, before doing any work .
1. Cut four pieces of insulation sleeving ( 1 ) off six wires (2) with knife.
2. Unsolder six wires (2) from terminals (3) .
3. Unscrew and take out two screws (4) and lockwashers ( 5 ) from bracket (6) with screwdriver. Get rid
of lockwashers (5) . Take off electromagnet relay K2 (7).
4. Look at relay (7) for cracks or breaks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install electromagnet relay K2 , refer to task 30 .
TASK 10 ENDS HERE
2 ) 6 PLACES
LACES
1 ) 4 PLACES
a 6
5 PLACES ( 3
5
2 PLACES
7 4
TA194877
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 10
9-55
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 11. Remove Circuit Breaker CB2 or CB3
Common Tools:
Handle, socket wrench, speeder, 1 /4-inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench , 1 /4-inch square drive, 5/16-inch
Wrench , combination , 3/8- inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel : One
3. Remove electrical-mechanical post; refer to task 6.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 11
9-56
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 12
Remove Circuit Breaker:
NOTE
Use this task to take out circuit breaker CB3 ( 1 ) or CB2 (2 ) . Circuit breaker
CB3 (1 ) is shown.
1. Pull bracket ( 3) out of power distribution cover (4) as far as wires ( 5) will allow.
2. Unscrew and take out four screws (6), washers (7) , lockwashers ( 8) , and nuts (9) from circuit
breaker (1 ) with wrench, socket , and handle. Take out circuit breaker ( 1 ) . Get rid of
lockwashers (8).
3. Look at circuit breaker ( 1 ) for cracks or breaks . If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install circuit breaker CB2 or CB3, refer to task 29.
TASK 11 ENDS HERE

1
3
εr
2
6
4 PLACES
7 1
8
9
4 PLACES
TA194878
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 11
9-57
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 12. Remove Conductor Bus 2G1
Common Tools:
Handle, socket wrench , ratchet, 1 /4 -inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench , 1 /4-inch square drive, 1 /4-inch
Wrench, combination , 7/16 -inch (two required)
Wrench , combination , 9/16 - inch (two required)
Wrench, combination , 5/8- inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 12
9-58
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 13
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on tagging electrical wires , before doing any work.
1. Unscrew and take out three screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2) , and washers (3) from conductor bus 2G1 (4)
with socket and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (2).
2. Unscrew and take out screw ( 5 ) , lockwasher (6) , two washers (7) , and nut ( 8) with two 7/16 - inch
wrenches. Get rid of screw ( 5) , lockwasher (6) , and nut ( 8) .
3. Cut tiedown strap (9) that holds cables ( 10 , 11 ) with pliers. Get rid of strap (9) . Pull two
cables ( 10, 11 ) away from conductor bus (4).
4. Unscrew and take out screw ( 12) , nut ( 13 ) , lockwasher ( 14 ) , and two washers ( 15) with 9 /16 - inch
and 5/8-inch wrenches . Get rid of screw ( 12 ) , nut ( 13 ) , lockwasher ( 14) .
5. Unscrew and take out two screws ( 16) , two lockwashers ( 17) , four washers ( 18) , and two nuts ( 19)
with two 7/16- inch wrenches. Get rid of screws ( 16) , lockwashers ( 17), and nuts ( 19) .
GO TO FRAME 14
(18) (16)
12 16
15
18
15
(18
14
17
13
19
18
19 17
23 PLACES
11
11 1 3
4
10
1 10
5
9
TA194879
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 12
9-59
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 14
Remove Conductor Bus (Continued):
1. Unscrew and take out two screws ( 1 ) , four washers (2) , and two self- locking nuts (3 ) that hold
conductor bus (4) to mounts ( 5 , 6) with two 9/ 16 - inch wrenches . Get rid of nuts (3) .
2. Lift conductor bus (4 ) out of power distribution cover (7 ) . Look at conductor bus (4) for cracks or
dents. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install conductor bus 2G1 , refer to task 28.
TASK 12 ENDS HERE
3
2 PLACES
2
2 PLACES 1
་ ་་
་ ་་་
་་་
5 四。
0
TA19488
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 12
9-60
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ASK 13. Remove Conductor Bus 2W1
Common Tools:
Wrench, combination, 1 /4-inch
Wrench, combination , 7/16-inch (two required)
Wrench , combination , 9/ 16 -inch (two required)
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 13
9-61
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 15
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on tagging electrical wires, before doing any work.
1. Unscrew and take out three screws (1 ) , lockwashers (2), and washers (3) from conductor bus (4) with
1/4-inch wrench . Get rid of lockwashers (2).
2. Unscrew and take out three screws (5) , six washers (6) , three lockwashers (7) , and three nuts (8)
from conductor bus (4) with 9/ 16- inch and 5/8-inch wrenches. Get rid of screws (5),
lockwashers (7) , and nuts (8) .
3. Pull three cables (9) away from conductor bus (4).
GO TO FRAME 16
ath
8 8
7 LACES
72 PLACES
6 6
Coo
6
Tais
4 2 PLACES
5
6
3
3
2 3
2
1 2
1
TA194881
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 13
9-62
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 16
1. Unscrew and take out two screws ( 1 ) , four washers (2) , two lockwashers (3) , and two nuts (4) from
conductor bus (5) and four cables (6) with two 7/16-inch wrenches. Get rid of screws ( 1 ) ,
lockwashers (3), and nuts (4) .
2. Unscrew and take out two screws (7), four washers ( 8), and two self-locking nuts (9) from conductor
bus (5) and two mounts ( 10, 11 ) with two 9/16-inch wrenches. Get rid of nuts (9).
3. Lift conductor bus 2W1 (5) off mounts ( 10, 11 ) . Look at conductor bus (5) for cracks or dents . If
bad turn in. If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install conductor bus 2W1 , refer to task 27.
TASK 13 ENDS HERE
4
5
2 PLACES (3
2
6
사
5
7
2 PLACES
6
8
་ ་་་་་་་
10 11
5
‫מנגננו‬
2
a 2 PLACES
1)
8
2 PLACES
9 TA194882
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 13
9-63
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 14. Remove Mounts
Common Tools:
Extension , socket wrench , 3/8-inch square drive, 5 - inch
Handle, socket wrench , ratchet , 3/8- inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8-inch square drive, 7 /16-inch
Socket, socket wrench, 3/8- inch square drive, 9/16-inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
2. Remove electrical - mechanical post; refer to task 6 .
3. Remove conductor bus 2G1 ; refer to task 12.
4. Remove conductor bus 2W1 ; refer to task 13.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 14
9-64
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 17
Remove Mounts:
Unscrew and take off nut ( 1 ) , lockwasher ( 2) , and cable lug terminal (3 ) from circuit breaker CB1 (4)
with 9/16-inch socket, extension, and handle. Save nut ( 1 ) and lockwasher (2).
?. Unscrew and take out four screws (5) , lockwashers (6) , and washers (7) from two mounts (8 , 9) with
7/16-inch socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (6).
3. Lift two mounts ( 8,9) out of power distribution cover ( 10) . Look at mounts (8,9) for bends
or cracks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install mounts, refer to task 26 .
TASK 14 ENDS HERE
4 PLACES ( 6
4
10
TA194883
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 14
9-65
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 15. Remove Receptacle Connector J1 or J2 and Cable Assembly
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Preliminary Procedure :
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 15
9-66
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 18
Remove Receptacle Connector and Cable Assembly:
NOTE
Use this task to take off receptacle connector J2 and cable assembly ( 1 ) or
connector receptacle J1 and cable assembly (2). Connector J1 and cable
assembly (2) are shown.
1. Unscrew and take out four screws (3) , lockwashers (4), and washers ( 5), from receptacle connector
J1 and cable assembly (2) , and power distribution cover (6) with screwdriver. Get rid of
lockwashers (4).
2. Pull connector and cable assembly (2) off cover (6) . Take off and get rid of gasket (7) .
3. Set connector and cable assembly ( 2) aside for later use.
NOTE: To install receptacle connector J1 or J2 and cable assembly, refer to task 25.
TASK 15 ENDS HERE.
4 5
3
4 PLACES 2
TA194884
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 15 9-67
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 16. Replace Power Distribution Cover Gasket
Common Tools:
Knife, putty
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Adhesive Sealant, MIL-A-46106 (Item 2 )
Dry Cleaning Solvent, P-D-680 ( Item 13)
Gasket ( 19207 ) 12285910
Personnel: One
Remove distribution housing; refer to task 1.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 16
9-68
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 19
Replace Gasket:
WARNING
Adhesive and solvent burns easily and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid
CAUTION
If gasket ( 1 ) is not sealed properly, moisture can get in power distribution

cover (2) and prevent unit from working properly.
1. Take gasket ( 1 ) off cover ( 2 ) with putty knife. Get rid of gasket ( 1 ) . Clean machined surfaces on
cover (2) and distribution housing (3) with solvent and rags.
2. Spread a thin coat of adhesive on rim of cover (2) with brush.
3. Put new gasket ( 1 ) on cover (2) . Make sure all holes in gasket ( 1 ) are in line with holes in cover ( 2 ) .
Smooth out any gaps between gasket ( 1 ) and cover (2).
Install distribution housing; refer to task 39.
TASK 16 ENDS HERE

0
TA194885
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 16
9-69
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 17. Replace Electromagnet Relay K1A or K1B
Common Tools:
Extension , socket wrench , 3/8- inch square drive, 5-inch
Handle, socket wrench , ratchet, 3/8-inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8- inch square drive , 7/16 -inch
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8 - inch square drive , 13/ 16-inch
Wrench , open end , 5/ 16 -inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Lockwasher (96906) MS 35333-40 (two required for each relay)
Pencil (Item 25)
Relay, electromagnet ( 19207) 7717664
Personnel: One
5. Remove conductor bus 2W3A; refer to task 5 .
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 17
9-70
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 20
Remove Relay:
NOTE
Read para . 9-4, on tagging electrical wires, before doing any work .
Use this task to take out and put in electromagnet relay K1A ( 1 ) or electromagnet
relay K1B (2) . Relay K1A ( 1 ) is shown .
1. Unscrew and take off nut (3) , lockwasher (4) , washer ( 5) , and cable (6) from terminal (7) with
13 /16 -inch socket and handle. Save nut ( 3) , lockwasher (4) , and washer (5) .
2. Unscrew and take off two nuts (8), lockwashers (9), washers ( 10) , and wires ( 11 ) from two
terminals (12 ) with 5/ 16 -inch wrench . Save nuts (8) , lockwashers (9) , and washers ( 10).
3. Unscrew and take out two screws ( 13) , lockwashers ( 14) , and washers ( 15) from electromagnet
relay ( 1 ) and power distribution cover ( 16) with 7/16-inch socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of
lockwashers (14).
4. Take off and turn in relay ( 1 ) .
GO TO FRAME 21
13
16 2 PLACES
14
15
12 11
11
1
10
9 ) 2 PLACES
8 5
6 1 3
2
TA194886
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 17
9-71
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 21
Install Relay:
1. Unscrew and take off two nuts ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2), and washers (3) from new relay (4) . Line up 0
mounting holes in relay (4) with holes in power distribution cover (5) .
doy griggst no be
2. Screw in and tighten two screws (6) , new lockwashers (7) , and washers ( 8) to relay (4) and cover (5)
with 7/16-inch socket, extension, and handle. fu bris luo sit of des1 al 92
(S) BIM
3. Screw on and tighten two nuts ( 1 ) , lockwashers ( 2), washers (3) , and wires (9) to two relay
terminals ( 10) with 5/ 16-inch wrench. (2) nasw (4)horiaswool ( E) fun to atst bris wonder
aw bns (+) desw bad bra rabo roni- re
4. Put cable (11 ) , washer ( 12 ), lockwasher ( 13) , and nut ( 14) on terminal ( 15). Screw in and tighten
nut (14) with 13/16- inch socket and handle. un ova to solet bas
1. Install conductor bus 2W3A; refer to task 35 . OUTRE D en vho to sits one wen
To 2. Install conductor bus 2W3B; refer to task 36. uw ( 1) ang hate totalb swag bne ( 1)
3. Install conductor bus 2W3C; refer to task 38. (AD) anedaswotoal
4. Install retaining strap; refer to task 37.
5. Install distribution housing; refer to task 39. u brs to als
6. Check out hull power distribution box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para. 10-2.
IS MART
TASK 17 ENDS HERE
6 5
2 PLACES (7
2 PLACES
8
3 20
་་ ་་་
11 15) ( 12) 13
14
10
3
(2
1
188EPTAT TA194887
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 17
9-72
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 18. Replace Circuit Breaker CB1
Common Tools:
Chisel, cold , 3/8-inch
Hammer, ball peen , 8-ounce
Wrench, open end , 9/ 16- inch
Wrench, open end , 7/ 16- inch (two required)
Special Tools: None

2
Supplies:
Circuit Breaker ( 81349) M13516/8-7
Lockwasher (96906 ) MS35333-39 (four required)
Lockwasher (96906) MS35333-110
Nut (96906) MS35649-2385S
Screw (96906) MS35309-360
Personnel: One
Hull power distribution box on clean work surface .
1
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 18
9-73
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 22
1. Unscrew and take off nut ( 1 ) , lockwasher (2) , two washers (3) , and screw (4) from cables ( 5) and
conductor bus 2G1 ( 6) with two 7/16- inch wrenches. Get rid of screw (4) , nut ( 1 ) and
lockwasher (2).
2. Unscrew and take off nut (7) and lockwasher (8) from terminal ( 9) of circuit breaker CB1 (10)
with 9/16-inch wrench . Save nut (7) and lockwasher (8).
3. Lift cable lug terminals ( 11 , 12) off terminal (9).
4. Unscrew and take out four screws ( 13) , lockwashers ( 14) and washers ( 15 ) from circuit breaker (10
with screwdriver. Take circuit breaker ( 10) out of power distribution cover ( 16) . Turn in circuit
breaker ( 10). Get rid of lockwashers ( 14).
GO TO FRAME 23
13 (16
4 PLACES (14)
15
10
7 2
6 3
8
3
11
4
12
5
9
10
TA194888
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 18
9-74
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 23
Install Circuit Breaker:
1. Unscrew and take off two nuts ( 1 ) and lockwashers ( 2) from new circuit breaker (3 ). Line up circuit
breaker (3) with mounting holes in power distribution cover (4).
2. Screw in and tighten four screws ( 5) , new lockwashers (6) , and washers (7) to circuit breaker ( 3) and
cover (4) with screwdriver.
3. Put cable lug terminals (8 , 9) on terminal ( 10) of circuit breaker (3). Screw on and tighten one
nut ( 1 ) and lockwasher (2) to terminal ( 10) with 9/ 16 - inch wrench .
4. Screw in new screw (11 ) , two washers ( 12) , new lockwasher ( 13) , and new nut ( 14) in cable lug
terminals ( 15, 16) and conductor bus 2G1 ( 17) with two 7/16-inch wrenches. Deform threads of
screw ( 11 ) with chisel and hammer.
1. Install conductor bus 2W3C; refer to task 38.
2. Install distribution housing; refer to task 39.
3. Check out hull power distribution box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para. 10-2 .
TASK 18 ENDS HERE
(14)
ut insulat (12)
13 16
(17
12
11
15
Vor
1
2 PLACES
4
1 2
2 3
5
8 4 PLACES ( 6
9 7
3
10
TA194889
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 18
9-75
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 19. Replace Circuit Breaker CB4, CB5, CB6 , or CB7
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Rule, machinist's, 6 - inch
Soldering Gun, 140- watt
Wrench , combination , 1 /2 -inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Circuit Breaker CB4 ( 81349) M39019/02-219
Circuit Breaker CB5 ( 81349) M39019/02-255 ,
Circuit Breaker CB6 ( 81349 ) M39019/02-254, or
Circuit Breaker CB7 ( 19207) 12273326
Cleaning Compound , MII -C-81302 (Item 11 )
Insulation Sleeving, MIL- R-46846 (Bulk)
Pencil (Item 25)
Solder, QQ-S-571 (Item 33)
Personnel: One
2. Remove electrical- mechanical post ; refer to task 6.
5. Remove mounts; refer to task 14.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 19
9-76
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
RAME 24
move Circuit Breaker:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4 , on soldering, tagging, and heat shrinking techniques, before
doing any work .
Use this task to take out and put in circuit breaker CB4 , CB5 , CB6 , or CB7 .
Circuit breaker CB ( 1 ) is shown.
If circuit breaker CB4 , CB5 , CB6 , or CB7 is being taken out for access , do steps 1
through 5 only.
Open circuit breaker access cover ( 2) .
Unscrew and take off nut (3 ) and lockwasher (4) with wrench. Lift ON and OFF plate ( 5 ) and
keywasher (6) from circuit breaker shaft (7) .
3. Close circuit breaker access cover (2) .
4. Turn power distribution cover ( 8) over.
5. Pull circuit breaker ( 1 ) out of cover (8).
6. Cut insulation sleeving (9) off eight wires ( 10) , on five terminals ( 11 ) , with knife.
7. Unsolder eight wires ( 10) from five terminals ( 11 ) . Turn in circuit breaker ( 1 ) . Put keywasher (6),
ON and OFF plate ( 5) , lockwasher (4) , and nut (3) back on circuit breaker ( 1 ).
GO TO FRAME 25
5 PLACES
8 PLACES
11 10
10)( 9
8 PLACES
5 PLACES
1
(11)
8 2
1 3
VIEW CUTAWAY 6
FOR CLARITY 7
TA194990
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 19
9-77
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK
FRAME 25
NOTE C
IF CIRCUIT BREAKER CB4 , CB5 , CB6 , or CB7 was taken out for access , skip steps 1
through 3, and do steps 4 and 5.
1. Measure five 5/8 -inch pieces of new insulation sleeving ( 1 ) with rule. Cut pieces with knife. Slide
insulation sleeving ( 1 ) over eight wires (2) .
2. Solder wires (2) to five terminals (3) of new circuit breaker (4) .
3. Slide sleeving (1 ) over ends of wires (2) and terminals (3) . Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving.
4. Unscrew and take off new nut ( 5 ), lockwasher (6) , ON and OFF plate ( 7) , and keywasher ( 8) from
circuit breaker (4).
5. Put circuit breaker (4 ) in power distrubtion cover (9). Turn power distribution cover (9) over and
open circuit breaker access cover ( 10) . Put keywasher (8) , ON and OFF plate ( 7 ) , and lockwasher (6)
over circuit breaker shaft ( 11 ).
6. Screw on and tighten nut ( 5) with wrench . Close circuit breaker access cover ( 10) .
1. Install mounts; refer to task 26.
2. Install electrical -mechanical post; refer to task 34.
3. Install
conductor bus 2W1 ; refer to task 27.
4. Install
conductor bus 2G1 ; refer to task 28.
5. Install
distribution housing; refer to task 39.
6. Check out hull power distribution box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-2 .
TASK 19 ENDS HERE
8 PLACES 2
10
5 PLACES 1
5
3
7
(11
VIEW CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY 8
COD 7
10 6
9
1
TA19499
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 19
9-78
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
SK 20. Replace Receptacle Connector J3
Common Tools:
3.
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Connector, receptacle ( 96906 ) MS3474L18-8P
Pencil (Item 25)
S Tag, marker (Item 34) (as required)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 20
9-79
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 26
Remove Connector:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4 before doing any work.
1. Using socket and socket wrench extension , unscrew and take off jamnut ( 1 ) from receptacle
connector (2).
2. Pull connector (2 ) off power distribution cover (3) as far as wires (4) will allow.
3. Using soft jaw pliers, unscrew adapter ( 5) from connector (2 ) . Slide adapter ( 5) back on wires (4).
4. Using installing and removal tool , take contacts ( 6) off connector (2) . Turn in connector (2 ) and
jamnut (1 ).
5. Look at contacts (6 ) for bends or breaks. If contacts ( 6) are OK, go to frame 27 , step 2. If bad, cut
contacts (6) off wires (4 ) with pliers. Get rid of contacts (6) .
GO TO FRAME 27
16
6
2
2
5
TA19499
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 20
9-80
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
-FRAME 27
stall Connector:
Using thermal wire stripper, strip insulation off ends of wires ( 1 ) . Using crimping tool , crimp new
contacts (2) on wires (1 ).
Using installing and removal tool , put contacts ( 2) in new connector ( 3).
Using soft jaw pliers , screw on and tighten adapter (4 ) to connector ( 3) .
Take jamnut (5 ) off connector (3) . Put connector (3 ) in mounting hole of power distribution cover (6) .
5. Using socket and socket wrench extension , screw on and tighten jamnut ( 5 ) to connector (3) in power
distribution cover (6).
TASK 20 ENDS HERE
6
3
4
2
6
5
TA194993
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 20
9-81
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 21. Replace Receptacle Connector J6
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Maintenance Kit , electrical , 12285360
Supplies:
Connector, receptacle ( 96906) MS3474L22-21S
Pencil (Item 25)
Tape, lacing (Item 39)
Personnel: One
5. Remove receptacle connector J1 or J2 and cable assembly; refer to task 15.
Volume II
Para. 9-7 , Task 21
9-82
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
RAME 28
love Connector:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4 , on crimping, tagging, and replacing wires, and heat shrinking
techniques, before doing any work.
Using socket and socket wrench extension , unscrew and take off jamnut ( 1 ) from receptacle
connector (2).
Pull connector (2 ) out of power distribution cover (3) as far as wires (4) will allow.
Using soft jaw pliers , unscrew electrical connector (5) from connector (2) . Slide connector (5) back
on wires (4).
Cut lacing tape (6) off wires (4) with knife. Get rid of lacing tape (6).
Using installing and removal tool , take contacts (7) out of connector (2 ) . Turn in connector ( 2) and
jamnut (1 ) .
Look at contacts (7) for bends or breaks. If contacts (7) are OK, go to frame 29, step 2. If
contacts (7) are bad , cut contacts (7) off wires (4) with pliers. Get rid of contacts (7) .
O TO FRAME 29
2 7
to task 15.
1
4
2 2
Ө
5 2
4 3
TA194994
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 21
9-83
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 29
Install Connector:
1. Using thermal wire stripper, strip insulation from ends of wires ( 1 ) . Using crimping tool , crimp new
contacts (2) on wires (1 ) .
2. Using installing and removal tool , put contacts ( 2) in new connector (3) .
3. Using soft jaw pliers, screw on and tighten electrical connector (4) to connector (3) .
4. Put new lacing tape ( 5) on wires ( 1 ) .
5. Take jamnut (6) off connector (3) . Put connector ( 3) in mounting hole of power distribution cover (7).
6. Using socket and socket wrench extension , screw on and tighten jamnut (6) to connector (3).
1. Install receptacle connector J1 or J2 and cable assembly, refer to task 25.
2. Install conductor bus 2W1 ; refer to task 27.
3. Install conductor bus 2G1 ; refer to task 28.
4. Install electrical- mechanical post; refer to task 34.
5. Install distribution housing; refer to task 39 .
TASK 21 ENDS HERE
6
5
2
3 1
CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
3 2
TA194995
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 21
9-84
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
K 22. Replace Receptacle Connector J7
pplicability: All Models
Common Tools:
Extension , socket wrench , 3/8- inch square drive , 10- inch
Handle , socket wrench, ratchet, 3/8- inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench, 3/8- inch square drive, 7 /16-inch
Socket, socket wrench, 3/8- inch square drive, 9/ 16 - inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Lockwasher MS35333-38
Pencil (Item 25)
Receptacle Connector ( 19207) 11682350
Screw (96906) MS90728-56
Personnel: One
10-2 Equipment Condition :

5. Remove receptacle connector J1 or J2 and cable assembly; refer to task 15.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 22
9-85
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 30
Remove Cap:
NOTE
1. Unscrew and take out screw (1 ) , lockwasher ( 2), and washer (3) that hold lanyard (4) to power
distribution cover (5) with screwdriver.
2. Unscrew and take off cap (6) from receptacle connector (7).
3. Turn cover (5 ) over.
GO TO FRAME 31
aud
aud
3
6
1)
TA194996
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 22
9-86
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 31
Remove Connector:
1. Unscrew and take off nut ( 1 ) and lockwasher (2) from positive lug terminal ( 3 ) of connector (4) with
9/16-inch socket, extension , and handle. Slide lug terminal (5) off terminal (3).
2. Unscrew and take off screw (6) and lockwasher (7) from bus bar (8) with 9/ 16-inch socket, extension,
and handle. Get rid of screw (6) and lockwasher (7) . Take out cable (9).
3. Unscrew and take off locknuts (10) with 7/16- inch socket, extension , and handle.
4. Take conductor bus (8) , ground ring ( 11 ), and insulator ( 12 ) off connector (4).
5. Pull connector (4) out of power distribution cover (13).
6. Put insulator ( 12) , ground ring ( 11 ) , conductor bus ( 8) , six locknuts ( 10) , and cap ( 14) back on
connector (4) . Turn in connector (4).
GO TO FRAME 32
12
11
14
8 O
13
10 or
6 PLACES 8
2
10 4
6
3
12 5
8 11 ‫מגנ‬ 9
‫נגל‬ 4
CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
TA194997
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 22
9-87
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 32
Install Connector:
1. Unscrew and take off six lock nuts ( 1 ) , nut ( 2) , lockwasher (3), screw (4), and lockwasher (5).
2. Take off conductor bus (6), ground ring (7) , insulator , (8) and cap (9) off new connector (10).
Put connector (10) in power distribution cover ( 11 ) . Make sure three short studs (12 ) are closest
circuit breaker ( 13). Put insulator (8) and ground ring (7) over short studs ( 12 ) and three long
studs ( 14).
4. Slide conductor bus (6) on three long studs (14) . Screw on and tighten six nuts (1 ) to studs (12,14
with 7/16 -inch socket, extension , and handle. Screw on and tighten cap ( 9) to connector ( 10).
ம்
5. Put lug terminal ( 15) on positive terminal ( 16) . Screw on and tighten nut (2) and lockwasher (3)
terminal ( 16 ) with 9/ 16-inch socket, extension , and handle.
6. Put lug terminal ( 17) on , terminal ( 18) . Screw in and tighten new screw ( 19) and
lockwasher (5) with 9/ 16 - inch socket, extension , and handle. SE
GO TO FRAME 33
15 9
18
10
16
8
17 7
2 6 m
C
19
3 PLACES 10
2 3 14
3 PLACES
9 5
14
CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
8
7
ee
3 PLACE
6
e
(11 )
12
13 PLACES 3 PLACES DR 13
TA194998
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 22
9-88
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 33
Install Cap:
1. Screw in and tighten screw ( 1 ) , new lockwasher ( 2 ) , and washer (3) to lanyard (4) and cover ( 5) with
screwdriver.
1. Install receptacle connector J1 or J2 and cable assembly, refer to task 25.
2. Install connector bus 2W1 , refer to task 27.
3. Install connector bus 2G1 , refer to task 28.
4. Install electrical - mechanical post, refer to task 34.
5. Install distribution housing, refer to task 39.
TASK 22 ENDS HERE.
கும்
1
:0:0:
1
ན་
་་་
་ ་་
4
5
TA194999
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 22
9-89
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 32
F
Install Connector:
Ins
1. Unscrew and take off six lock nuts ( 1 ) , nut ( 2 ) , lockwasher (3) , screw (4) , and lockwasher (5)
1.
2. Take off conductor bus (6) , ground ring (7) , insulator , ( 8) and cap ( 9) off new connector (19)
F
3. Put connector ( 10) in power distribution cover ( 11 ) . Make sure three short studs ( 12) are di
circuit breaker ( 13) . Put insulator (8) and ground ring ( 7) over short studs ( 12) and three log
studs ( 14) .
4. Slide conductor bus ( 6) on three long studs ( 14) . Screw on and tighten six nuts ( 1 ) to studs (
with 7/16 -inch socket, extension , and handle. Screw on and tighten cap (9) to connector (10)
5. Put lug terminal ( 15) on positive terminal ( 16) . Screw on and tighten nut (2 ) and lockwasher
terminal (16 ) with 9/16-inch socket, extension , and handle.
6. Put lug terminal ( 17) on , terminal ( 18) . Screw in and tighten new screw ( 19 ) and
lockwasher ( 5 ) with 9/ 16 - inch socket, extension , and handle.
GO TO FRAME 33
15 9
18
10
16
8
17 7
2 6
(19 3 PLACES 10
2 3 14
3 PLACES
9 5
14
CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY 8
3PLA
6
( 11)
12
1 ) 3 PLACES 3 PLACES
13
TA194
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 22
9-88
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
E 33
ap:
rew (4), arc::
rew in and tighten screw ( 1 ), new lockwasher ( 2) , and washer (3) to lanyard (4) and cover (5) with
(9) offerewdriver .
ee short on Maintenance:
ort studs (12 Install receptacle connector J1 or J2 and cable assembly, refer to task 25.
Install connector bus 2W1 , refer to task 27.
Install connector bus 2G1 , refer to task 28.
ten six nu Install electrical-mechanical post, refer to task 34.
cap (9) Install distribution housing, refer to task 39.
Check out hull power distribution box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para. 10-2 .
nut (2)
22 ENDS HERE.
ew ( 19)art
noltibro? 10
would no xed nomuthalug
0: 0
་ན་
་་
་་་
3PLACE
4
5
TA194999
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 22
9-89
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 23. Replace Electrical Connector TJ1
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
NOTE : Expendable supplies are defined in appendix A.
Connector, electrical (96906) MS27474T22B35SD
Pencil (Item 25)
Tag, marker (Item 34)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 23
9-90
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 34
Remove Connector:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, before doing any work.
1. Unscrew and take connector cover ( 1 ) from electrical connector (2) . Using socket and socket wrench
extension , unscrew and take off jamnut (3) from connector ( 2) .
2. Pull connector (2 ) out of power distribution cover (4) as far as wires ( 5) will allow.
3. Using soft jaw pliers , unscrew backshell (6) from connector ( 2). Slide backshell (6) back on wires (5).
4. Cut lacing tape (7) off wires (5) with knife . Get rid of lacing tape ( 7).
5. Using installing and removal tool , take contacts (8) off connector ( 2 ) . Turn in connector ( 2) and
jamnut (3) .
6. Look at contacts ( 8) for bends or breaks. If contacts ( 8) are OK, go to frame 35 , step 2. If bad , cut
contacts (8) off wires ( 5) with pliers. Get rid of contacts (8) .
GO TO FRAME 35
8
2
1
8
TA195000
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 23
9-91
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 35
Install Connector:
1. Using thermal wire stripper , strip insulation from ends of wires ( 1 ) . Using crimping tool , crimp new
contacts (2 ) on wires ( 1 ) .
2. Using installing and removal tool , put contacts ( 2 ) in new connector (3 ) .
3. Screw on and tighten backshell (4 ) to connector (3) .
4. Tie wires (1 ) together with lacing tape ( 5) .
5. Take jamnut (6) off connector (3) . Put connector (3 ) in mounting hole ( 7) of power distribution
cover (8) .
6. Using socket and socket wrench extension , screw on and tighten jamnut (6) to connector (3) in
cover (8). Screw connector cover (9) on connector (3).
TASK 23 ENDS HERE
2 1
9
3 2
3
TA195001
Volume II
Para. 9-7 , Task 23
9-92
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 24. Replace Power Distribution Box Wires
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Soldering Gun, 140-watt
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Sleeving, insulation , MIL- R-46846, Type V (Bulk)
Tape, insulation (Item 38)
Terminal, lug (96906) MS25036-106 (two required)
Wire, M22759/ 16-12-09 ( Bulk)
Wire, M22759/ 16-16-9 (Bulk)
Wire, M22759/ 16-20-9 ( Bulk)
Wire, M22759/ 16-22-9 ( Bulk)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-7 , Task 24
9-93
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 36
Remove Wire:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on crimping, tagging, soldering, and replacing electrical

wires, before doing any work.
See table 9-2 below, for wire size, routing, and terminal type.
It may be necessary to loosen or remove components to gain access to

wires: refer to appropriate task in this para.
Use this typical task to take out and put in any 12 to 22-gage wire in table
9-2. Wire 51 is shown as an example.
Asterisk (*) after wire size indicates depot repair.
Table 9-2. Wire Location , Size and Type of Termination
WIRE FROM TYPE OF ΤΟ TYPE OF WIRE

NO. TERMINAL TERMINAL SIZE
12345
J1 -A Crimp Contact 2G1-4 Crimp Lug 0*

J1-B Crimp Contact 2W1-2 Crimp Lug 0*
J1 -C Crimp Contact 2G1-3 Crimp Lug 0*
J1 -D Crimp Contact 2W1-1 Crimp Lug
J2 -A Crimp Contact 2G1-4 Crimp Lug 0⭑
6 J2 -B Crimp Contact 2W1-2 Crimp Lug 0*
7 J2-C Crimp Contact 2G1-3 Crimp Lug 0*
8 J2 -D Crimp Contact 2W1-1 Crimp Lug 0*
9
10 J7(-) Solder Lug 2G1-2 Crimp Lug 00*
11 J7(+) Solder Lug 2W1-3 Crimp Lug 00*
12 J3-A Crimp Contact J6-A Crimp Contact 16
13 J3-A Crimp Contact TJ1-15 Crimp Contact 22
14 J3-B Crimp Contact CB5-2 Solder 16
15 J3-B Crimp Contact TJ1-7 Crimp Contact 22
16 J3-C Crimp Contact TJ1-37 Crimp Contact 22
17 J3-C Crimp Contact J6-F Crimp Contact 16
18 J3-E Crimp Contact TB1-14 Solder 16
19 J3-E Crimp Contact TB1-13 Solder 16
20 J3-F Crimp Contact J6-N Crimp Contact 16
21 J3-F Crimp Contact TJ1-38 Crimp Contact 22
22 J4-A Crimp Contact 2G1-1 Crimp Lug 0*
23 J4-B Crimp Contact CB2-1 Crimp Lug 0*
24 J4-C Crimp Contact 2G1-1 Crimp Lug 0*
25 J4-D Crimp Contact CB3-1 Solder Lug 0*
GO TO FRAME 37 TA 195002
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 24
9-94
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 37
move Wire (Continued):
Table 9-2. Wire Location, Size, and Type of Termination (Continued)

26 J5 -H Crimp Contact CB6-1 Solder 12

27 J5-G Crimp Contact CB1-1 Crimp Lug 0*
1 28 2G1-5 12
J5-E Crimp Contact Crimp Lug
29 J5-C Crimp Contact 2G1-5 Crimp Lug 12
30 J5 -B Crimp Contact CB7-1 Solder 12
31 J5-A Crimp Contact 2G1-2 Crimp Lug 0*
32 J6-X Crimp Contact TJ1-39 Crimp Contact 22
33 J6-X Crimp Contact CB4NC Solder 20
34 J6-W Crimp Contact TJ1-40 Crimp Contact 22
35 J6-W Crimp Contact CB4-NO Solder 20
36 J6-V Crimp Contact TJ1-41 Crimp Contact 22
37 J6 -V Crimp Contact CB4COM Solder 20
38 J6-U Crimp Contact TJ1-42 Crimp Contact 22
39 J6-U Crimp Contact CB5COM Solder 20
40 J6-T Crimp Contact TJ1-43 Crimp Contact 22
41 J6-T Crimp Contact CB6COM Solder 20
42 J6-S Crimp Contact TJ1-44 Crimp Contact 22
43 J6-S Crimp Contact CB7COM Solder 20
44 Not used
45 J6-M Crimp Contact K1A-X1 Crimp Lug 20
46 J6-K Crimp Contact K1A-X1 Crimp Lug 20
47 J6-J Crimp Contact CB4-1 Solder 16
48 J6-H Crimp Contact TB1-14 Solder 16
49 J6-G Crimp Contact TB1-13 Solder 16
50 J6-B Crimp Contact K2-A1 Solder 16
51 2G1-6 Crimp Lug K1A-X2 Crimp Lug 20
52 2G1-7 Crimp Lug TJ1-9 Crimp Contact 22
53 2W1-4 Crimp Log K1B-A1 Crimp Lug 00*
54 2W1-5 Crimp Lug K1A-A2 Crimp Lug 00*
55 2W1-6 Crimp Lug CB7-2 Solder 12
56 2W1-8 Crimp Lug TJ1-8 Crimp Contact 22
57 2W1-9 Crimp Lug CB4-2 Solder 16
58 Not used
59 CB3-1 Crimp Lug TJ1-31 Crimp Contact 22
60 K1A-X2 Crimp Lug K1B-X2 Crimp Lug 20
61 K1A-X1 Crimp Lug K1B-X1 Crimp Lug 20
62 2W3A-3 Crimp Lug CB6-2 Solder 12
63 2W3A-4 Crimp Lug TJ1-26 Crimp Contact 22
64 K1B-X2 Crimp Lug TB1-15 Solder 20
65 K1B-X1 Crimp Lug TB1-9 Solder 20
66 CB1-1 Crimp Lug TJ1-29 Crimp Contact 22
GO TO FRAME 38 TA195003
Volume II
Para. 9-7 , Task 24
9-95
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 38
Remove Wire (Continued):
Table 9-2 . Wire Location, Size, and Type of Termination (Continued)

67 TB1-15 Solder K2-X2 Solder 20

68 K2-2 Solder CB5-1 Solder 16
69 K2-X1 Solder TB1-9 Solder 20
70 K2-X1 Solder TJ1-28 Crimp Contact 22
71 K2-1 Solder TJ1-27 Crimp Contact 22
72 Not used
73 Not used
74 TB1-13 Solder TJ1-85 Crimp Contact 22
75 CB4-1 Solder TJ1-32 Crimp Contact 22
79 CB4-NO Solder CB5 -NO Solder 20
80 CB5 -NO Solder CB6 -NO Solder 20
81 CB6 -NO Solder CB7-NO Solder 20
82 CB4-NC Solder CB5 -NC Solder 20
83 CB5- NC Solder CB6-NC Solder 20
84 CB6- NC Solder CB7- NC Solder 20
90 TB1-11 Solder TB1-12 Solder 22
91 TJ1-30 Crimp Contact CB2-1 Crimp Lug 22
1. Look at table 9-2 for end connections ( 1 , 2 ) of wire 51 (3 ) .
GO TO FRAME 39
1
2
3
TA 195004
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 24
9-96
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 39
1. Unscrew and take out screw ( 1 ) , lockwasher (2), and washer (3) from terminal location 6 (4) on
conductor bus (5 ) with screwdriver. Save lockwasher (2).
2. Pull lug terminal (6) away from power distribution cover ( 7) as far as wire bundle ( 8) will allow.
3. Unscrew and take off nut (9), lockwasher ( 10) , and lug terminal ( 11 ) from terminal ( 12 ) on relay ( 13)
with wrench. Save lockwasher (10) .
4. Pull lug terminal ( 11 ) away from cover (7) as far as wire bundle (8) will allow.
5. Cut lug terminals (6 , 11 ) off both ends of wire (14) with diagonal cutting pliers. Get rid of lug
terminals (6, 11 ) . Fold each end of wire ( 14) and wrap it with insulation tape.
GO TO FRAME 40
14 14
11 6
12) 13
2
3
10
5 6
6
7
ི་
TA195005
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 24
9-97
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 40
Install Wire:
1. Measure length of old wire ( 1 ) with rule. Cut new wire ( 2) to needed length with diagonal pliers.
2. Using thermal stripper, strip insulation from both ends of wire (2).
3. Using crimping tool , crimp two new lug terminals ( 3) on ends of wire (2 ) .
4. Screw on and tighten one lug terminal (3) of wire ( 2) , lockwasher (4) , and nut ( 5) to terminal (6) on
relay (7) with wrench .
5. Route new wire 51 (2) along wire bundle (8) . Lace new wire (2) to wire bundle (8) with lacing tape (9) .
6. Screw on and tighten other lug terminal (3) of wire ( 2) with screw ( 10) , lockwasher ( 11 ), and
washer ( 12) to terminal location ( 13) on conductor bus ( 14) with screwdriver.
TASK 24 ENDS HERE
3 10
00-
11
14 12
13
6
2
1
8
3
5
2
7 3
2 9
TA195006
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 24
9-98
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 25. Install Receptacle Connector J1 or J2 and Cable Assembly
Applicability : All Models
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Gasket (96906) MS52000-13
Lockwasher (96906) MS35333-38 (four required)
Personnel: One
Remove receptacle connector J1 or J2 and cable assembly; refer to task 15.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 25
9-99
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 41
Install Receptacle Connector and Cable Assembly:
NOTE
Use this task to put in receptacle connector J2 and cable assembly ( 1 ) , or

receptacle connector J1 and cable assembly (2). Connector J1 and cable
assembly ( 2 ) is shown . When installing J2 , do steps 1 , 3 , and 4. When installing
J1 , do steps 1 , 2 , and 4.
1. Put new gasket (3) on receptacle connector and cable assembly ( 1 or 2 ) .
2. Position connector ( 2 ) into power distribution cover (4 ) with keyway ( 5) down .
3. Position connector ( 1 ) into power distribution cover (4) with keyway (6) up .
4. Screw in and tighten four screws (7) , new lockwashers (8) , and washers ( 9) to connector and cable
assembly ( 1 , 2 ) and cover (4) with screwdriver.
TASK 25 ENDS HERE
2
5
4 PLACES
7 )( 8 )( 9
3 1
2
TA195007
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 25
9-100
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 26. Install Mounts
Common Tools:
Extension, socket wrench , 3/8-inch square drive, 5 -inch
Handle, socket wrench , ratchet, 3/8 - inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8 - inch square drive, 7/16 -inch
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8 -inch square drive , 9/ 16 - inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Lockwasher (96906 ) MS35333-40 (four required)
Personnel: One
Remove mounts ; refer to task 14.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 26
9-101
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 42
Install Mounts:
1. Place two mounts ( 1 , 2 ) in power distribution cover (3) . Line up holes in mounts ( 1 , 2 ) with holes in
cover (3).
2. Screw in and tighten four screws (4), new lockwashers ( 5 ) , and washers (6) with 7 / 16 -inch socket,
extension, and handle.
3. Place cable lug terminal (7) on circuit breaker terminal ( 8) . Screw on and tighten nut ( 9) and
lockwasher (10) with 9/ 16 - inch socket, extension , and handle.
3. Install electrical - mechanical post ; refer to task 34.
TASK 26 ENDS HERE
4 PLACES ( 5
6
1
10
3 COMPONENTS
REMOVED FOR
CLARITY TA195008
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 26
9-102
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 27. Install Conductor Bus 2W1
Common Tools:
Chisel, hand , 3/8-inch
Hammer, ballpeen
Wrench, combination , 1 /4-inch
Wrench , combination, 9/ 16 -inch (two required)
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Lockwasher (96906) MS35333-38 (six required)
Lockwasher (96906) MS35333-42 (two required)
Lockwasher (96906) MS35333-108 (three required)
Nut (96906) MS35649-2255S (two required)
Nut (96906) MS35649-2385S (three required)
Nut, self-locking (96906) MS51943-35 (two required)
Screw (96906) MS35309-360 (five required)
Personnel: One
Remove conductor bus 2W1 ; refer to task 13.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 27
9-103
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
IWS and soloubno stant SEAT

FRAME 43
Install Conductor Bus:
CAUTION
eloos nom
Only use screws , nuts , lockwashers , and washers called out in bad Jaein
TM 9-2350-255-34 P- 1 . Substituting any parts can damage hull power casquad 1900s
distribution box. ก ษา
dons W
1. Line up conductor bus ( 1 ) on two mounts (2).
2. Screw in and tighten two screws (3) , four washers (4) , and two new self-locking nuts (5 ) with
two 9/16 -inch wrenches. falong ?
3. Screw in and tighten two new screws (6), four washers (7), two new lockwashers ( 8) , and two newe
nuts (9) to conductor bus ( 1 ) and four cables ( 10) with two 7/16 -inch wrenches .
GO TO FRAME 44
10 9
8 2 PLACES
3
7
2 PLACES
2 2
4
10
1
་་་་
7 4
2 PLACES 2 PLACES
6
5
TA195009
Volume II
Para. 9-7 , Task 27
9-104
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 44
Install Conductor Bus (Continued):
Screw in and tighten three new screws ( 1 ), new lockwashers (2), six washers (3) , and new nuts (4) to
three cables ( 5) and conductor bus (6) with 9/ 16-inch and 5/8-inch wrenches.
2. Screw in three screws (7) , new lockwashers (8) , washers (9) , and three cables ( 10), to conductor bus
bus (6 ) with 1 /4-inch wrench.
3. Deform threads of five screws ( 11 ) with chisel and hammer.
TASK 27 ENDS HERE
3 PLACES
5 3
5 PLACES P
6
a
11 %
5
3
2 3 PLACES
9 10
8) 3 PLACES
7
TA195010
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 27
9-105
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 28. Install Conductor Bus 2G1
Common Tools:
Chisel, hand , 3/8-inch
Hammer, ballpeen
Handle, socket wrench, ratchet, 1 /4- inch square drive
Pliers, slip joint
Socket, socket wrench, 1 /4- inch square drive , 1 /4- inch
Wrench, combination , 9/ 16- inch (two required)
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Lockwasher ( 96906) MS35333-38 (three required)
Lockwasher ( 96906 ) MS35333-108 (three required)
Lockwasher ( 96906) MS35333-110
Nut (96906 ) MS35649-2255S (three required)
Nut (96906) MS35649-2385S
Nut, self-locking (96906) MS51943-35 (two required)
Screw ( 96906 ) MS35309-308 (three required)
Screw (96906) MS35309-360
Strap , tiedown (96906) MS3367-6-9
Personnel: One
Remove conductor bus 2G1 ; refer to task 12.
Volume II
9-106 Para. 9-7, Task 28
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 45
CAUTION
Only use screws, nuts , lockwashers, and washers called out in

TM 9-2350-255-34P- 1 . Substituting any parts can damage hull
power distribution box .
1. Line up holes in conductor bus ( 1 ) with holes in mounts (2 , 3) on power distribution cover (4).
2. Screw in and tighten two screws ( 5) , four washers (6), and two self-locking new nuts (7) with
two 9/16 - inch wrenches.
GO TO FRAME 46
6 1 7
6
་་་་་་་་་
་
3
6
་་
་་ ་་་ ་
་་
TA194890
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 28
9-107
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 46
1. Screw in and tighten two new screws ( 1 ) , new lockwashers ( 2 ) , four washers ( 3 ) , and two new nuts (4)
to four cables ( 5 ) and conductor bus (6) with two 7/ 16 -inch wrenches .
2. Screw in and tighten new screw ( 7) , new lockwasher ( 8) , two washers (9) , and new nut ( 10) to two
cables ( 11 ) and conductor bus ( 6) with 9 / 16 -inch and 5/8-inch wrenches.
3. Screw in and tighten new screw ( 12 ), new lockwasher ( 13) , two washers ( 14) , and new nut (15 ) to
two cables ( 16) and conductor bus (6) with two 7/16-inch wrenches.
GO TO FRAME 47
3
3
6
5
13
7
་་་་་་་་་
15
9
3
3
(11
(14)
2
2
(16)
6
4
11 16
14
12 8
10
TA195011
Volume II
Para. 9-7 , Task 28
9-108
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 47
Install Conductor Bus (Continued) :
1. Screw in and tighten three screws ( 1 ) , new lockwashers ( 2), and washers (3) to four wires (4) and
conductor bus (5) with socket and handle.
2. Deform threads of four screws (6) with chisel and hammer.
3. Put new tiedown strap (7) around cables with slip joint and diagonal cutting pliers.
TASK 28 ENDS HERE
3 PLACES 1
2
3
4 PLACES
5
6
6
VIEW ROTATED
FOR CLARITY 7
CABLES REMOVED
FOR CLARITY
TA195012
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 28
9-109
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 29. Install Circuit Breaker CB2 or CB3
Common Tools:
Socket, socket wrench , 1 /4-inch square drive, 5/16 - inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove circuit breaker CB2 or CB3 ; refer to task 11.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 29
9-110
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 48
NOTE
Use this task to put in circuit breaker CB3 ( 1 ) or CB2 ( 2) . Circuit breaker
CB3 (1 ) is shown.
1. Align mounting holes of circuit breaker ( 1 ) with holes in bracket ( 3) . Screw in and tighten four
screws (4), washers (5), new lockwashers (6), and nuts ( 7) with wrench or socket, and handle.
1. Install component mounting bracket; refer to task 32.
2. Install conductor bus 2W3B; refer to task 36.
3. Install connector J4 and cable assembly; refer to task 33.
4. Install electrical - mechanical post; refer to task 34.
TASK 29 ENDS HERE
te svoma?
ει ;
3
5 1
4 PLACES
6
4 PLACES 7
TA195013
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 29
9-111
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 30. Install Electromagnet Relay K2
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Gun, thermal, 8031088
Supplies:
Cleaning Compound , MIL-C- 81302 ( Item 11 )
Lockwasher (96906) MS35333-36 (two required )
Sleeving, insulation , MIL- R-46846, Type V (Bulk)
Personnel: One
Remove electromagnet relay K2; refer to task 10.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 30
9-112
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 49
Install Relay:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on soldering and heat shrinking techniques, before doing any
work.
D
1. Align mounting holes of electromagnet relay ( 1 ) with mounting holes of bracket (2 ) . Screw in and
tighten two screws (3) and new lockwashers (4) with screwdriver.
2. Measure four new 5/8 -inch pieces of insulation sleeving ( 5 ) with rule. Cut with knife. Slide
sleeving (5) over six wires (6) .
3. Solder six wires (6) to five terminals (7).
4. Slide sleeving ( 5) over terminals ( 7 ) and ends of wires (6) . Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving ( 5) .
TASK 30 ENDS HERE
6 PLACES
6
2
5
4 PLACES
75 PLACES
54 PLACES
ACES
2 PLACES
3
6
TA195014
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 30
9-113
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 31. Install Terminal Board TB1
Common Tools:
Soldering Iron
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove terminal board TB1 ; refer to task 9.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 31
9-114
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 50
Install Terminal Board:
CAUTION
Only use screws, nuts , lockwashers , and washers called out in

TM 9-2350-255-34P- 1 . Substituting any parts can damage hull power
distribution box.
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on soldering techniques, before doing any work .
If terminal board ( 1 ) is new, do steps 1 and 2. If not, do step 1 only.
1. Align holes in two plate spacers (2), terminal board ( 1 ), and bracket (3) . Screw in and tighten four
screws (4) , washers ( 5) , new lockwashers (6) , and nuts ( 7) to bracket (3) with wrench and
screwdriver.
2. Solder wires (8) to terminal board ( 1 ) .
4. Install electrical-mechanical post; refer to task 34.
TASK 31 ENDS HERE
8 7
6 4 PLACES
5
4 PLACES
2 2 PLACES
4
1
TA195015
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 31
9-115
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 32. Install Component Mounting Bracket
Common Tools:
Extension, socket wrench , 1 /4-inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench , 1 /4-inch square drive, 5/ 16 -inch
Special Tools:
Gun, thermal 8031088
Supplies:
Lockwasher, (96906) MS35333-39 (seven required)
Personnel: One
Remove component mounting bracket; refer to task 8.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 32
9-116
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 51
Install Mounting Bracket:
NOTE
If mounting bracket ( 1 ) is new, begin with step 1. If bracket ( 1 ) is not new, go

to frame 52.
1. Install circuit breaker CB2 ( 2) and CB3 (3) ; refer to task 29.
2. Install electromagnet relay K2 (4); refer to task 30.
3. Install terminal board TB1 (5) ; refer to task 31 .
GO TO FRAME 52
4
επ
TA195016
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 32
9-117
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 52
Install Mounting Bracket (Continued):
1. Put mounting bracket ( 1 ) in power distribution cover (2).
2. Screw in and tighten seven screws (3), new lockwashers (4), and washers ( 5 ) in bracket ( 1 ) and
cover (2) with socket, extension and handle.
3. Put wire lug terminals (6) on upper circuit breaker terminals (7, 8).
TASK 32 ENDS HERE
8
7
1
7 PL
PLACES 4
Er
3
6
TA195017
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 32
9-118
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 33. Install Connector J4 and Cable Assembly
Common Tools:
Chisel, hand, 3/8-inch
Hammer, ballpeen
Pliers, slip joint
Wrench, comination , 7/16-inch (two required)
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Gasket (96906) MS52000-13
Nut (96906) MS35649-2385S
Screw (96906) MS35309-360
Strap, tiedown (96906) MS3367-6-9 (two required)
Personnel : One
Remove connector J4 and cable assembly; refer to task 7 .
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 33
9-119
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 53
Install Connector and Cable Assembly:
CAUTION
Only use screws, nuts, lockwashers , and washers called out in

power distribution box.
1. Put new gasket ( 1 ) on connector and cable assembly (2).
2. Put connector and cable assembly ( 2) in power distribution cover (3) through mounting hole.
3. Push connector (4) in place in cover ( 3 ) with keyway ( 5) down . Screw in and tighten four
screws (6), new lockwashers (7) , and washers (8) with screwdriver.
4. Make sure terminals on cables (9) are on circuit breaker terminals ( 10) . Put two short cables ( 11) on
two terminals ( 10). Screw on and tighten two nuts ( 12 ) , lockwashers ( 13) , and washers ( 14)
with 9/16- inch wrench .
GO TO FRAME 54
ono dandoa
2 PLACES
mezzsdeo bris AL todenn

(14) (13) (12)
3 1
10 11 2
9 8 7 (6
4 PLACES
TA195018
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 33
9-120
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 54
Install Connector and Cable Assembly (Continued):
1. Screw in new screw ( 1 ) , two washers (2) , new lockwasher (3) , and new nut (4) in cable
terminals (5 , 6) and conductor bus 2G1 (7) with two 7/16-inch wrenches.
2. Deform threads of screw ( 1 ) with chisel and hammer.
3. Tie two new tiedown straps (8) around cables with slip joint and diagonal cutting pliers.
1. Install electrical-mechanical post; refer to task 34.
TASK 33 ENDS HERE
82 PLACES
4
3
2
6
5
7
TA195019
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 33
9-121
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 34. Install Electrical- Mechanical Post
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Tape, insulation (Item 38)
Personnel : One
Remove electrical- mechanical post; refer to task 6.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 34
9-122
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 55
Install Post:
1. Line up holes in electrical- mechanical post ( 1 ) with holes ( 2) in mount (3) . Line up flat surfaces (4) of
post (1 ) as shown.
2. Screw in and tighten two screws (5) , new lockwashers (6) , and washers ( 7) with screwdriver.
3. Wrap half-overlapping turns of tape around post ( 1 ) .
TASK 34 ENDS HERE
COMPONENT REMOVED
FOR CLARITY
1
2 PLACES 5
6
7
TA195020
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 34
9-123
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 35. Install Conductor Bus 2W3A
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove conductor bus 2W3A; refer to task 5 .
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 35
9-124
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 56
1. Put conductor bus ( 1 ) on relay terminal ( 2) . Put other end of conductor bus ( 1 ) on relay terminal (3) .
2. Put two wires (4) in place on conductor bus ( 1 ). Screw in and tighten two screws (5) , new
lockwashers (6) , and washers (7) with screwdriver.
1. Install conductor bus 2W3B , refer to task 36.
2. Install retaining strap, refer to task 37.
3. Install conductor bus 2W3C, refer to task 38.
4. Install distribution housing, refer to task 39.
TASK 35 ENDS HERE
5
5
6
7
1 1
4
TA195021
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 35
9-125
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 36. Install Conductor Bus 2W3B
Common Tools:
Wrench, box, half-moon double-head type, 9/16-inch and 5/8-inch
Wrench , combination , 13/ 16- inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Remove conductor bus 2W3B; refer to task 4.
Volume II
9-126 Para. 9-7, Task 36

TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 57
CAUTION
Only use screws, nuts , lockwashers , and washers called out in

power distribution box.
1. Put conductor bus ( 1 ) over relay terminal (2) and circuit breaker terminals (3 , 4).
2. Screw on and tighten two nuts ( 5) and lockwashers (6) on terminals ( 3, 4) with 9/ 16-inch wrench .
3. Screw on and tighten nut ( 7) , lockwasher ( 8) , and washer (9) to terminal ( 2 ) with 13 / 16-inch wrench .
4. Tighten two nuts ( 10) on circuit breaker terminals ( 11 , 12 ) with 9/16- inch wrench .
3. Check out hull power distribution box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-2.
TASK 36 ENDS HERE
10 12
(11
3
3
6 5
2 PLACES 4
7
1
9
2
2
TA195022
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 36
9-127
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 37. Install Retaining Strap
Common Tools:
Pliers, slip joint
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Strap, tiedown (96906) MS3367-6-9 (two required)
Tape , insulation ( Item 37)
Personnel: One
Remove retaining strap; refer to task 3 .
Volume II
Para. 9-7 , Task 37
9-128
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 58
Install Strap:
1. Wrap retaining strap ( 1 ) with half-overlapping turns of tape.
2. Slide strap ( 1 ) over wires (2) and conductor bus ( 3) . Line up holes in strap ( 1 ) with mounting holes
in power distribution cover (4).
3. Screw in and tighten two screws (5) , new lockwashers (6) , and washers (7) with screwdriver.
4. Tie wires (2) to strap ( 1 ) with two new tiedown straps (8) with slip joint and diagonal cutting pliers .
TASK 37 ENDS HERE
2 PLACES
8
2 PLACES
1
3
2
1)
٤٢
TA195023
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 37
9-129
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 38. Install Conductor Bus 2W3C
Common Tools:
Extension , socket wrench , 3/8-inch square drive, 5 - inch
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8- inch square drive, 9/ 16-inch
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8 -inch square drive, 13/16 - inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Remove conductor bus 2W3C; refer to task 2.
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 38
9-130
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 59
CAUTION
Only use screws , nuts, lockwashers , and washers called out in

TM 9-2350-255-34P- 1 . Substituting any parts could damage hull power
distribution box.
1. Put conductor bus ( 1 ) on relay terminal ( 2) . Lift conductor bus ( 1 ) so that terminal ( 2 ) seats on
bottom of slot. Push down on conductor bus ( 1 ) until it snaps on circuit breaker terminal (3) .
2. Screw on and tighten nut (4), lockwasher (5 ), and washer (6) to relay terminal ( 2 ) with 13/ 16-inch
socket and handle.
3. Screw on and tighten nut (7) and lockwasher (8) to terminal (3) of relay (9) with 9/16- inch socket,
TASK 38 ENDS HERE
1 8
CABLES REMOVED
9
FOR CLARITY
2
3
2
6
TA195024
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 38
9-131
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 39. Install Distribution Housing
Common Tools:
Extension, socket wrench, 3/8-inch square drive, 5-inch
Handle, socket wrench, ratchet, 3/8- inch square drive
Wrench , torque, 0 to 200 inch- pounds
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Lockwasher (96906) MS35333-42 ( 10 required)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 39
9-132
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 60
stall Distribution Housing:
CAUTION
Make sure that loose screws, washers, or other parts are not trapped in power
distribution cover ( 1 ) . Loose parts could cause shorts and damage hull power
distribution box.
Replace power distribution cover gasket; refer to task 16.
!. Line up holes in power distribution cover ( 1 ) with distribution housing ( 2) .
3. Screw in ten screws ( 3) , new lockwashers (4 ), and washers ( 5 ) with socket, extension , and handle.
Torque screws ( 3 ) between 125 and 145 pound inches ( 14 and 16 Newton meters) .
END OF HULL POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX MAINTENANCE
4 ) 10 PLACES
)
(1
STO 2
TLO AL
TA195025
Volume II
Para. 9-7, Task 39
9-133
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
9-8. Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB )
Task Title Frames

1234567∞ON
13456
Remove Circuit Card Assembly Cover 1 .· 2
Replace Circuit Card Assembly Cover Cushioning Pads
Remove Circuit Card Assembly A1 , A2 , A3, or A4
Remove Detent Plunger
Remove Bezel
Remove Bezel Gasket 7
Remove Bezel Distribution Cover 8
8 Remove Circuit Breaker CB1 through CB29 9.10
124
9 Remove Distribution Cover 11
10 Replace Distribution Cover Gasket 12
11 Remove Electrical Connector TJ1 or TJ2 , or Receptacle
Connector UJ1 13-14
12 Remove Conductor Bus 2W3 15-16
13 Remove Conductor Bus 2G1 17.18
14 Remove Engine Time Totalizer Meter M1 19
15 Remove Circuit Card Assembly Receptacle Connector A1 , A2, A3, or A4 20
16 Remove Circuit Breaker CB30 21
17 Remove Electromagnetic Relay K101 22
18 Remove Circuit Breaker CB101 23
19 Remove Electromagnetic Relay K1 through K26 24-25
20 Remove Power Distribution Panels TB4 and TB5,
Plate Insulators, and Junction Box 26-27
21 Remove Terminal Junction Modules TB1 or TB2 28
22 Remove Terminal Junction Rails 29
23 Remove Interconnecting Box 30
24 Remove Receptacle Connector J1 , J2 , J3 , J4, or J7 31-32
25 Remove Receptacle Connector J6 33 · 34
26 Remove Receptacle Connector J8 , J9 , J10, J11 , or J12 35
27 Remove Component Mounting Bracket 36
28 Replace Semiconductor Device CR1 37-39
29 Replace Protective Caps for TJ1 or TJ2 , or Electrical Cover for UJ1 40
30 Replace Hull Networks Distribution Box Wires 4160
31 Install Component Mounting Bracket 61-62
32 Install Receptacle Connector J8, J9, J10, J11 , or J12 63
33 Install Receptacle Connector J6 64-65
34 Install Receptacle Connector J1 , J2 , J3, J4, or J7 66
35 Install Interconnecting Box 67
36 Install Terminal Junction Rails 68
37 Install Terminal Junction Modules TB1 or TB2 69
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 1
9-134
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
9-8. Hull Networks Distribution Box ( HNB) (Continued)
Task Title Frames
38 Install Power Distribution Panels TB4 and TB5 , Plate Insulators, and 70-71
Junction Box
39 Install Electromagnetic Relay K1 through K26 72-73
40 Install Circuit Breaker CB101 74
41 Install Electromagnetic Relay K101 75
42 Install Circuit Breaker CB30 76
43 Install Circuit Card Assembly Receptacle Connector A1 , A2, A3 or A4 77-78
44 Install Engine Time Totalizer Meter M1 79
45 Install Conductor Bus 2G1 80-81
46 Install Conductor Bus 2W3 82-83
47 Install Electrical Connector TJ1 or TJ2 , or Receptacle Connector UJ1 84-85
48 Install Distribution Cover 86
49 Install Circuit Breaker CB1 through CB29 87-88
50 Install Bezel Distribution Cover 89
51 Install Bezel Gasket 90
52 Install Bezel 91
53 Install Detent Plunger 92
54 Install Circuit Card Assembly A1 , A2, A3 , or A4 93
55 Install Circuit Card Assembly Cover 94-95
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 1
9-135
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 1. Remove Circuit Card Assembly Cover
Common Tools:
Knife, putty
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Dry Cleaning Solvent, P-D- 680 (Item 13)
Personnel: One
Hull networks box on clean work surface.
FRAME 1
Remove Cover:
1. Unscrew and take out eight screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers ( 2) , and washers (3) with screwdriver. Get rid of
lockwashers (2). Take cover (4) from housing (5).
2. Look at cover (4) for holes or dents. If bad turn in.
3. Look at two pads (6) on rear of cover (4) . If pads (6) are loose or missing, replace circuit card
assembly cover cushioning pads; refer to task 2. If OK set cover (4) aside for later use.
GO TO FRAME 2
8 PLACES
1 2
8 PLACES
6
3
VIEW TURNED
OVER FOR
CLARITY
TA195026
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 1
9-136
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 2
Remove Gasket:
1. Scrape gasket ( 1 ) off housing (2 ) with putty knife . Get rid of gasket ( 1 ) .
WARNING
2. Clean adhesive from housing ( 2) with putty knife, solvent, and rags.
NOTE: To install circuit card assembly cover, refer to task 55.
TASK 1 ENDS HERE
TA195027
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 1
9-137
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 2. Replace Circuit Card Assembly Cover Cushioning Pads
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Knife, putty
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Dry Cleaning Solvent, P- D-680 (Item 13)
Pad, rubber ( 19207 ) 12281896-1 (two required)
Personnel : One
Remove circuit card assembly cover; refer to task 1.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 2
9-138
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 3
Remove Pads:
1. Scrape off two pads ( 1 ) and adhesive from cover ( 2) with putty knife . Get rid of pads ( 1 ) .
WARNING
Adhesives and solvents can burn easily and can give off harmful vapors. To
avoid injury, keep away from open fire and use in a well-ventilated area.
2. Clean adhesive from cover ( 2 ) with solvent and rag.
Install Pads:
3. Trim two new pads ( 1 ) with pocket knife to fit cover (2) .
4. Squeeze a thin coat of adhesive on cover (2 ) . Put pads ( 1 ) on cover (2).
Install circuit card assembly cover; refer to task 55.
TASK 2 ENDS HERE
2 1
VIEW TURNED OVER

2
FOR CLARITY
TA195028
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 2
9-139
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 3. Remove Circuit Card Assembly A1 , A2, A3, or A4
Common Tools:
Handle, puller NSN 5120-01-064-1379
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
FRAME 4
Remove Card Assembly:
NOTE
Use this task to take out circuit card assembly A1 ( 1 ) , A2 (2 ) , A3 ( 3 ) , or

A4 (4). Circuit card assembly A1 ( 1 ) is shown .
1. Carefully pull circuit card ( 1 ) straight out from guides (5) with puller handle. If circuit card
assembly ( 1 ) is stuck, rock circuit card assembly ( 1 ) from side to side.
2. Look at circuit card assembly ( 1 ) for cracks or broken circuits. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later
use.
NOTE: To install circuit card assembly A1 , A2 , A3, or A4, refer to task 54 .
TASK 3 ENDS HERE
4
3
5 2
1
TA195029
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 3
9-140
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
SK 4. Remove Detent Plunger
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel : One
FRAME 5
Remove Plunger:
1. Open and hold circuit breaker compartment access cover ( 1 ) in open position .
2. Unscrew and take out plunger (2 ) from bezel ( 3) with screwdriver. Look at plunger ( 2 ) for cracks. If
bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install detent plunger, refer to task 53.
TASK 4 ENDS HERE
OF
F
OF
11 F
ON 12
ON 1
16 OF
F
ON
3 17
ON
OF OF VIEW TURNED
F F
2 90° FOR CLARITY
TA195030
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 4
9-141
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 5. Remove Bezel
Common Tools:
Key, socket head screw, 5/32 - inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Remove circuit breaker compartment cover; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para. 11-12.
FRAME 6
Remove Bezel :
1. Unscrew and take off 12 screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2) , and washers (3) from bezel (4) with key. Get
rid of lockwashers ( 2) . Take bezel (4) from bezel distribution cover (5) .
2. Look at bezel (4) for cracks, breaks , or rust. If bad remove detent plunger, refer to task 4 , and turn
in. If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install bezel , refer to task 52 .
TASK 5 ENDS HERE
12 PLACES
10 €
TA195031
Volume II
Para. 9-8 , Task 5
9-142
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 6. Remove Bezel Gasket
Common Tools:
Knife, putty
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Dry Cleaning Solvent, P-D-680 (Item 13 )
Personnel: One
1. Remove circuit breaker compartment cover ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para 11-12 .
2. Remove bezel ; refer to task 5.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 6
9-143
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 7
Remove Gasket:
1. Pull distribution cover ( 1 ) from housing (2).
2. Scrape gasket (3) off housing ( 2) with putty knife. Get rid of gasket (3) .
WARNING
3. Clean adhesive from housing (2) with putty knife, solvent, and rags.
NOTE: To install bezel gasket, refer to task 51 .
TASK 6 ENDS HERE
3
1
TA195032
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 6
9-144
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 7. Remove Bezel Distribution Cover
Common Tools:
Socket, socket wrench, deep style 3/8-inch square drive, 1 /2 -inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
1. Remove circuit breaker compartment cover ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para. 11-12.
3. Remove bezel gasket; refer to task 6.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 7
9-145
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 8
Remove Distribution Cover:
1. Unscrew and take off 26 nuts ( 1 ) , lockwashers ( 2 ) , and keywashers (3 ) with socket and handle.
Pull 26 circuit breakers (4) from distribution cover (5).
2. Unscrew and take off three nuts (6) , lockwashers (7) , washers (8) , packings with retainers (9) , and
screws (10) from distribution cover ( 5) with screwdriver and wrench . Get rid of lockwashers (7) and
packings with retainers (9).
3. Look at distribution cover (5 ) for cracks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install bezel distribution cover, refer to task 50 .
TASK 7 ENDS HERE
3 PLACES 5
9
10 8 3 PLACES
7
6
26 PLACES
10 3 5
26 PLACES
TA195033
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 7
9-146
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 8. Remove Circuit Breaker CB1 through CB29
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Socket, socket wrench, deep style, 3/8-inch square drive, 1 /2 -inch
Soldering Iron, 48-watt
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Tag, marker (Item 34 ) (as required)
Personnel: One
1. Remove circuit breaker compartment cover ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para. 11-12.
3. Remove bezel gasket; refer to task 6.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 8
9-147
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 9
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on soldering and tagging, before doing any work.
Use this task to take out any circuit breaker ( 1 ) on distribution cover (2).
Circuit breaker CB5 ( 1 ) is shown .
If wires (3) have lacing tape (4), do step 2. Otherwise skip step 2.
12
1. Pull distribution cover (2) from housing (5) .
2. Cut two lacing tapes (4) with knife. Get rid of lacing tape (4).
GO TO FRAME 10.
TA195034
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 8
9-148
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 10
Remove Circuit Breaker (Continued):
NOTE
Look at circuit breaker ( 1 ) . If circuit breaker ( 1 ) has bus wire (2) , do

step 1 for all circuit breakers (1 ) attached to bus wire (2).
1. Unscrew and take off nut (3) , lockwasher (4), and keywasher ( 5 ) from distribution cover (6) with
socket and handle. Pull out circuit breaker ( 1 ) from distribution cover (6).
NOTE
If circuit breaker ( 1 ) has no bus wire ( 2) , skip step 2.
2. Unsolder and take bus wire ( 2) off circuit breaker ( 1 ) with soldering gun .
3. Cut insulation sleeving ( 7) from wires (8) with knife. Get rid of sleeving (7).
4. Unsolder wires ( 8) from circuit breaker terminals ( 9) with soldering iron.
5. Look at circuit breaker ( 1 ) for cracks . If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install circuit breaker CB1 through CB29, refer to task 49.
ŤASK 8 ENDS HERE
(7
9 1
6
7 5
8
3
TA195035
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 8
9-149
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 9. Remove Distribution Cover
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel : One
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 9
9-150
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 11
Remove Cover:
1. Unscrew and take out 21 screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers ( 2 ) , and washers ( 3) with socket and handle. Get
rid of lockwashers (2 ). Take off cover (4) .
2. Look at cover (4) for cracks, dents, or nicks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
3. Look at gasket (5) for cracks or tears. If bad replace gasket; refer to task 10. If OK leave gasket (5 )
in place.
NOTE: To install distribution cover, refer to task 48.
TASK 9 ENDS HERE
3 21 PLACES
2
:
O::: C
10
TA195036
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 9
9-151
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 10. Replace Distribution Cover Gasket
Common Tools:
Knife, putty
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Adhesive, Type I , MIL-A-46106 (Item 2 )
Dry Cleaning Solvent, P-D- 680 (Item 13)
Gasket ( 19207) 12285908
Personnel: One
Remove distribution cover; refer to task 9.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 10
9-152
1
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 12
Remove Gasket:
WARNING
Adhesives and solvents burn easily and can give off harmful vapors. To
avoid injury, keep away from open fire and use in a well-ventilated area.
CAUTION
If gasket ( 1 ) is not sealed properly, moisture can enter hull networks box
housing (2 ) and cause unit to malfunction.
1. Scrape gasket ( 1 ) off housing (2) with putty knife. Get rid of gasket ( 1 ).
2. Clean adhesive from housing (2) with solvent and rags.
Install Gasket:
3. Spread a thin coat of adhesive on rim (3) of housing (2) with brush.
4. Line up new gasket ( 1 ) on housing (2) . Make sure all holes in gasket ( 1 ) are in line with holes in
housing (3) . Smooth down any gaps between gasket ( 1 ) and housing (2).
Install distribution cover; refer to task 48.
TASK 10 ENDS HERE
2 3
10
TA195037
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 10
9-153
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 11. Remove Electrical Connector TJ1 or TJ2, or Receptacle Connector UJ1
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Maintenance Kit , electrical, 12285360
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 11
9-154
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 13
Remove Connector:
NOTE
Read para . 9-4, on tagging, repairing, and replacing connectors, before

doing any work.
Use this task to take off electrical connector TJ1 or TJ2 , or receptacle
connector UJ1 . Electrical connector TJ2 ( 1 ) is shown.
1. Unscrew and take off protective cap (2) from connector ( 1 ) .
2. Using jamnut socket and drive wrench, unscrew and take off jamnut (3) from connector ( 1 ) .
3. Pull connector ( 1 ) from housing (4) as far as wires ( 5) will allow. Take off packing (6) from
connector (1 ). Set packing (6) aside for later use.
4. Look at connector ( 1 ) for cracks, dents, and stripped threads. If bad go to frame 14. If OK TASK 11
ENDS HERE.
GO TO FRAME 14
5
1
6
2
3
TA195038
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 11
9-155
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 14
Remove Connector (Continued):
1. Using soft jaw pliers, unscrew backshell ( 1 ) from connector (2). Slide backshell ( 1 ) back on wires (3).
Cut off two lacing tapes (4) from wires (3) with knife. Get rid of lacing tapes (4).
2. Using installing and removal tool , take out contacts (5) and wires (3) from connector (2). Look at
connector (2) for cracks, breaks, or stripped threads. If bad turn in connector (2) . If OK set aside for
later use.
NOTE: To install electrical connector TJ1 or TJ2 , or receptacle connector UJ1 , refer to task 47.
TASK 11 ENDS HERE
2 3
1
TA195039
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 11
9-156
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ASK 12. Remove Conductor Bus 2W3
Common Tools:
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8- inch square drive, 7/16-inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 12
9-157
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 15
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on tagging, before doing any work.
If taking out conductor bus ( 1 ) for access only, do this frame and go to
follow-on maintenance.
1. Unscrew and take off nut ( 2) , lockwasher (3 ) , washer (4) , two lug terminals (5), and screw (6) from
conductor bus ( 1 ) with wrench , socket, and handle. Get rid of lockwasher (3).
2. Unscrew and take out two screws (7) , lockwashers (8) , and washers (9) from conductor bus ( 1 ) with
socket and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (8).
3. Take out four insulators ( 10) , two bushings ( 11 ) , and pull conductor bus ( 1 ) from housing ( 12) as far
as wires (13) will allow.
4. Look at four insulators ( 10) and two bushings ( 11 ) for cracks or breaks. Turn in bad parts. Set good
parts aside for later use.
GO TO FRAME 16
E NT
11 2 PLACES 10
N EV
2 PLACES
8 7 2
3
e
12 4
13
1 5
100
00
00
00
00
00
9
2W3
0
2 PLACES
1
1 6
TA195040
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 12
9-158
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 16
1. Unscrew and take out 11 screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers ( 2 ) , and lug terminals ( 3) from conductor bus (4)
with screwdriver. Get rid of lockwashers ( 2) .
2. Look at conductor bus (4) for cracks, breaks, or stripped threads. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for
later use.
NOTE: To install conductor bus 2W3 , refer to task 46.
TASK 12 ENDS HERE
同
100
100
100
100
100
00
00
00
00
00
00
10
0
2w3 O
0
2
11 PLACES
3
00
2W3
4 TA195041
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 12
9-159
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 13. Remove Conductor Bus 2G1

1
Common Tools:
Extension , socket wrench, 3/8-inch square drive, 5-inch
Socket, socket wrench, 3/8- inch square drive, 7/16- inch
Wrench, combination , 7 / 16 - inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Tag, marker (Item 34)(as required)
Personnel: One
Hull networks box on clean work surface .
1. Remove distribution cover; refer to task 9.
2. Remove conductor bus 2W3 for access; refer to task 12.
3. Remove receptacle connector J6; refer to task 25.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 13
9-160
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 17
NOTE
• Read para. 9-4, on tagging, before doing any work.
If taking out conductor bus ( 1 ) for access only, do this frame and go to
1. Unscrew and take off nut (2 ) , lockwasher (3), washer (4), and lug terminal ( 5) from screw (6) and
conductor bus ( 1 ) with wrench , socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwasher ( 3 ) .
2. Unscrew and take out two screws (7), lockwashers (8), and washers (9) from conductor bus (1 ) with
socket and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (8).
3. Take out four insulators ( 10), two bushings ( 11 ) , and conductor bus ( 1 ) from housing ( 12 ) as far as
wires (13 ) will allow.
4. Look at four insulators ( 10) and two bushings ( 11 ) for cracks or breaks . Turn in bad parts. Set good
5. Take screw (6) and wire ( 14) off bottom of conductor bus ( 1 ) .
GO TO FRAME 18
(12)
112 PLACES
10
Co
co
10AM 8
1
2
13
3
9 2 PLACES
8
7
5
フー
コンコ 2G1
6
14
TA195042
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 13
9-161
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 18
1. Unscrew and take out 18 screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers ( 2) , and lug terminals (3) from conductor bus (4)
with screwdriver. Get rid of lockwashers (2).
2. Look at conductor bus (4) for cracks, breaks, or stripped threads. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for
later use.
NOTE: To install conductor bus 2G1 , refer to task 45.
TASK 13 ENDS HERE
100
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
WART C
10
0
2G1
0
18 PLACES 2
2G1
TA195043
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 13
9-162
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
SK 14. Remove Engine Time Totalizer Meter M1
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Screwdriver, cross tip, No. 2
Soldering Iron
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Tag, marker (Item 34) (two required)
Personnel : One
Volume II
Para. 9-8 , Task 14
9-163
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 19
Remove Meter:
NOTE
1. Unscrew and take off two self-locking screws ( 1 ) with screwdriver. Get rid of screws ( 1 ). Pull
meter ( 2) from housing (3). Slide plate (4) , spacer ( 5 ) , and packing ( 6) from meter ( 2) . Get rid of
packing (6) .
2. Cut lacing tape ( 7) from wires ( 8) with knife. Get rid of lacing tape ( 7) .
3. Cut insulation sleeving (9) from wires (8) with knife. Get rid of sleeving (9) . Unsolder and take off
wires (8) from terminals ( 10).
4. Look at meter ( 2) for cracks, broken glass , and bent or broken terminals ( 10) . If bad turn in . If OK
set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install engine time totalizer meter M1 , refer to task 44.
TASK 14 ENDS HERE
10
6
5
2 PLACES
1 2 PLACES
9
TA195044
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 14
9-164
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 15. Remove Circuit Card Assembly Receptacle Connector A1 , A2, A3 or A4
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Soldering Iron
Wrench , combination , 5 / 16 -inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Cleaning Compound , MIL-C- 81302 (Item 11)
Pencil (Item 25)
Tag, marker (Item 34) (as required) 1
Personnel: One
Hull network box on clean work surface.
1. Remove circuit card assembly cover; refer to task 1 .
2. Remove circuit card assembly A1 , A2, A3, and A4; refer to task 3.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 15
9-165
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 20
Remove Connector:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on soldering and tagging, before doing any work .
Use this task to take any connector ( 1 ) off circuit card assembly A1 , A2,
A3, or A4. Receptacle connector A3 ( 1 ) is shown.
If connector (1 ) is being removed for access, do step 3 only.
1. Cut lacing tape (2) from wires (3) with knife . Get rid of lacing tape (2).
2. Cut insulation sleeving (4) from wires (3) with knife. Get rid of sleeving (4) . Unsolder and take
wires (3) off connector terminals ( 5).
3. Unscrew and take out two screws (6), washers (7) , lockwashers (8) , and nuts (9) with screwdriver and
wrench. Get rid of lockwashers (8) . Take out connector ( 1 ) from interconnecting box ( 10) .
4. Look at connector ( 1 ) for cracks or breaks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install circuit card assembly receptacle connector A1 , A2 , A3, or A4 , refer to task 43.
TASK 15 ENDS HERE
b180 Husato
hududmaib av
2 PLACES
CH
6
VIEW TURNED
10 1 FOR CLARITY
7
8
2 PLACES 5
9
TA195045
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 15
9-166
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
SK 16. Remove Circuit Breaker CB30
Common Tools:
Handle, socket wrench , ratchet, 3/8 -inch square drive
Knife, pocket
2 Socket, socket wrench, deep style, 3/8-inch square drive, 1 /2 - inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Cleaning Compound, MIL-C- 81302 ( Item 11 )
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
2. Remove electrical connector TJ2 ; refer to task 11 .
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 16
9-167
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 20
Remove Connector:
NOTE
Use this task to take any connector ( 1 ) off circuit card assembly A1 , A2,
A3, or A4. Receptacle connector A3 ( 1 ) is shown.
If connector (1 ) is being removed for access, do step 3 only.
1. Cut lacing tape (2) from wires ( 3) with knife. Get rid of lacing tape ( 2) .
2. Cut insulation sleeving (4) from wires (3) with knife. Get rid of sleeving (4) . Unsolder and take
wires (3) off connector terminals (5).
3. Unscrew and take out two screws (6) , washers (7) , lockwashers (8) , and nuts (9) with screwdriver and
wrench. Get rid of lockwashers ( 8) . Take out connector ( 1 ) from interconnecting box ( 10).
4. Look at connector ( 1 ) for cracks or breaks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install circuit card assembly receptacle connector A1 , A2, A3, or A4, refer to task 43.
TASK 15 ENDS HERE
nado ev
2 PLACES
VIEW TURNED
10 1 FOR CLARITY
7
8
2 PLACES 5
9
IT - EVX
(3 )
TA195045
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 15
9-166
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 16. Remove Circuit Breaker CB30
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Socket, socket wrench, deep style, 3/8-inch square drive, 1 /2 - inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
1. Remove distribution cover; refer to task 9 .
2. Remove electrical connector TJ2 ; refer to task 11 .
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 16
9-167
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 21
NOTE
Read para . 9-4, on soldering and tagging, before doing any work.
1. Unscrew and take off nut ( 1 ) , lockwasher ( 2) , ON- OFF plate (3) , guard (4) , and keywasher (5) from
circuit breaker (6) with socket and handle.
2. Take out circuit breaker (6) from housing (7) and pull through hole TJ2 ( 8) as far as wires (9) will
allow.
3. Cut 5 pieces of insulation sleeving ( 10) off wires ( 9) with knife . Get rid of sleeving ( 10) .
4. Unsolder and take off wires (9) from circuit breaker terminals ( 11 ) .
5. Look at circuit breaker (6) for cracks, burn spots, broken switch, and stripped threads. If bad , turn in
circuit breaker (6) and plate (3) . If OK set aside for later use.
6. Look at guard ( 4) for bends or cracks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install circuit breaker CB30, refer to task 42.
TASK 16 ENDS HERE
11
8 6
5
9
4
10
3
5 PLACES OFF
2
1
TA195046
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 16
9-168
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ASK 17. Remove Electromagnetic Relay K101
Common Tools:
Extension, socket wrench , 3/8-inch square drive, 5 -inch
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8- inch square drive , 7/ 16- inch
Wrench, combination, 5 /16 -inch
Wrench , combination , 7/16 -inch (two required)
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Remove distribution cover; refer to task 9 .
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 17
9-169
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 22
Remove Relay:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on tagging, before doing any work.
1. Unscrew and take off two nuts (1 ) , lockwashers (2) , lug terminals (3) , and four washers (4) from
terminals A1 and A2 ( 5) with socket, extension , and handle.
2. Unscrew and take off two nuts (6) , lockwashers (7) , lug terminals (8), and four washers (9) from
terminals X1 and X2 ( 10) with 5/ 16-inch wrench .
3. Unscrew and take off two nuts ( 11 ) , lockwashers ( 12 ) , washers ( 13) , and screws ( 14) with two
7/16-inch wrenches. Get rid of lockwashers (12 ).
4. Take out relay ( 15) . Look at relay ( 15) for cracks and breaks. If bad turn in. If OK set aside for later
use.
NOTE: To install electromagnetic relay K101 , refer to task 41 .
TASK 17 ENDS HERE
15
2 PLACES
(11)
(12)
6 2 PLACES 13
2 PLACES
7
9 BRACKET REMOVED
2 PLACES 8 FROM BOX FOR
2 PLACES CLARITY AND TURNED
1 90 DEGREES
14
22 PLACES
2 PLACES 4
3
2 PLACES
10
2 PLACES 5
TA195047
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 17
9-170
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 18. Remove Circuit Breaker CB101
Common Tools:
Wrench , combination , 5/ 16 - inch
Wrench , combination , 3/8-inch
Wrench , combination , 7/16 -inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-8 , Task 18
9-171
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 23
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on tagging, before doing any work .
1.. Unscrew and take out two screws ( 1 ) , four lockwashers ( 2) , and wires (3) from circuit breaker (4) with
7/16 -inch wrench.
2. Unscrew and take out two screws (5 ) , lockwashers (6), and nuts (7) with 5/ 16-inch and 3 /8-inch
wrenches. Get rid of lockwashers (6).
3. Take out and look at circuit breaker (4 ) for cracks and breaks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later
use.
NOTE: To install circuit breaker CB101 , refer to task 40.
TASK 18 ENDS HERE
同何
2 PLACES 5
6
2 PLACES
2 PLACES
3
2 PLACES
2
2 PLACES
BRACKET REMOVED
FROM BOX FOR
CLARITY AND TURNED
90 DEGREES
TA195048
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 18
9-172
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
SK 19. Remove Electromagnetic Relay K1 through K26
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Socket, socket wrench, 1 /4 -inch square drive , 3/16- inch
Socket, socket wrench , 1 /4-inch square drive, 5/16- inch
Soldering Gun , 140 -watt
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 19
9-173
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 24
Remove Junction Box:
NOTE
Read para . 9-4, on soldering and tagging, before doing any work.
Use this task to take off any relay ( 1 ) . Relay K1 ( 1 ) is shown.
1. Unscrew and take out four screws (2), lockwashers (3) , and washers (4) from junction box (5) with
5/16-inch socket and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (3).
2. Lift junction box ( 5) from housing (6) as far as wires (7) will allow.
GO TO FRAME 25
34 PLACES
1
VIEW TURNED
180 DEGREES
FOR CLARITY
TA195049
Volume II
Para. 9-8 , Task 19
9-174
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 25
Cemove Relay:
NOTE
If relay (1 ) is being taken off for access only, skip steps 1 and 2.
Cut lacing tape (2) from wires (3) with knife. Get rid of lacing tape ( 2 ) .
2. Cut insulation sleeving (4) from wires (3) with knife. Get rid of sleeving (4) . Unsolder and take off
wires (3) from relay terminals (5).
NOTE
Relays K3, K4, K7, K8 K13, K16 , K17, K20, or K21 are held by three
screws (6). Relays K1 , K2 , K5 , K6 , K9 , K10 , K11 , K12, K14, K15 , K18 , K19,
and K22 through K26 are held by two screws (6).
3. Unscrew and take out screws (6) and lockwashers (7) from relay ( 1 ) with 3/16- inch socket and
handle.
4. Lift relay ( 1 ) from junction box (8) . Look at relay ( 1 ) for cracks, breaks, and bent or broken terminals.
If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install electromagnetic relay K1 through K26, refer to task 39.
TASK 19 ENDS HERE
8
WIRES REMOVED
Ι FOR CLARITY
Π
7
6 3
5
4
TA195187
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 19
9-175
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 20. Remove Relay Power Distribution Panels TB4 and TB5, Plate Insulators, and Junction Box
Common Tools:
Handle, socket wrench , speeder, 1 /4-inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench , 1 /4 -inch square drive, 3/ 16 -inch
Socket, socket wrench, 1 /4- inch square drive, 1 /4-inch
Socket, socket wrench , 1 /4-inch square drive, 5/16- inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 20
9-176
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 26
emove Junction Box Assembly:
NOTE
Unscrew and take out four screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2 ) , and washers (3) with 5 / 16- inch socket and
handle. Get rid of lockwashers (2).
Lift junction box assembly (4) from housing ( 5) as far as wires (6) will allow .
3. Unscrew and take out 45 screws (7) and lockwashers (8) from relays (9) with 3/16-inch socket and
handle. Leave relays ( 9) attached to wiring harness ( 10) . Take out relays (9) from junction box
assembly (4).
Remove Distribution Panels, Insulators, and Junction Box:
4. Unscrew and take out eight screws ( 11 ), lockwashers ( 12 ), and washers ( 13) from distribution panels
TB4 (14) and TB5 ( 15) with 1 /4-inch socket and handle. Take off two insulators ( 16). Leave
distribution panels ( 14, 15) attached to wiring harness ( 10).
5. Look at junction box ( 17) for dents or cracks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
6. Look at insulators ( 16) for cracks or holes. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
7. Look at distribution panels ( 14 , 15) for cracks or broken terminals. If bad go to frame 27. If OK set
aside for later use and go to follow-on maintenance.
GO TO FRAME 27
(14) 16
(11
B
EU 12) 4 PLACES
13
(5)
16
15
17
11) (12)(13 10
4 PLACES
7
27 PLACES
8
1
9
4 PLACES 2
10
3
4
225
9 5
6
8
10
18 PLACES
7
TA195050
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 20
9-177
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 27
Remove Distribution Panels :
1. Unsolder and take off wires ( 1 ) from terminals (2). Look at distribution panels (3) for cracks, brea
and bent or broken terminals. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install power distribution panels TB4 and TB5, plate insulators, and junction box, refer t
task 38.
TASK 20 ENDS HERE
2
2 PLACES
3
po
oo
o
bo
TA195051
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 20
9-178
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 21. Remove Terminal Junction Modules TB1 or TB2
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 21
9-179
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 28
Remove Module:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on tagging and replacing modules, before doing any work.
Use this task to take out any module ( 1 ) from terminal junction rails ( 2) .
1. Move bezel cover (3) as far from housing (4 ) as wires ( 5 ) will allow.
2. Using removal tools, pull module ( 1 ) from terminal junction rails (2) .
3. Look at module ( 1 ) for cracks or breaks. If bad go to step 4. If OK push module ( 1 ) and wires (5)
aside for later use and go to follow-on maintenance.
4. Cut lacing tape ( 6) off wires (5 ) with knife. Get rid of tape (6).
5. Using installing and removal tool , pull out all wires (5) and contacts (7) from module ( 1 ) . Turn in
module (1 ).
NOTE: To install terminal junction modules TB1 and TB2 , refer to task 37.
TASK 21 ENDS HERE
2
5
1
1 3
TA195052
Volume II
Para. 9-8 , Task 21
9-180
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 22. Remove Terminal Junction Rails
Common Tools:
Wrench, combination 3/8-inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
2. Remove circuit card assembly cover; refer to task 1.
3. Remove circuit card assembly A1 , A2 , A3 , or A4; refer to task 3.
4. Remove bezel , refer to task 5 .
5. Remove terminal junction modules TB1 or TB2 ; refer to task 21.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 22
9-181
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 29
Remove Rails:
1. Unscrew and take out four screws (1 ) , lockwashers (2), washers (3) , and nuts (4) from rails (5, 6)
and interconnecting box (7) with screwdriver and wrench. Get rid of lockwashers (2).
2. Look at rails (5 , 6) for cracks, dents, or breaks. If bad turn in. If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install terminal junction rails, refer to task 36.
TASK 22 ENDS HERE
4 PLACES
3 2 4
7
5
14 PLA
ACES
CES
TA195053
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 22
9-182
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 23. Remove Interconnecting Box
Common Tools:
Extension , socket wrench , 3/8-inch square drive, 5-inch
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8-inch square drive, 7 /16 -inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
3. Remove circuit card assembly A1 , A2, A3, or A4; refer to task 3.
4. Remove circuit card assembly receptacle connector A1 , A2, A3 or A4; refer to task 15.
5. Remove bezel; refer to task 5.
6. Remove terminal junction modules TB1 or TB2 ; refer to task 21 .
7. Remove terminal junction rails; refer to task 22.
8. Remove component mounting bracket; refer to task 27 .
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 23
9-183
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 30
Remove Box:
1. Unscrew and take out four screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2) , and washers (3) from interconnecting box (4
with socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (2).
2. Look at box (4) for bends, breaks, or chips. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install interconnecting box, refer to task 35.
TASK 23 ENDS HERE
4 PLACES
3
2
e
TA195054
Volume II
Para. 9-8 , Task 23
9-184
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 24. Remove Receptacle Connector J1 , J2, J3, J4, or J7
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
2. Remove electromagnetic relay K1 through K26; refer to task 19.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 24
9-185
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 31
Remove Connector :
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on replacing connectors , before doing any work .
Use this task to take out connector J1 , J2 , J3, J4, or J7. Connector J2 (1)
is shown.
To take out connector J4 (2 ) , connectors J1 , J2 , J3 , and J7 ( 1 ) must be

taken out first.
1. Using jamnut socket and drive wrench , unscrew and take off jamnut ( 3) from connector ( 1 ) . Pull
connector (1 ) from housing (4) as far as wires (5 ) will allow. Take packing (6) off connector (1). Se
packing (6) aside for later use.
2. Look at connector ( 1 ) for cracks , dents , stripped threads, and bent or broken contacts (7) . If bad g
to frame 32. If OK TASK 24 ENDS HERE .
GO TO FRAME 32
2
5
3
1
4
6
TA195055
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 24
9-186
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 32
Remove Connector (Continued ) :
1. Cut lacing tape ( 1 ) off wires (2) with knife . Get rid of tape ( 1 ).
2. Using soft jaw pliers , unscrew backshell (3) from connector (4) . Slide backshell (3) back on wires ( 2).
3. Using installing and removal tool , take contacts ( 5 ) and wires (2) off connector (4).
4. Look at connector (4) for cracks, breaks, or stripped threads. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later
use.
5. Look at contacts (5) for bends or breaks. Cut off bad contacts (5) with pliers. Get rid of bad
contacts (5) . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install receptacle connectors J1 , J2 , J3 , J4 , or J7 , refer to task 34.
TASK 24 ENDS HERE
2 2
TA195188
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 24
9-187
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 25. Remove Receptacle Connector J6
Common Tools:
Extension, socket wrench , 3/8- inch square drive, 5 -inch
Knife, pocket
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8-inch square drive, 7/16- inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 25
9-188
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 33
move Connector:
NOTE
Read para . 9-4, on tagging and replacing connectors , before doing any work.
Connector J6 ( 1 ) has some wires with O-gage conductor. Wires with O-gage
conductor are repaired at depot maintenance.
If removing connector J6 (1 ) for access in task 13, skip step 2.
Unscrew and take off nut ( 2) , lockwasher (3) , washer (4), two lug terminals (5 ), and screw (6) from
conductor bus 2G1 (7) with socket , extension , handle, and wrench . Get rid of lockwasher (3).
Unscrew and take off nut (8), lockwasher (9), washer ( 10), two lug terminals ( 11 ) , and screw ( 12 )
from conductor bus 2W3-1 ( 13) with socket, extension, handle, and wrench . Get rid of lockwasher (9).
Unscrew and take out four screws ( 14) and lockwashers ( 15) from hull networks box ( 16) with
screwdriver. Get rid of lockwashers (15 ) .
.. Pull connector ( 1 ) and gasket ( 17) from hull networks box ( 16 ) as far as wires ( 18) will allow.
5. Look at gasket ( 17) for cracks, breaks, and tears. If bad get rid of gasket ( 17) . If OK set aside for
later use.
GO TO FRAME 34
7
6
18
5
17
8
939
3
2
15 16
4 PLACES 8
1 16 (14 9
10
12 11
13
TA195056
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 25
9-189
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 34
Remove Connector (Continued):
1. Look at connector ( 1 ) for cracks, dents , stripped threads, and bent or broken contacts ( 2 ). If bad go
to step 2. If OK go to follow-on maintenance.
2. Cut lacing tape ( 3) from wires (4) with knife. Get rid of tape (3) .
3. Using soft jaw pliers , unscrew backshell ( 5 ) from connector ( 1 ) . Slide backshell ( 5 ) back on
3
wires (4).
4. Using installing and removal tool , take out contacts (2) and wires (4) from connector ( 1 ). Look at
connector ( 1 ) for cracks, breaks , or stripped threads. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
5. Look at contacts ( 2) for bends or breaks. Cut off bad contacts (2 ) with diagonal cutting pliers. Get
rid of bad contacts (2 ) . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install receptacle connector J6 , refer to task 33.
TASK 25 ENDS HERE
1
5
2
3
2 4
2
TA195057
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 25
9-190
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 26. Remove Receptacle Connector J8, J9, J10, J11 , or J12
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel : One
2. Remove conductor bus 2W3; refer to task 12.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 26
9-191
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 35
Remove Connectors:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on tagging and replacing connectors , before doing any work.
Use this task to take off any connector ( 1 ) . Connector J8 (1 ) is shown .
Using jamnut socket and drive wrench, unscrew and take off jamnut (2) from connector ( 1 ) . Pull
connector ( 1 ) from housing (3) as far as wires (4) will allow . Take off packing (5) from connector (1).
Set packing (5) aside for later use .
2. Look at connector ( 1 ) for cracks, dents, stripped threads, and bent or broken contacts (6 ) . If bad go
to step 3. If OK go to follow-on maintenance.
3. Cut lacing tape ( 7 ) from wires (4) with knife. Get rid of tape (7) .
4. Using soft jaw pliers , unscrew backshell ( 8) from connector ( 1 ) . Slide backshell ( 8) back on
wires (4).
5. Using installing and removal tool , take out contacts (6) and wires (4 ) from connector ( 1 ) . Look at
connector (1 ) for cracks, breaks , or stripped threads. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
6. Look at contacts (6) for bends or breaks. Cut off bad contacts ( 6) with diagonal cutting pliers. Get
rid of bad contacts (6) . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install receptacle connector J8 , J9 , J10 , J11 , or J12 , refer to task 32.
TASK 26 ENDS HERE
3
6
7
8 1
2
1
6 3
5
4
1
TA195058
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 26
9-192
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 27. Remove Component Mounting Bracket
Common Tools:
Extension , socket wrench, 3/8- inch square drive, 5-inch
Multimeter
E Socket, socket wrench , 3/8 - inch square drive, 7/16 -inch
Wrench, combination , 11 /16 -inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Tag, marker (Item 34) (as required )
Personnel: One
2. Remove circuit breaker CB101 ; refer to task 18.
3. Remove electromagnetic relay K101 ; refer to task 17.
Volume II
Para. 9-8 , Task 27
9-193
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 36
Remove Bracket:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on tagging and replacing semiconductors and switches, before
doing any work.
1. Unscrew and take off nut ( 1 ) , lockwasher (2) , wire (3) , washer (4), and one mica washer (5) from
semiconductor (6) with 7 / 16-inch and 11 /16- inch wrenches.
2. Pull semiconductor (6) from bracket (7) . Take off nonmetallic washer (8) and other mica washer (5)
from semiconductor (6) and set aside for later use.
3. Move semiconductor (6) aside without breaking wire (9).
4. Unscrew and take off four screws ( 10), lockwashers ( 11 ) , and washers ( 12 ) from bracket ( 7) with
socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwashers ( 11 ) .
5. Take out bracket (7) . Look at bracket (7) for bends or breaks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later
use.
NOTE: To install component mounting bracket, refer to task 31.
TASK 27 ENDS HERE
10
4 PLACES 11
12
5 5
2
BRACKET
REMOVED
3 FROM BOX FOR
CLARITY AND
‫ו‬ TURNED
90 DEGREES
6 9
TA195059
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 27
9-194
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 28. Replace Semiconductor Device CR1
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Multimeter
Rule, machinist's , 6 -inch
Soldering Gun, 140 -watt
Wrench, combination , 11 / 16 -inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Semiconductor Device (81349) JANIN 3911
Silicone Compound , MIL-S- 8660 ( Item 31 )
Sleeving, insulation , MIL- R-46846 (Bulk)
Personnel: One
1
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 28
9-195
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 37
Remove Semiconductor Device:
NOTE
1. Cut insulation sleeving ( 1 ) from wire ( 2) on semiconductor (3) with knife. Get rid of sleeving (1).
2. Unsolder and take off wire ( 2) from semiconductor (3).
3. Unscrew and take off nut (4) , lockwasher (5) , lug terminal (6) , washer ( 7 ) , and one mica washer (8)
from semiconductor (3) with 7/16-inch and 11 /16-inch wrenches. Take out semiconductor (3),
nonmetallic washer (9), and other mica washer (8) from bracket ( 10) . Get rid of semiconductor (3)
and lockwasher (5).
4. Look at nonmetalic washer (9) for cracks or breaks. If bad turn in. If OK set aside for later use.
GO TO FRAME 38
5
6 3
7
8
o
4 o
T
10
8 e
BRACKET REMOVED
9 FROM BOX FOR
CLARITY AND TURNED
90 DEGREES
TA195060
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 28
9-196
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 38
Install Semiconductor Device:
1. Spread thin coat of silicone compound on both sides of nonmetallic washer ( 1 ) and two mica
washers (2).
2. Put one mica washer ( 2) and nonmetallic washer ( 1 ) on new semiconductor (3) . Put
semiconductor (3) in bracket (4).
3. Screw on and tighten second mica washer (2) , washer ( 5) , lug terminal (6) , new lockwasher (7) , and
nut (8) on semiconductor (3 ) with 7/ 16- inch and 11 /16 - inch wrenches.
4. Cut new 5/8- inch piece of sleeving (9) with knife and rule. Slide sleeving (9) over wire ( 10) .
GO TO FRAME 39
9619
6
5
3
10
TA195061
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 28
9-197
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 39
Install Semiconductor Device (Continued):
1. Solder wire ( 1 ) to semiconductor (2).
2. Slide sleeving (3) over wire ( 1 ) and semiconductor (2). Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving (3).
NOTE
Refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 11-3 , for instructions on multimeter

usage.
3. Check continuity between housing of semiconductor (2) and bracket (4) with multimeter. Multimeter
should read infinity. If not OK, do step 4. If OK , go to follow-on maintenance.
4. Loosen nut ( 5 ) with 7 / 16 - inch and 11 / 16-inch wrenches. Move seminconductor ( 2 ) back and forth in
bracket (4) until multimeter reads infinity.
5. Without moving semiconductor (2) , tighten nut ( 5) with 7/16-inch and 11 /16-inch wrenches. Do
step 1 again.
1. Install distribution cover; refer to task 48.
2. Check hull networks box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-1 .
TASK 28 ENDS HERE
2
5
TA195189
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 28
9-198
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 29. Replace Protective Caps for TJ1 or TJ2 , or Electrical Cover for UJ1
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Cap, protective (96906) MS27511B22C
Cover, electrical connector ( 81349) M83723/ 60-214RC
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 29
9-199
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 40
Remove Cap:
NOTE
Use this task to take out and put in protective cap ( 1 ) for TJ1 or TJ2, or
electrical cover for UJ1 . Cap TJ1 ( 1 ) is shown.
1. Unscrew and take off screw ( 2 ) , lockwasher (3) , and washer (4) from chains ( 5 , 6 ) with screwdriver.
Get rid of lockwasher (3).
2. Unscrew cap ( 1 ) from connector ( 7 ) . Turn in cap ( 1 ) .
Install Cap :
3. Screw new cap ( 1 ) on connector ( 7).
4. Put new lockwasher (3), washer (4) , and chains (5 , 6) on screw ( 2) . Screw in and tighten screw (2) in
housing (8) with screwdriver.
TASK 29 ENDS HERE
8 tu
1
6
TA 195062
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 29
9-200
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 30. Replace Hull Networks Distribution Box Wires
Common Tools:
Knife , pocket
Rule, machinist's
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Sleeving, insulation , MIL- R-46846 ( Bulk)
Solder , QQ-S- 571 (Item 33)
Tape, lacing, MIL-T-43435 (Item 38)
Wire (Bulk) (as required)
Personnel: One
3. Remove circuit card assembly A1 , A2 , A3, or A4; refer to task 3.
4. Remove circuit breaker CB101 ; refer to task 18.
5. Remove electromagnetic relay K101 ; refer to task 17.
Volume II
Para. 9-8 , Task 30
9-201
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 41
Remove Wire:
Table 9-3. Wire Location , Types of Termination, and Wire Size
WIRE FROM TYPE OF TO TYPE OF WIRE

12345
J1 -A Crimp Contact 2G1-2 MS25036-153 20

J1 -B Crimp Contact CB3-1 Solder 20
J1-C Crimp Contact CB4-1 Solder 20
J1 -D Crimp Contact 2G1-14 MS25036-153 20
J1 -E Crimp Contact CB5-1 Solder 20
6 J1 -F Crimp Contact J2 -U Crimp Contact 22
8 J1 -G Crimp Contact A2J1-30 Solder 20
9 J1-J Crimp Contact TB1 -N-M Crimp Contact 22
10 J1-J Crimp Contact 11 wire NAS1746-3 22
11 J1 -K Crimp Contact TB1 -T-K Crimp Contact 20
12 11 wire NAS1746-3 13 wire NAS1746-3 20
13 J1 -L Contact TB1 -T-D Crimp Contact 20
14 13 wire NAS1746-3 17 wire NAS1746-3 20
15 J1 -M Crimp Contact J12B Crimp Contact 22
16 J1-N Crimp Contact J12-W Crimp Contact 22
17 J1 -P Crimp Contact TB1-T-L Crimp Contact 20
18 17 wire NAS1746-3 19 wire NAS1746-3 20
19 J1 -R Crimp Contact TB1 -T-E Crimp Contact 20
20 J1-S Crimp Contact J12-Z Crimp Contact 24
21 J1-T Crimp Contact TB1 -P-F Crimp Contact 22
22 J1 -T Crimp Contact 35 wire NAS1746-3 22
23 J1 -U Crimp Contact J12-P Crimp Contact 22
24 J1 -Z Crimp Contact 2G1-22 MS25036-153 20
25 J1-a Crimp Contact TB1 -S-K Crimp Contact 20
26 J1-b Crimp Contact K14-B1 Solder 20
27 J1-C Crimp Contact K15 -A1 Solder 20
28 J1-d Crimp Contact K16 -C1 Solder 20
29 J1 -e Crimp Contact 2G1-22 MS25036-153 20
30 J1-f Crimp Contact TB1 -S-L Crimp Contact 20
31 J1-g Crimp Contact K14-B1 Solder 20
32 J1 -h Crimp Contact K15-81 Solder 20
33 J1 -i Crimp Contact K16 -C1 Solder 20
34 J1 -j Crimp Contact J12-f Crimp Contact 20
35 J1 -k Crimp Contact 2G1-19 MS25036-156 16
36 35 wire NAS1746-3 37 wire NAS1746-3 20
37 J1-m Crimp Contact K3-C1 Solder 16
38 37 wire NAS1746-3 39 wire NAS1746-3 20
39 J1-n Crimp Contact 2G1-19 MS25036-156 16
40 39 wire NAS1746-3 41 wire NAS1746-3 20
41 J1 - p Crimp Contact K3-B1 Solder 16
42 J1 -r Crimp Contact K12 -A2 Solder 16
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 30
9-202
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 42
move Wire (Continued) :
Table 9-3. Wire Location , Types of Termination, and Wire Size (Continued)

43 J1-s Crimp Contact 2G1-13 MS25036-153 16

44 J1-t Crimp Contact K13-A1 Solder 16
45 J2 -A Crimp Contact 2G1-16 MS25036-129 20
47 J2-C Crimp Contact A2J1-27 Solder 20
48 J2 -D Crimp Contact A2J1-17 Solder 20
49 J2 -E Crimp Contact K6-A1 Solder 20
50 J2 -F Crimp Contact J3-L Crimp Contact 22
51 J2 -F Crimp Contact TJ2-98 Crimp Contact 24
52 J2 -J Crimp Contact TB1 -U-C Crimp Contact 20
53 J2 -K Crimp Contact A4J1-24 Solder 20
54 J2 -L Crimp Contact J3-P Crimp Contact 20
55 J2 -M Crimp Contact TB5-2 Solder 20
56 J2-N Crimp Contact TB5-26 Solder 20
57 J2-P Crimp Contact TB1 -N-J Crimp Contact 22
58 J2 -P Crimp Contact 59 wire NAS1746-3 22
59 J2-R Crimp Contact TB1 -T-J Crimp Contact 20
60 59 wire NAS1746-3 61 wire NAS1746-3 20
61 J2 -S Crimp Contact TB1 -T-C Crimp Contact 20
62 61 wire NAS1746-3 63 wire NAS1746-3 20
63 J2 -T Crimp Contact J12-Y Crimp Contact 22
64 74 wire Crimp Contact TB1 -P-B Crimp Contact 20
65 J2-V Crimp Contact TB1 -P-D Crimp Contact 20
66 J12-k Crimp Contact TJ1-55 Crimp Contact 24
67 J2-2 Crimp Contact TB2-A-D Crimp Contact 16
68 J2-a Crimp Contact TB2 -A-D Crimp Contact 16
69 J2-b Crimp Contact K7 -X1 Solder 20
70 J2 -C Crimp Contact K8-A3 Solder 16
71 J2-d Crimp Contact TB2-M-B Crimp Contact 20
72 J2-e Crimp Contact K8-B3 Solder 16
73 J2-f Crimp Contact TB1 -N-L Crimp Contact 20
74 J2-g Crimp Contact K20-B1 Solder 16
75 74 wire NAS1746-3 77 wire NAS1746-3 20
76 J2 -h Crimp Contact A1J1-6 Solder 20
77 J2-i Crimp Contact 2G1-18 MS25036-156 16
78 J2-j Crimp Contact A1J1-7 Solder 20
79 J2 -k Crimp Contact TB2-P-C Crimp Contact 16
80 J2-m Crimp Contact TB2-P-D Crimp Contact 16
81 J2-n Crimp Contact TB2-N-C Crimp Contact 16
82 J2-p Crimp Contact TB2-N-D Crimp Contact 16
83 J2-q Crimp Contact 2G1-21 MS15036-156 16
84 J2-r Crimp Contact TB1 -S-J Crimp Contact 20
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 30
9-203
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 43
Table 9-3. Wire Location , Types of Termination , and Wire Size (Continued)

85 J2-s Crimp Contact K16-B1 Solder 16

86 J2-t Crimp Contact K17-B1 Solder 16
87 J3-A Crimp Contact 2G1-7 MS25036-153 20
88 J3-B Crimp Contact K4-B1 Solder 20
89 J3-C Crimp Contact 2G1-7 MS25036-153 20
90 J3-D Crimp Contact K4-B1 Solder 20
91 J3 -E Crimp Contact J4-L Crimp Contact 20
92 J3-F Crimp Contact TB1 -N-D Crimp Contact 20
93 J3-G Crimp Contact M1-1 Solder 20
94 J3-H Crimp Contact A2J1-22 Solder 20
95 J3-J Crimp Contact A2J1-16 Solder 20
96 J3-K Crimp Contact TB5-8 Solder 20
97 J3-M Crimp Contact TB5-11 Solder 20
98 J3-N Crimp Contact TB5-4 Solder 20
99 J3-P Crimp Contact TB1 -P-J Crimp Contact 20
100 K18-B3 Solder K10-A2 Solder 20
101 J4-A Crimp Contact J6 -E Crimp Contact 16
103 J4-C Crimp Contact J6-E Crimp Contact 16
104 J4- D Crimp Contact CB29-6 Solder 16
105 J4-E Crimp Contact TJ2-96 Crimp Contact 22
106 J4-E Crimp Contact J7-G Crimp Contact 20
107 J4-F Crimp Contact CB29-4 Solder 20
108 J4-G Crimp Contact TB1 -R-J Crimp Contact 20
109 J4-H Crimp Contact TJ1-95 Crimp Contact 22
110 109 wire NAS1746-3 J4-J Crimp Contact 20
111 J4-J Crimp Contact TB1 -P-H Crimp Contact 20
112 J4 -K Crimp Contact TJ1-98 Crimp Contact 22
113 J4 -L Crimp Contact TJ2-97 Crimp Contact 22
114 J6-A Depot Repair 2G1-1 0
115 J6-B Crimp Contact K7-B1 Solder 12
117 J6-F Crimp Contact TB1 - P-G Crimp Contact 20
118 J6-G Depot Repair 2W3-1 0
119 J6-H Crimp Contact K4-C2 Solder 12
120 J7-A Crimp Contact J8-U Crimp Contact 22
122 J7-J Crimp Contact TB5-6 Solder 20
123 J7-K Crimp Contact TB1 -R-A Crimp Contact 20
124 J7-L Crimp Contact CB28-1 Solder 20
125 J7-M Crimp Contact TB1 -L- H Crimp Contact 20
126 J7-N Crimp Contact CB28-1 Solder 20
Volume II
Para. 9-8 , Task 30
9-204
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 44
move Wire ( Continued) :
ed
Table 9-3. Wire Location , Types of Termination , and Wire Size ( Continued )

127 Not Used

128 J7-R Crimp Contact K21 -A1 Solder 20
3 129 J7-S Crimp Contact K101 -X2 MS25036-106 20
130 J7-T Crimp Contact A1J1-9 Solder 20
131 J7-U Crimp Contact A1J1-13 Solder 20
132 J7-V Crimp Contact A1J1-11 Solder 20
133 J8-A Crimp Contact 2G1-2 MS25036-153 20
136 J8-D Crimp Contact A1J1-34 Solder 20
137 J8-E Crimp Contact J12-E Crimp Contact 22
139 J8-G Crimp Contact A1J1-31 Solder 20
140 J8-H Crimp Contact A1J1-30 Solder 20
142 J8-K Crimp Contact A1J1-20 Solder 20
143 J8-L Crimp Contact CB2-1 Solder 20
144 J8-M Crimp Contact K6-B2 Solder 20
145 J8-N Crimp Contact K6-B1 Solder 20
146 J8-a Crimp Contact TB1 -M-F Crimp Contact 20
147 J8-b Crimp Contact A2J1-33 Solder 20
148 J8-C Crimp Contact TB4-3 Solder 20
149 J8-d Crimp Contact A2J1-26 Solder 20
150 J8-e Crimp Contact K9-B2 Solder 20
151 J8-f Crimp Contact A2J1-25 Solder 20
152 J8-g Crimp Contact A2J1-29 Solder 20
153 J8-h Crimp Contact A2J1-34 Solder 20
154 J8-i Crimp Contact TB1 -M-B Crimp Contact 20
155 J8-j Crimp Contact A2J1-9 Solder 20
156 J8-k Crimp Contact A1J1-18 Solder 20
157 J8-q Crimp Contact K13-X2 Solder 20
158 J8-r Crimp Contact K13- B2 Solder 20
20
159 J8-s Crimp Contact K18-X1 Solder 20

160 J8-u Crimp Contact TB1 -L-C Crimp Contact 20
161 Not Used
162 J8-y Crimp Contact K14-X1 Solder 20
163 J8-z Crimp Contact K15-X1 Solder 20
164 J8-AA Crimp Contact K16 -X1 Solder 20
165 J8-BB Crimp Contact K17-X1 Solder 20
166 J8-CC Crimp Contact K17-C2 Solder 20
167 J8 -DD Crimp Contact TB1 -S-D Crimp Contact 20
168 J8 -EE Crimp Contact TB1 -S-E Crimp Contact 20
169 J8-FF Crimp Contact K14-B2 Solder 20
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 30
9-205
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 45
22222222
Table 9-3. Wire Location, Types of Terminaion, and Wire Size (Continued)

170 J8-GG Crimp Contact K15 -B2 Solder 20

171 J8-HH Crimp Contact 2G1-22 MS25036-153 20
172 J8-JJ Crimp Contact CB22-1 Solder 20
173 J8 -KK Crimp Contact K21 -X1 Solder 20
174 J8-LL Crimp Contact K21 -C2 Solder 20
175 J8-MM Crimp Contact J9-J Crimp Contact 20
176 J8-NN Crimp Contact A1J1-12 Solder 20
177 J8-PP Crimp Contact A1J1-10 Solder 20
178 J9-A Crimp Contact J10-A Crimp Contact 20
179 J9-B Crimp Contact J10-B Crimp Contact 20
180 J9-C Crimp Contact TB1- N-H Crimp Contact 20
183 J9-G Crimp Contact TB1 -P-A Crimp Contact 20
184 J9-G Crimp Contact TB1 -N-C Crimp Contact 20
185 J9-H Crimp Contact TB1 - N-B Crimp Contact 20
186 J9-H Crimp Contact TB1 - N-A Crimp Contact 20
188 J9-K Crimp Contact A1J1-16 Solder 20
189 J9-N Crimp Contact TJ2-93 Crimp Contact 22
190 J9-P Crimp Contact J12 -j Crimp Contact 20
191 J9-P Crimp Contact TJ1-51 Crimp Contact 22
192 J9-R Crimp Contact A4J1-31 Solder 20
193 J9-R Crimp Contact TJ1-60 Crimp Contact 22
194 J9-S Crimp Contact A4J1-30 Solder 20
195 J9-S Crimp Contact TJ1-59 Crimp Contact 22
196 J9-T Crimp Contact A4J1-29 Solder 20
197 J9-T Crimp Contact TJ1-58 Crimp Contact 22
198 J9-U Crimp Contact A4J1-28 Solder 20
199 J9-U Crimp Contact TJ1-57 Crimp Contact 22
200 J9-V Crimp Contact CB1 - N.0 . Solder 20
201 J9-V Crimp Contact TJ1-53 Crimp Contact 22
202 J9-W Crimp Contact CB1 - N.C . Solder 20
204 J9-X Crimp Contact A4J1-27 Solder 20
208 J10-C Crimp Contact TB2-P-B Crimp Contact 16
209 J10-D Crimp Contact TB2-P-A Crimp Contact 16
210 J10-E TB2 - N-B Crimp Contact 16
220
Crimp Contact
211 J10-F Crimp Contact J11 -L Crimp Contact
212 J10-F Crimp Contact TJ2-91 Crimp Contact
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 30
9-206
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 46

213 J1 -G Crimp Contact TB2-N-A Crimp Contact 16

214 J10-H Crimp Contact TJ2-81 Crimp Contact 22
215 J10-H Crimp Contact J12-p Crimp Contact 20
216 Not Used
217 Not Used
218 J10-K Crimp Contact J12-r Crimp Contact 20
219 J10-K Crimp Contact TJ2-88 Crimp Contact 22
220 J10-L Crimp Contact TB5-3 Solder 16
221 J10-M Crimp Contact TB5-27 Solder 16
222 J10-P Crimp Contact TB1- N-E Crimp Contact 20
223 J10-S Crimp Contact 2G1-21 MS25036-156 16
224 J10-T Crimp Contact TB1 -S-H Crimp Contact 20
225 J10-U Crimp Contact K16 -A1 Solder 16
226 J10-V Crimp Contact K17-A1 Solder 16
227 Not Used
228 J10-X Crimp Contact K21 -B1 Solder 16
229 J11 -A Crimp Contact 2G1-1 MS15036-120 12
230 J11-B Crimp Contact K101 -A1 MS25036-120 12
231 J11-C Crimp Contact 2G1-1 MS25036-120 12
232 J11-D Crimp Contact K101 -A1 MS25036-120 12
233 J11 -E Crimp Contact TJ2-95 Crimp Contact 22
234 J11-F Crimp Contact 2G1-1 MS25036-120 12
235 J11-G Crimp Contact K101 -A1 MS25036-120 12
236 J11-J Crimp Contact CB11-1 Solder 16
237 J11-K Crimp Contact J11-M Crimp Contact 16
238 J11 -M Crimp Contact TJ1-86 Crimp Contact 22
239 J11-N Crimp Contact K101 -X1 MS15036-106 16
240 J11-N Crimp Contact TJ1-87 Crimp Contact 22
241 2G1-25 MS25036-156 TB5-8 Solder 16
242 J11-S Crimp Contact K7-B2 Solder 12
243 J11-T Crimp Contact TB2 -A-A Crimp Contact 12
244 J11-U Crimp Contact TB2-M-A Crimp Contact 16
245 J11-V Crimp Contact CR1-1 Solder 20
246 J12-A Crimp Contact TB1 -N-F Crimp Contact 22
247 J12-A Crimp Contact 15 wire NAS1746-3 22
248 15 wire NAS1746-3 250 wire NAS1746-3 20
249 250 wire NAS1746-3 263 wire NAS1746-3 20
252 J12-D Crimp Contact A1J1-26 Solder 20
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 30
9-207
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 47
2228
254 J12-G Crimp Contact CB15-1 Solder 20

255 J12-H Crimp Contact K1-X1 Solder 20
256 J12-J Crimp Contact K20 -X1 Solder 20
257 J12-L Crimp Contact K9-A1 Solder 20
258 J12-N Crimp Contact A1J1-25 Solder 22
259 J12-P Crimp Contact TJ2-100 Crimp Contact 24
260 J12-R Crimp Contact TB1 - P-C Crimp Contact 20
261 J12-S Crimp Contact TB1 -L-B Crimp Contact 20
262 J12-T Crimp Contact K7-C1 Solder 20
263 J12-U Crimp Contact TB1 -T-B Crimp Contact 20
264 263 wire NAS1746-3 265 wire NAS1746-3 20
265 J12-V Crimp Contact TB1 -T-H Crimp Contact 20
266 265 wire NAS1746-3 16 wire NAS1746-3 20
268 16 wire NAS1746-3 267 wire NAS1746-3 20
269 267 wire NAS1746-3 272 wire NAS1746-3 20
271 272 wire NAS1746-3 270 wire NAS1746-3 20
272 J12-X Crimp Contact TB1 -T-M Crimp Contact 22
273 270 wire NAS1746-3 63 wire NAS1746-3 20
274 J12-Y Crimp Contact TJ2-20 Crimp Contact 24
275 63 wire NAS1746-3 274 wire NAS1746-3 20
276 274 wire NAS1746-3 20 wire NAS1746-3 20
277 J12-Z Crimp Contact TJ2-19 Crimp Contact 24
278 20 wire NAS1746-3 277 wire NAS1746-3 20
279 277 wire NAS1746-3 34 wire NAS1746-3 20
280 J12-b Crimp Contact A2J1-6 Solder 20
281 J12-d Crimp Contact TB1 -P-E Crimp Contact 22
282 J12-d Crimp Contact 283 wire NAS1746-3 22
283 J12-e Crimp Contact 2G1-18 MS25036-156 16
284 283 wire NAS1746-3 285 wire NAS1746-3 20
285 J12-g Crimp Contact K1-A3 Solder 16
286 UJ1-1 Crimp Contact 2G1-17 MS25036-156 12
287 UJ1-2 Crimp Contact CB30-1 Solder 12
288 UJ1-3 Crimp Contact 2G1-17 MS25036-156 12
289 UJ1-4 Crimp Contact CB30-1 Solder 12
290 TJ1-1 Crimp Contact TB4-11 Solder 22
295 TJ1-9 Crimp Contact 2G1-4 MS25036-149 22
296 TJ1-19 Crimp Contact K21 -C2 Solder 22
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 30
9-208
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 48
Table 9-3. Wire Location, Types of Termination, and Wire Size (Continued)

297 TJ1-29 Crimp Contact A1J1-9 Solder 22

302 TJ1-35 Crimp Contact K5 -A1 Solder 22
306 TJ1-39 Crimp Contact K18-X1 Solder 22
307 TJ1-40 Crimp Contact K18-A1 Solder 22
309 TJ1-42 Crimp Contact K13-B2 Solder 22
22
311 TJ1-44 Crimp Contact CB30-1 Solder 22
312 Not Used
314 TJ1-47 Crimp Contact TB1 - R-C Crimp Contact 22
315 TJ1-48 Crimp Contact K5 -B2 Solder 22
320 TJ1-63 Crimp Contact K21 - B1 Solder 22
338 TJ1-83 Crimp Contact K101 -A1 MS25036-120 22
339 TJ1-84 Crimp Contact K3-C2 Solder 22
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 30
9-209
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 49

340 TJ1-85 Crimp Contact C811-1 Solder 22

343 TJ1-90 Crimp Contact TB1 -P-M Crimp Contact 22
344 TJ1-97 Crimp Contact TB1 - R-H Crimp Contact 22
347 TJ2-1 Crimp Contact TB1 -U-H Crimp Contact 22
348 TJ2-4 Crimp Contact TB1 -U-G Crimp Contact 22
349 TJ2-5 Crimp Contact TB1 -U-J Crimp Contact 22
350 TJ2-6 Crimp Contact TB1 -U-K Crimp Contact 22
351 TJ2-9 Crimp Contact 2G1-4 MS25036-149 22
353 TJ2-16 Crimp Contact TB1 -T-F Crimp Contact 22
354 TJ2-23 Crimp Contact C810-1 Solder 22
355 TJ2-24 Crimp Contact A2J1-32 Crimp Contact 22
357 TJ2-26 Crimp Contact TB1 -U-F Crimp Contact 22
364 TJ2-33 Crimp Contact TB2 -A-D Crimp Contact 22
366 TJ2-35 Crimp Contact TB2-M-B Crimp Contact 22
22222
368 TJ2-37 Crimp Contact CR1-1 Solder 22
369 TJ2-38 Crimp Contact K7-B2 Solder
370 TJ2-39 Crimp Contact CB17-1 Solder
371 TJ2-40 Crimp Contact CB14-1 Solder
372 TJ2-41 Crimp Contact A1J1-6 Solder
373 Not Used
22
374 TJ2-43 Crimp Contact TB4-35 Solder

375 TJ2-44 Crimp Contact K16-B1 Solder
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 30
9-210
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 50


385 TJ2-54 Crimp Contact TB1 -S-F Crimp Contact 22
402 TJ2-76 Crimp Contact K20 -C2 Solder 22
412 TJ2-89 Crimp Contact TB2-P-E Crimp Contact 22
413 TJ2-90 Crimp Contact TB2-P-F Crimp Contact 22
414 A1J1-2 Solder TB2-N-F Crimp Contact 20
415 A1J1-4 Solder TB2 - N-E Crimp Contact 20
416 A1J1-15 Solder TB1 -L-J Crimp Contact 20
417 A1J1-24 Solder TB1 - K- F Crimp Contact 20
418 A1J1-27 Solder CB20-1 Solder 20
419 A1J1-32 Solder TB1 -K-C Crimp Contact 20
421 A2J1-3 Solder TB1 - L-K Crimp Contact 20
422 A2J1-10 Solder TB1 -M -E Crimp Contact 20
423 A2J1-13 Solder TB1 -U-D Crimp Contact 20
424 A2J1-14 Solder 2G1-23 MS25036-156 20
425 A2J1-15 Solder TB1 - M-J Crimp Contact 20
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 30
9-211
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 51

426 A2J1-18 Solder K9-X2 Solder 20

427 A2J1-19 Solder K3-A1 Solder 20
429 A2J1-21 Solder TB1 -K-M Crimp Contact 20
431 A2J1-24 Solder K9-B3 Solder 20
432 A2J1-28 Solder A4J1-23 Solder 20
434 A2J1-31 Solder M1-2 Solder 20
435 A2J1-32 Solder M1-1 Solder 20
437 A3J1-1 Solder CB1 -C Solder 22
438 A3J1-2 Solder CB2-C Solder 22
444 A3J1-8 Solder CB30-NO Solder 22
452 A3J1-17 Solder CB30-NC Solder 22
463 CB24-NO Solder CB26-NO Solder 22
467 A3J1-35 Solder TB1 - M -D Crimp Contact 20
468 A4J1-19 Solder TB4-10 Solder 20
Volume II
Para. 9-8 , Task 30
9-212
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 52
Table 9-3. Wire Location, Types of Termination , and Wire Size (Continued)

469 A4J1-21 Solder K5 -X1 Solder 20

471 A4J1-25 Solder K101 -X1 MS25036-106 20
472 A4J1-26 Solder K101 -X2 MS25036-106 20
475 2W3-13 MS25036-156 CB1-2 Solder 12
476 CB1-2 Solder CB2-2 Solder 12
478 CB1 - NC Solder CB2 - NC Solder 22
480 CB2- NO Solder CB3-NO Solder 22
484 CB3-NC Solder CB4-NC Solder 22
487 CB4- NC Solder CB5 -NC Solder 22
489 CB5 - NC Solder CB6-NC Solder 22
490 CB6-1 Solder K6-A2 Solder 20
491 CB6-2 Solder 2W3-12 MS25036-156 16
492 CB6 -NO Solder CB7 - NO Solder 22
494 CB7- NO Solder CB9-NO Solder 22
495 CB7-1 Solder K4- B2 Solder 20
497 CB7-2 Solder 2W3-12 MS25036-156 16
499 CB9-1 Solder TB1 -U-A Crimp Contact 20
503 CB10- NC Solder CB11 -NC Solder 22
505 CB11-2 Solder 2W3-9 MS25036-156 12
506 C811-1 Solder K18-A2 Solder 20
508 CB11 - NC Solder CB12 -NC Solder 22
510 CB12-1 Solder K3-B2 Solder 16
Volume II
Para. 9-8 , Task 30
9-213
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 53

512 CB12 -NC Solder CB13-NC Solder 22

514 CB13-1 Solder K3-C2 Solder 16
517 CB14-2 Solder 2W3-10 MS25036-153 16
521 CB15-2 Solder 2W3-11 MS25036-156 16
522 CB15-1 Solder TB1 -T-A Crimp Contact 20
523 CB15 -NC Solder CB16-NC Solder 22
524 CB15 - NO Solder CB16-NO Solder 22
525 CB16-2 Solder 2W3-24 MS25036-156 12
529 CB16 - NC Solder CB17 -NC Solder 22
533 CB18-2 Solder 2W3-25 MS25036-156 16
537 CB20-2 Solder 2W3-25 MS25036-156 16
538 CB20-NC Solder CB21 - NC Solder 22
539 CB20-NO Solder CB21 - NO Solder 22
540 CB21-2 Solder 2W3-22 MS25036-156 12
542 Not Used
220

544 CB21 - NC Solder CB22- NC Solder
545 CB21 - NO Solder CB22-NO Solder 22
546 CB22-1 Solder TB1 -S-A Crimp Contact 20
549 CB23-2 Solder 2W3-23 MS25036-156 12
554 CB24-C Solder A3J1-30 Solder 22
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 30
9-214
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 54


557 CB26-2 Solder 2W3-21 MS25036-156 12
558 CB26-1 Solder K21 -A2 Solder 20
562 CB27-1 Solder K21 - B2 Solder 16
571 CB29-NC Solder CB30- NC Solder 22
573 CB30-2 Solder 2W3-20 MS25036-156 12
574 CB101-1 MS25036-123 K101 -A2 MS25189-113 4
575 CB101-2 MS25036-123 2W3-1 MS35447-4 4
576 J12-n Crimp Contact A1J1-3 Solder 20
577 J12-m Crimp Contact A1J1-5 Solder 20
578 K12 -A1 Solder A2J1-1 Solder 20
579 K12-X1 Solder A2J1-4 Solder 20
581 J12-s Crimp Contact A2J1-28 Solder 20
582 J12-k Crimp Contact A3J1-26 Solder 22
583 2G1-3 MS25036-153 TB1 -L-G Crimp Contact 20
584 2G1-3 MS25036-153 TB1 -L-A Crimp Contact 20
585 2G1-5 MS25036-153 J12-t Crimp Contact 20
586 2G1-5 MS25036-153 TB1 -T-G Crimp Contact 20
587 2G1-7 MS25036-153 TB1 -M-C Crimp Contact 20
588 2G1-8 MS25036-153 TB1-K-G Crimp Contact 20
589 2G1-8 MS25036-153 TB1 -K-A Crimp Contact 20
590 2G1-11 MS25036-156 TB4-40 Solder 16
591 2G1-11 MS25036-156 TB4-8 Solder 16
592 2G1-12 MS25036-156 TB5-3 Solder 12
593 2G1-14 MS25036-153 TB1 -M -A Crimp Contact 20
594 2W3-11 MS25036-156 K4-A2 Solder 16
595 TB4-1 Solder K1 -X1 Solder 20
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 30
9-215
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 55
2222222


600 K5 -B1 Solder TB1 -K-D Crimp Contact 20
602 K1 -X2 Solder K20-X2 Solder 20
603 K1 -A2 Solder K20 -A1 Solder 20
605 K3-X2 Solder K4-X2 Solder 20
607 TB5-26 Solder K5-A1 Solder 20
610 K7-A1 Solder CR1-2 MS25036-157 12
612 K7-X2 Solder K8 -X2 Solder 20
22222
22222
614 K8-A2 Solder K8-B2 Solder 12
Solder 12
22
617 K7-A1 Solder K7-B1
618 K3-X1 20
222222222
K3-A1 Solder Solder
619 K9-A2 Solder TB1 -U-E Crimp Contact 20
623 K9-A3 Solder K10-A3 Solder 20
627 TB5-27 Solder K12 -A1 Solder 16
630 K13-B1 Solder TB1 -K-J Crimp Contact 20
631 K13-X1 Solder K9-A1 Crimp Contact 20
632 K14-A1 Solder TB1 -S-G Crimp Contact 20
634 K14-A2 Solder TB1 -S-B Crimp Contact 20
636 K14-B2 Solder K15-A2 Solder 20
639 K16-C2 Solder TB1 -S-C Crimp Contact 20
640 Not Used
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 30
9-216
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 56
Table 9-3 . Wire Location, Types of Termination , and Wire Size (Continued)


644 K17-C1 Solder TB1 -K-E Crimp Contact 20
648 J3-R Crimp Contact TB5-28 Solder 20
651 K21 -C1 Solder TB1 -K-B Crimp Contact 20
656 TB1 -M-M Crimp Contact TB1 -M-L Crimp Contact 20
657 J12-h Crimp Contact TB1 -R-B Crimp Contact 20
658 J12-F Crimp Contact J11 -E Crimp Contact 20
659 J12-f Crimp Contact TJ2-17 Contact 24
660 34 wire NAS1746-3 659 wire NAS1746-3 20
661 J8-t Crimp Contact K5 -B2 Solder 20
662 J12-K Crimp Contact TB5-9 Solder 20
664 J8-T Crimp Contact TB5-12 Solder 20
667 J12-a Crimp Contact A1J1-12 Solder 20
668 J12-i Crimp Contact K3-B3 Solder 16
670 TJ2-A1 Crimp Contact K1-A1 Solder 22
673 J12-q Crimp Contact K1-A1 Solder 20
677 A4J1-23 Solder -TJ1-23 Crimp Contact 22
678 285 wire Solder 673 wire Solder 20
681 K20-B1 Solder K20-C2 Solder 20
682 K20-C1 Solder K20-B2 Solder 20
683 K17-83 Solder K16 -B2 Solder 16
684 K17-A3 Solder K16-A2 Solder 16
685 TJ2-42 Solder K17-A2 Solder 22
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 30
9-217
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 57
Remove Wire (Continued) :
NOTE
• All wires and wiring harnesses are replaced in a similar manner.

Wire 187 (1 ) is shown.
Some pins may have two wires .
1. Look at table 9-3 for location of wire number 187 ( 1 ) .
2. Cut lacing tape ( 2) on wire bundle (3) with knife . Get rid of lacing tape ( 2) . Move wires in bunde
away from pin 8 of connector A1J1 (4) to gain access to wire 187 ( 1 ).
3. Cut insulation sleeving (5) from wire 187 ( 1 ) with knife. Get rid of sleeving (5 ).
4. Unsolder wire 187 ( 1 ) from pin 8 of connector A1J1 (4 ) .
GO TO FRAME 58
3-31
3
2
TA 1950
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 30
9-218
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
RAME 58
nove Wire (Continued):
Using jamnut socket and drive wrench , unscrew and take off jamnut ( 1 ) from connector J9 (2) .
Pull connector ( 2 ) from housing (3) as far as wire bundle (4) will allow.
Using soft jaw pliers, unscrew backshell ( 5 ) from connector (2) . Slide backshell ( 5 ) back on wire
bundle (4).
Cut lacing tape (6) from wire bundle (4) with knife. Move wire bundle (4) away from wire 187 (7) .
Using installing and removal tool , pull contact J ( 8) and wire 187 ( 7 ) from connector J9 (2) . Take
wire 187 (7) out of housing (3).
TO FRAME 59
2 8 7
D
O
1 1
4
2 6
2
TA195080
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 30
9-219
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 59
Install Wire:
1. Look at table 9-3 for required wire size of wire number 187.
2. Lay old wire ( 1 ) next to new wire (2) . Cut new wire 187 ( 2) to same length as old wire (1 ) with
diagonal cutting pliers. Get rid of old wire ( 1 ) .
3. Using wire stripper, strip insulation (3) off ends of wire (2).
4. Using crimping tool , crimp new contact (4) on end of wire (2) .
5. Put contact (4) and wire (2) through backshell (5). Using installing and removal tool , put contact
and wire (2) in connector (6).
6. Using soft jaw pliers, screw on and tighten backshell (5) on connector (6). Put connector (6) in
housing (7). Using jamnut socket and driver wrench, screw on and tighten jamnut (8)
to connector (6) .
7. Cut new 5/8 -inch piece of sleeving (9) with knife and rule. Slide sleeving (9) over other end of
wire (2).
8. Solder wire (2) to pin 8 ( 10) of connector A1J1 ( 11 ).
9. Slide sleeving ( 9) over pin ( 10) and wire (2) . Shrink sleeving (9) with thermal gun .
10. Lace wire 187 ( 2 ) to wire bundle ( 12) with lacing tape (13) .
GO TO FRAME 60
11 1
XA3 -J1 2
10
13
12 2
9
5
7
5
6
8
TA 1950
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 30
9-220
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 60
1. Install circuit card assembly A1 , A2 , A3 , or A4; refer to task 54.
2. Install circuit card assembly cover; refer to task 55.
3. Install components mounting bracket; refer to task 31.
4. Install electromagnetic relay K101 ; refer to task 41.
5. Install circuit breaker CB101 ; refer to task 40.
7. Check hull networks box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 . para . 10-1 .
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 30
9-221
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 31. Install Component Mounting Bracket
Common Tools:
Extension , socket wrench , 3/8-inch square drive, 5 -inch
Multimeter
Socket, socket wrench, 3/8-inch square drive, 7/ 16- inch
Wrench , combination , 7/ 16 -inch
Wrench, combination , 11 / 16 - inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Lockwasher ( 96906 ) MS35333-108
Silicone Compound , MIL-S- 8660 (Item 31 )
Personnel: One
Remove component mounting bracket; refer to task 27 .
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 31
9-222
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
RAME 61
all Bracket:
Put bracket ( 1 ) in place in hull networks box (2).
Screw in and tighten four screws (3) , new lockwashers (4) , and washers (5) in bracket (1 ) with socket,
Spread thin coat of silicone compound on both sides of nonmetallic washer (6) and two mica
washers (7).
Put one mica washer (7) and nonmetallic washer (6) on semiconductor (8).
NOTE
Make sure threaded portion of semiconductor (8) is centered in hole in

bracket (1 ). Failure to center semiconductor (8) will result in grounding.
Position semiconductor (8) in bracket ( 1 ). Screw on and tighten second mica washer (7) , washer (9) ,
wire ( 10), new lockwasher (11 ) and nut ( 12) on semiconductor (8) with 7/16-inch and 11 /16- inch
wrenches.
5. Check continuity between bracket ( 1 ) and housing of semiconductor (8) with multimeter. Multimeter
should read infinity. If OK go to follow-on maintenance. If not OK, loosen nut ( 12) with 7 /16-inch
and 11 /16-inch wrenches and do steps 5 and 6 again.
9
7
12
(11)
10
8
1
3
e
J
4 PLACES 4
ஞ்
®
BRACKET REMOVED
FROM BOX AND TURNED
2 90 DEGREES FOR CLARITY
8
TA1950 82
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 31
9-223
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 62

4. Check out hull networks box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para. 10-1.
TASK 31 ENDS HERE
"
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 31
9-224
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 32. Install Receptacle Connector J8, J9, J10, J11 , or J12
Common Tools: None
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove receptacle connector J8, J9, J10, J11 , or J12; refer to task 26.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 32
9-225
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 63
Install Connector:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on crimping and repairing connectors , before doing any
work.
If new connector ( 1 ) or new contacts ( 2 ) are being put in , do steps 1

through 5 .
If same connector ( 1 ) is being put in , do steps 4 and 5 only. Connector

J8 (1 ) is shown.
1. Using crimping tool , put new contacts (2 ) on wires (3) .
2. Using installing and removal tool , put contacts ( 2 ) and wires (3) in
new connector ( 1 ).
3. Using soft jaw pliers, screw backshell (4 ) on connector ( 1 ) . Lace wires ( 3) with new lacing tape (5).
4. Put packing (6) on connector (1 ).
5. Put connector ( 1 ) in housing ( 7 ) . Using jamnut socket and drive wrench , screw on and tighten
jamnut (8) to connector (1 ).
1. Install connector bus 2W3 ; refer to task 46.
3. Check out hull networks box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para. 10-1 .
TASK 32 ENDS HERE
8 4
O
7
2
6
3
3 2
TA 195083
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 32
9-226
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
- TASK 33. Install Receptacle Connector J6
Common Tools:
Extension , socket wrench , 3/8-inch square drive , 5 -inch
Handle, socket wrench , ratchet, 3/8- inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8- inch square drive, 7/16-inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove receptacle connector J6; refer to task 25.
1
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 33
9-227
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 64
Install Connector:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4 , on crimping and repairing connectors , before doing any
work.
If new contacts ( 1 ) or new connector ( 2) are being put in, do this frame.
If same connector ( 2 ) is being put in , go to frame 65.
1. Using crimping tool , put new contacts ( 1 ) on wires (3).
2. Using installing and removal tool , put contacts ( 1 ) and wires (3) in connector (2) .
3. Using soft jaw pliers, screw backshell (4) on connector ( 2 ) . Lace wires (3) with new lacing tape (5).
GO TO FRAME 65
2 5
1
3
4
TA 195084
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 33
9-228
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 65
Install Connector (Continued) :
1. Line up two lug terminals ( 1 ) on conductor bus 2G1 ( 2) . Screw in and tighten screw (3) , washer (4) ,
new lockwasher (5) , and nut (6) with socket, extension , handle, and wrench .
2. Line up two lug terminals (7) on conductor bus 2W3-1 (8) . Screw in and tighten screw (9), new
lockwasher ( 10) , washer ( 11 ), and nut ( 12 ) with socket, extension, handle, and wrench.
3. Line up mounting holes in connector (13) and gasket (14) with mounting holes in housing (15 ).
4. Screw in and tighten four screws ( 16) and new lockwashers ( 17) in connector ( 13), gasket ( 14) and
housing (15) with screwdriver.
TASK 33 ENDS HERE
15
5
14
13 6
9 8
339 339 11 100 12
1
(11
199
7
17
4 PLACES 9 8
16
TA 195085
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 33
9-229
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 34. Install Receptacle Connectors J1 , J2 , J3 , J4 , or J7
Common Tools: None
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove receptacle connectors J1 , J2, J3 , J4 , or J7 ; refer to task 24.
Volume II
Para. 9-8 , Task 34
9-230
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 66
Install Connector:
NOTE
If new connector ( 1 ) or new contacts (2) are being put in , do steps 1

through 5.
If same connector J1 , J2 , J3 , J4 , or J7 ( 1 ) is being put in , do steps 4 and

5 only. Connector J4 ( 1 ) is shown .
1. Using crimping tool , put new contacts (2) on wires (3).
2. Using installing and removal tool , put contacts (2) and wires (3) in connector ( 1 ) .
3. Using soft jaw pliers, screw backshell (4) on connector ( 1 ) . Lace wires (3) with new lacing tape ( 5) .
4. Put packing (6) on connector ( 1 ) .
5. Put connector ( 1 ) in housing (7) . Using jamnut socket and drive wrench, screw on and tighten
jamnut (8) to connector ( 1 ).
1. Install electromagnetic relay K1 through K26; refer to task 39.
2. Install distribution cover; refer to task 48 .
3. Check out hull networks box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-1 .
TASK 34 ENDS HERE
1 5
8 3
1
3 3
2
6
TA 195086
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 34
9-231
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 35. Install Interconnecting Box
Common Tools:
Extension, socket wrench, 3/8-inch square drive, 5 -inch
Socket, socket wrench 3/8-inch square drive , 7 /16 -inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove interconnecting box; refer to task 23.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 35
9-232
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
AME 67
Il Box :
Put box (1 ) in housing ( 2) .
Screw in and tighten four screws (3), new lockwashers (4), and washers ( 5) with socket, extension ,
and handle.
ow-on Maintenance:
1. Install terminal junction rails; refer to task 36.
2. Install terminal junction modules; refer to task 37 .
3. Install bezel ; refer to task 52.
4. Install circuit card assembly receptacle connectors A1 , A2 , A3, or A4; refer to task 43.
5. Install circuit card assembly A1 , A2 , A3, or A4; refer to task 54.
7. Install component mounting bracket; refer to task 31 .
11. Check hull networks box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-1 .
ASK 35 ENDS HERE
1
COOO
CO
O
5
3
2
4 PLACES
TA 195087
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 35
9-233
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 36. Install Terminal Junction Rails
Common Tools:
Wrench, combination, 3/8- inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove terminal junction rails; refer to task 22.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 36
9-234
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
AME 68
I Junction Rails:
Hold rails (1 , 2) on interconnecting box (3).
Screw in and tighten four screws (4) , new lockwashers ( 5), washers (6) , and nuts ( 7) with screwdriver
and wrench.
>w-on Maintenance:
1. Install terminal junction modules TB1 or TB2 ; refer to task 37.
2. Install circuit card assembly A1 , A2, A3, and A4; refer to task 54.
5. Install bezel; refer to task 52.
SK 36 ENDS HERE
4 PLACES 5
4 4 PLACES
TA 195088
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 36
9-235
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 37. Install Terminal Junction Modules TB1 or TB2
Common Tools: None
Special Tools:
Repair Kit, electrical connector, 12285360
Supplies:
NOTE: Expendable supplies are defined in Appendix A.
Tape, lacing MIL-T-43435 (Item 39)
Personnel: One
Remove terminal junction modules TB1 or TB2; refer to task 21 .
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 37
9-236
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
AME 69
I Modules :
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on replacing modules, before doing any work.
Use this task to put in any module ( 1 ) . One module ( 1 ) is shown.
If new module ( 1 ) is being put in , do step 1. If not, go to step 2.
Using installing and removal tool , put contacts ( 2 ) and wires ( 3) in module ( 1 ) .
Press module ( 1 ) in rail assembly (4) until module ( 1 ) is firmly in place and click is heard.
Put lacing tape ( 5) on wires (3) .
Put bezel cover (6) in housing (7).
llow-on Maintenance.
ASK 37 ENDS HERE
1
1
4
5
TA 195089
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 37
9-237
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 38. Install Power Distribution Panels TB4 andTB5 , Plate Insulators, and Junction Box
Common Tools:
Handle, socket wrench , speeder, 1 /4-inch square drive
Knife, pocket
Rule, machinist's, 6 -inch
Socket, socket wrench, 1 /4- inch square drive, 3/ 16-inch
Socket, socket wrench , 1 /4-inch square drive, 1 /4-inch
Socket, socket wrench , 1 /4 -inch square drive , 5/16 - inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Lockwasher (96906) MS35333-36 (forty-five required)
Lockwasher (96906) MS35333-37 (eight required)
Personnel: One
Remove power distribution panels TB4 and TB5 , plate insulators, and junction box; refer to task 20
Volume II
Para. 9-8 , Task 38
9-238
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ME 70
Wires:
NOTE
If either distribution panel ( 1 ) is being replaced , do this frame. If not, go to

frame 71 .
Solder wires (2) to terminals (3) on new panel ( 1 ).
TO FRAME 71
2 PLACES
1
3
po
or
-8
-688
66 8 -81
1 -8-
48
88 8-
TA 195090
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 38
9-239
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 71
Install Distribution Panels and Insulators:
1. Line up panel TB4 ( 1 ) , panel TB5 ( 2) , and two insulators (3) with mounting holes on junction box (4).
2. Screw in and tighten eight screws ( 5) , new lockwashers (6), and washers (7) with 1 /4- inch socket
and handle.
3. Place relays (8) in junction box (4). Screw in and tighten 45 screws (9) and new lockwashers (10)
with 3/16-inch socket and handle.
Install Junction Box Assembly:
4. Place junction box assembly (4) in hull networks box ( 11 ). Screw in and tighten four screws (12),
new lockwashers ( 13) , and washers ( 14) with 5/16- inch socket and handle.
TASK 38 ENDS HERE
4 PLACES
4 PLACES
12 2
0
3 0
13 7
4
14
4 3
1
7
4 PLACES
‫ت‬
6
9
54 PLACES
27 PLACES ( 10
11 8
10
18 PLACES
9 TA 195091
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 38
9-240
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 39. Install Electromagnetic Relay K1 through K26
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Screw Starter
Socket, socket wrench, 1 /4-inch square drive, 3/ 16- inch
Socket, socket wrench, 1 /4-inch square drive, 5 /16 -inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Brushing, acid swabbing (Item 10)
Cleaning Compound , MIL-C-81302 (Item 11 )
Lockwasher, (96906) MS35333-36 (four required)
Personnel: One
Remove electromagnetic relay K1 through K26; refer to task 19.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 39
9-241
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 72
F
Install Relay:
Ins
NOTE
1.

2.
• Use this task to put on relays K1 through K26 . Relay K1 ( 1 ) is shown .
F
If relay ( 1 ) is taken off for access only, do step 1 then go to frame 73 .
Relays K3, K4, K7 , K8, K13, K16, K17 , K20, or K21 are held by three
screws (2 ).
Relays K1 , K2 , K5 , K6 , K9 , K10, K11 , K12, K14, K15 , K18, K19, and K22
through K26 are held by two screws (2).
1. Screw in and tighten screws (2) and new lockwashers (3) on relay ( 1 ) and junction box (4)
with 3/16- inch socket and handle.
C
2. Measure and cut new , 5/8-inch pieces of insulation sleeving (5) with knife and rule. Slide sleeving
over wires (6) .
3. Solder wires (6) to relay terminals (7).
4. Slide sleeving ( 5) over terminals (7) and wires (6). Using thermal gun, shrink sleeving (5) .
5. Put lacing tape (8) on wires (6).
GO TO FRAME 73
3
6 5
8 4
VIEW REMOVED
FROM HOUSING
AND TURNED
90 DEGREES
FOR CLARITY TA 195092
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 39
9-242
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 73
Install Junction Box:
1. Place junction box ( 1 ) in housing (2).
2. Screw in and tighten four screws (3), new lockwashers (4) , and washers ( 5) in junction box (1 ) with
screw starter and 5/16-inch socket and handle.
2. Check out hull networks box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-1.
TASK 39 ENDS HERE
3
VIEW TURNED 4 PLACES chunmilay
180 DEGREES
FOR CLARITY 5 1
‫ت‬
TA 195093
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 39
9-243
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 40. Install Circuit Breaker CB101
Common Tools:
Wrench , combination , 5/16- inch
Wrench, combination, 7/16 -inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Remove circuit breaker CB101 ; refer to task 18.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 40
9-244
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ME 74
Circuit Breaker:
Hold circuit breaker ( 1) in place on bracket (2) . Screw in and tighten two screws (3),
new lockwashers (4), and nuts (5) with 5/16- inch and 3/8-inch wrenches.
Screw on and tighten two screws (6) , lockwashers (7) , and wires (8) on circuit breaker ( 1 ) with
7/16-inch wrench.
w-on Maintenance:
SK 40 ENDS HERE
2 PLACES
7
6
3 ) 2 PLACES
1
2 PLACES 5
4
CIRCUIT BREAKER
ASSEMBLY TURNED
90 DEGREES
FOR CLARITY
TA 195094
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 40
9-245
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 41. Install Electromagnetic Relay K101
Common Tools:
Extension , socket wrench , 3/8- inch square drive, 5-inch
Handle, socket wrench , ratchet, 3/8 - inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench, 3/8- inch square drive, 7/16 -inch
Wrench, combination , 5/ 16 - inch
Wrench , combination , 7/16 -inch (two required)
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Lockwasher, relay mounting ( 96906 ) MS35333-40 (two required)
Personnel: One
Remove electromagnetic relay K101 ; refer to task 17.
Volume II
Para. 9-8 , Task 41
9-246
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ME 75
Relay:
old relay (1 ) in place on bracket ( 2). Put two screws (3) through holes in bracket ( 2) and relay (1 ).
crew on and tighten two nuts (4) , washers (5) , and new lockwashers (6) with two 7/ 16 - inch
'renches.
Screw on and tighten two nuts (7) , lockwashers (8), lug terminals (9) , and washers ( 10) on terminals
( 1 and X2 ( 11 ) with 5/16- inch wrench.
Screw on and tighten two nuts ( 12) , lockwashers ( 13) , lug terminals ( 14) , and four washers ( 15 ) on
terminals A1 and A2 ( 16) with socket, extension , and handle.
w-on Maintenance :
SK 41 ENDS HERE
2 PLACES 12
2 PLACES
15 13
14
2 PLACES
15
16) 2 PLACES
Hast of heten 08
7 16
2 PLACES
8
10
2 PLACES
9
00 6
ww
2 PLACES
5
2
RELAY BRACKET
ASSEMBLY TURNED
11 90 DEGREES
FOR CLARITY
3 ) 2 PLACES
TA 195095
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 41
9-247
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 42. Install Circuit Breaker CB30
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Socket, socket wrench, deep style, 3/8-inch square drive, 1 /2 -inch
Soldering Gun, 140 -watt
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Brush, acid swabbing ( Item 10)
Cleaning Compound MIL-C- 81302 (Item 11 )
Personnel: One
Remove circuit breaker CB30; refer to task 16.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 42
9-248
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
IME 76
I Circuit Breaker:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on soldering, heat shrinking techniques, and replacing circuit
breakers, before doing any work .
Measure five new 5/8 -inch pieces of insulation sleeving ( 1 ) with rule . Cut sleeving ( 1 ) with knife.
Slide sleeving ( 1 ) over wires (2).
Solder wires (2) to circuit breaker terminals (3).
Slide sleeving ( 1 ) over wires (2) and terminals (3) . Using thermal gun, shrink sleeving ( 1 ).
Put circuit breaker (4 ) in mounting hole in housing ( 5 ) . Place keywasher (6) , guard ( 7) , and ON-OFF
plate (8) on circuit breaker (4) so they are in line with locking hole in housing ( 5) .
Screw on and tighten nut (9) and lockwasher ( 10) with socket and handle.
llow-on Maintenance:
1. Install electrical connector TJ2 ; refer to task 47.
ASK 42 ENDS HERE
2 TJ2
TJ2
5
TJ2
4 3
6
2
8
10
1
TA 195096
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 42
9-249
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 43. Install Circuit Card Assembly Receptacle Connector A1 , A2, A3, or A4
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Rule, machinist's , 6-inch
Soldering Iron
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Lockwasher (96906 ) MS35333-37 (two required)
Personnel: One
Remove circuit card assembly receptacle connector A1 , A2, A3, or A4; refer to task 15 .
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 43
9-250
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
or A4
AME 77
I Connector:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on soldering, heat shrinking techniques, and replacing

connectors, before doing any work.
Use this task to put on connectors ( 1 ) for printed circuit card A1 , A2 , A3,
or A4. Only one is shown.
Line up connector ( 1 ) in junction box (2) so holes in connector ( 1 ) are in line with holes in junction
box (2).
Screw in and tighten two screws ( 3) , washers (4) , new lockwashers ( 5) , and nuts (6) with screwdriver
and wrench .
Measure new 5/8-inch pieces of insulation sleeving (7) with rule . Cut sleeving (7) with knife. Slide
sleeving (7) over wires (8).
Solder wires (8) to connector terminals (9).
Slide sleeving (7) over terminals (9) and wires ( 8). Using thermal gun, shrink sleeving ( 7). Lace
wires (8) with lacing tape ( 10).
¡O TO FRAME 78
9
XA3 - J1
7
8
refer to task 15
10
2 PLACES
3 1
8
2 PLACES
A A
BE BAB AAAB 7 466
2
TA 195097
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 43
9-251
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 78 ‫וד‬
1. Install circuit card assembly A1 , A2 , A3 , or A4; refer to task 54.
2. Install circuit card assembly cover; refer to task 55 .
TASK 43 ENDS HERE
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 43
9-252
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 44. Install Engine Time Totalizer Meter M1
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Screwdriver, cross tip, No. 2
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Packing, preformed ( 96906) MS28775-017
Sealing Compound , MIL-S-46163 (Item 30)
Screw, self- locking ( 96906) MS3212-8 (two required)
Personnel: One
Remove engine time totalizer meter M1 ; refer to task 14 .
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 44
9-253
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 79
Install Meter:
NOTE
1. Measure two new 5/8-inch pieces of insulation sleeving ( 1 ) with rule . Cut sleeving ( 1 ) with knife.
Slide sleeving ( 1 ) over wires (2).
2. Put wires (2 ) through plate (3) .
3. Solder wires (2) to meter terminals (4).
4. Slide sleeving ( 1 ) over terminals (4) and wires (2). Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving ( 1 ) .
5. Slide spacer (5) , new packing (6), and plate ( 3) on meter ( 7) . Put meter (7) in housing (8) .
6. Spread thin coat of sealing compound on two new self-locking screws (9) . Screw in and tighten two
screws (9) on housing (8) with screwdriver.
7. Tie wires (2 ) to meter ( 7) with lacing tape ( 10) as shown .
TASK 44 ENDS HERE
2 PLACES
9
10
2
8 2 PLACES
2 PLACES
3 16
3 7
TA 195098
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 44
9-254
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 45. Install Conductor Bus 2G1
Common Tools:
Extension, socket wrench , 3/8- inch square drive , 5-inch
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8-inch square drive , 7/ 16- inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Lockwasher (96906) MS35333-106 (18 required)
Personnel: One
Remove conductor bus 2G1 ; refer to task 13.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 45
9-255
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 80
NOTE
If conductor bus (1 ) was taken out for access only, skip step 1 and go to step 2.
1. Screw in and tighten 18 screws (2), new lockwashers ( 3) , and lug terminals (4) in conductor bus (1 )
with screwdriver.
2. Screw in and tighten screw (5 ) , lug ( 6) , lug (7) , washer (8) , new lockwasher (9) , and nut ( 10) on
conductor bus (1 ) with socket, handle, and wrench.
GO TO FRAME 81
7
1
Comm
2
9 18 PLACES
10 3
6 18 PLACES
2G1
TA 195099
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 45
9-256
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 81
1. Line up four insulators ( 1 ) , two bushings ( 2 ) , and conductor bus (3) with mounting holes (4) in
housing (5).
2. Screw in and tighten two screws (6) , new lockwashers ( 7) , and washers (8) with socket , extension , and
handle.
1. Install receptacle connector J6; refer to task 33.
2. Install conductor bus 2W3; refer to task 46.
4. Check hull networks distribution box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-1.
TASK 45 ENDS HERE
司
同
E
N 2 PLACES
8 2 PLACES
7
6
2 PLACES
3 2
2 PLACES
2 PLACES Te
TA 195100
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 45
9-257
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 46. Install Conductor Bus 2W3
Common Tools:
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8- inch square drive , 7/16- inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove conductor bus 2W3; refer to task 12.
Volume II
Para. 9-8 , Task 46
9-258
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 82
NOTE
If conductor bus ( 1 ) was taken out for access only, skip step 1 and go to step 2 .
1. Screw in and tighten eleven screws (2), new lockwashers (3), and lug terminals (4) in conductor
bus (1 ) with screwdriver.
2. Screw in and tighten screw (5) , two lug terminals (6) , washer (7) , new lockwasher (8) , and nut (9) on
conductor bus ( 1 ) with socket, handle, and wrench .
GO TO FRAME 83
Ha
mm
o
0 1
0 8
0
0 00
0 9
2
6
1
2
11 PLACES
11 PLACES 4
>
2W3 O
TA 195101
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 46
9-259
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 83
1. Line up four insulators ( 1 ) , two bushings (2) , and conductor bus (3 ) with mounting holes (4) in
housing (5) .
2. Screw in and tighten two screws (6) , new lockwashers (7) , and washers (8) in conductor bus (3) and
housing (5) with socket and handle.
TASK 46 ENDS HERE
2 PLACES
2 PLACES 5
6
7
8
4
2 PLACES
е
O 2
2 PLACES
3
3
TA 195102
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 46
9-260
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 47. Install Electrical Connector TJ1 or TJ2, or Receptacle Connector UJ1
Common Tools: None
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove electrical connector TJ1 or TJ2, or receptacle connector UJ1 ; refer to task 11.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 47
9-261
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 84
Install Connector:
NOTE
Read para . 9-4, on crimping and repairing connectors, before doing any
work.
Use this task to put on connector TJ1 , TJ2 , or UJ1 . Connector TJ2 ( 1 ) is
shown.
If connector ( 1 ) was taken out for access only, go to frame 85. If connector
(1 ) was bad , begin with step 1 .
If any contacts ( 2 ) were bad , do all steps. If all contacts ( 2 ) were OK, begin
with step 2.
1. Using crimping tool , put new contacts (2) on wires (3) .
2. Using installing and removal tool , put contacts ( 2) in connector ( 1 ) .
3. Using soft jaw pliers, screw on and tighten backshell (4) to connector ( 1 ) . Wrap wires (3)
with lacing tape ( 5) .
GO TO FRAME 85
3
4
1
2
1 3
TA 195103
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 47
9-262
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 85
Install Connector (Continued):
1. Put packing ( 1 ) on connector (2) .
2. Put connector (2) in housing (3) .
3. Using jamnut socket and drive wrench , screw on and tighten jamnut (4) on connector (2) .
4. Screw on and tighten protective cap ( 5) on connector (2).
1. Install distribution cover; refer to task 48 .
TASK 47 ENDS HERE
4 2 3
2
1
TA 195104
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 47
9-263
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 48. Install Distribution Cover
Common Tools:
Socket, socket wrench, 3/8- inch square drive, 7/16 -inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Personnel: One
FRAME 86
Install Cover:
1. Put cover ( 1 ) in place on hull networks box (2 ).
2. Screw in and tighten 21 screws (3) , new lockwashers ( 4) , and washers ( 5) with socket and handle.
Check out hull networks box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-1 .
TASK 48 ENDS HERE
4 ) 21 PLACES
2 5
TA 195105
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 48
9-264
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 49. Install Circuit Breaker CB1 through CB29
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Socket, socket wrench, deep style, 3/8-inch square drive, 3/8-inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove circuit breaker CB1 through CB29; refer to task 8.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 49
9-265
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 87
NOTE
Read para 9-4, on soldering, tagging, and replacing circuit breakers , before
doing any work .
Use this task to put in any circuit breaker CB1 through CB29 ( 1 ) . Circuit
breaker CB5 ( 1 ) is shown .
1. Measure 5/8-inch pieces of new insulation sleeving (2) for each wire (3) with rule . Cut sleeving (2)
with knife. Slide new sleeving (2) over ends of wires (3).
2. Solder wires (3) and conductor bus wire ( 4) if used , on circuit breaker terminals (5) .
3. Slide sleeving ( 2) over circuit breaker terminals ( 5 ) . Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving (2) .
GO TO FRAME 88
3
3
2
2
TA 195106
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 49
9-266
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 88
Install Circuit Breaker (Continued):
NOTE
Do steps 1 and 2 for all circuit breakers ( 1 ) attached to bus wire (2).
1. Put keywasher (3) over mounting hole (4) , so tab ( 5) fits in index hole (6) of plate (7).
2. Put circuit breaker ( 1 ) in mounting hole (4). Screw on and tighten nut ( 8) and lockwasher (9) with
socket and handle.
1. Install bezel gasket; refer to task 51 .
3. Install circuit breaker compartment cover; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para . 11-12.
4. Check out hull networks box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para. 10-1 .
TASK 49 ENDS HERE
9
3
5 7
7
2
TA 195190
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 49
9-267
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 50. Install Bezel Distribution Cover
Common Tools :
Socket, socket wrench, deep style, 3/8 -inch square drive, 1 /2 -inch
Wrench, combination 9/16 -inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Packing, with retainer (80205 ) NAS1523C6Y (three required)
Personnel: One
Remove bezel distribution cover; refer to task 7 .
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 50
9-268
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ME 89
Distribution Cover:
NOTE
Read para . 9-4, on replacing circuit breakers, before doing any work.
Make sure packing with retainer ( 1 ) is placed with sealing side next
to cover (2 ) .
Screw in and tighten three screws (3) , new packing with retainer ( 1 ) , washers (4) , new lock-
washers (5) , and nuts (6 ) on cover ( 2) in circuit breaker locations CB8 , CB19 , and CB25 ,
with screwdriver and wrench.
Slide 26 circuit breakers ( 7) into distribution cover ( 2) . Screw on and tighten 26 nuts (8),
lockwashers (9), and key washer ( 10) with socket and handle.
ow-on Maintenance :
3. Install circuit breaker compartment cover; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-12 .
SK 50 ENDS HERE
26 PLACES
7
2
26 PLACES ( 10
3 PLACES 6
3 PLACES 1
3 5
3 PLACES
TA195107
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 50
9-269
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 51. Install Bezel Gasket
Common Tools: None
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Gasket ( 19207) 12285909
Personnel: One
Remove bezel gasket; refer to task 6.
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 51
9-270
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ME 90
Gasket:
WARNING
CAUTION
If gasket ( 1 ) is not sealed properly, moisture can get in hull networks box
housing (2) and cause malfunction.
Spread thin coat of adhesive on new gasket ( 1 ) with brush .
Slide gasket ( 1 ) over distribution cover (3). Line up holes in gasket ( 1 ) with holes in housing (2).
Press gasket ( 1 ) against housing (2). Be sure gasket ( 1 ) is sealed and has no gaps.
Put distribution cover (3) on housing (2).
low-on Maintenance:
2. Install circuit breaker compartment cover; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para . 11-12.
ASK 51 ENDS HERE
s- aas-02es-e MT of hats nevo alla st

1-1-1-2-2as -bass e MT a tete
2 www
3
魚
TA 195108
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 51
9-271
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 52. Install Bezel
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Personnel : One
Remove bezel ; refer to task 5 .
FRAME 91
Install Bezel:
1. Hold bezel ( 1 ) on bezel distribution cover (2) .
2. Screw in and tighten 12 screws (3), new lockwashers (4) , and washers (5 ) with key.
1. Install circuit breaker compartment cover; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para. 11-12.
TASK 52 ENDS HERE
34 5
12 PLACES
2
1
TA 195109
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 52
9-272
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 53. Install Detent Plunger
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Remove detent plunger; refer to task 4.
FRAME 92
Install Plunger:
1. Put detent plunger ( 1 ) in bezel ( 2) with screwdriver.
2. Adjust detent plunger ( 1 ) by moving in and out with screwdriver until cover (3) fits snugly when shut.
TASK 53 ENDS HERE
OF
F
11 OF
F
ON
2 12
ON
1 OF
16 F
ON
17
3 ON
OF
F
OF
F
TA 195110
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 53
9-273
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 54. Install Circuit Card Assembly A1 , A2, A3, or A4
Common Tools: None
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Remove circuit card assembly A1 , A2, A3, or A4; refer to task 3 .
FRAME 9 3
Install Card Assembly:
NOTE
Use this task to put in printed circuit card A1 , A2, A3 , or A4. Printed circuit
card A1 ( 1 ) is shown.
1. Line up card ( 1 ) with guides (2) .
2. Push card ( 1 ) straight in guides (2 ) until card ( 1 ) is seated in bracket (3) .
TASK 54 ENDS HERE
2
1
-
1
TA 1951
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 54
9-274
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 55 , Install Circuit Card Assembly Cover
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Gasket ( 19207) 12285912
Lockwasher (96906) MS35333-39 (eight required)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 55
9-275
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 87
NOTE
Read para 9-4, on soldering, tagging, and replacing circuit breakers, before
doing any work.
• Use this task to put in any circuit breaker CB1 through CB29 ( 1 ) . Circuit
breaker CB5 (1 ) is shown.
1. Measure 5/8-inch pieces of new insulation sleeving (2) for each wire (3) with rule. Cut sleeving
with knife. Slide new sleeving (2) over ends of wires (3) .
2. Solder wires (3) and conductor bus wire (4) if used , on circuit breaker terminals (5) .
3. Slide sleeving ( 2) over circuit breaker terminals (5) . Using thermal gun, shrink sleeving (2).
GO TO FRAME 88
5
4
3
3
2
2
TA 195106
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 49
9-266
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ME 88
Circuit Breaker (Continued) :
NOTE
Do steps 1 and 2 for all circuit breakers ( 1 ) attached to bus wire ( 2).
ut keywasher (3) over mounting hole (4) , so tab (5) fits in index hole (6) of plate (7).
'ut circuit breaker ( 1 ) in mounting hole (4). Screw on and tighten nut ( 8) and lockwasher (9) with
ocket and handle.
w-on Maintenance:
K 49 ENDS HERE
9 3
5 1
7
2
TA 195190
Volume II
Para. 9-8 , Task 49
9-267
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 50. Install Bezel Distribution Cover
Common Tools:
Socket, socket wrench, deep style, 3/8 - inch square drive, 1 /2 - inch
Wrench, combination 9/16-inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Lockwasher ( 96906) MS35333-42 (29 required)
Packing, with retainer (80205 ) NAS1523C6Y (three required)
Personnel: One
Remove bezel distribution cover; refer to task 7.
Volume II
9-268 Para. 9-8, Task 50
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
AE 89
Distribution Cover:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on replacing circuit breakers , before doing any work.
Make sure packing with retainer ( 1 ) is placed with sealing side next
to cover (2 ).
Screw in and tighten three screws (3), new packing with retainer ( 1 ) , washers (4), new lock-
washers (5 ) , and nuts ( 6) on cover ( 2) in circuit breaker locations CB8, CB19 , and CB25 ,
with screwdriver and wrench .
Slide 26 circuit breakers (7) into distribution cover (2 ) . Screw on and tighten 26 nuts ( 8) ,
lockwashers (9) , and key washer ( 10) with socket and handle.
>w-on Maintenance:
3. Install circuit breaker compartment cover; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-12.
SK 50 ENDS HERE
26 PLACES
7
2
26 PLACES (10
8 3 PLACES( 6
3 PLACES
3 5
3 PLACES
TA195107
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 50
9-269
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 51. Install Bezel Gasket
Common Tools: None
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Adhesive, Type I , MIL-A-46106 (Item 2 )
Gasket ( 19207) 12285909
Personnel: One
Remove bezel gasket; refer to task 6.
Volume II
Para. 9-8 , Task 51
9-270
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ME 90
Gasket:
WARNING
CAUTION
If gasket ( 1 ) is not sealed properly, moisture can get in hull networks box
housing (2) and cause malfunction.
Spread thin coat of adhesive on new gasket ( 1 ) with brush .
Slide gasket ( 1 ) over distribution cover (3). Line up holes in gasket ( 1 ) with holes in housing (2).
Press gasket ( 1 ) against housing (2). Be sure gasket ( 1 ) is sealed and has no gaps.
Put distribution cover (3) on housing (2 ).
ow-on Maintenance:
SK 51 ENDS HERE
2
bog
s-ans-02es- e MT or al web inomhe

1-1-1-48- as bass e Monetes
TA 195108
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 51
9-271
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 52. Install Bezel
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove bezel ; refer to task 5 .
FRAME 91
Install Bezel :
1. Hold bezel ( 1 ) on bezel distribution cover (2).
2. Screw in and tighten 12 screws (3), new lockwashers (4) , and washers (5) with key.
2. Check out hull networks box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-1.
TASK 52 ENDS HERE
3 45
12 PLACES
2
1
TA 1951
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 52
9-272
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
3. Install Detent Plunger
icability: All Models
mon Tools:
crewdriver, flat tip
cial Tools: None
plies: None
sonnel: One
Jipment Condition :
eliminary Procedure:
Remove detent plunger; refer to task 4.
RAME 92
tall Plunger:
Put detent plunger (1 ) in bezel (2) with screwdriver.
thkey Adjust detent plunger ( 1 ) by moving in and out with screwdriver until cover (3) fits snugly when shut.
llow-on Maintenance: None

3-4, para
1. ASK 53 ENDS HERE
OF
F
11 OF
F
ON
2 12
ON
1 16 OF
F
ON
17
3 ON
OF
F
OF
F
TA 195110
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 53
9-273
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 54. Install Circuit Card Assembly A1 , A2, A3, or A4
Common Tools: None
Special Tools: None
Supplies : None
Personnel: One
Remove circuit card assembly A1 , A2, A3, or A4; refer to task 3.
FRAME 9 3
Install Card Assembly:
NOTE
Use this task to put in printed circuit card A1 , A2 , A3 , or A4. Printed circuit
card A1 ( 1 ) is shown.
1. Line up card ( 1 ) with guides (2).
2. Push card ( 1 ) straight in guides (2) until card ( 1 ) is seated in bracket (3).
TASK 54 ENDS HERE
2
1
TA19511
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 54
9-274
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
5, Install Circuit Card Assembly Cover
cability: All Models
mon Tools:
rewdriver, flat tip
cial Tools: None
plies:
IOTE: Expendable supplies are defined in appendix A.
dhesive, Type I , MIL-A-46106 (Item 2 )
Gasket ( 19207) 12285912
Lockwasher ( 96906) MS35333-39 (eight required)
rsonnel: One
uipment Condition:
'eliminary Procedure:
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 55
9-275
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 94
Install Gasket:
WARNING
Adhesive burns easily and can give off harmful vapors . To avoid injury, keep
CAUTION
If gasket ( 1 ) is not sealed properly, moisture can enter box and cause unit to
malfunction .
1. Spread thin coat of adhesive on housing (2) with brush .
2. Put new gasket ( 1 ) on housing (2 ) so holes in gasket ( 1 ) line up with holes in housing (2).
GO TO FRAME 95
33
TA 195112
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 55
9-276
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 95
Install Cover:
1. Place cover (1 ) over circuit card assembly compartment (2) in hull networks box (3).
2. Screw in and tighten eight screws (4), new lockwashers (5) , and washers (6) with screwdriver.
Check out hull networks box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para. 10-1 .
END OF HULL NETWORKS DISTRIBUTION BOX MAINTENANCE
58 PLACES
1
3
00
TA 195113
Volume II
Para. 9-8, Task 55
9-277
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
9-9. Driver's Instrument Panel (DIP)
Task Title Frames

1234
Remove Access Door Frame and Panel Assembly 1-2

STENC
Remove Circuit Card Assembly A1 , A2 , or A3 3
Remove Circuit Card Assembly A4 4
Remove Circuit Card Assembly Receptacle Connector
AJ1 , AJ2 , AJ3 or AJ4 and Angle Bracket 5
5 Remove Receptacle Connector J1 or J2 , or Electrical
NOTE:
Connector TJ1 6
6 Remove Electromagnet Relay K1 , K2, or K3 7
7 Replace Relay Mounting Plate 8
8 Remove Terminal Junction Module 9
9 Replace Terminal Junction Rail TB2 10
10 Remove Switch Guard 11
11 Replace Toggle Switch S1 12-13
vers
12 Replace Electrical Indicator M1 , Liquid
Quantity Indicator M3, or Voltmeter M4 14-15
13 Replace Light- Emitting Diode DS11 through DS22 16-17
222723
14 Replace Rotary Switch S2 18-20
15 Replace Speedometer M2 21-23
16 Replace Indicator Light XDS1 through XDS10 24-25
17 Repair Receptacle Connector J1 or J2 , or Electrical
Connector TJ1 26-27
18 Replace Identification Plate 28
19 29-40
22222
Replace Driver's Instrument Panel Wires

20 Install Switch Guard 41
21 Install Electromagnet Relay K1 , K2 , or K3 42
Install Terminal Junction Module 43
4445
23 Install Circuit Card Assembly Receptacle Connector
AJ1 , AJ2, AJ3 or AJ4 and Angle Bracket
222
24 Install Circuit Card Assembly A1 , A2 , or A3

25 Install Circuit Card Assembly A4 46
26 Install Receptacle Connector J1 or J2 , or Electrical
100
Connector TJ1 47
27 48-49
Install Access Door Frame and Panel Assembly
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 1
9-278
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 1. Remove Access Door Frame and Panel Assembly
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools : None
Supplies:
Dry Cleaning Solvent, P-D-680 (Item 13)
Personnel : One
Driver's instrument panel on clean work surface.
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 1
9-279
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 1
Remove Access Door Frame:
1. Unscrew and take out 22 screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2 ) , and washers (3) with screwdriver. Get r
lockwashers (2).
2. Pull door frame (4) from panel (5).
3. Look at door frame (4) for bends, cracks, or breaks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use
GO TO FRAME 2
00000000
000000000000
141111
000000000000
22 PLACES
0 2
3
1
4
22 PLACES
பய
TA1948
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 1
9-280
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
E 2
Panel Assembly:
CAUTION
Pull panel ( 1 ) carefully to avoid breaking wire connections (2) . Broken

connections (2) will cause loss of monitor signals.
ill panel ( 1 ) away from housing (3).
y seal (4) out of groove (5) in housing ( 3) with knife. Get rid of seal (4).
crape adhesive out of groove (5) with knife.
WARNING
vell-ventilated area and keep away from open fire.
Clean adhesive from groove (5) with solvent and rag.
w-on-Maintenance:
NOTE: To install access door frame and panel assembly, refer to task 27.
K 1 ENDS HERE
FRONT PANEL REMOVED 2

FOR CLARITY 3
5
e
பய
00
22PA
3 4
‫עיון‬
5 3 TO 4 INCHES
1
0000000
MAXIMUM
0.
0
P00
TA194699
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 1
9-281
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 2. Remove Circuit Card Assembly A1 , A2, or A3
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Driver's instrument panel on clean work surface .
Remove access door frame and panel assembly; refer to task 1.
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 2
9-282
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ME 3
ve Circuit Card Assembly:
NOTE
Use this task to take out printed circuit card assembly A1 ( 1 ) , A2 ( 2 ) , or A3 (3) .
Circuit card assembly A1 (1 ) is shown.
You may have to take out connectors TJ1 (4) and J1 ( 5) to pull out circuit
card assembly A2 (2) . To remove connectors TJ1 (4) and J1 (5 ), refer to
task 5 .
Unscrew and take out four screws (6), lockwashers (7) , and washers (8) from card assembly A1 (1 )
with screwdriver. Get rid of lockwashers (7).
Pull card assembly A1 ( 1 ) straight back from connector (9) and lift it out. Look at card assembly
A1 ( 1 ) for cracks, burned components, and bent pins. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
low-on Maintenance:
NOTE: To install circuit card assembly A1 , A2 , or A3, refer to task 24.
SK 2 ENDS HERE
0000000
4 PLACES (6
1
## # # #
" "
00
7
8 3
t
4 PLACES
88
PANEL REVED
FOR CLAR
2
0000000
1
"
TA194700
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 2
9-283
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 3. Remove Circuit Card Assembly A4
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Cleaning Compound , MIL-C- 81302B ( Item 11 )
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Driver's instrument panel on clean work surface .
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 3
9-284
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ME 4
'e Circuit Card Assembly:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on soldering and tagging electrical wires, before doing any
work.
To lift circuit card assembly A4 ( 1 ) out of the way for access , do step 1
only.
Unscrew and take out two screws (2) , lockwashers (3) , and washers (4) from card ( 1 ) with
screwdriver. Get rid of lockwashers (3). Pull out card (1 ) as far as wires (5) will allow. Take out two
spacers (6).
Turn card (1 ) over and unsolder 28 wires (5) from terminals (7) with soldering iron. Look at card ( 1 )
for cracks and burned or broken printed circuits and components. If bad turn in . If OK set
low-on Maintenance:
NOTE: To install circuit card assembly A4, refer to task 25 .
SK 3 ENDS HERE
5 28 PLACES
1
0000000
1
]
PANEL REMOVED
年
FOR CLARITY
2 PLACES
6
581
28 PLACES 2) ( 3) 4
2 PLACES TA194701
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 3
9-285
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 4. Remove Circuit Card Assembly Receptacle Connector AJ1 , AJ2 , AJ3 or AJ4 and Angle Bracket
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Soldering Iron, 48- watt
Wrench, combination , 5/16 - inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Cleaning compound , MIL-C-81302 (Item 11 )
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
I. Remove access door frame and panel assembly; refer to task 1 .
2. Remove circuit card assembly A1 , A2 , or A3; refer to task 2.
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 4
9-286
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ME 5
e Circuit Card Assembly Receptacle Connector and Angle Bracket:
NOTE
work.
Use this task to take out bracket ( 1 ) and connector A1J1 (2) , A2J1 (3), or
A3J1 (4). Connector A1J1 (2 ) is shown.
Unscrew and take off two screws ( 5) , lockwashers (6), and washers ( 7) with screwdriver. Get rid of
lockwashers (6).
Cut insulation sleeving (8) from wires (9) with knife. Get rid of sleeving (8) . Unsolder wires (9) from
contacts (10) on connector (2).
Unscrew and take off two screws ( 11 ) , washers (12), lockwashers (13) , and nuts ( 14) with
screwdriver and wrench . Get rid of lockwashers ( 13) . Pull out connector ( 2) from bracket ( 1 ).
Look at connector (2) for cracks or broken contacts ( 15) . Look at bracket ( 1 ) for cracks or bends.
Turn in bad parts. Set good parts aside for later use.
low-on Maintenance:
NOTE: To install circuit card assembly receptacle connector AJ1 , AJ2, AJ3 or AJ4 and angle bracket,
refer to task 23.
ASK 4 ENDS HERE
1
1 2
15
14
0000000
13
12
2 PLACES ( 11
2 PLACES
7 6 )( 5
2
10 2
3
9
TA194702
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 4
9-287
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 5. Remove Receptacle Connector J1 or J2 , or Electrical Connector TJ1
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 5
9-288
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
EX39 a RAT
ME 6
ve Receptacle Connector J1 or J2 , or Electrical Connector TJ1 :
dlebol IA gllidealing
NOTE
Read para. 9-4 , on tagging and replacing connectors , before doing any work. nom
Use this task to take off connector TJ1 ( 1 ) , J1 ( 2) , or J2 (3).

ou tell howe
Connector J2 (3) is shown .
na saneble2
If taking off connector TJ1 ( 1 ) , take off protective cover (4) first.bre nego taney
If connector ( 1 , 2 , 3) is being taken out for access only, skip steps 3 , 4, lalouge
and 5 .
Using jamnut socket and drive wrench, unscrew and take off jamnut ( 5) from connector (3). TOM
(01 meth 6 devia
Pull connector (3) and packing (6) from housing (7) as far as wires (8) will allow. Set packing (6)
(7)
Look at connector (3) for breaks, cracks, or stripped threads or burned or broken contacts (9). If
connector (3) is bad go to step 4. If contacts (9) are bad do step 4, then GO TO TASK 17. If OK go
to follow-on maintenance.
task 21 .
Using soft jaw pliers, and connector wrench unscrew backshell ( 10) from connector (3) . Slide
backshell ( 10) back over wires (8) . Contmileys
eet of sales vidmezas ionsq bna ement noob aaboos vore
Cut lacing tape ( 11 ) off as needed with knife. HEL REMOVED FROM
ING PS
i. Using installing and removal tool , take contacts ( 12 ) out of connector (3). Turn in connector (3).
NOTE: To install receptacle connector J1 or J2 , or electrical connector TJ1 , refer to task 26.
TASK 5 ENDS HERE

60000000003
3 (12)
9 8
890 (11) 10
3
เออออ
1 39
อออ
0000000
Ilu
เออออ
ออ
00
2
5
8
Ge
3
3
6
TA 194703
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 5
9-289
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 6. Remove Electromagnet Relay K1 , K2, or K3
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Soldering Iron
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Remove access door frame and panel assembly; refer to task 1 .
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 6
9-290
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
AE 7
e Electromagnet Relay K1 , K2 or K3:
NOTE
work.
Use this task to take out electromagnet relay K1 ( 1 ) , K2 (2) , or K3 (3).

Relay K1 ( 1 ) is shown.
If relay K1 ( 1 ) , K2 ( 2 ) , or K3 (3) is being taken out for access only, skip

steps 1 and 2.
Cut insulation sleeving (4) from contacts ( 5) on relay ( 1 ) with knife. Get rid of sleeving (4).
Unsolder wires (6) from contacts (5) on relay (1 ).
Unscrew and take out two screws (7), nuts (8) , lockwashers (9), and washers ( 10) with screwdriver
and wrench. Get rid of lockwashers (9) . Take out relay ( 1).
ow-on Maintenance:
NOTE: To install electromagnet relay K1 , K2, or K3 , refer to task 21.
SK 6 ENDS HERE
PANEL REMOVED FROM

1 HOUSING FOR CLARITY
0000000
AK
2 PLACES
8
ᎾᎾ
(10
2 PLACES
5
A
L
L
2 PLACES E
6 3
TA 194704
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 6
9-291
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 7. Replace Relay Mounting Plate
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Lockwasher (96906 ) MS35333-37 (six required)
Plate, mounting ( 19207 ) 12282609
Personnel : One
1. Remove access door frame and panel assembly; refer to task 1.
2. Remove electromagnet relays K1 , K2 , and K3; refer to task 6.
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 7
9-292
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ME 8
e Mounting Plate:
nscrew and take out two screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers ( 2 ) , and washers (3) from card (4) with
crewdriver. Get rid of lockwashers (2). Pull out card (4) as far as wires ( 5) will allow . Take out
pacers (6 ) .
Unscrew and take out four screws (7) , lockwashers (8) , and washers (9) from relay mounting
>late ( 10) and housing ( 11 ) with screwdriver. Get rid of lockwashers ( 8) . Turn in mounting plate ( 10) .
I Mounting Plate:
Line up new mounting plate ( 10) with standoffs ( 12 ) on housing ( 11 ) . Screw in and tighten four
screws (7), new lockwashers (8), and washers (9) to relay mounting plate ( 10) and housing ( 11 ) with
screwdriver.
Put spacers (6) over mounting holes in housing ( 11 ) . Line up holes in card ( 4) with mounting holes in
housing ( 11 ) and spacers (6) . Screw in and tighten two screws ( 1 ) , new lockwashers ( 2) , washers (3) ,
and spacers (6) with screwdriver.
ow-on Maintenance:
1. Install electromagnet relays K1 , K2 , and K3; refer to task 21.
2. Install access door frame panel assembly; refer to task 27.
3. Check operational functions of driver's instrument panel ; refer to TM 9-2350- 255-34-1-1-1 ,
para. 10-3.
SK 7 ENDS HERE
O
12 PANEL REMOVED FROM
HOUSING FOR CLARITY
10
(11)
4 PLACES VIEW CUTAWAY

FOR CLARITY
་°
་་
6
74 PLACES
60
3
2
1 5
TA 194705
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 7
9-293
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 8. Remove Terminal Junction Module
Common Tools:
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 8
9-294
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 9
Remove Terminal Junction Module:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on repairing connectors , receptacles, and modules, before

doing any work .
Tag each module ( 1 ) when taken out.
• If module (1 ) is taken out for access , do step ( 1 ) only.
Use this task to remove any module ( 1 ) TB2 - V module ( 1 ) is shown here.
1. Push removal tool on module ( 1 ) until retaining clips (3) unlock. Pull module ( 1 ) out from rail
assembly (2) .
2. Look at module ( 1 ) for cracks . If bad go to step 3. If OK set module ( 1 ) aside and go to follow-on
maintenance.
3. Using installing and removal tool , pull wires (4) and contacts ( 5) out of module ( 1 ) . Turn in bad
module (1 ). Replace bad contacts (5) on wires (4); refer to para. 9-4.
NOTE: To install terminal junction module, refer to task 22.
TASK 8 ENDS HERE
PANEL REMOVED FROM

HOUSING FOR CLARITY
1
5
• Ο
მმ
.
RAIL REMOVED
1 FOR CLARITY
2
3
1
TA 194706
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 8
9-295
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 9. Replace Terminal Junction Rail TB2
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Rail ( 11139) CTJ-3D- 10
Personnel: One
1. Remove access door frame and panel assembly; refer to task 1.
2. Remove terminal junction module ; refer to task 8.
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 9
9-296
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 10
Remove Module Terminal Junction Rail TB2 :
1. Unscrew and take out four screws ( 1 ) and lockwashers (2) from terminal junction rail (3) and
housing (4) with screwdriver. Get rid of lockwashers (2 ).
2. Pull rail (3) from housing (4). Turn in rail (3).
Install Module Terminal Junction Rail TB2:
3. Line up holes ( 5) in rail ( 3) with holes (6) in housing (4) .
4. Screw in and tighten four screws ( 1 ) and new lockwashers (2) in rail (3) and housing (4) with
screwdriver.
1. Install terminal junction module ; refer to task 22.
2. Install access door frame and panel assembly; refer to task 27.
3. Check operational functions of driver's instrument panel ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 ,
para. 10-3.
TASK 9 ENDS HERE
FRONT PANEL REMOVED FOR CLARITY
3
0000000
མ
མ
| | |'||| | || | ||
ས
་བ
‫דקדו‬
‫יק‬
5
INSIDE OF PANEL HOUSING
2
64 PLACES
4 PLACES
TA 194707
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 9
9-297
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 10. Remove Switch Guard
Common Tools:
Wrench, combination , 9/ 16- inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 10
9-298
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ME 11
→ Guard:
it switch guard ( 1 ) in open position .
screw and take off retaining nut ( 2 ) and lockwasher (3) from switch (4) with wrench.
ull guard (1 ) off switch (4) . Look at guard ( 1 ) for breaks or bends. If bad turn in. If OK set aside
›r later use.
/-on Maintenance:
NOTE: To install switch guard , refer to task 20.
10 ENDS HERE
1
FRONT PANEL REMOVED
000000000000
FOR CLARITY
3
2
TA 194708
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 10
9-299
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 11. Replace Toggle Switch S1
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Rule, machinist's, 6- inch
Wrench, combination , 9/ 16- inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Packing, (96906) MS25196-1
Pencil (Item 25)
Switch (96906) MS25307-232
Tag, Marker (Item 34) (as required)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 11
9-300
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 12
Remove Toggle Switch S1:
NOTE
1. Cut insulation sleeving ( 1 ) from two terminals ( 2) with knife . Get rid of sleeving ( 1 ) .
2. Unsolder wires (3) from terminals ( 2) .
3. Remove switch guard ; refer to task 10.
4. Pull switch (4) , packing ( 5 ) , and locking ring (6) out of panel (7) . Turn in switch (4) . Get rid of
packing (5) and locking ring (6) .
Install Switch:
5. Unscrew and take out six screws (8) and washers (9) from back of new switch (4) with screwdriver.
Get rid of screws (8) and washers (9).
6. Tighten inner nut ( 10) against switch (4) with wrench.
GO TO FRAME 13
10
6 PLACES 8
9
7
5
6 2 PLACES
2
4
2 PLACES 3
VIEW CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
TA 194709
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 11
9-301
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 13
Install Toggle Switch S1 (Continued) :
1. Unscrew and take off new outer nut ( 1 ) , new lockwasher (2) , and new locking ring (3) from new
switch (4). Set outer nut ( 1 ) and lockwasher (2) aside for later use.
2. Put new locking ring (3) and new packing (5 ) on switch (4) .
3. Line up tab (6) on locking ring (3) with notch ( 7) on back of panel ( 8) . Put switch (4) in panel
mounting hole (9).
4. Install switch guard ; refer to task 20.
5. Measure two new 5/8-inch pieces of insulation sleeving ( 10) with rule and cut pieces with knife. Slide
sleeving ( 10) over wires ( 11 ) .
6. Solder two wires ( 11 ) to terminal 3 ( 12 ). Solder wire ( 11 ) to terminal 2 ( 13) . Slide sleeving ( 10)
over switch terminals ( 12 , 13) .
7. Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving ( 10).
1. Install access door frame and panel assembly; refer to task 27 .
2. Check operational functions of driver's instrument panel; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 ,
para. 10-3
TASK 11 ENDS HERE
6 7
2 PLACES 3
VIEW CUTAWAY 3 2
10
FOR CLARITY 1
VIEW ROTATED 180°

FOR CLARITY
11) 3 PLACES
(
3
1 3
2 PLACES (10
5
11 9 6
12
5
13
TA 194710
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 11
9-302
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 12. Replace Electrical Indicator M1 , Liquid Quantity Indicator M3, or Voltmeter M4
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Indicator, liquid ( 19207) 12273331 , or
Indicator, electrical ( 19207) 12273306 , or
Voltmeter ( 19207 ) 12273305
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 12
9-303
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 13
Install Toggle Switch S1 (Continued) :
1. Unscrew and take off new outer nut ( 1 ) , new lockwasher (2 ) , and new locking ring ( 3 ) from new
switch (4) . Set outer nut ( 1 ) and lockwasher (2) aside for later use.
2. Put new locking ring (3) and new packing ( 5 ) on switch (4).
3. Line up tab (6) on locking ring (3) with notch (7) on back of panel (8) . Put switch (4) in panel
mounting hole (9).
4. Install switch guard ; refer to task 20.
5. Measure two new 5/8-inch pieces of insulation sleeving ( 10) with rule and cut pieces with knife. Slide
sleeving ( 10) over wires ( 11 ).
6. Solder two wires ( 11 ) to terminal 3 ( 12) . Solder wire ( 11 ) to terminal 2 ( 13) . Slide sleeving ( 10)
over switch terminals ( 12 , 13).
7. Using thermal gun, shrink sleeving (10) .
1. Install access door frame and panel assembly; refer to task 27 .
2. Check operational functions of driver's instrument panel ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1,
para. 10-3
TASK 11 ENDS HERE
6 7
2 PLACES 3
VIEW CUTAWAY 10 3 2
FOR CLARITY 1
VIEW ROTATED 180°

FOR CLARITY
11) 3 PLACES
(
4
6 3
1 3
8
2 PLACES (10)
5
11 9 6
12
5
13
4 TA 194710
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 11
9-302
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 12. Replace Electrical Indicator M1 , Liquid Quantity Indicator M3 , or Voltmeter M4
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Wrench, combination, 11 /32-inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Indicator, liquid ( 19207) 12273331 , or
Indicator, electrical ( 19207) 12273306 , or
Voltmeter ( 19207 ) 12273305
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 12
9-303
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 14
Remove Indicator M1 , or M3 or Voltmeter M4:
NOTE
• Read para. 9-4, on soldering, tagging, and heat shrinking, before doing any
work.
Use this task to take out and put in electrical tachometer indicator M1 (1 ),
liquid quantity indicator M3 ( 2) , or voltmeter M4 (3). Liquid quantity
indicator M3 ( 2) , is shown.
1. Unscrew and take off two nuts (4), lockwashers ( 5), and washers (6) from two indicator terminals (7)
with wrench. Lift off two wires (8).
2. Cut insulation sleeving (9) off two terminals ( 10) with knife. Get rid of sleeving (9).
3. Unsolder four wires ( 11 ) from terminals ( 10) .
4. Unscrew and take out six screws (12) from indicator (2) and panel ( 13) with screwdriver.
5. Pry indicator ( 2) out of panel (13) with screwdriver. Lift gasket ( 14) off panel ( 13 ). Turn in
indicator (2 ) and get rid of gasket ( 14).
GO TO FRAME 15
PANEL ROTATED
13
FOR CLARITY
HOUSING REMOVED
FOR CLARITY
13
12) 6 PLACES
000000
2
11) 4 PLACES
14
2
10 2
2 PLACES 7
9 2 PLACES
6 2
8
PANEL REMOVED
2 PLACES
5 FOR CLARITY
2 PLACES
TA 194711
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 12
9-304
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 15
Install Indicator M1 , or M3, or Voltmeter M4:
1. Line up holes in new indicator ( 1 ) and new gasket (2) with holes in panel (3).
2. Put thin coat of sealing compound on threads of six screws (4).
3. Screw in and tighten six screws (4) to indicator ( 1 ) and panel (3 ) with screwdriver.
4. Put two wires (5) on two terminals (6). Screw on and tighten two nuts ( 7) , new lockwashers (8) , and
washers (9) on two terminals (6) with wrench .
5. Measure two new 5/8-inch pieces of insulation sleeving ( 10) with rule and cut with knife. Put
sleeving (10) on two wires ( 11 ) .
6. Solder four wires ( 11 ) to terminals ( 12) . Slide sleeving ( 10) over terminals ( 12) . Using thermal gun ,
shrink sleeving ( 10) .
para. 10-3.
TASK 12 ENDS HERE
PANEL REMOVED
3 FOR CLARITY
4 PLACES (11
10
2 PLACES
2
12
ROTATED AND
CUTAWAY FOR
CLARITY
1
2 PLACES
1000
4
2 PLACES 5 6 PLACES BACK OF PANEL
TA 194712
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 12
9-305
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 13. Replace Light-Emitting Diode DS11 through DS22
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Diode (LED) ( 19207 ) 12273309
Packing, (96906) MS28775-011
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Volume II
1
Para. 9-9, Task 13
9-306
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
AE 16
e Diode:
NOTE
Use this task to take out and put in any light-emitting diode ( 1 ) in the
driver's instrument panel (2).
Cut insulation sleeving (3) off two diode terminals (4) and three wires ( 5) with knife. Get rid of
leeving (3).
Unsolder three wires (5) from diode terminals (4).
Unscrew and take off nut (6), lockwasher (7) , washer (8) , and packing (9) from diode ( 1 ) with wrench .
Get rid of lockwasher (7) , packing ( 9) , and nut (6).
Pull diode (1 ) out of driver's instrument panel (2) . Turn in diode (1 ).
TO FRAME 17
FRONT OF PANEL
2
C 6
LOW BAT HARGE
8
9
0000000
8
00
2 PLACES
5 3 2 PLACES
3 PLACES BACK OF PANEL
TA 194713
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 13
9-307
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 17
Install Diode:
1. Take off new nut ( 1 ) and new lockwasher ( 2) from new diode ( 3) .
2. Line up flat side of diode ( 3) with flat area in panel hole (4). Put diode (3) in panel hole (4).
3. Put new packing ( 5 ) , washer (6) , lockwasher ( 2 ) , and nut ( 1 ) on diode (3). Tighten nut ( 1 ) with
wrench .
4. Measure and cut two new 5/8 - inch pieces of insulation sleeving ( 7) with rule and knife. Put
sleeving (7) on three wires (8).
5. Solder three wires (8) to two diode terminals (9) . Slide sleeving (7) over wires (8) and terminals (9).
Using thermal gun, shrink sleeving (7).
2. Check operational functions of driver's instrument panel; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1,
para. 10-3.
TASK 13 ENDS HERE
1
2
3
7
2
6
5
BACK OF PANEL
3 PLACES
8 9
2 PLACES C
LO BA HARG
W T E
FRONT OF PANEL
2 PLACES 1
TA 194714
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 13
9-308
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 14. Replace Rotary Switch S2
Common Tools:
Key, socket head screw, 1 /8- inch
Knife, pocket
Wrench, combination , 1 /2 -inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Switch, selector ( 19207) 12273304
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 14
9-309
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 18
Remove Rotary Switch S2:
NOTE
Read para . 9-4 before doing any work.
1. Cut insulation sleeving ( 1 ) of seven switch lugs (2) with knife. Get rid of sleeving ( 1 ) .
2. Unsolder 15 wires ( 3) from switch lugs ( 2).
3. Loosen two setscrews (4) in knob (5) with key. Take off knob (5).
4. Unscrew and take off jamnut (6) and lockwasher (7) from switch shaft (8) with wrench . Get rid of
jamnut (6) and lockwasher (7).
5. Pull switch ( 9) out of panel ( 10) . Turn in switch ( 9) , shaft seal ( 11 ) and washer ( 12) .
GO TO FRAME 19
8888888 88
10
/
12
5
9
(11) 8
1 FRONT OF PANEL
6
4
15 PLACES
3
7 PLACES
2 1
BACK OF PANEL
TA 194715
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 14
9-310
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 19
Install Rotary Switch S2 :
1. Take new jamnut ( 1 ) and new lockwasher ( 2 ) off new switch ( 3 ) . Leave new shaft seal (4 ) and new
washer (5) on shaft (6).
2. Put switch shaft (6) through mounting hole ( 7) from back of panel (8).
3. Put lockwasher ( 2 ) on shaft ( 6) . Screw on and tighten jamnut ( 1 ) on shaft ( 6) with wrench.
4. Measure seven 5/8-inch pieces of new insulation sleeving ( 9) with rule and cut with knife . Put
sleeving (9) over 15 wires ( 10) .
GO TO FRAME 20
15 PLACES 3
7 PLACES
5
9 10
4
2
1
6
888888888
BACK OF PANEL
8
3
篇
Ville
a mib 1410
П
6 6
1
7
FRONT OF PANEL FRONT OF PANEL
TA 194716
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 14
9-311
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 20
Install Rotary Switch S2 (Continued):
1. Solder 15 wires ( 1 ) to seven switch lugs ( 2) . Slide sleeving (3) over switch lugs ( 2).
2. Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving (3).
3. Line up flat area on knob (4) with flat edge on shaft (5) . Put knob (4) on shaft (5).
Measure 5 /16 - inch between front of panel (6) and side of knob (4) with rule . Hold knob (4) in place.
5. Screw in and tighten two setscrews (7) in knob (4) with key.
6. Check distance between front of panel (6) and side of knob (4) again with rule. If distance is
5/16-inch go to follow-on maintenance. If distance is not 5/16-inch , loosen set-screws (7) with key
and do steps 4, 5, and 6 again.
2. Check operational functions of driver's instrument panel; refer to TM 9-2350- 255-34-1-1-1,
para. 10-3.
TASK 14 ENDS HERE
7 PLACES
15 PLACES
3 2
6 BACK OF PANEL
FRONT OF PANEL
5
1
ACES
37 PLACES TA 194717
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 14
9-312
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 15. Replace Speedometer M2
Common Tools:
Wrench, combination, 3/8-inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Gasket (meter) , ( 19207) 12285977
Speedometer, ( 19207) 12273307
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 15
9-313
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 21
Remove Speedometer M2:
ale boMA
NOTE
1. Unscrew and take out four screws ( 1 ) and lockwashers (2) from speedometer terminal strip (3) with
flat tip screwdriver. Lift off six wires (4).
2. Unscrew and take off two nuts ( 5) , lockwashers (6) , and washers (7) from speedometer studs (8)
with 5/16 -inch wrench .
3. Pull two wires (9) off studs (8) .
4. Unscrew and take off two nuts ( 10) and lockwashers ( 11 ) from mounting studs ( 12 ) with 3/8-inch
wrench .
GO TO FRAME 22
2 PLACES
10)(11)(12)
0000000
P88
2 PLACES
9
4 PLACES
2
8
6 )(7)
5 6 PLACES
3
2 PLACES
TA194718
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 15
9-314
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 22
Remove Speedometer M2 (Continued):
1. Pull speedometer ( 1 ) and gasket (2) from panel (3) . Get rid of gasket (2) . Turn in speedometer ( 1 ).
2. Look at retainer (4) for chips or cracks. If bad go to step 3. If OK go to frame 23.
3. Unscrew and take out four screws ( 5) that hold retainer (4) in panel (3) with cross tip screwdriver .
4. Take retainer (4) and gasket (6) off panel (3) . Turn in retainer (4) . Get rid of gasket (6).
Install Speedometer M2:
NOTE
If retainer (4) is new, do steps 5, 6, and 7. If retainer (4) was not removed , go
to frame 23.
5. Put thin coat of sealing compound on threads of four screws (5) .
6. Align holes of new retainer (4) , new gasket (6) , and panel ( 3).
7. Screw in and tighten four screws (5) to retainer (4) , gasket (6) , and panel (3) with cross tip
screwdriver.
GO TO FRAME 23
3 3
6
2
4
1
BACK OF PANEL
பய
O
4 PLACES 5
BACK OF PANEL
TA 194719
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 15
9-315
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 23
Install Speedometer M2 (Continued) :
1. Put new gasket ( 1 ) and new speedometer (2) in retainer (3) . Align two mounting studs (4) on
speedometer ( 2) with holes ( 5) in retainer (3).
2. Screw on and tighten two nuts (6) and new lockwashers ( 7) on mounting studs (4) with 3/8-inch
wrench.
3. Put two wires (8) on two speedometer studs (9) .
4. Screw on and tighten two nuts ( 10) , lockwashers ( 11 ) , and washers ( 12 ) with 5/16-inch wrench.
5. Put six wires ( 13) on speedometer terminal strip ( 14) .
6. Screw in and tighten four screws ( 15 ) , lockwashers ( 16) , and wires ( 13) to terminal strip ( 14) with
flat tip screwdriver.
para. 10-3.
TASK 15 ENDS HERE

00000000
பய
16
4 PLACES 14
15 2
3
13 ட 2
இ
6 PLACES
2 PLACES
4
7
6
2 PLACES
8
12
11 BACK OFPANEL
10 5
2 PLACES
TA194720
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 15
9-316
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 16. Replace Indicator Light XDSI Through XDS10
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Soldering Iron, 48- watt
Wrench , combination , 9/ 16- inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Light, indicator ( 81349) LH89/1
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
1. Remove access door frame and panel assembly; refer to task 1 .
2. Remove lamp; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 16
9-317
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 24
Remove Indicator Light:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on soldering, tagging, and insulation sleeving, before doing
any work.
Use this task to take off and put on all indicator light ( 1 ) . Indicator light
XDS10 ( 1 ) is shown here.
1. Cut insulation sleeving ( 2 ) from two terminals ( 3) with knife . Get rid of sleeving (2).
2. Unsolder three wires (4) from two terminals (3).
3. Unscrew and take off jamnut ( 5 ) , and lockwasher (6) from indicator light ( 1 ) with wrench. Get rid of
lockwasher (6) .
4. Pull indicator light ( 1 ) out of panel (7) . Turn in indicator light (1 ).
GO TO FRAME 25
7
LOW BAT CHARGE
000000
1
6
FRONT OF PANEL
5
0000000
DO
98
DDDDD
3 ) 2 PLACES
3
2 PLACES
4 2
BACK OF PANEL
TA 194721
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 16
9-318
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 25
Install Indicator Light:
1. Put new indicator light ( 1 ) in panel mounting hole ( 2) .
2. Screw on and tighten jamnut ( 3) and new lockwasher (4) to indicator light ( 1 ) with wrench .
3. Measure two new 5/8-inch pieces of insulation sleeving ( 5) with rule and cut with knife. Slide
4. Solder three wires (6) to two terminals (7) .
5. Slide sleeving ( 5) over wires (6) and terminals (7) .
6. Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving ( 5) .
1. Install lamp; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
para. 10-3.
TASK 16 ENDS HERE
LOW BAT CHARGE
7
2 PLACES
2
5
1
6
FRONT OF PANEL
2 PLACES 1
1
5
4
6 BACK OF PANEL
TA 194722
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 16
9-319
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 17. Repair Receptacle Connector J1 or J2, or Electrical Connector TJ1 R
Common Tools:
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
2. Remove receptacle connector J1 or J2 , or electrical connector TJ1 ; refer to task 5 .
1
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 17
9-320
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 26
Remove Contacts:
NOTE
Read para . 9-4, before doing any work .
Use this task to fix electrical connector TJ1 ( 1 ) , or receptacle

connectors J1 (2) , or J2 (3). Electrical connector TJ1 ( 1 ) is shown here.
1. Using installing and removal tool , take out contacts (4) from connector (1 ).
2. Look at contacts (4) for breaks or bends. If OK, go to frame 27. If bad, cut contacts (4) off wires (5)
with pliers. Get rid of bad contacts (4).
GO TO FRAME 27
0000000000000000
4 5
1
FRONT PANEL
REMOVED FOR CLARITY
5
4
‫יורו‬
0000000
‫ו‬
2
อ
ย
TA 194723
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 17
9-321
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 27
Install Contacts:
NOTE
If any contacts ( 1 ) were bad , do steps 1 and 2. If contacts ( 1 ) were OK, go to

step 3.
1. Using thermal stripper, take insulation off wires ( 2) equal to well depth of new contacts ( 1 ) .
2. Using crimping tool , put new contacts ( 1 ) on wires (2).
3. Using installing and removal tool , put contacts ( 1 ) in connector (3).
1. Install receptacle connector J1 , or J2 or electrical connector TJ1 ; refer to task 26 .
para. 10-3.
TASK 17 ENDS HERE
до
‫م‬
3 ‫ن‬
VIEW CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
TA 194724
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 17
9-322
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 18. Replace Identification Plate
Common Tools:
Die Set, metal stamping, alphabet, 1 /8-inch NSN-5110-00-289-0006
Die Set, metal stamping, numbers , 1 /8-inch NSN- 5110-00-289-0002
Hammer, ball peen , 8 ounce
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Plate, identification ( 19207) 12285280
Personnel : One
Preliminary Procedure: None
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 18
9-323
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 28
Remove Plate:
1. Unscrew and take out two screws (1 ) from identification plate ( 2) on housing (3) with screwdriver.
2. Stamp information from old identification plate ( 2) on new identification plate ( 2) with die sets and
hammer.
3. Turn in identification plate (2).
Install Plate:
4. Spread thin coat of sealing compound on threads of two screws (1) .
5. Align holes in new identification plate (2) with holes in housing (3).
6. Screw in and tighten two screws (1 ) to housing (3) with screwdriver.
TASK 18 ENDS HERE
000000000000
ТП
000000000000
பய
3
2
12 PLACES
TA 194725
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 18
9-324
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 19. Replace Driver's Instrument Panel Wires
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Wrench, open end, 1 /4-inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Tape, electrical (81349) MIL- 1-19166
Wire, 20-gage ( 81349) M81044/12-20-9 (Bulk)
Wire, 22-gage ( 81349) M81044/ 12-22-9 (Bulk)
Wire, 24-gage ( 81349) M81044/ 12-24-9 (Bulk)
Personnel: One
2. Remove receptacle connector J1 or J2 , or electrical connector TJ1 ; refer to task 5.
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 19
9-325
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 29 31
Remove Wire:
NOTE
• Read para. 9-4, before doing any work.
See table 9-4 for wire routing, type of terminals, and wire size.
Use this task to take out and put in any wire . Wire number 73 is shown .
Some wires may be soldered and require the use of insulation sleeving.
1. Look at table 9-4 for location of wire number 73.
2. Using installing and removal tool , take out wire number 73 ( 1 ) and contact ( 2 ) out of connector (3) .
Cut contact (2 ) off wire ( 1 ) with diagonal cutting pliers .
GO TO FRAME 30
0000000
‫ייד‬
0
8
00
3
FRONT PANEL
REMOVED FOR
CLARITY
VIEW CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
TA 194726
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 19
9-326
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 30
1. Unscrew and take off nut ( 1 ) , lockwasher (2), and washer (3) from terminal (4) on indicator M1 ( 5)
with wrench.
2. Take wire number 73 (6 ) off terminal (4) .
3. Using wire cutter, cut contact ( 7) from wire (6). Wrap both ends of wire (6) with electrical tape.
4. Cut lacing tape (8) off wire bundle (9) with knife. Pull wire (6) from bundle (9) . Get rid of lacing
tape (8).
Install Wire:
5. Look at table 9-4 for required wire size.
6. Lay new wire ( 10) over wire bundle (9) , from indicator M1 (5) to connector ( 11 ) . Cut new wire ( 10)
with pliers to length of old wire (6) .
GO TO FRAME 31
。0000000000000000
0000000000000000°
5 BACK OF PANEL
6
10
9
3920
0000000
‫د‬ 5
6 ,
08
....
(11)
1 3
6
2
1
TA 194727
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 19
9-327
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
RAME
FRAME 31
Install Wire (Continued):
1. Using thermal stripper, strip insulation off both ends of new wire ( 1 ).
2. Using crimping tool , crimp new contact (2 ) to end of wire ( 1 ).

1
3. Using crimping tool , crimp new contact ( 3) to other end of wire (1 ). 2
3
4. Using installing and removal tool , put contact ( 2 ) in connector (4).
5
5. Put contact ( 3) on terminal (5). Screw on and tighten nut (6) , lockwasher (7), and washer (8) with 6
wrench .
1
8
6. Tie new lacing tape (9) around wire bundle ( 10) , and wire ( 1 ) . 9
GO TO FRAME 32
21
9
0000000
60
10
VIEW CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
1
6 )(7
5
3
D
2
Θ 4
3 2
TA 194728
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 19
9-328
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 32
Table 9-4. Wire Location, Size , and Type of Termination

123
J2A Crimp Contact TB2-S-G Crimp Contact 20

J2B Crimp Contact TB2-U-G Crimp Contact 20
J2C Crimp Contact TB2-S-A Crimp Contact 20
4 J2D Crimp Contact TB2-U-F Crimp Contact 20
5 J2E Crimp Contact A1J1-34 Solder 20
6 J2Y Crimp Contact A3J1-7 Solder 20
7 J2a Crimp Contact TB2-U-A Crimp Contact 20
8 J2b Crimp Contact A2J1-16 Solder 20
9 J2c Crimp Contact A2J1-17 Solder 20
10 J2d Crimp Contact TB2 -S-B Crimp Contact 20
11 J2e Crimp Contact A4-25 Solder 20
18 J2m Crimp Contact TB2-S-C Crimp Contact 20
19 J2n Crimp Contact A4-18 Solder 20
20 J2P Crimp Contact TB2-S-F Crimp Contact 20
21 J2q Crimp Contact A3J1-34 Solder 20
22 J2r Crimp Contact TB2-S-D Crimp Contact 20
23 J2s Crimp Contact A3J1-32 Solder 20
24 J2t Crimp Contact TB2-T- B Crimp Contact 20
25 J2u Crimp Contact A4-7 Solder 20
26 J2W Crimp Contact A2J1-14 Solder 20
27 J2X Crimp Contact TB2-T-G Crimp Contact 20
28 J2y Crimp Contact A3J1-22 Solder 20
29 J2z Crimp Contact TB2-T-H Crimp Contact 20
30 J2AA Crimp Contact A3J1-3 Solder 20
31 J2BB Crimp Contact TB2-T-J Crimp Contact 20
33 J2DD Crimp Contact TB2-T-K Crimp Contact 20
35 J2FF Crimp Contact TB2 -T-F Crimp Contact 20
36 J2GG Crimp Contact A3J1-3 Solder 20
37 J2HH Crimp Contact A3J1-35 Solder 20
38 J1A Crimp Contact TB2-K-E Crimp Contact 20
20
39 J1B Crimp Contact TB2-L-M Crimp Contact 20

40 J1C Crimp Contact TB2-N-K Crimp Contact 20
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 19
9-329
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 33

41 J1D Crimp Contact TB2-P-M Crimp Contact 20

42 J1E Crimp Contact K2-X1 Solder 20
43 J1F Crimp Contact J1 -R Crimp Contact 22
44 J1G Crimp Contact TB2-M-D Crimp Contact 20
45 J1H Crimp Contact TB2-R-K Crimp Contact 20
46 J1L Crimp Contact A4-29 Solder 20
47 J1N Crimp Contact A4-16 Solder 20
48 J1P Crimp Contact A4-14 Solder 20*
49 J1R Crimp Contact TJ1-27 Crimp Contact 24
50 J1S Crimp Contact A1J1-25 Solder 20
51 JIT Crimp Contact A1J1-26 Solder 20
52 J1U Crimp Contact TB2-L-K Crimp Contact 20
53 J1V Crimp Contact A1J1-27 Solder 20
54 J1Y Crimp Contact A1J1-32 Solder 20
55 J1Z Crimp Contact S1-3 Solder 20
56 J1a Crimp Contact TB2-R-J Crimp Contact 20
57 J1b Crimp Contact A1J1-15 Solder 20
58 J1c Crimp Contact A1J1-29 Solder 20
59 Jld Crimp Contact A1J1-19 Solder 20
60 J1e Crimp Contact TB2-M-A Crimp Contact 20
61 J1f Crimp Contact A1J1-35 Solder 20
62 J1K Crimp Contact TB2-T-C Crimp Contact 20
63 J1h Crimp Contact A4-28 Solder 20
64 J1i Crimp Contact TB2 -K-G Crimp Contact 20
65 J1J Crimp Contact A1J1-10 Solder 20
66 J1m Crimp Contact A1J1-8 Solder 20*
67 Jln Crimp Contact A1J1-3 Solder 20*
68 J1p Crimp Contact TB2 -K-K Crimp Contact 20
69 J1q Crimp Contact A1J1-1 Solder 20
70 Jlr Crimp Contact A1J1-5 Solder 20
71 J1s Crimp Contact M1 -NEG Terminal 22
72 J1s Crimp Contact TJ1-24 Crimp Contact 24
73 J1t Crimp Contact M1 -POS Terminal 22
74 J1t Crimp Contact TJ1-23 Crimp Contact 24
75 Jlu Crimp Contact J1V Crimp Contact 20
76 J1v Solder Sleeve TB2-R-G Crimp Contact 20
77 J1v Crimp Contact M2-1 Terminal 20**
78 J1w Crimp Contact M2-2 Terminal 20**
*Denotes shielded wire

**Denotes part of a shielded , twisted pair
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 19
9-330
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 34

79 Jly Crimp Contact M3-NEG Terminal 20*

80 Jiz Crimp Contact S2-1A Solder 20*
81 J1AA Crimp Contact S2-1A Solder 20*
82 J1BB Crimp Contact S2-1C Solder 20*
83 J1CC Crimp Contact S2-1B Solder 20*
84 J1DD Crimp Contact S2-2C Solder 20
85 J1EE Crimp Contact S2-2B Solder 20
86 J1FF Crimp Contact TB2-V-A Crimp Contact 20*
87 JIGG Crimp Contact M4-NEG Terminal 20
88 J1HH Crimp Contact M4-POS Terminal 20
89 A2J1-1 Solder TB2-S-1 Crimp Contact 20
90 A2J1-2 Solder TB2-V-D Crimp Contact 20
92 A2J1-5 Solder A4-20 Solder 20
93 A2J1-5 Solder TB2-U-J Crimp Contact 20
100 A2J1-14 Solder TJ1-56 Crimp Contact 22
101 A2J1-15 Solder TB2-V-J Crimp Contact 20
105 A2J1-19 Solder TB2 -R-C Crimp Contact 20
122 A2J1-28 Solder TB2-V-H Crimp Contact 20
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 19
9-331
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 35
Table 9-4. Wire Location , Size, and Type of Termination (Continued)


130 A2J1-32 Solder TJ1-63 Crimp Contact 20*
131 A2J1-32 Solder A3J1-5 Solder 20*
132 A2J1-33 Solder TB2-V-E Crimp Contact 20
140 A4-23 Solder S2-2B Solder 22
141 A4-22 Solder S2-2C Solder 22
142 A4-21 Solder TB2 -T-E Crimp Contact 20
143 A4-19 Solder A3J1-21 Solder 20
144 A4-17 Solder TB2-K-H Crimp Contact 20
145 A4-15 Solder S2-2 Solder 20
146 A4-13 Solder K3-A2 Solder 20
147 A4-12 Solder TB2-V-C Crimp Contact 20
149 A4-9 Solder TB2-T-D Crimp Contact 20
152 A4-4 Solder DS22-2 Solder 22
153 A4-3 Solder DS10-2 Solder 22
154 A4-2 Solder K3-A1 Solder 20
155 A4-1 Solder TB2 -U-E Crimp Contact 20
156 TJ1-1 Crimp Contact TB2-P-A Crimp Contact 22
157 TJ1-3 Crimp Contact TB2-P-C Crimp Contact 22
158 TJ1-4 Crimp Contact TB2-P-D Crimp Contact 22
159 TJ1-5 Crimp Contact TB2-P-E Crimp Contact 22
160 TJ1-6 Crimp Contact TB2-P-F Crimp Contact 22
161 TJ1-8 Crimp Contact TB2 -L-L Crimp Contact 22
162 TJ1-9 Crimp Contact TB2-K-J Crimp Contact 22
163 TJ1-10 Crimp Contact TB2- M-G Crimp Contact 22
164 TJ1-14 Crimp Contact TB2-U-L Crimp Contact 22
165 TJ1-15 Crimp Contact TB2-S-L Crimp Contact 22
166 TJ1-16 Crimp Contact M4-POS Terminal 22
167 TJ1-17 Crimp Contact M4-NEG Terminal 22
168 TJ1-18 Crimp Contact S2-1A Solder 22*
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 19
9-332
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
E 36
in (Contine Wire (Continued) :
TYPEO Table 9-4. Wire Location , Size , and Type of Termination (Continued)
TERMIN
E FROM TYPE OF ΤΟ TYPE OF WIRE
CrimpC TERMINAL TERMINAL SIZE
Solde
CrimpCo 9 O TJ1-20 Crimp Contact S2-1B Solder 22
Solde -1 TJ1-21 Crimp Contact S2-1C Solder 22
CrimpC 2 TJ1-22 Crimp Contact M3-NEG Terminal 22
TJ1-26 Crimp Contact A1J1-34 Solder 22
SOCE 73
CrimpCon74
Solce 75
rimpC 76
Sode 77
Solde 78
Sode 79
Solde 80 A1J1-5 22
TJ1-39 Crimp Contact Solder
Sode 181 TJ1-40 A1J1-3 Solder 22*
Crimp Contact
rimp Com182 TJ1-41 Crimp Contact A1J1-8 Solder 22*
Solder 184 TJ1-54 Crimp Contact A1J1-19 Solder 22
rimp Cars 185 TJ1-55 Crimp Contact TB2-V-G Crimp Contact 22
Saider 186 TJ1-64 Crimp Contact TB2-V-F Crimp Contact 22
Solder 187 TJ1-69 Crimp Contact DS7-1 Solder 22
rimpCoz 188 TJ1-71 Crimp Contact TB2-U-C Crimp Contact 22
Solde 189 TJ1-72 Crimp Contact TB2-P-L Crimp Contact 22
CrimpCore 190 TJ1-74 Crimp Contact TB2 -N-L Crimp Contact 22
Solder 19.1 TJ1-75 Crimp Contact S2-28 Solder 22
Solder 192 TJ1-77 Crimp Contact S2-2C Solder 22
Solder 193 TJ1-83 Crimp Contact S1-3 Solder 22
Solder
imp Conte 195
mpComar
e 197 TJ1-88 Crimp Contact A1J1-32 Solder 22
mpCont
198 TJ1-90 Crimp Contact TB2-R-D Crimp Contact 22
TipContac
199 TJ1-91 Crimp Contact M2-1 Terminal 22 **
Contac
200 T1J1-92 Crimp Contact M2-2 Terminal 22**
Corta
201 TB2-M-H Crimp Contact K1 -A2 Solder 20
Contac
202 TB2-K-F Crimp Contact K1 -B1 Solder 20
Contac
Contac
Contac
Contact 206 Solder 20
K1 -X1 Solder K2-X1
208 K1 -A3 Solder TB2-P-K Crimp Contact 20
209 K1 -A1 Solder TB2-L-J Crimp Contact 20
Denotes shielded wire

**Denotes part of a shielded , twisted pair
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 19
9-333
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 37

210 K1 -B2 Solder A1J1-12 Solder 20

211 TB2-N-M Crimp Contact K2-B3 Solder 20
212 TB2-K-L Crimp Contact K2-X2 Solder 20
213 K2- B2 Solder TB2 -N-F Crimp Contact 10
214 TB2 -U-M Crimp Contact K3-A2 Solder 20
215 TB2-S-E Crimp Contact K3-B1 Solder 20
217 K3-B2 Solder A3J1-17 Solder 20
218 TB2-K-D Solder A1J1-28 Solder 20
219 TB2 -K-M Crimp Contact M2 -NEG Terminal 20
220 TB2 -L-F Crimp Contact S1-2 Solder 20
221 TB2-L- E Crimp Contact M2-POS Terminal 20
222 A1J1-31 Solder TB2-M-K Crimp Contact 20
223 DS1-2 Solder TB2-M-L Crimp Contact 22
224 A1J1-11 Solder TB2-M-M Crimp Contact 20
225 TB2 -N-E Crimp Contact TB2 -M-J Crimp Contact 20
226 TB2-M-F Crimp Contact TB2- NEG (Lamp) Solder 20
227 TB2-M-E Crimp Contact M1 - POS (Lamp) Solder 20
228 TB2 -N-D Crimp Contact A1J1-7 Solder 20
229 A1J1-21 Solder TB2-R-M Crimp Contact 20
230 TB2 -R-F Crimp Contact A1J1-14 Solder 20
222
231 A3J1-15 Solder TB2 -S-H Crimp Contact 20
232 TB2-T-M Crimp Contact TB2 -S-M Crimp Contact 20
233 A3J1-19 Solder TB2-U-H Crimp Contact
234 TB2-U-D Crimp Contact DS12-2 Solder
235 TB2-V-B Crimp Contact A3J1-5 Solder 20*
236 DS4-1 Solder A1J1-2 Solder 20
240 DS1-1 Solder AIJ1-13 Solder 20
246 DS4-2 Solder DS5-2 Solder 22
Denotes shielded wire
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 19
9-334
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 38
Table 9-4 . Wire Location , Size, and Type of Termination (Continued)


253 A3J1-1 Solder DS6-1 Solder 20
254 M4- POS (Lamp) Solder M2- POS (Lamp) Solder 20
255 M4-NEG (Lamp) Solder M2- NEG (Lamp) Solder 20
256 M3-(+ 2) Solder M1 - POS
(Lamp) Solder 20
257 M3-(- 1 ) Solder M1- NEG(Lamp) Solder 20
258 M3-POS (Lamp) Solder M4-POS (Lamp) Solder 20
259 M3-Neg (Lamp) Solder M4-NEG (Lamp) Solder 20
260 S2-1 Solder M3-POS Terminal 20*
287 J1-k Crimp Contact J1-66 Solder
Sleeve 20
288 J1 -N Solder J1-N Solder
Sleeve Sleeve 20
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 19
9-335
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 39
Remove Wire (Continued) :

TERMINAL
222
NO. TERMINAL SIZE
289 J1 -x Crimp Contact J1-79 Solder 20
22
Sleeve
290 J1-79 Solder J1-80 Solder 20
Sleeve Sleeve
Solder "
291 J1-80 J1-81 Solder 20
Sleeve Sleeve
292 J1-81 Solder J1-82 Solder 20 **
*
Sleeve Sleeve
Sleeve Sleeve
222
Sleeve Sleeve
295 A2J1-130 Solder A2J1-131 Solder
2
2
2
Sleeve Sleeve
296 TB2-V-86 Solder TB2-1-235 Solder
Sleeve Sleeve
297 TB2-V-235 Solder TB2-V- 147 Solder 20
Sleeve Sleeve
298 A1-181 Solder A1-67 Solder
Sleeve Sleeve
299 A1-182 Solder A1-66 Solder 20
Sleeve Sleeve
300 M2-200 Solder M2-77 Solder 20
Sleeve Sleeve
301 M2-79 Solder M2-171 Solder 20
Sleeve Sleeve
302 S2-82 Solder S2-170 Solder 20
Sleeve Sleeve
303 S2-83 Solder S2-169 Solder
Sleeve Sleeve
Sleeve Sleeve
Sleeve Sleeve
306 A3J1-235 Solder A3J1-131 Solder
Sleeve Sleeve
307 J1 -P Crimp Contact TJ1-78 Crimp Contact
308 J1-X Crimp Contact A4-31 Solder
309 J1-307 Solder J1-48 Solder
Sleeve Sleeve
* Denotes shielded wire
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 19
9-336
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ЛЕ 40
Wire (Continued):
RE FROM TYPE OF ΤΟ TYPE OF WIRE

GO . TERMINAL TERMINAL SIZE
10 J1-86 Solder Shield J1-48 20

ider
Sleeve Splice
11 J2-X Crimp Contact A1J1-17 Solder 20
13 TB2 -U-B Crimp Contact A2J1-26 Solder 20
314 J2-CC Crimp Contact A2J1-7 Solder 20
315 J2 -EE Crimp Contact A2J1-6 Solder 20
der 316 A4-6 Solder DS11-2 Solder 22
leve
*>w-on Maintenance:
istall receptacle connector J1 , or J2 , or electrical connector TJ1 ; refer to task 26.
stall access door frame and panel assembly; refer to task 27.
Check operational functions of driver's instrument panel ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para. 10-3.
eve
SK 19 ENDS HERE
TA 194737
Volume II •
Para. 9-9, Task 19
9-337
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 20. Install Switch Guard
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel : One
Remove switch guard; refer to task 10.
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 20
9-338
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 41
Install Guard:
1. Put switch guard ( 1 ) in open position . Slide switch guard ( 1 ) over fire extinguisher switch (2).
2. Screw on and tighten retaining nut ( 3) and lockwasher (4) on switch (2) with wrench. Put switch
guard ( 1 ) in closed position.
para. 10-3.
TASK 20 ENDS HERE
FRONT PANEL
000000000000
REMOVED FOR
000000000000
CLARITY
2
1
TA 194738
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 20
9-339
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 21. Install Electromagnet Relay K1 , K2, or K3
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Lockwasher (two required) (96906) MS35333-36
Personnel: One
Remove electromagnet relay K1 , K2, or K3; refer to task 6.
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 21
9-340
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ME 42
Electromagnet Relay:
NOTE
Use this task to put in electromagnet relay K1 ( 1 ) , K2 ( 2) , or K3 ( 3). Relay

K1 (1 ) is shown here.
If relay was taken out for access only, skip steps 1 and 2.
Measure seven 5/8-inch pieces of new insulation sleeving (4) with rule and cut with knife. Put
sleeving (4) over wires (5). Solder wires (5) to contacts (6) on relay ( 1 ).
Slide sleeving (4) over wires (5) and contacts (6) . Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving (4).
Put relay (1 ) in relay bracket (7) . Line up mounting holes in relay ( 1 ) with mounting holes in
bracket (7).
Screw in and tighten two screws (8) , washers (9), new lockwashers ( 10) , and nuts ( 11 ) with
screwdriver and wrench.
>w-on Maintenance :
para. 10-3.
SK 21 ENDS HERE
(11) PANEL REMOVED FROM

PLACES ( 10) HOUSING FOR CLARITY
7
Ош
990er
ᎾᎾ
1
PLACES
BRACKET REMOVED
FROM HOUSING
7 PLACES
6 FOR CLARITY
2
7 PLACES
4
3
5
TA 194739
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 21
9-341
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 22. Install Terminal Junction Module
Common Tools:
Special Tools:
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Remove terminal junction module; refer to task 8.
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 22
9-342
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 43
Install Terminal Junction Module:
NOTE
• Read para. 9-4 on repairing connectors , receptacles, and modules , before

doing any work.
Use this task to put in any terminal junction module. Module TB2-V ( 1 ) is
shown.
If module (1 ) was taken out for access only, skip step 1.
1. Using installing and removal tool , put contacts (2) and wires (3) in module (1).
2. Press module ( 1 ) in rail assembly (4) until module ( 1 ) is firmly in place.
para. 10-3.
TASK 22 ENDS HERE
io avo
TA 194740
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 22
9-343
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 23. Install Circuit Card Assembly Receptacle Connector AJ1 , AJ2, AJ3 or AJ4 and Angle Bracket
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Lockwasher (four required) (96906) MS35333-36
Personnel: One
Remove circuit card assembly receptacle connector AJ1 , AJ2, AJ3 or AJ4 and angle bracket; refer to
task 4.
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 23
9-344
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
AJ3 or ALL
IE 44
Circuit Card Assembly Receptacle Connectors and Angle Bracket:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4 on repairing connectors, receptacles, and modules, before

doing any work.
Use this task to put in connector A1J1 ( 1 ) , A2J1 (2 ) , or A3J1 (3) .

Connector A1J1 ( 1 ) is shown.
leasure new 5/8-inch pieces of insulation sleeving (4) for each wire ( 5 ) with rule and cut with knife.
lide sleeving (4) over wires (5) . Slide bracket (6) over wires (5) .
Solder wires (5) to contacts (7) on connector (8).
Slide sleeving (4) over wires ( 5) and contacts (7) . Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving (4).
Align holes in connector ( 8) with holes in bracket (6) . Screw in and tighten two screws (9),
washers ( 10), new lockwashers ( 11 ) , and nuts ( 12) with screwdriver and wrench .
Align holes in bracket (6) with holes in panel housing ( 13) . Screw in but do not tighten two
screws (14), new lockwashers ( 15) , and washers ( 16) with screwdriver.
Install printed circuit board A1 , A2, or A3; refer to task 24.
Tighten two screws ( 14) , lockwashers ( 15) , and washers ( 16) with screwdriver.
and ana
low-on Maintenance:
para. 10-3.
SK 23 ENDS HERE
0000000000000000
6
5 (13
16
2 PLACES
15
7 10
0000000000000000
2 PLACES 8 14
(11
12
3
692 PLACES
7
1
6
2
5 TA 194741
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 23
9-345
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 24. Install Circuit Card Assembly A1 , A2, or A3
In
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove circuit card assembly A1 , A2 , or A3; refer to task 2.
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 24
9-346
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 45
Install Circuit Card Assembly:
NOTE
Use this task to put in circuit card assembly A1 ( 1 ) , A2 (2) , or A3 (3) . Circuit
card assembly A1 ( 1 ) is shown.
1. Put circuit card assembly A1 (1 ) in connector (4) and over four mounting bosses ( 5).
2. Screw in and tighten four screws (6), new lockwashers (7) , and washers ( 8) with screwdriver.
NOTE
If connectors TJ1 (9) and J1 ( 10) were taken out to pull out board A2 (2),
install connectors TJ1 (9) and J1 ( 10) ; refer to task 26 .
para. 10-3.
TASK 24 ENDS HERE
9
0000000
TJ1
10
J1
3
G
O
INSIDE OF PANEL HOUSING
0000000
54 PLACES
1
"
////// // | || ||
!!!!!!! "
4 PLACES
4
TA 194742
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 24
9-347
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 25 Install Circuit Card Assembly A4

IT
Common Tools:
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove circuit card assembly A4; refer to task 3.
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 25
9-348
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
E 46
ircuit Card Assembly:
NOTE
If circuit card assembly A4 ( 1 ) was moved for access only, skip steps 1
and 2.
ush 28 wires (2) through terminals (3) .
older 28 wires (2) to terminals (3) on back of card ( 1 ) .
'ut two spacers (4) over mounting holes in housing ( 5) . Line up holes in card ( 1 ) with mounting holes
n housing (5) and two spacers (4).
Screw in and tighten two screws (6), new lockwashers (7) , washers (8) , and spacers (4) with
screwdriver.
w-on Maintenance:
para. 10-3.
K 25 ENDS HERE
2 PLACES
5
0000
2233
22 203 000 1
300 000
0000 000
100
0 0
3) 28 PLACES
L000000 0
8.9
"
.
2 ) 28 PLACES
TA 194743
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 25
9-349
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 26. Install Receptacle Connector J1 or J2, or Electrical Connector TJ1
Common Tools:
Special Tools:
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Remove receptacle connector J1 or J2 or electrical connector TJ1 ; refer to task 5.
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 26
9-350
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TJ1
E 47
eceptacle Connector J1 , or J2 or Electrical Connector TJ1 :
NOTE
Use this task to put in connector TJ1 ( 1 ) , J1 ( 2) , or J2 (3).

Connector J2 (3) is shown here.
If connector ( 1 , 2 , or 3) was taken out for access only, skip steps 1 , 2,

and 3.
ide backshell (4) over wires (5).
Ising installing and removal tool , put contacts (6) in connector (3).
to tasiUsing soft jaw pliers, screw on and tighten backshell (4) on connector (3).
Put packing (7) on connector (3) and put connector (3) in mounting hole of housing (8).
NOTE
If putting on connector TJ1 (1 ) , put on protective cover (9).
Using jamnut socket and drive wrench, screw on and tighten jamnut ( 10) to connector (3).
ow-on Maintenance:
para. 10-3.
SK 26 ENDS HERE
0000000
FRONT PANEL
REMOVED FOR
00
CLARITY
3 6
1
0000000[
2
00
10
3
1
5
8 3 TA194744
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 26
9-351
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 27. Install Access Door Frame and Panel Assembly
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Tape, measuring
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Lockwasher, (96906) MS35333-38 ( 22 required)
Seal , rubber ( 19207 ) 11676794 (Bulk)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 27
9-352
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 48
Install Access Door Frame and Panel Assembly:
1. Measure new seal ( 1 ) about 60 inches long with measuring tape and cut with knife.
2. Put seal ( 1 ) in groove ( 2) with seal ends (3) overlapping about 1 /4- inch .
3. Cut seal ends (3) at about 30-degree angle with knife.
WARNING
4. Spread adhesive on seal ends (3) with brush . Join ends (3) together.
5. Take seal (1 ) out of housing groove (2).
GO TO FRAME 49
10
0000000
1:38
80
2 PLACES 3 2
3 2 PLACES
TA194745
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 27
9-353
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 49
Install Access Door Frame and Panel Assembly (Continued) :
1. Put adhesive in groove ( 1 ) with brush .
.
2. Press seal (2) in groove ( 1 ) . Make sure seal ends (3 ) meet midway in bottom of housing (4) .
CAUTION
Be careful not to break wires ( 5) when putting panel (6) on housing (4) . Broken
wires (5 ) will cause loss of monitor signals.
3. Put panel (6) in down position against housing (4).
4. Put door frame (7) on panel (6).
5. Screw in and tighten 22 screws (8) , new lockwashers (9) , and washers ( 10) with screwdriver.
Check operational functions of driver's instrument panel ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 ,
para. 10-3.
END OF DRIVER'S INSTRUMENT PANEL MAINTENANCE
9 ) 22 PLACES
10
mn
3
6
6
00000000
4
00
1
7
TA194746
Volume II
Para. 9-9, Task 27
9-354
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
9-10. Driver's Master Control Panel (DMP)
Task Title Frames
12
123
Remove Access Door Frame

2 Remove Indicator Light XDSI through XDS10
3 Remove Circuit Card Assembly A1 , Receptacle Connector,
345
and Mounting Bracket from Housing
456
Remove Electromagnet Relay K1

Remove Circuit Card Assembly A1
Remove Circuit Card Assembly Receptacle Connector
678
and Mounting Bracket
789
Remove Terminal Junction Modules and Rail

Install Terminal Junction Modules and Rail
Install Circuit Card Assembly Receptacle Connector
106
and Mounting Bracket 9
11
10 Install Circuit Card Assembly A1 10
11 Install Electromagnet Relay K1 11
12 Install Circuit Card Assembly A1 , Receptacle Connector,
2346
111T
and Mounting Bracket in Housing 12
13 Install Indicator Light XDS1 through XDS10 13
14 Install Access Door Frame 14-15
15 Replace Identification Plate 16
16 Replace Receptacle Connector J1 or Electrical
Connector TJ1 17 18
17 Replace Variable Resistor R1 19-20
18 Replace Rotary Switch S7 21 · 22
19 Replace Toggle Switch S1 , S2 , S3 , S4, S5 , S6, S8, S9
S11 , S12 , or S13 23-24
20 Replace Push Switch S10 25-26
21 Replace Panel Wires 27 28
22 Replace Housing 29 30
23 Replace Panel 31 - 32
24 Replace Push Switch S14 33 - 34
TASK 1. Remove Access Door Frame
Common Tools:
Knife, putty
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Dry Cleaning Solvent, P- D-680 ( Item 13)
Personnel: One
Driver's master control panel on clean work surface.
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 1
9-355
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 1
Remove Frame:
1. Unscrew and take out 20 screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2), and washers (3) with wrench . Get rid of
lockwashers (2) . Take off frame (4) from panel (5).
2. Look at frame (4) for cracks , breaks, or bends. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
3. Pull panel ( 5) away from housing (6).
Remove Rubber Round Section :
4. Take out rubber round section ( 7) from groove (8) in housing (6) with putty knife. Get rid of rubber
round section (7) .
WARNING
5. Clean adhesive from groove (8) with solvent and rag.
NOTE: To install access door frame, refer to task 14.
TASK 1 ENDS HERE
88
08 5
1
6
e aidsbnsge
Insvlo2 hinnal
S met soin
nodennos
321
cube 20 PLACES
5
4
TA194747
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 1
9-356
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 2. Remove Indicator Light XDS1 Through XDS10
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
1. Remove access door frame; refer to task 1 .
2. Remove lens and lamp; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 2
9-357
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 2
Remove Indicator Light:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on tagging electrical wires and soldering techniques , before
doing any work.
Use this task to take out any indicator light ( 1 ) in driver's master control
panel (2).
1. Cut insulation sleeving (3) from two terminals (4) on indicator light ( 1 ) with knife. Get rid of
sleeving (3 ).
2. Unsolder two wires (5) from terminals (4).
3. Unscrew and take off jamnut (6) and lockwasher (7) with wrench . Set aside lockwasher (7) for later
use.
4. Take indicator light ( 1 ) out of panel ( 2). Look at packing (8) for cracks or breaks. If bad turn in
indicator light ( 1 ) and go to follow-on maintenance. If OK go to step 5.
5. Look at indicator light ( 1 ) for cracks or broken terminals (4) . If bad turn in . If OK set aside for
later use.
NOTE: To install indicator light, refer to task 13.
TASK 2 ENDS HERE
2 PLACES
0
0
7
6
1
3
3.000
4 5
2 PLACES TA194748
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 2
9-358
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 3. Remove Circuit Card Assembly A1 , Receptacle Connector, and Mounting Bracket from Housing
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Remove access door frame; refer to task 1 .
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 3
9-359
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 3
Remove Circuit Card , Receptacle Connector, and Bracket:
1. Unscrew and take out seven screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2 ) and washers ( 3) from circuit card assembly,
receptacle connector, and mounting bracket (4) . Get rid of lockwashers (2) .
2. Lift circuit card assembly, connector, and bracket (4) as an assembly from housing (5) .
NOTE: To install circuit card assembly A1 , receptacle connector, and mounting bracket in housing,
refer to task 12.
TASK 3 ENDS HERE
27 PLACES
PANEL REMOVED
FOR CLARITY
TA194749
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 3
9-360
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 4. Remove Electromagnetic Relay K1
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Brush , acid-swabbing (Item ( 10)
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
2. Remove circuit card assembly A1 , receptacle connector, and mounting bracket from housing; refer to
task 3.
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 4
9-361
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 4
Remove Electromagnet Relay:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on tagging electrical wires, soldering techniques, and replacing
relays, before doing any work .
1. Unscrew and take out two screws (1) , washers (2) , lockwashers (3), and nuts (4) from electromagnet
relay (5) with screwdriver and wrench. Get rid of lockwashers (3). Pull relay ( 5) away from mounting
bracket (6) as far as wires (7) allow.
2. Cut insulation sleeving (8) from wires (7) with knife. Get rid of sleeving (8) .
3. Unsolder wires (7) from relay terminals (9).
4. Look at relay (5) for cracks or broken terminals (9). If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install electromagnetic relay K1 , refer to task 11.
TASK 4 ENDS HERE
GURED
9
5 PLACES 6
88 PLACES
7
5
2
4 3
2 PLACES
2 PLACES
TA194750
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 4
9-362
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 5. Remove Circuit Card Assembly A1
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel : One
FRAME 5
Remove Card:
1. Unscrew and take out four screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2), and washers (3) with screwdriver. Get rid of
lockwashers (2) . Take out circuit card assembly (4) from connector (5).
2. Look at circuit card assembly (4) for cracks , breaks, or burned areas. If bad turn in . If OK set aside
for later use.
NOTE: To install circuit card assembly A1 , refer to task 10.
TASK 5 ENDS HERE
4PLACES
2 )( 3
PANEL REMOVED
FOR CLARITY TA194751
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 5
9-363
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 6. Remove Circuit Card Assembly Receptacle Connector and Mounting Bracket
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Brush, acid-swabbing (Item 10)
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Driver's master control panel on clean work surface. 10
2. Remove circuit card assembly A1 , receptacle connector, and mounting bracket from housing; refer to
task 3.
3. Remove circuit card assembly A1 ; refer to task 5.
4. Remove electromagnet relay K1 for access only; refer to task 4.
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 6
9-364
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
ting Brag
E 6
Receptacle Connector and Mounting Bracket:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on tagging electrical wires, soldering techniques, and replacing
wires, before doing any work .
screw and take out two screws ( 1 ) , washers (2) , lockwashers (3) , and nuts (4) with screwdriver and
ench. Get rid of lockwashers (3) . Pull connector (5 ) off bracket (6) as far as wires (7) will allow.
ut insulation sleeving (8) from wire (7) and connector terminal ( 9) with knife. Get rid of sleeving (8).
nsolder wire (7) from connector terminal (9).
epeat steps 1 and 2 for all wires (7) on connector (5).
.ook at connector (5) for cracks or broken terminals (9). If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
Look at bracket (6) for cracks, breaks, or bends. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
w-on Maintenance:
NOTE: To install circuit card assembly receptacle connector and mounting bracket; refer to task 9.
K6 ENDS HERE
gbrack
9
8
6
(
2 PLACES
1
2 00
0
2 PLACES
TA194752
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 6
9-365
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 7. Remove Terminal Junction Modules and Rail
Re
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 7
9-366
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 7
Remove Terminal Junction Modules:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on tagging and repairing electrical connectors, before doing
any work.
It may be necessary to cut lacing tape to remove contacts ( 1 ) .
If terminal junction rail ( 2 ) is bad , skip step 1.
1. Using installing and removal tool , take contacts ( 1 ) out of module (3) .
2. Using module extraction tool , pull out module (3).
3. Look at module (3) for cracks or burned areas. If bad turn in. If OK set aside for later use.
4. Do steps 1 through 3 again to take out four other modules (3).
Remove Terminal Junction Rail:
5. Unscrew and take out two screws (4) and lockwashers (5) with screwdriver. Get rid of
lockwashers ( 5) . Take out terminal junction rail (2).
6. Look at rail (2) for bends, cracks, or dents. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install terminal junction modules and rail , refer to task 8.
TASK 7 ENDS HERE
2
LI
2 PLACES
5
‫ד‬ 2
‫ח‬
‫ו‬
5 PLACES (3
35 PLACES
1
TA194753
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 7
9-367
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 8. Install Terminal Junction Modules and Rail
Common Tools:
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove terminal junction modules and rail; refer to task 7 .
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 8
9-368
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
E 8
ail :
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on repairing electrical connectors, before doing any work.
e up holes in terminal junction rail ( 1 ) with holes in housing (2).
rew in and tighten two screws (3) and new lockwashers (4) with screwdriver.
Modules:
ush module (5 ) in rail ( 1 ) until a click is heard.
sing installing and removal tool , put contacts (6) in module (5) .
>o steps 3 and 4 again to put in four other modules ( 5) .
N-on Maintenance:
nstall access door frame; refer to task 14.
( 8 ENDS HERE
55 PLACES
6
1
2
H
PANEL REMOVED
¡ PLACES
FOR CLARITY
5
32 PLACES
TA194754
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 8
9-369
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TTS
TASK 9. Install Circuit Receptacle Card Assembly Connector and Mounting Bracket
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Cleaning Compound , MIL-C-81302 ( Item 11 )
Solder, QQ-S-571 ( Item 33)
Personnel : One
Remove circuit card assembly receptacle connector and mounting bracket; refer to task 6.
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 9
9-370
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
Bracke
E 9
onnector and Bracket:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on soldering and heat shrinking techniques,

before doing any work.
it wires ( 1 ) through hole ( 2) in bracket (3).
easure a 5/8- inch piece of new insulation sleeving (4) for wire ( 1 ) with rule. Cut piece with knife.
ide sleeving (4) over wire ( 1 ) .
older wire (1 ) to terminal (5).
lide sleeving (4) over end of wire ( 1 ) and terminal (5) . Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving (4) .
Repeat steps 2 , 3, and 4 for all wires (1 ) on connector (6).
Put connector (6) on bracket (3) . Screw in and tighten two screws (7) , washers (8), new lockwashers
(9), and nuts ( 10) with screwdriver and wrench.
w-on Maintenance :
1. Install circuit card assembly A1 ; refer to task 10.
2. Install electromagnet relay K1 ; refer to task 11.
3. Install circuit card assembly A1 , receptacle connector, and mounting bracket in housing; refer to
task 12.
4. Install access door frame; refer to task 14.
t referSK 9 ENDS HERE
2 PLACES ( 7
1 2
3
GUTD
3 000
2 PLACES
6
TA194755
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 9
9-371
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 10. Install Circuit Card Assembly A1
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove circuit card assembly A1 ; refer to task 5 .
FRAME 10
Install Circuit Card Assembly:
1. Put circuit card assembly ( 1 ) in connector (2).
2. Screw in and tighten four screws (3) , new lockwashers (4) , and washers (5) with screwdriver.
Install access door frame; refer to task 14.
TASK 10 ENDS HERE

0
4 PLACES
000
1 2
TA194756
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 10
9-372
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 11. Install Electromagnetic Relay K1
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove electromagnetic relay K1 ; refer to task 4.
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 11
9-373
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 11
Install Relay:
NOTE
Read para . 9-4, on soldering and heat shrinking techniques,

before doing any work.
1. Measure eight 5/8-inch long pieces of new insulation sleeving ( 1 ) with rule. Cut pieces with knife.
Slide sleeving ( 1 ) over each wire (2) .
2. Thread eight wires ( 2) through bracket ( 3) .
3. Solder wires (2) to five relay terminals (4).
4. Slide sleeving ( 1 ) over ends of wires ( 2) . Using thermal gun, shrink sleeving (1 ).
5. Put relay ( 5) on bracket ( 3). Screw in and tighten two screws (6), washers (7) , new lockwashers (8),
and nuts (9) with screwdriver and wrench.
1. Install access door frame; refer to task 14 .
task 12.
3. Check out driver's master control panel ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , Para. 10-4.
TASK 11 ENDS HERE
酒酿
5
9 8
2 PLACES
5 PLACES
7 6
2 PLACES 3
2 1
8 PLACES TA194757
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 11
9-374
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 12. Install Circuit Card Assembly A1 Receptacle Connector, and Mounting Bracket in Housing
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove circuit card assembly A1 , receptacle connector, and mounting bracket from housing;
refer to task 3.
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 12
9-375
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 12
Install Circuit Card , Receptacle Connector , and Bracket Assembly:
1. Put circuit card, receptacle connector, and bracket assembly ( 1 ) in housing (2 ) .
2. Screw in and tighten three screws (3) , new lockwashers (4), and flat washers ( 5 ) with screw
Screw in and tighten four screws (6) , new lockwashers ( 7) , and washers ( 8) with screwdriver
Install access door frame; refer to task 14.
TASK 12 ENDS HERE
3
6
3 PLACES 4 74 PLACES
5 8
1
0
0
1
PANEL REMOVED
FOR CLARITY
TA1945
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 12
9-376
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 13. Install Indicator Light XDS1 through XDS10
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Cleaning Compound, solvent, MIL-C-81302 (Item 11)
Personnel: One
Remove indicator light XDS1 through XDS10; refer to task 2.
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 13
9-377
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 13
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on soldering and heat shrinking techniques, before doing
any work.
Use this task to put any indicator light ( 1 ) in driver's master control
panel (2).
1. Put packing (3) on light ( 1 ) . Put indicator light ( 1 ) in control panel (2).
2. Screw on and tighten jamnut (4) and lockwasher (5) to light ( 1 ) with wrench .
3. Measure two 5/8-inch pieces of new insulation sleeving (6 ) with rule. Cut pieces with knife. Slide
sleeving (6) over each wire (7) .
4. Solder two wires (7) to terminals (8).
5. Slide sleeving (6) over ends of wires (7) and terminals (8) . Using thermal gun, shrink sleeving (6).
2. Install lens and lamp; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
TASK 13 ENDS HERE
2 PLACES
8 6
VIEW CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
3 0
2 7
VIEW TURNED
90° FOR CLARITY
4
TA194759
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 13
9-378
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 14. Install Access Door Frame
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Rubber Round Section 11676794 (Bulk)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 14
9-379
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 14
Install Rubber Round Section :
1. Lay new rubber round section ( 1 ) along groove ( 2) in housing (3). Cut section ( 1 ) 2 -inches longer
than needed with knife.
2. Press section ( 1 ) firmly in groove (2) . Let ends of section ( 1 ) overlap.
3. Grasp section ( 1 ) firmly where ends overlap and lay section (1 ) on clean work surface. Cut through
3
both ends of section ( 1 ) at angle with knife.
WARNING
Adhesive burns easily and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid injury , keep
4. Put a thin coat of adhesive in groove (2) .
5. Press section ( 1) firmly in groove (2).
GO TO FRAME 15
m61 ов мотая
1
Ο
D
D
O
D
3
2 PANEL REMOVED
FOR CLARITY
ወ
ወ
TA194760
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 14
9-380
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 15
Install Access Door Frame:
1. Put control panel ( 1 ) on housing (2) .
2. Put access door frame (3) on control panel (1 ).
3. Screw in and tighten 20 screws (4), new lockwashers ( 5) , and washers (6) to access door frame (3)
with wrench.
TASK 14 ENDS HERE
2
1
3
5
20 PLACES
6
1
TA194761
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 14
9-381
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
Common Tools:
Die Set, alphabet, 1 /8-inch, NSN 5110-00-289-0002
Die Set, number, 1 /8-inch , NSN 5110-00-289-0002
Hammer, ball peen , 8-ounce
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 15
9-382
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
E 16
Plate:
screw and take out two screws ( 1 ) from identification plate (2) and housing (3) with screwdriver.
ke off and set identification plate (2) aside for later use.
ansfer information from old identification plate ( 2) to new identification plate (2) with die set and
mmer. Get rid of old identification plate ( 2) .
it new identification plate (2) on housing (3).
ut a thin coat of sealing compound on threads of two screws (1 ) . Screw in and tighten two
crews (1 ) to identification plate (2) and housing (3) with screwdriver.
-on Maintenance: None
15 ENDS HERE
203 tune out cs from bool

Oct12 PLACES hoob 62530s ever
TA194762
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 15
9-383
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 16. Replace Receptacle Connector J1 or Electrical Connector TJ1
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Connector
Pencil (Item 25)
Receptacle J1 ( 96906) MS347L24-61P or
Relay, electromagnet TJ1 (96906) MS27401-13
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 16
9-384
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
17
Receptacle Connector J1 or Electrical Connector TJ1 :
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on tagging and replacing electrical connectors , before doing
any work.
Use this task to replace receptacle connector J1 ( 1 ) or electrical connector

TJ1 (2).
If receptacle connector J1 (1 ) is being taken out, skip step 1. If electrical

connector TJ1 (2) is being taken out, begin with step 1.
sing soft jaw pliers, unscrew and take off cover (3) from connector J1 ( 1 ) or connector TJ1 (2) .
sing jamnut socket and drive wrench , unscrew and take off jamnut (4) from connector J1 (1 ) or
onnector TJ1 (2). Pull connector J1 ( 1 ) or connector TJ1 (2 ) out of housing (5).
Using soft jaw pliers, unscrew backshell (6) from connector J1 (1 ) or connector TJ1 (2 ). Slide
backshell (6) back over wires (7).
Cut off lacing tape ( 8) with knife.
Using installing or removal tool , take out contacts ( 9) from connector J1 ( 1 ) or connector TJ 1 (2).
Turn in connector J1 ( 1 ) or connector TJ1 ( 2) .
TO FRAME 18
9
1
6
1
‫חשו‬
TA194763
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 16
9-385
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 18
Install Receptacle Connector J1 or Electrical Connector TJ1 (Continued):
1. Using installing and removal tool , put contacts (1 ) in new connector J1 (2) or connector TJ1 (3). Tie
wires (4) with lacing tape ( 5) .
2. Using soft jaw pliers, screw on and tighten backshell (6) to connector J1 (2 ) or connector TJ1 (3) .
3. Put connector J1 ( 2) or connector TJ1 ( 3) through hole in housing (7).
4. Using jamnut socket and drive wrench, screw on and tighten jamnut (8) to connector J1 ( 2) or
connector TJ1 (3).
NOTE
If putting in connector TJ1 (3) , do step 5. If putting in connector J1 (2 ), go to

5. Screw on and tighten cover (9) to connector TJ1 (3).
2. Check driver's master control panel; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para. 10-4 .
TASK 16 ENDS HERE
2
5
3
2
9
1
3
8
TA194764
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 16
9-386
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 17. Replace Variable Resistor R1
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Rule, machinist's, 6-inch €
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Brush, acid-swabbing (Item 10)
Cleaning Compound , solvent, MIL-C- 81302 (Item 11 )
Pencil (Item 25)
Resistor (81349) 2RV7SAYSD352A
Personnel: One
1. Remove panel light resistor knob; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-15 .
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 17
9-387
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 19
Remove Variable Resistor:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on heat shrinking and soldering techniques, and on tagging
electrical wires, before doing any work.
1. Cut insulation sleeving ( 1 ) from wires (2) and terminals ( 3) on variable resistor (4) with knife. Get rid
of sleeving (1 ) .
2. Unsolder and take off wires (2) from terminals (3).
3. Unscrew and take off jamnut ( 5) and lockwasher ( 6) from resistor (4) with wrench.
4. Take resistor (4) out of panel (7) . Put lockwasher (6 ) and jamnut ( 5 ) back on resistor (4). Turn in
resistor (4).
GO TO FRAME 20
2
RESISTOR REMOVED
AND ROTATED
FOR CLARITY
TA194765
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 17
9-388
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 20
Install Variable Resistor:
1. Take jamnut ( 1 ) and lockwasher (2) off new resistor (3). Put new resistor ( 3) through mounting hole
in panel (4). Line up key (5 ) with hole (6) in panel (4) . Put lockwasher ( 2) on shaft (7) of
resistor (3). Screw on and tighten jamnut ( 1 ) to resistor (3) with wrench .
}
2. Measure six 5/8-inch pieces of new insulation sleeving (8) with rule . Cut pieces with knife. Slide
3. Solder wires (9) to terminals ( 10) on resistor (3).
4. Slide sleeving (8) over ends of wires ( 9) and terminals ( 10) .
5. Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving (8).
2. Install panel light resistor knob; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-15 .
3. Check driver's master control panel; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , Para. 10-4.
TASK 17 ENDS HERE
RESISTOR REMOVED
FROM PANEL FOR
CLARITY 5
4
6
1
3
10
TA194766
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 17
9-389
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 18. Replace Rotary Switch S7
R
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Cleaning Compound , solvent, MIL-C-81302 (Item 11 )
Pencil (Item 25)
Switch ( 19207) 12273244
Personnel: One
2. Remove light switch knob; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para. 11-15.
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 18
9-390
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
E 21
Rotary Switch:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on soldering and heat shrinking techniques, and on tagging
t insulation sleeving ( 1 ) from wires (2) and terminals (3) of rotary switch (4) with knife. Get rid of
eving (1 ).
nsolder and take off wires (2 ) from terminals (3 ).
nscrew and take off jamnut ( 5) , and lockwasher (6) , from switch (4) with wrench.
ake switch (4) out of panel ( 7) . Put lockwasher ( 6) and jamnut ( 5 ) back on switch (4) . Turn in
witch (4).
O FRAME 22
4
6
5
11-15
VIEW CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
1 4
3
TA194767
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 18
9-391
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 22
Install Rotary Switch:
1. Take jamnut ( 1 ) and lockwasher ( 2 ) off new switch (3) . Put switch (3) through mounting hole in
panel (4). Screw on and tighten jamnut ( 1 ) , and lockwasher (2) , to switch (3) with wrench .
2. Measure four 5/8-inch pieces of new insulation sleeving ( 5 ) with rule . Cut pieces with knife. Slide
3. Solder wires (6) to terminals ( 7) .
4. Slide sleeving ( 5) over ends of wires (6) and terminals ( 7) . Using thermal gun, shrink sleeving (5).
1. Install light switch knob; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-15 .
3. Check driver's master control panel ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para. 10-4.
TASK 18 ENDS HERE
VIEW CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
4 PLACES(5
1
4 PLACES
5
8
TA19476
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 18
9-392
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 19. Replace Toggle Switch S1 , S2 , S3, S4, S5, S6, S8 , S9, S11 , S12, or S13
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Gun , thermal heat, 8031088
Supplies:
Packing, preformed (96906) MS25196-1
Penci ! (Item 25)
Switch, toggle S1 , S3 , S4, S5 , S8, S11 ( 96906) MS25307-232 (as required)
Switch, toggle S2 (96906) MS25307-312 ,
Switch, toggle S6 (96906) MS24613E- 232,
Switch, toggle S9 (96906) MS24613F- 272,
Switch, toggle S12 (96906) MS24613L- 262, or
Switch, toggle S13 (96906) MS25307-302 (as required)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 19
9-393
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 23
Remove Toggle Switch:
NOTE
Use this task to take out any switch ( 1 ). Toggle switch S13 (1 ) is shown.
1. Cut insulation sleeving (2) from wires (3) and terminals (4) of toggle switch ( 1 ) with knife. Get rid of
sleeving (2) .
2. Unsolder and take off wires (3) from terminals (4) on switch ( 1 ) .
3. Unscrew and take off jamnut (5) and lockwasher (6) from switch ( 1 ) with wrench .
4. Take out switch ( 1 ) and packing (7) from panel ( 8) . Get rid of packing (7) . Put lockwasher (6) and
jamnut ( 5) back on switch ( 1 ). Turn in switch ( 1 ) .
GO TO FRAME 24
8 rat
00
7
5
6
2
(0
)
1 ROTATED AND
CUTAWAY FOR
CLARITY
TA194769
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 19
9-394
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 24
Install Toggle Switch :
1. Unscrew and take out screws ( 1 ) and lockwashers (2) from terminals (3) of new switch (4) with
screwdriver. Get rid of screws ( 1 ) and lockwashers (2).
2. Take off jamnut (5) and lockwasher (6) from new switch (4) . Put new packing (7 ) on shaft ( 8) of new
switch (4).
3. Put switch (4) in mounting hole of panel ( 9) . Screw on and tighten jamnut ( 5 ) and lockwasher (6) to
shaft (8) of switch (4) with wrench .
4. Measure 5/8-inch pieces of new insulation sleeving ( 10) for each wire ( 11 ) with rule. Cut pieces with
knife. Slide sleeving (10) over wires (11).
5. Solder wires ( 11 ) to terminals (3) on switch (4 ) .
6. Slide sleeving ( 10) over ends of wires ( 11 ) and terminals (3) . Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving ( 10) .
2. Check driver's master control panel; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-4.
TASK 19 ENDS HERE
SHOWN WITH HOUSING ON

10 11 3 PANEL FOR CLARITY
11
(10
VIEW CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
5 3
2
6 PLACES
4
1
8
7
TA194770
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 19
9-395
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 20. Replace Push Switch S10
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Rule, machinist's, 6- inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Dry Cleaning Solvent, P- D- 680 (Item 13 )
Pencil (Item 25)
Switch, push S10 ( 81349) M8805/99-025
Wrench, combination , 9/16- inch (fabricated · refer to appendix B)
Personnel: One
1. Remove access door frame; refer to task 1.
2. Remove started and abort lenes and lamps; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 20
9-396
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
: 25
Push Switch :
NOTE
: insulation sleeving ( 1 ) from wires ( 2) and terminals ( 3) on push switch (4) with knife. Get rid of
eving (1 ).
solder and take off wires (2) from terminals (3) on switch (4).
sing 9/16-inch fabricated wrench, loosen jamnut ( 5) on switch (4).
sing wrench, unscrew and take off guard (6) , packing (7) , and dressring (8) from switch (4).
ake switch (4) and lockwasher (9) out of panel ( 10) . Put dressring ( 8) and packing (7) back on
witch (4). Turn in switch (4) .
WARNING
Solvent burns easily and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, use in a
Clean adhesive from guard (6) and from area around mounting hole in panel ( 10) with solvent and
rag.
Look at guard (6) for cracks or bends. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
TO FRAME 26
SHOWN WITH
10 PANEL ON
D 9
HOUSING_FOR
5-10. CLARITY
Ө- ROTATED AND
CUTAWAY FOR
7 CLARITY
4
3
ove ciret
5
TA194771
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 20
9-397
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 26
Install Push Switch :
1. Take dressring ( 1 ) and packing ( 2) off new switch (3). Put shaft (4) of switch (3 ) through mounting
hole on panel (5) .
2. Put sealing compound on back of guard (6) . Put guard (6) and packing (2) on shaft (4). Screw on
and hand-tighten dressring ( 1 ) until dressring ( 1 ) is even with threads on shaft (4) .
3. Using 9/16-inch fabricated wrench , tighten jamnut (7) on back of panel ( 5) .
4. Measure 5/8-inch pieces of new insulation sleeving ( 8) for each wire (9) with rule . Cut pieces with
knife. Slide sleeving (8) over wires (9).
5. Solder wires (9) to terminals ( 10) on switch (3).
6. Slide sleeving (8) over end of wires ( 9) and terminals ( 10) . Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving (8).
2. Install started and abort lens and lamps; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
3. Check driver's master control panel ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-4 .
TASK 20 ENDS HERE
9 5
3
10 3
1
ROTATED AND
CUTAWAY FOR
CLARITY 6
D
2
5 o
1
o
TA194772
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 20
9-398
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 21. Replace Panel Wires
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Soldering Gun , 48- watt
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Lockwasher (96906 ) MS35333-37 (two required)
Pencil (Item 25)
Sleeving, insulation, (81349) MIL- R-46846 ( Bulk)
Tape, electrical MIL-I - 19166 (Item 36)
Wire, 24-gage M81044/ 12-24-9 (Bulk)
Wire, 22-gage M81044 / 12-22-9, (Bulk) or
Wire, 20-gage M81044/ 12-20-9 (Bulk)
Personnel: One
NOTE
If replacing wires connected to connector A1J1 or relay K2, do preliminary steps

2 and 3.
2. Remove circuit card assembly A1 and mounting bracket from housing; refer to task 3.
3. Remove circuit card assembly A1 ; refer to task 5.
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 21
9-399
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 27
Remove Wire:
NOTE
and replacing electrical wires, before doing any work.
Table 9-5 shows wire routing, types of terminals, and wire sizes .
Table 9-5. Wire Location , Types of Terminals, and Wire Sizes

NUMBER TERMINAL TERMINAL SIZE
12345
J1 -A Crimp Contact TB1 -K-L Crimp Contact 20

J1 -B Crimp Contact TB1 -K-E Crimp Contact 20
OS-8 Solder DS-7 Solder 20
J1 -D Crimp Contact TB1 -M -E Crimp Contact 20
J1 -E Crimp Contact A1J1-28 Solder 20
6 J1-F Crimp Contact J1 -U Crimp Contact 22
7 J1-G Crimp Contact TB1 -L-J Crimp Contact 20
222
8 J1 -L Crimp Contact A1J1-29 Solder 20
9 J1 -M Crimp Contact R1-1 Solder 20
2222222
10 J1-N Crimp Contact R1-2 Solder 20
2
11 J1 -P Crimp Contact R1-1A Solder 20
12 J1 -R Crimp Contact R1-2A Solder 20
13 J1 -S Crimp Contact S13-1 Solder 20
14 Not Used
15 J1 -U Crimp Contact TJ1-27 Crimp Contact 24
16 J1 -W Crimp Contact S- 11-3 Solder 20
17 J1-V Crimp Contact S11-2 Solder 20
18 J1-X Crimp Contact S10-5 Solder 20
19 J1-Y Crimp Contact S10-3 Solder 20
20 J1-Z Crimp Contact 810-4 Solder 20
21 J1 -a Crimp Contact TB1 -N-H Crimp Contact 20
22 J1-b Crimp Contact TB1 -N-E Crimp Contact 20
23 J1-c Crimp Contact A1J1-2 Solder 20
25 J1 -d Crimp Contact S13-4 Solder 20
2222
26 J1 -e Crimp Contact TB1 -L-B Crimp Contact 20

27 J1 -f Crimp Contact A1J1-4 Solder 20
28 J1 -g Crimp Contact S12-1 Solder 20
29 J1-h Crimp Contact DS9-1 Solder 20
30 J1-i Crimp Contact DS10-1 Solder 20
2222
7
31 J1 -j Crimp Contact 511-3 Solder 20
1
32 Not Used
1
33 J1-m Crimp Contact TB1-L-D Crimp Contact 20
1
34 J1 -n Crimp Contact TB1 -N-G Crimp Contact 20
7
35 J1-p Crimp Contact $9-2 Solder 20
7
36 J1-q Crimp Contact S9-3 Solder 20
GO TO FRAME 28 TA194773 TO
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 21
9-400
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
E 28
Wire (Continued):
Table 9-5. Wire Location , Types of Terminals, and Wire Sizes (Continued)
iques,att
RE FROM TYPE OF ΤΟ TYPE OF WIRE
IBER TERMINAL TERMINAL SIZE
wire sizes
17 J1-r Crimp Contact S9-1 Solder 20
38 J1-s Crimp Contact S7-1 Solder 20
ndWireS39
J1-t Crimp Contact S7-3 Solder 20
40 J1 -u Crimp Contact S7-4 Solder 20
TY41
J1 -v Crimp Contact S8-3 Solder 20
TERIN4
2 20
J1-W Crimp Contact DS6-1 Solder
43 J1-x Crimp Contact S6-3 Solder 20
CrimpCo
44 J1-y Crimp Contact DS5-1 Solder 20
CrimpCont
45 J1 -z Crimp Contact S5-3 Solder 20
Soe 46
J1 -AA Crimp Contact S5-6 Solder 20
Crimp
47 J1 -BB Crimp Contact S4-3 Solder 20
Sota 48
J1 -CC Crimp Contact DS3-1 Solder 20
Crimpin 49
J1 -DD Crimp Contact TB1 -K-K Crimp Contact 20
CrimpC 50
J1 -EE Crimp Contact A1J1-12 Solder 20
Sode 51 J1 -FF Crimp Contact S2-5 Solder 20
So 52 J1 -GG Crimp Contact TB1 -N-M Crimp Contact 20
So 53 J1-HH Crimp Contact S2-2 Solder 20
So 54 J1 -JJ Crimp Contact S2-2 Solder 20
Sode 55 J1 -KK Crimp Contact S2-2 Solder 20
Sode 56 J1 -LL Crimp Contact S1-3 Solder 20
•57 J1 -MM Crimp Contact S2-3 Solder 20
CrimpC 58 J1 -NN Crimp Contact S2-3 Solder 20
Solde 59 J1 -PP Crimp Contact S2-3 Solder 20
Solder 60 J1-T Crimp Contact J1 -V Shield Splice 20
Solder 61 J1-V Shield Splice J1-W Shield Splice 20
Solder 62 J1 -W Shield Splice J1-J Shield Splice 20
Sode 63 Not Used
64 TJ1-1 Crimp Contact TB1 -P-A Crimp Contact 22
CrimpCor
65 TJ1-2 Crimp Contact TB1 -P-B Crimp Contact 22
CrimpC
66 TJ1-3 Crimp Contact TB1 -P-C Crimp Contact 22
Solder
67 TJ1-4 Crimp Contact TB1 -P-D Crimp Contact 22
Solder
68 TJ1-5 Crimp Contact TB1 -P-E Crimp Contact 22
Soder
69 TJ1-8 Crimp Contact S7-C Solder 22
CrimpCont 70 TJ1-9 Crimp Contact TB1 -K-M Crimp Contact 22
Solder TJ1-10
71 Crimp Contact TB1 -L-F Crimp Contact 22
Solder 72 TJ1-28 K1-X1 Solder 22
Crimp Contact
Solder 73 TJ1-29 Contact S9-2 Solder 22
Crimp
Soider 74 TJ1-30 S9-1 Solder 22
Crimp Contact
Solder 75 TJ1-31 Crimp Contact S9-3 Solder 22
76 TJ1-32 Crimp Contact S2-5 Solder 22
CrimpCont 77 A1J1-25 Solder TB1 -L-A Crimp Contact 20
Crimp C 78 TJ1-34 Crimp Contact S2-3 Solder 22
Soder
Solder GO TO FRAME 29 TA194774
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 21
9-401
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 29


95 TB1 -L-H Crimp Contact S- 12-4 Solder 22
96 TJ1-54 Crimp Contact TB1 - N-B Crimp Contact 22
104 TJ1-63 Crimp Contact TB1 - M-H Crimp Contact 22
105 TJ1-64 Crimp Contact TB1 -N-K Crimp Contact 22
106 TJ1-65 Crimp Contact R1-1 Solder 22
107 TJ1-66 Crimp Contact R1-3 Solder 22
108 TJ1-67 Crimp Contact R1-1A Solder 22
109 TJ1-68 Crimp Contact R1-3A Solder 22
110 TJ1-69 Crimp Contact TB1 -L-K Crimp Contact 22
112 A1J1-1 Solder TB1 -L-M Crimp Contact 20
113 A1J1-6 Solder TB1 -L-L Crimp Contact 20
20
119 A1J1-14 Solder S3-3 Solder 20

Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 21
9-402
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 30
Table 9-5. Wire Location, Types of Terminals, and Wire Sizes (Continued)


129 A1J1-24 Solder TB1 -N-F Crimp Contact 20
130 A1J1-27 Solder TB1 -N-A Crimp Contact 20
132 A1J1-30 Solder TB1 -M -J Crimp Contact 20
134 A1J1-32 Solder TB1-K-J Crimp Contact 20
2220
136 A1J1-34 Solder DS10-2 Solder
137 A1J1-35 Solder S12-1 Solder
138 A1J1-8 Solder TB1 -N-L Crimp Contact
139 Not Used
140 DS7-1 Solder K1 -A3 Solder 20
141 TB1 -N-D Crimp Contact K1 -A3 Solder 20
142 TB1 -K-H Crimp Contact K1 -A2 Solder 20
143 TB1- N-J Crimp Contact S2-2 Solder 20
144 TB1 -K-D Crimp Contact S14-3 Solder 20
222222
145 TB1 -K-B Crimp Contact S12-2 Solder 20
146 TB1 -K-F Crimp Contact S2-4 Solder 20
2222
147 TB1 -L-C Crimp Contact S12-5 Solder 20
148 TB1-M-B Crimp Contact S14-1 Solder 20
22
149 TB1 -M-F Crimp Contact DS1-2 Solder 20

150 TB1 -M-C Crimp Contact S14-5 Solder 20
151 Not Used
152 R1-2 Solder R1-3 Solder 20
153 R1-2A Solder R1-3A Solder 20
158 Not Used
161 TBI-K-G Crimp Contact S6-2 Solder 20
162 S5-2 Solder S7-C Solder 20
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 21
9-403
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 31
WIRE FROM TYPE OF ΤΟ TYPE OF

NUMBER TERMINAL TERMINAL

167 DS6-2 Solder DS5-2 Solder
172 J1 -H Crimp Contact AJ1-26 Solder
174 K1-X1 Solder S14-6 Solder
176 S11-3 Shield Splice S11-3 Shield Splice
177 S11-2 Shield Splice S11-2 Shield Splice 20
178 DS4-1 Solder S5-5 Solder
179 TJ1-6 Crimp Contact TB1 -P-F Crimp Contact
180 A1J1-3 Solder TB1 -L-E Crimp Contact 20
182 J1 -K Crimp Contact TB1 -L-G Crimp Contact 20
GO TO FRAME 32
TALS
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 21
9-404
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 32
NOTE
(Continued)
TYPE OF Use this task to take out and put in any wire (1 ). Wire number 133 ( 1 ) is
shown.
RMINAL
Solder 1. Find location of wire number 133 ( 1 ) in table 9-5 .

Solder
Solder 2. Unscrew and take out two screws (2) , washers (3) , lockwashers (4), and nuts (5) from connector (6)
Solder with screwdriver and wrench. Get rid of lockwashers (4) .
Solder
Folder 3. Pull connector (6) away from bracket (7) as far as possible.
Colder
older 4. Cut insulation sleeving (8) from terminal number 3 (9) on switch S12 ( 10) with knife. Get rid of
sleeving (8).
older
older
5. Unsolder and take off wire number 133 ( 1 ) from terminal number 3 (9) on switch (10).
older
older
6. Cut lacing tape ( 11 ) from wire bundle ( 12) with knife. Get rid of lacing tape ( 11 ).
older
Splice GO TO FRAME 33
Splice
Ider
Contact
Contact 10
Contact
Contact
Contact
11
VIEW CUTAWAY 12 GURED
FOR CLARITY
2 PLACES
2
2 PLACES
345
6
TA194778
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 21
9-405
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 33
1. Cut insulation sleeving ( 1 ) from terminal number 31 (2) on connector (3) with knife. Get rid of
sleeving (1 ) .
2. Unsolder and take off wire (4) from terminal number 31 (2) on connector (3). Wrap both ends of
wire (4) with electrical tape.
Install Wire:
3. Lay new wire (5) along wire bundle (6) from terminal number 31 (2) to switch S12 (7) .
4. Cut new wire ( 5 ) the same length as old wire (4) with diagonal cutting pliers.
5. Using thermal stripper and rule, measure and cut 1 /4-inch of insulation from both ends of wire (5).
6. Measure two 5/8 -inch pieces of new sleeving ( 1 ) with rule. Cut pieces with knife . Slide sleeving (1)
over ends of wire (5).
7. Solder wire ( 5) to terminal number 31 (2) on connector (3).
8. Slide sleeving ( 1 ) over end of wire ( 5) and terminal number 31 (2 ) . Using thermal gun , shrink
sleeving ( 1 ) .
GO TO FRAME 34
7
3
5
2
6
3 4
TA194780
Volume II
Para. 9-10 , Task 21
9-406
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 34
Install Wire (Continued) :
1. Put wire ( 1 ) through bracket ( 2 ) . Align connector ( 3 ) with bracket (2).
2. Screw in and tighten two screws (4) , washers ( 5) , new lockwashers (6), and nuts (7) with screwdriver
and wrench.
3. Solder other end of wire ( 1 ) to terminal number 3 (8) on switch S12 (9).
4. Slide tubing ( 10) over terminal ( 8) on switch (9) . Using thermal gun , shrink tubing ( 10) .
5. Tie wire ( 1 ) to wire bundle ( 11 ) with new lacing tape ( 12) .
1. Install circuit card assembly A1 ; refer to task 10 .
2. Install circuit card assembly A1 receptacle connector and mounting bracket in housing; refer to
task 12 .
4. Check driver's master control panel ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 . para. 10-4.
TASK 21 ENDS HERE
11
12
8
00
9
1
10
VIEW CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
3
2
6 ་་་་་་ བ
2 PLACES 4
5)( 6 )( 7
2 PLACES
TA194781
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 21
9-407
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 22. Replace Housing
Common Tools:
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Housing (19207) 12281826
Lockwasher MS35333-39 (five required)
Sealing Compound, MIL-S-46163 (Item 30)
Personnel: One
2. Remove connector TJ1 cover; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para. 11-15 .
3. Remove circuit card assembly A1 , receptacle connector, and mounting bracket from housing
to task 3.
4. Remove terminal junction modules rail; refer to task 7.
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 22
9-408
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
35
Housing:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on tagging and repairing electrical connectors, before doing any
work.
crew and take out two screws ( 1 ) from identification plate ( 2) with screwdriver. Take plate (2) off
sing (3).
›k at plate (2) for cracks, bends, or breaks . If bad turn in. If OK set aside for later use.
ing jamnut socket and drive wrench, unscrew and take off two jamnuts (4) from two connectors (5).
ke out wiring harness (6) and two connectors (5 ) from housing (3) and set aside for later use. Turn
housing (3).
FRAME 36
para 1
ntingbrace 6
52 PLACES
12 PLACES
3 2
2 PLACES 3
TA194782
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 22
9-409
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 36
Install Housing:
1. Put identification plate ( 1 ) on new housing (2).
2. Put sealing compound on threads of two screws (3). Screw in and tighten screws (3) to identification
plate (1 ) and housing (2) with screwdriver.
3. Put two connectors (4) in mounting holes in housing (2).
4. Using jamnut socket and drive wrench, screw on and tighten two jamnuts (5) to two connectors (4).
1. Install connector TJ1 cover; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para. 11-15.
2. Install terminal junction module and rail ; refer to task 8.
task 12.
5. Check driver's master control panel; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para. 10-4.
TASK 22 ENDS HERE
32 PLACES
PANEL REMOVED
FOR CLARITY
230AMS
2
2 PLACES 4
2
2 PLACES ( 5
TA194783
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 22
9-410
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 23. Replace Panel
Common Tools:
Wrench , combination , 1 /2- inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Packing, (96906 ) MS25196-1 ( 11 required)
Panel, control drive ( 19207) 12281828
Pencil (Item 25)
Wrench, combination , 9/16- inch (fabricated · refer to appendix B)
Personnel: One
Driver's master panel on clean work surface.
1. Remove access door frame; refer to task 1.
2. Remove all lenses and lamps; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
3. Remove indicator light XDS1 through XDS10 refer to task 2.
4. Remove light switch knob; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para . 11-15.
5. Remove panel light resistor knob; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-15.
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 23
9-411
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 37
Remove Panel :
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on replacing switches , before doing any work.
1. Using 9/16-inch fabricated wrench, loosen two jamnuts ( 1 , 2) on back of switches S10 (3) and
S14 (4).
2. Using strap wrench, unscrew and take off dressring (5) , packing (6), and guard (7) from
switch S10 (3).
3. Take switch S10 (3) and lockwasher (8) out of panel (9).
4. Unscrew and take off dressring ( 10) and packing ( 11 ) from switch S14 (4).
5. Take switch S14 (4) and lockwasher ( 12) out of panel (9).
6. Look at guard (7) for cracks, bends, or breaks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
7. Using 9/16-inch fabricated wrench, unscrew and take off nut ( 13) and lockwasher ( 14) from
switch S7 ( 15 ) . Take switch S7 ( 15) out of panel (9).
GO TO FRAME 38
9
14
13
15
VIEW CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
2
12 1
8
(11)
10 7
6
5
9 3 D
VIEW CUTAWAY
9 o
FOR CLARITY c
TA194784
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 23
9-412
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 38
Remove Panel (Continued):
1. Unscrew and take off jamnut (1 ) and lockwasher (2) from resistor (3) with 1/2-inch wrench . Take
resistor (3) out of panel (4).
2. Using 9/16- inch fabricated wrench, unscrew and take off 11 jamnuts (5) and lockwashers (6) from
11 switches (7).
3. Take 11 switches (7) and packings (8) out of panel (4) . Get rid of packings (8).
4. Turn in panel (4).
GO TO FRAME 39
OTION
7
11 PLACES
11 PLACES
8
11 PLACES
‫וש‬
6
5
PANEL CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
2
4
1
TA194785
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 23
9-413
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 39
Install Panel:
1. Put 11 new packings (1 ) on 11 switches (2).
2. Put switches (2) in mounting holes in new panel (3) .
3. Hold packings ( 1 ) against panel (3) and put keywasher tabs (4) in positioning holes ( 5 ) in panel (3).
4. Screw on and tighten 11 jamnuts (6) and lockwashers (7) on switch shafts ( 8) with 9/16-inch wrench.
5. Put resistor shaft (9) through mounting hole in panel (3).
6. Line up resistor tab ( 10) with positioning hole ( 11 ) in panel (3).
7. Screw on and tighten jamnut ( 12) and lockwasher ( 13) to resistor ( 14) with 1 /2 -inch wrench.
GO TO FRAME 40
6
9
14
12
13
11 10
ต อ
e.de
PANEL CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
11 PLACES
2
3
ភា
6 2
11 PLACES
11 PLACES
7
1
8
11 PLACES .
411 PLACES
11 PLACES ( 5 3
TA194786
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 23
9-414
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
40
nel (Continued):
lockwasher (1 ) on shaft (2) of switch S14 (3).
shaft (2) of switch S14 (3) through mounting hole in panel (4) .
osition
all packing ( 6) on shaft ( 2) and screw dressring (5) on shaft (7) .
shafts
ng 9/16 - inch fabricated wrench, tighten jamnut (7) against panel (4) .
t lockwasher (8) on shaft (9) of switch S10 ( 10).
it shaft (9) of switch S10 ( 10) through mounting hole in panel (4).
4) with
WARNING
'ut adhesive on back of switch guard ( 11 ) . Put guard ( 11 ) over switch shaft ( 9) and against
anel (4).
Put packing ( 12 ) on shaft (9) . Screw dressring ( 13) on shaft (9).
Using 9/16-inch fabricated wrench, tighten jamnut ( 14) against panel (4) .
TO FRAME 41
4
8
13 (12) 11 9 )(14) 10
ROTATED AND
CUTAWAY FOR
CLARITY 1
5 6 2 7 3
TA194787
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 23
9-415
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 41
Install Panel (Continued):
1. Put shaft ( 1 ) of switch S7 ( 2) through mounting hole of panel (3).
2. Using 9/16 -inch fabricated wrench, screw on and tighten jamnut (4) and lockwasher (5) to
switch S7 (2).
1. Install panel light resistor knob; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-15.
2. Install light switch knob; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-15.
3. Install indicator light XDS1 THROUGH XDS10; refer to task 13.
4. Install all lenses and lamps; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
6. Check driver's master control panel ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para. 10-4.
TASK 23 ENDS HERE
SHOWN WITH
PANEL ON
HOUSING
FOR CLARITY
VIEW CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
TA194788
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 23
9-416
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 24 Replace Push Switch S14
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Cleaning Compound, solvent, MIL-C-81302 (Item 11 )
Pencil (Item 25)
Switch, push S14 ((81349) M8805/99-025
Wrench, combination , 9/16-inch (fabricated refer to appendix B)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 24
9-417
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 42
Remove Push Switch:
NOTE
Read para . 9-4, on heat shrinking and soldering techniques, and on tagging
1. Cut insulation sleeving ( 1 ) from wires ( 2 ) and terminals (3) of switch ( 4) with knife. Get rid of
sleeving (1 ).
2. Unsolder and take off wires ( 2) from terminals (3) of switch (4).
3. Using 9/16-inch fabricated wrench , loosen jamnut (5) on switch (4).
4. Unscrew and take off dressring (6) and packing ( 7) from switch (4).
5. Take switch (4) and lockwasher (8) out of panel (9). Put lockwasher (8) , packing (7) , and
dressring (6) back on switch (4). Turn in switch (4).
GO TO FRAME 43
6 8
7
3
1 2
TA194789
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 24
9-418
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 43
Install Push Switch :
1. Put lockwasher ( 1 ) on shaft (2) of new switch (3).
2. Put shaft (2) of switch (3) through mounting hole in panel (4).
3. Screw on new dressring ( 5) and new packing (6) .
4. Using 9/16- inch fabricated wrench , tighten jamnut ( 7 ) against panel (4) .
5. Measure 5/8-inch pieces of new insulation sleeving (8) for each wire (9) with rule . Cut pieces with
knife. Slide sleeving (8) over wires (9) .
6. Solder wires ( 9) to terminals ( 10) .
7. Slide sleeving (8) over terminals ( 10). Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving (8) over terminals (10).
1. Install access door frame ; refer to task 14.
2. Check driver's master control panel; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-4 .
END OF DRIVER'S MASTER CONTROL PANEL MAINTENANCE
4
1
10
8
5
6 2 7 3
9
TA194790
Volume II
Para. 9-10, Task 24
9-419
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
9-11. Driver's Indicator Panel (Alert Panel )
Task Title
12
1 Remove Access Cover

2 Remove MASTER WARNING or MASTER CAUTION 2
Indicator Light DS1 or DS2
34567
Remove RESET or PNL DIM Switch S1 or S2 F

Remove Receptacle Connector J1
Replace Circuit Card Assembly A1
Replace Identification Plate
Replace Access Door
8 Replace Driver's Indicator Panel Wires
9 Install Receptacle Connector J1 17
10 Install RESET or PNL DIM Switch S1 or S2 18
11 Install MASTER WARNING or MASTER CAUTION
22
Indicator Light DS1 or DS2 19.
12 Install Access Cover 21
TASK 1. Remove Access Cover
Common Tools:
E
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Driver's indicator panel on clean work surface.
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 1
9-420
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 1
Remove Cover:
1. Unscrew and take out six screws (1 ), lockwashers (2), and washers (3) from cover (4) with
screwdriver. Take off cover (4). Get rid of lockwashers (2).
2. Look at cover (4) for cracks, dents, or gouges. If bad turn in. If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install access cover, refer to task 12 .
TASK 1 ENDS HERE
ALERT PANEL
2 6 PLACES
ALART PANEL
TA194791
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 1
9-421
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 2. Remove MASTER WARNING or MASTER CAUTION Indicator Light DS1 or DS2
R
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Wrench, combination , 9 / 16 - inch ( fabricated - refer to appendix B)
Personnel: One
1. Remove MASTER WARNING or MASTER CAUTION lens and lamps; refer to TM 9-2350-255-
2. Remove access cover; refer to task 1 .
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 2
9-422
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
tor Light DSI 2
ndicator Light:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on tagging electrical wires and soldering techniques , before
doing any work.
Use this task to take out MASTER WARNING indicator light (1 ) or MASTER
CAUTION indicator light ( 2) . MASTER CAUTION indicator light (2) is shown .
Indicator light ( 1 or 2 ) may have adhesive sealant under insulation

sleeving (3) instead of adhesive tape (4).
t outer insulation sleeving (3 ), adhesive tape or sealant (4) and inner sleeving ( 5) from wires (6)
th knife. Get rid of outer and inner sleeving ( 3 , 5 ) and adhesive tape (4).
ean any sealant off light (2) and terminals (7) with knife.
nsolder wires (6) from terminals (7) on light (2) .
Inscrew and take off jamnut (8) and lockwasher (9) from light (2) with wrench. Set lockwasher (9)
side for later use.
'ull light (2) out of indicator panel housing ( 10).

mps; refer
Look at light (2) for bends or cracks. If bad turn in. If OK set aside for later use.
w-on Maintenance:
NOTE: To install MASTER WARNING or MASTER CAUTION indicator light DS1 or DS2 ;
refer to task 11 .
K 2 ENDS HERE
PANEL REMOVED
8 10 FOR CLARITY
7
9 ล
2
2 2
1 2
5 3
6
2
TA194792
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 2
9-423
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 3. Remove RESET or PNL DIM Switch $1 or $2
R
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Wrench, combination , 9/ 16-inch (fabricated · refer to appendix B)
Personnel: One
Remove access cover; refer to task 1.
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 3
9-424
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 3
Remove Switch:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on tagging electrical wires and soldering techniques, before
doing any work .
• Use this task to take off PNL DIM switch ( 1 ) or RESET switch (2). PNL
DIM switch (1 ) is shown.
If switch ( 1 or 2) is being taken out for access only, do steps 1 through 4

and skip step 5 .
1. Loosen nut (3) on switch ( 1 ) with wrench .
NOTE
RESET switch (2) does not have guard (4) .
2. Unscrew and take off dressring (5) and guard (4) from front of panel (6) with pliers. Look at
guard (4) for cracks, breaks, or dents. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
3. Look at dressring ( 5) for cracks . If bad , do steps 4 and 5 and then turn in switch ( 1 ) . If OK set aside
for later use.
4. Take out switch ( 1 ) and lockwasher (7) from back of panel (6). Look at switch ( 1 ) for cracks or
broken terminals ( 8) . If bad , do step 5 and then turn in switch ( 1 ) . If OK set aside for later use.
5. Peel adhesive sealant off terminals ( 8) and wires (9) on PNL DIM switch ( 1 ) with knife . Unsolder
wires (9).
NOTE: To install RESET or PNL DIM switch S1 or S2, refer to task 10.
TASK 3 ENDS HERE
HOUSING CUTAWAY 2 PLACES

FOR CLARITY 3 PLACES
3
1 1 9
6
TA194793
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 3
9-425
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 4. Remove Receptacle Connector J1
Common Tools:
Special Tools:
Supplies:
NOTE: Expendable supplies are defined in appendix A
Pencil (Item 25)
Personnel : One
Driver's indicator panel on clean work surface .
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 4
9-426
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
Receptacle Connector:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on replacing and repairing connectors and tagging electrical
wires, before doing any work .
crew and take out screw ( 1 ) , lockwasher (2), and nut (3) from clamp (4) with screwdriver and
nch. Take clamp (4) off wires ( 5). Get rid of lockwasher (2).
>k at clamp (4) for bends, breaks, and rough spots. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
ing strap wrench , unscrew connector (6) from receptacle connector (7).
Iscrew and take out four screws (8) and lockwashers (9) with screwdriver. Get rid of
ckwashers (9). Pull connector (7) out of housing ( 10) as far as wires ( 5) will allow.
ɔok at connector (7) for cracks, breaks, and bent or broken contacts ( 11 ) . If only contacts ( 11 ) are
ad or if wires ( 5) must be removed for access, go to step 6 , otherwise , TASK 4 ENDS HERE.
Ising installing and removal tool , take out wires ( 5) and contacts ( 11 ) from connector ( 7) . If
onnector (7) is bad , turn in connector (7). If OK set aside for later use. Cut off tie wraps (12) if
equired .
w-on Maintenance :
NOTE: To install receptacle connector, refer to task 9.
< 4 ENDS HERE
10
11
1
HIDDEN
1
5 6
7
2 5
9
3
4 PLACES 10 7
8
TA194794
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 4
9-427
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 5. Replace Circuit Card Assembly A1
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Circuit Card Assembly A1 , 12287755
Cleaning Compound , MIL-C-81302 (Item 11)
Lockwasher, MS35333-39 (seven required)
Pencil (Item 25)
Sleeving, Insulation , MIL-R-46846 (Bulk)
Tape, PPP-T-60 (Item 41 )
Personnel: One
Remove access cover; refer to task 1 .
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 5
9-428
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
:5
Circuit Card:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on tagging electrical wires and soldering techniques, before
doing any work .
lacing tape (1 ) off wires (2 ) with knife. Get rid of lacing tape ( 1 ) .
ng strap wrench, unscrew connector (3) from receptacle (4).
screw and take out four screws (5) and lockwashers (6) with screwdriver. Get rid of
kwashers (6). Pull receptacle (4) out of housing (7) as far as wires (2) will allow.
ing installing and removal tool , take out contacts F, B, and K (8) from receptacle (4).
Iscrew and take out screw (9), lockwasher ( 10) , and nut ( 11 ) from clamp (12) with screwdriver and
ench. Take clamp ( 12) off wires (2) . Get rid of lockwasher ( 10).
ok at clamp ( 12) for bends, breaks, or rough spots . If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
FRAME 6
9
12
10
3
ACES
O
6
4 PLACES
VIEW ROTATED FOR CLARITY
5
2
TA194795
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 5
9-429
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 6
Remove Circuit Card (Continued):
1. Cut outer sleeving ( 1 ), adhesive tape ( 2) , and inner sleeving (3) from two wires (4) on MASTER
CAUTION indicator housing ( 5) with knife. Get rid of sleeving ( 1 , 3) and tape ( 2) .
2. Unsolder two wires (4) from terminals (6) on housing (5) .
3. Cut sleeving ( 7) , adhesive tape (8) , and sleeving ( 9) from MASTER WARNING indicator housing ( 10)
with knife. Get rid of sleeving (7 , 9) and tape ( 8) .
4. Unsolder three wires ( 11 ) from terminals ( 12) on housing (10) .
5. Remove PNL DIM switch; refer to task 3.
6. Unscrew and take out two screws ( 13) , lockwashers ( 14) , and washers ( 15) from printed circuit
card (16) with screwdriver. Get rid of lockwashers (14).
7. Take circuit card ( 16) out of housing ( 17) . Set circuit card ( 16) aside for later use.
GO TO FRAME 7
13
2 PLACES 17
14
15
16
GEG
ELE
E
(11 ) 3 PLACES
4 ) 2 PLACES
92 PLACES 2 PLACES
2 PLACES
0
(12) 7
10
10 8 6
5 5
TA194796
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 5
9-430
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 7
Install Circuit Card:
NOTE
See task 8, table 9-6 , for wire location , type of terminal , and wire size.
1. Lay old circuit card ( 1 ) next to new circuit card (2).
2. Cut wires (3) same length as wires (4) on old circuit card ( 1 ) with pliers . Take tags off wires (4) and
put on wires (3). Turn in old circuit card ( 1 ).
3. Using thermal wire stripper and rule, take 1 /4- inch insulation ( 5 ) off end of eight wires ( 3 ) on circuit
card (2).
4. Put circuit card ( 2) in place on housing (6) . Screw in and tighten two screws (7) , new
lockwashers (8), and washers (9) with screwdriver.
GO TO FRAME 8
6 1
8) 2 PLACES
2
3 1
1/4 8 PLACES
INCH
3 8 PLACES
5
5
TA194804
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 5
9-431
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 8
Install Circuit Card (Continued) :
1. Measure three 5/8-inch pieces of new sleeving ( 1 ) with rule. Cut pieces with knife. Put sleeving (1 ) on
circuit card wires (2, 3, 4).
2. Crimp new contacts on circuit card board wires (5, 6 , 7); refer to para. 9-4.
3. Put wires ( 5 , 6 , 7) through connector (8) and housing (9) and in receptacle ( 10); refer to para. 9-12,
task 1 .
4. Put receptacle ( 10) in housing (9) . Screw in and tighten four screws ( 11 ) and new lockwashers (12)
with screwdriver.
5. Using strap wrench , screw connector (8) on receptacle ( 10) .
GO TO FRAME 9
10
12
4 PLACES
11
8
3
2
5
7 9
6
5 3 PLACES ( 1
10
TA194805
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 5
9-432
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 9
Install Circuit Card (Continued ):
1. Install PNL DIM switch; refer to task 10.
2. Measure and cut new piece of outer insulation sleeving ( 1 ) 1 -inch long with rule and knife. Slide outer
sleeving (1 ) over wires (2, 3).
7
3. Measure and cut two new pieces of inner sleeving (4) 5/8- inch long with rule and knife. Slide inner
sleeving (4) over wires (2 , 3) on MASTER WARNING light (5) .
4. Solder wire (2) to terminal (6) and wires (3) to terminal (7) . Slide inner sleeving (4 ) over
terminals (6 , 7) . Using thermal gun, shrink inner sleeving (4).
5. Repeat steps 2 , 3, and 4 for MASTER CAUTION light (8).
6. Wrap wires ( 2, 3) and back of indicator light (9) with adhesive tape ( 10) . Slide outer sleeving (1 )
over adhesive tape ( 10) and back of indicator light (9). Using thermal gun , shrink outer sleeving (1 ).
7. Put clamp (11 ) in place over wire bundle ( 12) . Screw in and tighten screw ( 13) , new
lockwasher ( 14 ) , and nut ( 15) with screwdriver and wrench .
8. Lace wire bundle ( 12) together with new lacing tape (16) .
1. Install access cover; refer to task 12.
2. Check out driver's indicator panel; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para. 10-6.
TASK 5 ENDS HERE
15 16
14
12 同
11
13
1 1
2
4 2
2
3 10 3
10 6
9 5
9 7 7
5 TA194806
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 5
9-433
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
Common Tools:
Die Set, metal stamping, alphabet, 1 /8- inch NSN 5110-00-289-0006
Die Set, metal stamping, numbers, 1 /8-inch NSN 5110-00-289-0002
Hammer, ball peen
Knife, putty
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Dry Cleaning Solvent, P-D-680 (Item 13)
Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone , TT- M- 261 (Item 24)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 6
9-434
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 10
Replace Plate:
1. Take identification plate ( 1 ) off cover ( 2) with putty knife. Set plate ( 1 ) aside for later use.
WARNING
2. Clean adhesive from cover (2 ) with putty knife, solvent, and rag.
3. Transfer information from old identification plate ( 1 ) to new identification plate ( 1 ) with die sets and
hammer. Get rid of old plate ( 1 ).
4. Put a small amount of methyl-ethyl-ketone on back of identification plate ( 1 ) with brush . Press
plate (1 ) firmly in place on cover (2) .
TASK 6 ENDS HERE
ww...
1 w ..
655
CONTR
ACT
MFP
PN 122877
71
NS
SERNN
O REV
DATE 2
TA194797
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 6
9-435
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 7. Replace Access Door
Common Tools:
Knife, putty
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Door, access ( 19207 ) 12287848
Dry Cleaning Solvent, P- D-680 (Item 13)
Methyl-Ethyl- Ketone , TT-M - 261 (Item 24)
Personnel: One
Driver's indicator panel on clean work surface .
1. Remove MASTER WARNING and MASTER CAUTION lamps; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
3. Remove MASTER WARNING or MASTER CAUTION indicator light DS1 or DS2 ; refer to task 2.
4. Remove RESET and PNL DIM switches; refer to task 3.
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 7
9-436
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
: 11
Door:
WARNING
Solvent burns easily and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, use in a
è access door (1) off housing (2) with putty knife. Turn in access door ( 1 ).
in adhesive off housing (2) with putty knife, cleaning solvent, and rags.
small amount of methyl-ethyl- ketone on back of new access door ( 1 ) with brush. Press access
r (1) firmly in place on housing (2) .
n Maintenance:
Install RESET and PNL DIM switches; refer to task 10.
Install MASTER WARNING or MASTER CAUTION indicator light DS1 or DS2; refer to task 11.
Install access cover; refer to task 12.
Install MASTER WARNING and MASTER CAUTION lenses and lamps; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
ENDS HERE
efer to TM925
ight DS1 orDS2
1
Ө
Ö Ö
TA194798
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 7
9-437
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 8. Replace Indicator Panel Wires FAME12
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Wrench, combination, 3/8 -inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Pencil (Item 25)
Tape , PPP-T- 60 (Item 41 )
Wire, 22-gage M81044/ 12-22-9 (Bulk)
Wire, 20-gage M81044/ 12-20-9 (Bulk)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-11, Task 8
9-438
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
12
re:
NOTE
See table 9-6 of this task for wire routing, types of terminals, and wire size.
• To replace connector contacts; refer to para. 9-12 , task 1.
Table 9-6 . Wire Location , Types of Terminals, and Wire Sizes
ΤΟ
10
FROM TYPE OF TYPE OF WIRE
TERMINAL TERMINAL SIZE
J1 -F crimp Contact A1-1 Solder 20

DS1-1 Solder A1-2 Solder 20
x A.
J1-B crimp Contact A1-3 Solder 20
J1 -K crimp Contact A1-5 Solder 20
S2-3 Solder A1-6 Solder 20
S2-5 Solder A1-8 Solder 20
J1-A crimp Contact DS1-1 Solder 22
J1 -C crimp Contact J1 -G crimp Contact 20
J1 -D crimp Contact S1-5 Solder 22
J1 -E crimp Contact S1-3 Solder 20
J1-H crimp Contact S1-4 Solder 20
J1-J crimp Contact DS2-1 Solder 20
22
S1-6 Solder S2-5 Solder 22
S1-5 Solder S1-6 Solder 22
FRAME 13
TA194799
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 8 9
9-43
Task 8
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 13
NOTE
●. Read para. 9-4 before doing any work.
Wires attached to circuit card assembly A1 (1 ) cannot be replaced . If any

wire assembly attached to circuit card A1 ( 1 ) is bad , replace circuit card
assembly A1 ( 1 ) ; refer to task 5.
Use this task to take out and put in wires in driver's indicator panel (2) .
Do step 1 for wires routed to receptacle J1 (3).
1. Unscrew and take out screw (4), lockwasher ( 5) , and nut (6) from clamp (7) with screwdriver and
wrench. Get rid of lockwasher (5).
GO TO FRAME 14
3 1
TA194800
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 8
9-440
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 14
Remove Wires (Continued):
NOTE
Use this task to take out and put in wires in driver's indicator panel ( 1 ) .
Wire 14 (2 ) is shown.
1. Using strap wrench, unscrew electrical connector (3) from receptacle (4).
2. Cut lacing tape ( 5) off wire bundle (6) with knife.
3. Using installing and removal tool , pull wire (2 ) and contact J (7) out of receptacle connector J1 (4) .
4. Pull wire (2) out of wire bundle (6).
5. Cut outer sleeving, ( 8) adhesive tape ( 9) , and inner sleeving ( 10 ) off light ( 11 ) and wire ( 2) with knife.
Get rid of sleeving ( 8 , 10) and tape (9) .
6. Unsolder and take off two wires (2) from terminal ( 12) on light ( 11 ).
GO TO FRAME 15
11
12
2 PLACES
10)
8 +
7
11
1
2
4 3 6
TA194801
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 8
9-441
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 15
Install Wire:
1. Measure old wire ( 1 ) with rule. Using wire cutter and rule, cut new wire ( 2 ) 1 /2-inch longer than old
wire (1 ). Get rid of old wire ( 1 ).
2. Using thermal wire stripper and rule, take off 1 /4- inch of insulation (3) from each end of new wire (2) .
3. Measure and cut 1 - inch piece of new outer insulation sleeving (4) with rule and knife. Slide
sleeving (4) over wires (2 , 5 ).
4. Measure and cut 5/8-inch piece of new inner insulation sleeving (6) with rule and knife. Slide inner
sleeving (6) over wire (2).
5. Solder one end of wire ( 2 ) to terminal (7) and wire ( 5) to terminal ( 8) on housing (9).
6. Slide sleeving (6) over terminal (7,8 ). Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving (6).
7. Wrap adhesive tape ( 10) around base of housing (9) and wires ( 2 , 5).
8. Slide sleeving (4) over housing (9) . Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving (4).
GO TO FRAME 16
9
4
2
10
5
7 230A
1/2 INCH
2
9 O 3
2
8 5
1/4 INCH
62 PLACES
TA194802
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 8
9-442
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 16
Install Wire (Continued):
1. Lay wire ( 1 ) along wire bundle ( 2 ) to connector receptacle J1 (3) .
2. Put new contact (4) on wire ( 1 ); refer to para . 9-12 , task 1 .
3. Using installing and removal tool , put wire ( 1 ) and contact (4) in receptacle J1 (3).
4. Using strap wrench, screw on and tighten connector (5).
5. Align clamp (6) and screw in and tighten screw ( 7) , new lockwasher ( 8) , and nut (9) with screwdriver
and wrench .
6. Wrap lacing tape ( 10) around wire bundle (2).
2. Check out driver's indicator panel; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-6 .
TASK 8 ENDS HERE
8 10
6
EEE
EEE
2 E
7
3
4
1
1 3
4
5 1
TA194803
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 8
9-443
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 9. Install Receptacle Connector J1
Common Tools:
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Remove receptacle connector J1 ; refer to task 4.
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 9
9-444
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 17
Install Receptacle:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on repairing connectors, receptacles, and modules, before

doing any work.
Do step 1 only if installing new receptacle connector (1 ).
1. Using installing and removal tool , put contacts (2) and wires (3) in new receptacle connector (1 ).
2. Put receptacle connector ( 1 ) in place in housing (4). Screw in and tighten four screws ( 5) and new
lockwashers (6) with screwdriver.
3. Using strap wrench, screw on and tighten connector (7) to receptacle connector ( 1 ).
4. Put clamp (8) in place over wires (3) . Screw in and tighten screw (9) , new lockwasher ( 10) , and
nut ( 11 ) with screwdriver and wrench.
5. Tie wires (3) between connector (7) and clamp (8) as needed with new lacing tape ( 12 ).
TASK 9 ENDS HERE
12 VIEW CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
8 1
10
11 3
1 4
1
6
4 PLACES
5
TA194807
Volume II
Para. 9-11 , Task 9
9-445
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 10. Install RESET or PNL DIM Switch $ 1 or $ 2
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Adhesive, MIL-A-46146 ( Item 4)
Cardboard, 2 x 2 -inch square (two required)
Tape, masking, MIL-T- 23397 (Item 40)
Wrench, combination , 9/16 inch (fabricated refer to appendix B)
-Personnel: One
Remove RESET or PNL DIM switch; refer to task 3.
Volume II
9-446
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 18
Install Switch:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on soldering and replacing switches, before doing any work.
Use this task to put on PNL DIM switch ( 1 ) or RESET switch (2 ) . PNL DIM
switch (1 ) is shown .
If switch (1 ) was taken out for access only, skip steps 1 through 3.
1. Solder wires ( 3) to terminals (4).
WARNING
Adhesives and solvents burn easily and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid
2. Wrap cardboard around switch ( 1 ) to form cylinder. Hold cardboard in place with tape.
3. Spread adhesive in open end of cylinder around switch ( 1 ) and over terminals (4) and wires (3 ) with
brush . Let adhesive dry. Take off and get rid of cardboard and tape .
NOTE
RESET switch (2) does not have guard (5).
4. Put lockwasher (6) on switch ( 1 ). Put switch ( 1 ) in hole on panel (7) . Screw guard ( 5) and
dressring (8) on switch ( 1 ) with pliers. Tighten nut ( 9) on back of panel with wrench .
TASK 10 ENDS HERE
9
6
1 2 PLACES
3 PLACES
7 3
5
8 TA194808
Volume II
9-447
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 11. Install MASTER WARNING or MASTER CAUTION Indicator Light
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Tape, adhesive and sealant , type II MIL-A-46146 ( Item 54)
Wrench, combination , 9/ 16 - inch (fabricated - refer to appendix B)
Personnel: One
Remove MASTER WARNING or MASTER CAUTION indicator light DS1 or DS2; refer to task 2.
Volume II
9-448
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 19
NOTE
Read para. 9-4, on soldering and heat shrinking techniques , before doing
any work.
Use this task to put in MASTER WARNING indicator light ( 1 ) or MASTER

CAUTION indicator light ( 2) . MASTER CAUTION indicator light (2 ) is shown.
1. Put indicator light (2) in hole in indicator alert panel ( 3) . Screw on and tighten jamnut (4)
and lockwasher (5 ) with wrench .
2. Measure and cut new piece of insulation sleeving (6) 1 -inch long with rule and knife. Slide sleeving (6)
over both wires (7).
3. Measure and cut new pieces of sleeving (8) 5/8-inch long with rule and knife . Slide sleeving (8) over
each wire (7).
4. Solder wires (7) to terminals (9) on indicator light (2).
GO TO FRAME 20
2 PLACES (7
8
2
9
6
3
5 2
TA194809
Volume II
9-449
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 20
Install Indicator Light (Continued) :
1. Slide pieces of insulation sleeving ( 1 ) over terminals (2) . Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving ( 1 ) .
2. Wrap adhesive tape ( 3) around base (4 ) of indicator light (5) and sleeving ( 1 ) .
3. Slide sleeving (6) over indicator light (5) . Using thermal gun , shrink sleeving (6).
2. Install MASTER WARNING or MASTER CAUTION lens and lamp; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
TASK 11 ENDS HERE
212 PLACES
1
6
TA194810
Volume II
9-450
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 12. Install Access Cover
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Lockwasher (96906 ) MS35333-37 (six required)
Personnel: One
Volume II
9-451
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 21
Install Cover:
1. Put cover (1 ) on housing (2).
2. Screw in and tighten six screws (3) , new lockwashers (4), and washers (5) with screwdriver.
END OF DRIVER'S INDICATOR PANEL MAINTENANCE
ALERT PANEL
6 PLACES
3
4
5
2
1
ALERT PANEL
TA194811
Volume II
9-452
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
9-12. Wiring Harnesses
CAUTION
The wiring harnesses and cable assemblies in tasks 7 through 16 are positioned
within the tank to prevent excessive damage to equipment during a nuclear
attack. Always route the wiring harnesses and cable assemblies in tasks 7
through 16 in the exact position as when taken out.
NOTE
Installation procedures for wiring harnesses and cable assembly will be included
in change 1 to this Technical Manual . Since no installation procedures are pro-
vided , study removal procedures carefully in order to install wiring harnesses
and/or cable assembly. In most cases wiring harnesses and/or cable assembly
may be installed by reversing removal instructions.
Task Title Frames
1 Repair Electrical Harness Connector Style
48
1599
A, B, C , or D ·
2345678
·
Repair Electrical Harness Connector Style E
Replace Wiring Harness Lug Terminal Style F
Replace Wiring Harness Dust and Moisture Boot 10 · 11
Remove Feed-Through Cover and Plate 12 · 13
Install Feed-Through Cover and Plate 14 · 15
Remove Wiring Harness 2W105 1621
Remove Wiring Harness 2W107 22 - 26
9 Remove Wiring Harness 2W108 27-32
10 Remove Power Cable Assembly 2W114 33-35
11 Remove Wiring Harness 2W115 36 - 39 ,
12 Remove Wiring Harness 2W154 40 - 42
13 Remove Wiring Harness 2W155 43-45
14 Remove Wiring Harness 2W156 4649
15 Remove Wiring Harness 2W105-2 50-52
16 Remove Wiring Harness 2W111-2 53 - 55
Wiring Diagrams 5682
NOTE
• This paragraph tells you how to replace and repair wiring harnesses in the M1
tank hull. Basic steps used to repair any harness are covered on the next
page. Harness replacement is covered in tasks 7 through 16.
There are two equipment conditions in which a harness may be repaired. A

harness may be repaired on a clean work surface or while installed on the tank
hull. The equipment condition required for the repair of a harness is
determined during troubleshooting. Repair tasks 1 and 2 and replace tasks 3
and 4 only show repair of harnesses on a clean work surface.
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-453
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
9-12. Wiring Harnesses (Continued)
To find the connector or terminal style to use, refer to the connector matrix on page 9-455 . This matrix
shows which task frames cover repair of a particular style connector or terminal . After repairing a particular
component, return to the connector matrix to look for the next part to be repaired .
When harness repair includes removing or installing a new boot, refer to task 4.
Cutting a shield will cause harness to become unserviceable . If shield is cut , turn in harness .
When harness uses O-gage or 1 -gage wire, turn in harness for repair at next higher level of maintenance.
All unused holes in connectors must have contacts and plastic plugs inserted .
After repairing a harness on a clean work surface, clean and check all other connectors and terminals before
returning harness to stock.
For tools and supplies needed in harness repair, refer to given task.
A drawing of each style connector and terminal , with the frame corresponding to its repair procedure, follows
the connector matrix. The wiring diagram of all harnesses that can be repaired at this level of maintenance
follows the last task in this paragraph .
To Repair a Bad Harness Connector:
1. Find harness number in the left column of connector matrix on following page.
2. Locate bad connector or terminal at top of column of connector matrix.
3. Locate style at right of harness under bad connector or terminal heading. Look at illustration showing M1
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR STYLE on the pages following the connector matrix to find repair and wiring
diagram frames.
Example: On harness 2W104, if P7 is bad, go to M1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR STYLE illustration showing

style A. Then go to frames 1 through 4 for repairs, and frames 57 through 59 for wiring diagrams .
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-454
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
CONNECTOR MATRIX
Wiring Diagram
1 J2 Frame Number
Harness P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P111PP12
12 P13 J1 12 T31 E1 E2 E3 E4
2W103 A A Frame 56
2W104 AAAAAAAA B Frame 57-59
2W105 AAAA
AAAAAAAAA B E Frame 60-62
2W105-1❘A B Frame 63
2W105-2❘A Frame 82
B
2W106 AAAAAAAA Frame 64-66
2W106-1 |A B Frame 63
2W107 AAA BF Frame 67-68
2W108 A A E Frame 69
2W109 AAAA B Frame 70
2W110 AAAA D Frame 71
2W111 AAAA A Frame 72
2W111-1 C B Frame 79
2W111-2 A B Frame 82
2W112 ACAA Frame 73
2W114 A E Frame 74
2W115 A E Frame 75
2W156 A FFF Frame 75
2W159 CAAAAAAAAAA B Frame 76-77

A | C
20160 A A A B Frame 78
2W161 C C Frame 78
2W301 AA Frame 56
3W103 ECC Frame 79
3W104 E A A A A A A C
CC B B Frame 80-81
TA195114
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-455
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
M1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR STYLES
FOR USE WITH HARNESSES

A STYLE WITH R.F.I. SHIELDING
WIRE GROMMET R.F.I. ADAPTER

(STRAIGHT, 45°, 90°)
FOR USE WITH
HARNESSES
WITHOUT R.F.I.
SHIELDING
OR
ENGAGING
END
PLUG INSERT
BACKSHELL
CONNECTOR REPAIR, SEE FRAMES 1-4
FOR USE WITH

B STYLE HARNESSES
WITH R.F.I.
SHIELDING
PREFORMED PACKING
IN GROOVE
R.F.I. ADAPTER
FOR USE WITH

JAM NUT HARNESSES
WITHOUT R.F.I.
SHIELDING
OR
RECEPTACLE
ENGAGING END
BACKSHELL
(JAMNUT TYPE SHOWN FLANGE TYPE ALSO USED)

TA195116
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-456
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
M1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR STYLES (Continued)
STYLE FOR USE WITH

C R.F.I. ADAPTER HARNESSES
(STRAIGHT, 45°, 90°) WITH R.F.I.
SHIELDING
FOR USE WITH

HARNESSES
WITHOUT R.F.I.
SHIELDING
OR
PLUG
BACKSHELL
THREADED COUPLING
CONNECTOR REPAIR, SEE FRAMES 1-4 TYPE
D STYLE FOR USE

WITH HARNESSES
WITH R.F.I.
SHIELDING
R.F.I. ADAPTER
ENGAGING (STRAIGHT, 45°, 90°)
END
RECEPTACLE
THREADED COUPLING
(FLANGE MTG TYPE SHOWN · JAMNUT TYPE ALSO USED) TYPE
CONNECTOR REPAIR, SEE FRAMES 1-4 TA195117
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-457
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
M1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR STYLES (Continued)
E STYLE
BACKSHELL SUPPLIED
WITH RECEPTACLES
NOT INTENDED FOR
GROMMET AND COMPRESSION RING
USE WITH R.F.I.
ARE SOMETIMES REPLACED BY
SHIELDING
HARD PLASTIC WIRE POSITIONER
ON SOME 36-5 INSERT ARRANGEMENTS
COMPRESSION
RING
GROMMET FOR USE WITH

HARNESSES
WITH R.F.I.
SHIELDING
R.F.I. ADAPTER
F STYLE
TERMINAL REPAIR, SEE FRAME 9

TA195118
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-458
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 1. Repair Electrical Harness Connector Style A, B, C, or D
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Gun , thermal , 8031088
Supplies:
Boot (See para . 9-4g)
Brazing Alloy, silver QQ- B- 654 (Item 9)
Connector (See para . 9-4g)
Pencil (Item 25)
Plug, end seal (See para . 9-4g)
Protective Caps and Plugs ( Bulk)
Tape, PPP-T-60 (Item 41 )
Personnel : One
Harness on clean work surface.
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 1
9-459
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 1
Repair Connector Style A, B, C, or D:
NOTE
Read para . 9-4 and the beginning of para . 9-12 before doing any work.
When adapter (1) is mentioned in this task it could be an adapter or

backshell.
1. Take boot (2) off harness jacket (3) with knife.
2. Using soft jaw pliers, unscrew and take off adapter (1 ).
3. Pull adapter ( 1 ) away from connector (4) to reach wires (5).
GO TO FRAME 2
1 4
5 3
TA195119
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 1
9-460
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 2
Repair Connector Style A, B , C, or D (Continued) :
NOTE
If contact ( 1 ) is taken out for access only, do step 1 for each contact ( 1 ) in
connector (2 ), and then go to step 3 in frame 4.
1. Using installing and removal tool , take wires (3) and contacts ( 1 ) out of connector (2) . Look at
contacts ( 1 ) for bends, breaks, or cracks. If bad go to frame 3. If OK go to step 2.
2. Look at connector (2) for cracks, dents, or stripped threads. If bad do step 1 until all contacts ( 1 )
and wires (3) are out of connector (2) and then turn in connector (2). If OK go to frame 4 , step 3.
GO TO FRAME 3
2
3
TA195120
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 1
9-461
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 3
Repair Connector Style A, B , C, or D (Continued) :
1. Cut bad contact ( 1 ) from wire (2) with diagonal cutting pliers. Get rid of bad contact ( 1 ) .
CAUTION
Splicing of wires is not allowed . Extra wire for each lead is coiled inside each
branch of wiring harness. If wire cannot be lengthened by simply pulling
additional length required from harness, turn in harness.
2. Pull wire (2 ) out from harness (3 ) until 1 /2 - inch additional wire is exposed . If wire cannot be
lengthened this way, turn in harness, and TASK 1 ENDS HERE .
3. Using thermal stripper , strip insulation off wire ( 2) equal to depth of well in new contact (4).
GO TO FRAME 4
WELL DEPTH
2 4
1
2
TA195121
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 1
9-462
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 4
Repair Connector Style A, B, C, or D (Continued) :
NOTE
If contact (1 ) is crimp type, skip step 1. If contact ( 1 ) is solder type, skip step 2.
1. Solder wire ( 2) in contact well (3).
2. Using crimping tool , put new contact ( 1 ) on wire (2).
3. Put on new boot (4); refer to task 4.
4. Using soft jaw pliers, screw on and tighten adapter ( 5) to connector (6) .
TASK 1 ENDS HERE
5
WELL DEPTH
TA195122
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 1
9-463
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 2. Repair Electrical Harness Connector Style E
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Adhesive, S-1125 (Item 1 )
Brazing Alloy, silver, QQ- B- 654 (Item 9)
Connector (See para . 9-4g)
Pencil (Item 25)
Protective Caps and Plugs (Bulk)
Silicone Compound , MIL-S-8660 ( Item 31 )
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-12, Task 2
9-464
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 5
Repair Connector Style E:
NOTE
When adapter (1 ) is mentioned in this task it could be an adapter or

backshell.
1. Take boot (2) off harness jacket (3) with knife.
2. Using soft jaw pliers, unscrew adapter ( 1 ) from connector (4) .
3. Pull adapter ( 1 ) , compression ring (5) , and grommet (6) away from connector (4) to reach wires (7).
GO TO FRAME 6
3
2
6
5
1
TA195123
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 2
9-465
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 6
Repair Connector Style E (Continued):
NOTE
Do step 1 for each contact ( 1 ) in connector ( 2) , and then go to step 3 in

frame 8. If 0 or 1 -gage wires are bad , replace harness .
1. Using installing and removal tool put removal tool tip in connector (2 ) and push plunger slide forward
to push out contact ( 1 ) . Look at contact ( 1 ) for bends, breaks, or cracks. If bad go to frame 7. If
OK go to step 2.
2. Look at connector ( 2) for cracks, dents, or stripped threads. If bad do step 1 until all contacts ( 1 ) are
out of connector ( 2) and then turn in connector (2) . If OK go to frame 8, step 3.
GO TO FRAME 7
1
3
TA195124
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 2
9-466
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 7
Repair Connector Style E (Continued):
1. Cut bad contact ( 1 ) from wire (2) with diagonal cutting pliers. Get rid of contact ( 1 ).
CAUTION
Splicing of wires is not allowed . Extra wire for each lead is coiled inside each
branch of wiring harness. If wire cannot be lengthened by simply pulling
additional length required from harness, turn in harness.
2. Pull wire ( 2 ) out from harness ( 3) until 1/2 inch of additional wire ( 2 ) is exposed . If wire ( 2) cannot
be lengthened this way, turn in harness and TASK 2 ENDS HERE.
GO TO FRAME 8
TA195125
Volume II
Para. 9-12, Task 2
9-467
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 8
Repair Connector Style E (Continued) :
1. Using thermal wire stripper, strip insulation from wire ( 1 ) to depth of contact well (2).
2. Using crimping tool , put new contact ( 3 ) on wire ( 1 ) .
3. Slide new boot (4 ) on harness (5).
4. Slide grommet (6), compression ring (7) , and adapter (8) on harness ( 5).
5. Using installing and removal tool , put wire ( 1 ) and contact ( 3) through rear of connector (9).
6. Slide grommet (6) and compression ring (7) up to connector (9).
7. Using soft jaw pliers, hold connector ( 9) and tighten adapter (8) .
WARNING
away from open fire and use in a well -ventilated area .
8. Put thin coat of adhesive on adapter (8) and inside large end of boot (4) with brush .
9. Push boot (4) over adapter ( 9) . Using thermal gun , heat shrink boot (4) .
Test connector; refer to para. 9-4 and appropriate frame at the end of this paragraph .
TASK 2 ENDS HERE
8
WELL DEPTH
1
4 6
8 7
2
TA195126
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 2
9-468
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 3. Replace Wiring Harness Lug Terminal Style F
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Sleeving, insulation , MIL- R-46846 Type V (Bulk)
Terminal , lug (See para . 9-4g)
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 3
9-469
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 9
Replace Lug Terminal:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4 on heat shrinking techniques and crimping wires before doing
any work.
1. Cut sleeving ( 1 ) off lug terminal ( 2 ) with knife. Pull off and get rid of sleeving ( 1 ) .
2. Cut terminal ( 2 ) from wire ( 3) with diagonal cutting pliers . Get rid of terminal (2) .
3. Using thermal wire strippers, strip insulation from wire ( 3) equal to well depth in new terminal (2) .
4. Cut piece of new sleeving ( 1 ) equal to length of new terminal (2) with knife . Put sleeving (1 ) over
wire (3).
5. Put wire (3 ) in terminal ( 2) . Using crimping tool , crimp terminal ( 2) .
6. Slide sleeving ( 1 ) over edge of crimp on terminal ( 2) .
7. Using thermal gun, shrink sleeving ( 1 ) on terminal (2 ) and end of cable ( 3).
TASK 3 ENDS HERE
1
2
3
1
2 2
TA195127
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 3
9-470
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 4. Replace Wiring Harness Dust and Moisture Boot
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Pliers, slip joint
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Adhesive, S- 1125 (Item 1 )
Cloth, crocus (Item 12 )
Tape, PPP-T- 60 (Item 41 )
Personnel: One
Volume II
Para. 9-12, Task 4
9-471
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 10
Remove Boot:
NOTE
Read para. 9-4 on soldering, crimping, tagging electrical wires, and heat
shrinking techniques before doing any work.
1. Cut off boot ( 1 ) from wires (2 ) and connector (3) with knife. Get rid of boot ( 1 ) .
2. Using soft jaw pliers, unscrew backshell (4) from connector (3).
3. Slide backshell (4) along wires (2) away from connector (3).
4. Using installing and removal tool , push and pull contacts (5) and wires (6) out of connector (3).
5. Take connector (3) and backshell (4) off wires (2).
6. Look at connector ( 3 ) and backshell (4) for cracks or stripped threads. If bad turn in . If OK set aside
for later use.
7. Look at contacts ( 5) for cracks, corrosion , or looseness. If bad go to task 1 .
GO TO FRAME 11
1
3
3
6
4
TA195128
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 4
9-472
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 11
Install Boot:
1. Put new boot ( 1 ) on wires (2) .
2. Put backshell (3) on wires (2).
3. Using installing and removal tool , put contacts (4) in place in connector ( 5 ) . Check tag markings to
make sure contacts (4 ) are in right holes of connector (5) .
4. Using soft jaw pliers, screw on and tighten backshell (3) to connector ( 5) .
WARNING
E Adhesive burns easily and can give off harmful vapor. To avoid injury, keep
5. Put thin coat of adhesive on backshell ( 3 ) and on inside of large end of boot ( 1 ) with brush.
6. Push boot ( 1 ) over backshell (3). Using thermal gun , heat shrink boot ( 1).
TASK 4 ENDS HERE
5
3
5 PLACES ( 4
3
1
TA195129
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 4
9-473
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 5. Remove Feed-Through Cover and Plate
Common Tools:
Extension, socket wrench, 1 /2 -inch square drive, 5-inch
Handle, socket wrench , ratchet, 1 /2-inch square drive
Knife, pocket
Knife, putty
Socket, socket wrench , 1 /2 -inch square drive, 9/16 - inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
NOTE: Expendable supplies are identified in appendix A.
Dry Cleaning Solvent, P- D-680 (Item 13 )
Personnel: One
• Tank parked .
• Parking brake set.
VEHICLE MASTER POWER switch set to OFF.
Transmission shift control set to N.
1. Open both battery covers; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
2. Remove positive terminal board guard; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-9.
3. Disconnect tank power; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para . 11-9 .
4. Remove turret assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-2-2-2, para. 4-5.
Volume II
Para. 9-12, Task 5
9-474
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 12
Remove Feed-Through Cover:
NOTE
1. Unscrew and take off two wires ( 1 ).
2. Unscrew and take out five screws (2 ), lockwashers (3 ) , and washers (4) from two straps (5) with
9/16-inch socket , extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (3).
3. Look at two straps (5) for cracks or breaks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
CAUTION
When taking adhesive off three grommets (6), two connectors (7) , feed -through
cover (8), and feed-through plate (9) , care must be taken not to damage
connectors (7) and harnesses ( 10) .
4. Cut and peel off adhesive from three grommets (6) , two connectors (7) , feed-through cover (8) , and
feed-through plate ( 9) with pocket knife.
WARNING
5. Lift feed-through cover (8) from feed-through plate (9) . Clean cover ( 8) with putty knife, solvent, and
rags. Look at feed-through cover ( 8) for cracks or breaks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later
use.
GO TO FRAME 13
8 7
5
1
6
8 10
8 PLACES
4
3
5 PLACES
2
TA195130
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 5
9-475
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 13
Remove Feed-Through Plate:
1. Using jamnut socket, unscrew and take off two jamnuts ( 1 ) from connectors (2).
2. Unscrew and take out two screws (3), lockwashers (4) , and washers (5) from feed-through plate (6)
WARNING
3. Lift plate (6) from connectors (2) . Clean plate (6) with putty knife , solvent, and rags. Look at
plate (6) for cracks or breaks . If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
4. Pull three grommets (7) off harnesses ( 8) . Get rid of grommets (7) .
5. Take adhesive off bulkhead mounting surface ( 9) with putty knife, solvent, and rags.
NOTE: To install feed -through cover and plate, refer to task 6.
TASK 5 ENDS HERE
2PLACES
2
9
8
6 2 PLACES
2
TA195131
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 5
9-476
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 6. Install Feed-Through Cover and Plate
Common Tools:
Extension , socket wrench , 1 /2 -inch square drive, 5 -inch
Knife, putty
Socket, socket wrench, 1 /2 -inch square drive, 9 /16 - inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Adhesive MIL- A-46106 ( Item 3)
Grommet ( 19207) 12287724
Grommet ( 19207) 12282767 (two required)
Lockwasher (96906) MS35333-42 (seven required)
Personnel: One
• Tank parked.
• VEHICLE MASTER POWER switch set to OFF.
• Transmission shift control set to N.
Remove feed-through cover and plate; refer to task 5 .
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 6
9-477
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 14
Install Feed-Through Plate:
NOTE
1. Put feed-through plate ( 1 ) under harnesses ( 2) with connector 2W160J1 ( 3) and connector
2W159J1 (4) through holes in feed -through plate ( 1 ) .
WARNING
away from open fire and use in a well -ventilated area.
2. Put thin coat of adhesive on connector threads ( 3,4) . Using jamnut socket, screw on and tighten two
jamnuts (5 ) on connectors (3,4) .
3. Put coat of adhesive on bulkhead surface ( 6 ) at least 1 /8 -inch thick.
4. Line up holes in feed-through plate ( 1 ) with holes in bulkhead (6) . Screw in , but do not tighten, two
screws (7) , new lockwashers ( 8) , and washers (9) with 9/ 16-inch socket, extension , and handle.
5. Put three new grommets ( 10) over harnesses ( 2) and mounting holes in feed -through plate ( 1 ) . Coat
three grommets ( 10) , harnesses ( 2) , and mounting surface on feed -through plate ( 1 ) with adhesive.
GO TO FRAME 15
BULKHEAD CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY 10
2
G
G
12 PLACES
9 8
52 PLACES
2 PLACES
1
3
TA195132
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 6
9-478
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 15
Install Feed-Through Cover:

WARNING
Adhesive burns easily and can give off harmful vapors . To avoid injury , use in a
1. Put coat of adhesive on feed-through cover ( 1 ) and bulkhead surface ( 2 ) at least 1 /8 - inch thick .
2. Line up feed-through cover ( 1 ) with three grommets (3) in feed-through plate (4).
3. Put thin coat of adhesive on back of straps ( 5) . Line up two straps ( 5) with feed -through cover ( 1 )
and feed-through plate (4).
4. Screw in and tighten five screws (6) , new lockwashers ( 7) , and washers ( 8) with 9 / 16 - inch
socket, extension , and handle . Tighten two screws (9) .
5. Take off excess adhesive from straps ( 5) , feed-through cover ( 1 ) , and feed-through plate (4) with
putty knife.
6. Screw on and tighten connector 2W109P4 (10) to connector 2W160J1 ( 11 ) and connector
2W107P2 ( 12 ) to connector 2W159J1 ( 13 ) .
7. Let adhesive dry for 2 hours at normal temperature before use.
Follow-on Maintenance
1. Install turret assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-2-2-2 para. 4-5 .
2. Connect tank power; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para 11-9 .
3. Install positive terminal board guard; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para . 11-9 .
4. Close both battery covers; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
TASK 6 ENDS HERE
13
1
12
2
4
11
10 4 A
3
5
9
2 PLACES
4
1 C
G
1 1
1 5
1
5 PLACES 6
5
5 TA195133
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 6
9-479
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 7. Remove Wiring Harness 2W105
Common Tools:
Extension, socket wrench, 1 /2-inch square drive, 5-inch
Handle, socket wrench, ratchet, 1 /2 - inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench , 1 /2 -inch square drive, 7/16 -inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Pencil, writing (Item 25)
Personnel: One
Tank parked.
⚫ VEHICLE MASTER POWER switch set to OFF.
1. Remove engine access cover; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
2. Traverse turret until main gun is over left side of tank, and then lock turret;
refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
3. Open both battery covers; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
4. Open both precleaner doors; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
5. Open top deck left and right grille doors; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
6. Open rear grille doors; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3, para. 7-6 .
7. Remove top deck and grilles; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3, para . 7-5 .
8. Remove engine step plate; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-1 , para . 2-4 .
9. Open left and right side mudguards; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
10. Block both tracks; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
11. Disconnect left and right final drives; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
12. Remove powerpack; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-1 , para. 2-4.
13. Remove positive terminal board guard ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-9 .
14. Disconnect tank power; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-9.
15. Remove disconnect panel ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-10.
16. Remove disconnect panel box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-10 .
17. Remove turret assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-2-2-2 , para. 4-5.
18. Remove feed-through cover and plate ; refer to task 5 .
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 7
9-480
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 16
Remove Harness 2W105:
NOTE
Read para . 9-4 on tagging electrical wires before doing any work.
1. Cut off any electrical tiedown straps ( 1 ) from wiring harness 2W105 ( 2 ) in engine compartment with
pliers.
2. Unscrew and take out three screws (3) and lockwashers (4) from loop clamps ( 5) and bosses (6) with
socket, extension, and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (4).
3. Take three loop clamps (5) off harness bundle ( 7) . Pull harness 2W105 ( 2 ) out of harness
bundle (7).
4. Put three loop clamps ( 5) back in place around harness bundle (7) . Screw in , but do not tighten ,
three screws (3) to loop clamps ( 5) and bosses (6) .
GO TO FRAME 17
3 PLACES 3 PLACES
6 6
5 (3)( 5)
3
2
1
2
COVER
PLENUM
19207
12310 790
TA195134
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 7
9-481
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 17
Remove Harness 2W105 (Continued):
1. Unscrew and take out screw ( 1 ) , lockwasher ( 2 ) , and washer ( 3) from electrical tiedown strap (4) and
boss (5 ) with socket, extension, and handle. Get rid of lockwasher (2) .
2. Take strap (4) off harness bundle (6) . Pull harness 2W105 (7) out of harness bundle (6) .
3. Put strap (4 ) back in place around harness bundle ( 6) . Screw in , but do not tighten , screw ( 1 ) and
washer (3) to strap (4) and boss ( 5 ) .
4. Go in turret area of hull . Cut off any electrical tiedown straps ( 8) from harness 2W105 ( 7 ) in turret
area of hull with pliers.
5. Unscrew and take out eight screws (9), lockwashers ( 10) , and washers ( 11 ) from eight electrical
tiedown straps ( 12 ) with socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwashers ( 10) .
6. Pull harness 2W105 (7) out of harness bundle (6).
GO TO FRAME 18
10 8 PLACES
11 8
0
0
0
0
8
1880 ER
1
COV
06401
7
881
12
8 PLACES
6
5 3 2
FRONT OF
TANK
TA195135
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 7
9-482
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 18
1. Unscrew and take out five screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2) , and washers (3) from electrical tiedown
straps (4) and bosses (5) with socket, extension, and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (2 ).
2. Take five straps (4) off harness bundle (6). Pull harness 2W105 ( 7) out of harness bundle (6) .
3. Put five straps (4) back in place around harness bundle (6) . Screw in , but do not tighten , five
screws (1 ) and washers (3) to straps (4) and bosses (5).
4. Unscrew and take off electrical plug connector 2W105P3 (8) from receptacle connector
2W105-1J1 ( 9) on right front fuel tank cover ( 10).
GO TO FRAME 19
FRONT OF
TANK
10 8
9
1
2 5 PLACES
7
0
60
5 PLACES
5
TA195136
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 7
9-483
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 19
1. Unscrew and take off electrical plug connectors 2W105P6 ( 1 ) , 2W105P4 ( 2 ) , and 2W107P3 (3)
from receptacle connectors 2W105-2J1 ( 4 ) , 2W104J1 ( 5 ) , and 2W105J1 ( 6) on bracket (7) .
2. Using 1-9/ 16 inch jamnut socket and drive wrench, unscrew and take off jamnut (8) from receptacle
connector 2W105J1 ( 6) and bracket (7) .
3. Pull receptacle connector 2W105J1 (6) out of bracket (7) . Screw jamnut (8) on receptacle connector
2W105J1 (6) .
4. Unscrew and take off electrical plug connectors 2W105P1 (9) and 2W105P2 ( 10) from receptacle
connectors 2A102J2 ( 11 ) and 2A102J3 ( 12) on hull networks distribution box (13).
GO TO FRAME 20
13
11
9
10
12
O
CHICHIMI
4
1
7
6
5
2
3 6
TA195137
Volume II
Para. 9-12, Task 7
9-484
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 20
(Count ) 20 zema evormali
1. Unscrew and take off electrical plug connector 2W105P9 ( 1 ) from receptacle connector 2S401J1 (2)
on fire extinguisher reset switch (3).
(S) 870
2. Unscrew and take off electrical plug connector 2W105P8 (4) from receptacle connector 2L403J1 (5)
on fire extinguisher valve assembly (6).
COMS NEA
2B103J1 ( 8) on forward fuel pump (9).
4. Unscrew and take off electrical plug connector 2W105P7 ( 10) from receptacle connector
2L1012J1 ( 11 ) on distribution manifold ( 12 ) .
3A151J3 ( 14) at bottom of electronic control unit (15).
GO TO FRAME 21
(12)
10
15
(
11) 14
13
3
VIEWS TURNED
FOR CLARITY க
8
1
7
5
6
TA195138
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 7
9-485
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 21
1. Pull harness 2W105 ( 1 ) out of engine compartment and turret area of hull through bulkhead
opening (2).
2. Take out and turn in harness 2W105 ( 1 ) .
TASK 7 ENDS HERE
VIEW TURNED
180° FOR
CLARITY
TA195139
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 7
9-486
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
" TASK 8. Remove Wiring Harness 2W107
Common Tools:
Extension, socket wrench, 1 /2-inch square drive, 5-inch
Handle, socket wrench, ratchet, 1 /2 - inch square drive
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Tag, marker (Item 34) ( as required)
Personnel: One
• Tank parked .
1. Remove engine access cover; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
6. Open rear grille doors; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3 , para. 7-6.
7. Remove top deck and grilles; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3 , para . 7-5.
8. Remove engine step plate; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-1 , para . 2-4.
9. Open left and right side mudguards; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
10. Block both tracks; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
11. Disconnect left and right final drives; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
13. Remove positive terminal board guard ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-9.
14. Disconnect tank power; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para . 11-9.
15. Remove disconnect panel; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-10.
16. Remove disconnect panel box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-10.
17. Remove turret assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-2-2-2 , para. 4-5 .
18. Remove feed-through cover and plate; refer to task 5 .
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 8
9-487
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 22
NOTE
1. Cut off any electrical tiedown straps ( 1 ) from wiring harness 2W107 ( 2) in engine compartment with
pliers.
2. Unscrew and take out three screws (3) and lockwashers (4) from loop clamps ( 5) and bosses (6) with
socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (4) .
3. Take three loop clamps (5 ) off harness bundle (7) . Pull harness 2W107 ( 2 ) out of harness
bundle (7).
4. Put three loop clamps (5) back in place around harness bundle ( 7) . Screw in , but do not tighten,
three screws (3) to loop clamps ( 5) and bosses (6) .
GO TO FRAME 23
3 PLACES 3 PLACES
6
3 5 3 )( 5 6
2
7
COVERE
PLENUM
19207
123107905
4010
TA195140
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 8
9-488
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 23
Remove Harness 2W107 (Continued) :
1. Unscrew and take out screw ( 1 ) , lockwasher (2), and washer (3) from electrical tiedown strap (4) and
boss (5) with socket , extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwasher (2).
2. Take strap (4) off harness bundle (6) . Pull wiring harness 2W107 (7) out of harness bundle ( 6).
3. Put strap (4) back in place around harness bundle (6). Screw in , but do not tighten , screw ( 1 ) and
washer (3) to strap (4) and boss (5).
4. Go in turret area of hull. Cut off any electrical tiedown straps ( 8) from harness 2W107 (7) in turret
area of hull with pliers.
5. Unscrew and take out seven screws ( 9) , lockwashers ( 10) , and washers ( 11 ) from seven electrical
tiedown straps ( 12 ) with socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwashers ( 10).
6. Pull harness 2W107 (7) out of harness bundle (6) .
GO TO FRAME 24
Comm-
9
9-
10 7 PLACES
11
0
8
1
N
EENRU
7 PLACES ( 12)
6
1
5 3 )( 2
TA195141
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 8
9-489
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 24
1. Unscrew and take out screw ( 1 ), lockwasher (2) , and washer (3) from electrical tiedown strap (4),
clamp (5), and boss (6) with socket, extension, and handle. Get rid of lockwasher (2).
2. Take strap (4) off harness bundle (7) . Pull harness 2W107 (8) out of harness bundle (7).
3. Put strap (4) back in place around harness bundle (7) . Screw in , but do not tighten, screw ( 1 )
and washer (3) to strap (4) , clamp ( 5) , and boss (6) .
2A102J1 ( 10) on hull networks distribution box ( 11 ) .
6. Unscrew and take off electrical plug connector 2W107P3 ( 12 ) from receptacle connector
2W105J1 ( 13) on bracket ( 14) .
GO TO FRAME 25
6
11 10
13
12
14
8 5
00
00
3
6
2
TA195142
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 8
9-490
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 25
1. Unscrew and take off electrical plug connector 2W106P2 ( 1 ) from receptacle connector 2W107J1 ( 2)
on bracket (3).
2. Using 1-11 / 16 inch jamnut socket and drive wrench , unscrew and take off jamnut (4) from connector
2W107J1 ( 2 ) and bracket (3) .
3. Pull connector 2W107J1 ( 2 ) out of bracket (3). Screw jamnut (4) back on connector 2W107J1 ( 2 ) .
GO TO FRAME 26
3
1
TA195143
Volume II
Para. 9-12, Task 8
9-491
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 26
1. Pull harness 2W107 ( 1 ) out of engine compartment and turret area of hull through bulkhead
opening (2) .
2. Take out and turn in harness 2W107 ( 1 ).
TASK 8 ENDS HERE
VIEW TURNED
180° FOR
CLARITY
1
2
14
16
17
TA195144
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 8
9-492
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
Common Tools:
Extension , socket wrench , 1 /2 -inch square drive, 5 - inch
Handle, socket wrench , 1 /2 - inch square drive
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Pencil , writing ( Item 25)
Personnel : One
• Tank parked.
refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
4. Open both precleaner doors; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
7. Remove top deck and grilles; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3, para. 7-5.
9. Open right and left side mudguards; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
11. Disconnect left and right final drive; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
14. Disconnect tank power; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-9 .
15. Remove positive bus bar guard , refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-9 .
16. Remove terminal adapters and bus bars; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-9.
17. Remove batteries, retainers , and rods; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-9 .
18. Remove disconnect panel ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-10.
19. Remove disconnect panel box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-10.
20. Remove turret assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-2-2 , para . 4-5 .
21. Remove feed-through cover and plate; refer to task 5.
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 9
9-493
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 27
BOIWS
NOTE
mo
1. Cut off any electrical tiedown straps ( 1 ) from wiring harness 2W108 ( 2 ) in turret area
of hull with pliers.
2002
2A102J4 (4) on hull networks distribution box ( 5) .
Intonce
3. Unscrew and take out screw (6) , lockwasher (7) , and washer (8) from electrical tiedown
strap (9) , clamp ( 10) , and boss ( 11 ) with socket, extension , and handle . Get rid
of lockwasher (7).
4. Take strap (9) off harness bundle ( 12 ) . Pull harness 2W108 ( 2) out of harness bundle ( 12).
5. Put strap ( 9) back in place around harness bundle ( 12 ) . Screw in, but do not tighten,
screw (6) and washer (8) to strap (9) , clamp ( 10) , and boss ( 11 ).
GO TO FRAME 28
12
2
9
3
begot
11
1
FRONT OF
6 big that
TANK
10
1 VIEW TURNED
90° FOR
CLARITY
TA195145
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 9
9-494
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 28
1. Unscrew and take out six screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2) , and washers (3) from six electrical tiedown
straps (4) and brackets ( 5) with socket, extension, and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (2).
2. Pull harness 2W108 (6) out of harness bundle (7).
3. Go to engine compartment. Cut off any electrical tiedown straps (8) from harness 2W108 (6) in
engine compartment with pliers.
GO TO FRAME 29
6
8
6 PLACES (2
3
R
MAN3
COVE
74
4
6 PLACES
5
6 7
TA195146
Volume II
Para. 9-12, Task 9
9-495
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 29
1. Unscrew and take out three screws (1 ) and lockwashers (2) from loop clamps (3) and bosses (4) with
socket, extension , and handle.
Get rid of lockwashers ( 2) .
2. Take three loop clamps ( 3) off harness bundle (5 ) . Pull harness 2W108 ( 6) out of harness
bundle (5).
3. Put three loop clamps (3) back in place around harness bundle (5) . Screw in, but do not tighten,
three screws ( 1 ) to loop clamps ( 3) and bosses (4).
GO TO FRAME 30
3 PLACES
3
1
COVER
PLENUM
19207
12310790
5 6
3 PLACES
2 3
5
TA195147
Volume II
Para. 9-12, Task 9
9-496
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 30
1. Unscrew and take out screw ( 1 ), lockwasher (2), and washer (3) from electrical tiedown strap (4) and
boss (5 ) in engine compartment with socket, extension, and handle. Get rid of lockwasher (2).
2. Take strap (4) off harness bundle (6). Pull harness 2W108 ( 7) out of harness bundle ( 6) .
3. Put strap (4) back in place around harness bundle (6) . Screw in , but do not tighten, screw ( 1 ) and
washer (3) to strap (4) and boss (5).
4. Unscrew and take out screw ( 8) , lockwasher (9), and washer ( 10) from electrical tiedown strap (11 )
and bracket ( 12) in battery compartment ( 13) with socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of
lockwasher (9).
5. Pull harness 2W108 (7) out of strap ( 11 ), screw in but do not tighten screw (8) , washer (10), and
strap (11 ) on bracket (12).
GO TO FRAME 31
12
10
11
9
7
11288210 LENVEURM
8
P CO
07790
6 5
32 1
Cam
13 7
TA195148
Volume II
Para. 9-12, Task 9
9-497
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 31
1. Unscrew and take out three screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2) , and washers (3) from electrical tiedown
straps (4) and bosses (5) with socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (2).
2. Take three straps (4) off harness 2W108 (6) and harness 2W159 (7).
3. Put three straps (4) back in place on harness 2W159 (7) . Screw in , but do not tighten, three
screws ( 1 ) and washers (3) to straps (4) and bosses (5 ).
4. Unscrew and take off electrical plug connector 2W108P2 (8) from receptacle
connector 2VR151J1 ( 9) on voltage regulator (10).
GO TO FRAME 32
10
3 PLACES 3 PLACES
5
4
5
3 LACES
3 PLA CES
1
10
0
3 2.1
6 3 PLACES
7
TA195149
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 9
9-498
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 32
1. Pull harness 2W108 ( 1 ) out of battery compartment ( 2 ) and in engine compartment through
opening (3).
2. Pull harness 2W108 ( 1 ) out of turret area of hull and in engine compartment through bulkhead
opening (4). Take out and turn in harness 2W108 ( 1 ) .
TASK 9 ENDS HERE
(1 ) an
2
PLENUM REMOVED
FOR CLARITY
‫الالالالالالان‬
306 pno ovoma
30
4 of teebunt rod pol8
TA195150
Volume II
Para. 9-12 , Task 9
9-499
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 10. Remove Power Cable Assembly 2W114
Common Tools:
Extension , socket wrench, 1 /2 - inch square drive, 5 -inch
Handle, socket wrench, ratchet, 1 /2 -inch square drive
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Tag, marker (Item 24 ) ( as required)
Personnel : One
Tank parked.
2. Traverse turret until main gun is over left side of tank, and then lock turret; refer
to TM 9-2350-255-10.
3. Open both battery covers ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
5. Open top deck left and right grille doors ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
6. Check fuel level in rear fuel tanks; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
If fuel level in rear fuel tanks is more than 3/8 -full, do preliminary procedure 7.
If not, skip to preliminary procedure 8.
7. Drain rear fuel tanks until fuel gage shows 3/8-full or less; refer to
TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-2 , para. 4-10.
8. Open rear grille doors ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3 , para . 7-6 .
9. Remove top deck and grilles ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3 , para . 7-5.
11. Open left and right side mudguards ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
13. Disconnect left and right final drives; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
15. Remove right sponson tank fuel transfer elbow; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-2 , para. 4-7.
16. Remove fire extinguisher right side upper rear tube; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3 , para . 9-9.
Volume II
9-500
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
Preliminary Procedures ( Continued) :

17. Remove fire extinguisher right side forward tube and tee fitting; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3 ,
para 9-9.
18. Remove positive terminal board guard ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para . 11-9 .
21. Remove disconnect panel box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-10.
22. Remove turret assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-2-2 , para . 4-5.
23. Remove feed -through cover and plate; refer to task 5.
Volume II
9-501
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 33
Remove Cable Assembly 2W114: (baunen60)
NOTE
Read para . 9-4 on tagging electrical wires before doing any work . at doon
1. Cut off any electrical tiedown straps ( 1 ) from power cable assembly 2W114 ( 2) in turret area of hull
with pliers. esen tevout evema S
2. Unscrew and take off electrical plug connector 2W114P1 (3) from receptacle connector 3A151J2 (4)
on electronic control unit (5).
3. Unscrew and take out three screws (6) , lockwashers (7) , and washers ( 8) from electrical tiedown
straps (9) and bosses ( 10) with socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (7).
Take three straps (9) off harness bundle ( 11 ) . Pull cable assembly 2W114 ( 12 ) out of harness
bundle (11 ).
5. Put three straps (9) back in place around harness bundle ( 11 ). Screw in , but do not tighten , three
screws (6) and washers (8) to straps (9) and bosses (10).
GO TO FRAME 34
73 PLACES
2
9
3 PLACES
10
(11)
5 2
ITA195151
Volume II
9-502
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 34
Remove Cable Assembly 2W114 (Continued) :
1. Unscrew and take out six screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2), and washers (3) from six electrical tiedown
straps (4) and brackets (5) with socket, extension , and handle . Get rid of lockwashers (2).
2. Pull cable assembly 2W114 (6) out of harness bundle ( 7) . Screw in but do not tighten screws (1),
washers (3) , and straps (4) on brackets (5).
3. Go to engine compartment. Cut off any electrical tiedown straps (8) from cable assembly 2W114 (6)
in engine compartment with pliers.
GO TO FRAME 35
1
:0
1
Comm
6 PLACES ( 2
4
6 PLACES
5
1 6
TA195152
Volume II
9-503
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 35
Remove Cable Assembly 2W114 (Continued) :
1. Pull cable assembly 2W114 (1 ) out of turret area of hull and in engine compartment through bulkhead
opening (2).
2. Take out and turn in cable assembly 2W114 ( 1 ) .
TASK 10 ENDS HERE
PLENUM REMOVED
FOR CLARITY
TA195153
Volume II
Para. 9-12, Task 10
9-504
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
Common Tools:
Extension, socket wrench , 1 /2 - inch square drive, 5- inch
Handle, socket wrench, 1 /2 - inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench, 1 /2 -inch square drive, 7 /16 - inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Personnel: One
• Tank parked .
refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
3. Open both battery covers ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
7. Remove top deck and grilles; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3 , para. 7-5.
9. Open right and left side mudguards; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
11. Disconnect left and right final drive; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
13. Remove positive terminal board guard ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para . 11-9.
16. Remove disconnect panel box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para. 11-10.
17. Remove turret assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-2-2-2, para . 4-5.
Volume II
.9-505
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 36
Remove Harness 2W115 :
NOTE
1. Cut off any electrical tiedown straps ( 1 ) from wiring harness 2W115 ( 2 ) in turret area of hull with
pliers.
2. Unscrew and take off electrical plug connector 2W115P1 (3) from receptacle connector 3A151J4 (4)
on electronic control unit ( 5 ) .
3. Unscrew and take out three screws (6) , lockwashers (7) , and washers (8) from electrical tiedown
straps (9) and bosses ( 10) with socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (7) .
4. Take three straps (9) off harness bundle ( 11 ). Pull harness 2W115 (2 ) out of harness bundle (11).
5. Put three straps ( 9) back in place around harness bundle ( 11 ) . Screw in , but do not tighten , three
screws (6) , and washers (8) to straps ( 9) and bosses ( 10) .
GO TO FRAME 37
73 PLACES
8
2
3 PLACES
10
11
FRONT OF
TANK
1
‫עותוי‬
4
TA195154
Volume il
Para. 9-12, Task 11
9-506
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 37

(baon)
1. Unscrew and take out six screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers ( 2) , and washers (3) , from six electrical tiedown
straps (4), and brackets (5 ) with socket , extension , and handle . Get rid of lockwashers (2).
2. Pull harness 2W115 ( 6) out of harness bundle (7) . Screw in but do not tighten screw ( 1 ), washer (3),
and strap (4)on bracket (5).
3. Go to engine compartment. Cut off all electrical tiedown straps ( 8) from harness 2W115 (6 ) in
GO TO FRAME 38
26 PLACES
COVER
ENUM
1.207
123 0790
6 PLACES 5
7
6
TA195155
Volume II
9-507
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 38
1. Unscrew and take out three screws ( 1 ) and lockwashers (2) from loop clamps (3) and bosses (4)
2. Take three loop clamps ( 3) off harness bundle ( 5) . Pull harness 2W115 (6) out of harness
bundle (5).
3. Put three loop clamps (3) back in place around harness bundle (5). Screw in, but do not tighten,
three screws (1 ) to loop clamps (3) and bosses (4).
4. Unscrew and take out screw (7) , lockwasher (8) , and washer (9) from electrical tiedown strap (10)
and boss ( 11 ) with socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwasher (8).
5. Take strap ( 10) off harness bundle (5) . Pull harness 2W115 (6) out of harness bundle ( 5).
6. Put strap ( 10) back in place around harness bundle (5). Screw in, but do not tighten , screw (7) and
washer (9) to strap ( 10) and boss ( 11 ).
GO TO FRAME 39
11 9
8
7
10
5
COVER
PLENUM
19207
12310 790
3 PLACES
3 4
1 2
5
PLECNOVER
G
OSLO
TA195156
Volume II
9-508
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 39
1. Pull harness 2W115 ( 1 ) out of turret area of hull and in engine compartment through bulkhead
opening (2).
2. Take out and turn in harness 2W115 ( 1 ).
TASK 11 ENDS HERE
PLENUM REMOVED
FOR CLARITY
tee send gabt
otida nolaaiman
subs0019 y
15
01-0 ༠༠༠༠༦
2 loval H
of 19t ut itnu a lout we

eg S- E - I - 03-285-000
TA195157
Volume II
9-509
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
Common Tools:
Extension , socket wrench, 1 /2-inch square drive, 5-inch
Handle, socket wrench , 1 /2-inch square drive
Wrench , combination , 9/16 -inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Personnel : One
• Tank parked.
to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
5. Open top deck left and right grille doors; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
6. Check fuel level in rear fuel tanks; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
If fuel level in rear fuel tanks is more than 3/8-full, do preliminary procedure 7.
TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-2 , para. 4-10.
8. Remove right sponson tank fuel transfer elbow; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-2 ,
para. 4-7.
9. Open rear grille doors; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3 , para. 7-6 .
10. Remove top deck and grilles; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3, para. 7-5 .
11. Remove engine step plate; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-1 , para. 2-4.
Volume II
9-510
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
Preliminary Procedure: (Continued)

16. Remove fire extinguisher right side upper rear tube; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3 , para. 9-9.
17. Remove fire extinguisher right side forward tube and tee fitting; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3,
para 9-9.
19. Disconnect tank power; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-9 .
20. Remove positive bus bar guard; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-9 .
21. Remove terminal adapters and bus bars; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-9.
22. Remove batteries, retainers, and rods; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para. 11-9.
23. Remove disconnect panel; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-10 .
24. Remove disconnect panel box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-10 .
25. Remove turret assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-2-2 , para. 4-5.
Volume II
Para. 9-12, Task 12
9-511
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 40
NOTE
1. Unscrew and take out six screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers ( 2) , and washers (3) from electrical tiedown
straps (4) and brackets (5) with socket, extension, and handle. Get rid of lockwashers ( 2 ).
2. Pull harness 2W154 (6) out of harness bundle (7) . Screw in but do not tighten screws ( 1 ), washers (3),
and straps (4) on brackets (5).
3. Cut off all electrical tiedown straps (8) from wiring harness 2W154 (6) in turret area of hull with
pliers.
connector 2A101J1 ( 10) on hull power distribution box (11 ) .
GO TO FRAME 41
9
6 10
8
11
FRONT OF
TANK
6 PLACES 2
6 PLACES
6 PLACES
5
1
6
TA195158
Volume II
9-512
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 41
1. Go to engine compartment. Cut off any electrical tiedown straps ( 1 ) from harness 2W154 ( 2) in
2. Unscrew and take out three screws (3), lockwashers (4), and washers ( 5) from battery compartment
wall (6), two brackets (7 , 8) , and support (9) with 9/16-inch wrench . Get rid of lockwashers (4).
3. Pull two terminal boards ( 10 , 11 ) away from wall (6) as far as wiring harnesses ( 12 ) will allow.
4. Unscrew and take off four nuts ( 13) , eight lockwashers (14), and four lug terminals ( 15 ) from
terminal E1 (16) and terminal E2 ( 17) on negative terminal board 2TB151 ( 10) and terminal E9 ( 18)
and terminal E10 ( 19) on positive terminal board 2TB152 ( 11 ) with 5/8- inch wrench . Get rid of
lockwashers ( 14).
GO TO FRAME 42
18 19
11 6
10
16 12)
17
14
4 PLACES
15
2
14
4 PLACES
13
5
3
3 PLACES
TA195160
Volume II
Para. 9-12, Task 12
9-513
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 42
1. Pull harness 2W154 ( 1 ) out of battery compartment ( 2 ) and in engine compartment through
opening (3).
2. Pull harness 2W154 ( 1 ) loose in engine compartment.
3. Go in turret area of hull . Pull harness 2W154 ( 1 ) out of engine compartment and in turret area of hull
through bulkhead opening (4) . Take out and turn in harness 2W154 (1 ).
TASK 12 ENDS HERE
VIEW TURNED
180° FOR PLENUM REMOVED 3
CLARITY FOR CLARITY
1
TA195161
Volume II
9-514
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
Common Tools:
Extension, socket wrench , 1 /2 - inch square drive, 5 -inch
Handle, socket wrench , 1 /2 -inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench , 1 /2 -inch square drive, 7/16-inch
Wrench , combination, 5/8- inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Pencil , writing (Item 25)
Personnel : One
• Tank parked .
• VEHICLE MASTER POWER switch set to OFF .
Volume II
9-515
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2-
to TM 9-2350-255-10.
6. Check fuel level in rear fuel tanks; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
If fuel level in rear fuel tanks is more than 3/8 -full , do preliminary procedure 7.
TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-2 , para. 4-10.
8. Remove right sponson tank fuel transfer elbow; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-2 ,
para. 4-7.
9. Open rear grille doors; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3, para. 7-6.
10. Remove top deck and grilles; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3, para . 7-5.
15. Remove powerpack; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-1 , para . 2-4 .
16. Remove fire extinguisher right side upper rear tube ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3, para. 9-9.
17., Remove fire extinguisher right side forward tube and tee fitting; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3,
para 9-9.
18. Remove positive terminal board guard ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para. 11-9.
20. Remove positive bus bar guard ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-9.
21. Remove terminal adapters and bus bars; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-9.
22. Remove batteries, retainers, and rods; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-9 .
23. Remove disconnect panel ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-10 .
24. Remove disconnect panel box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-10 .
25. Remove turret assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-2-2 , para. 4-5.
Volume II
9-516
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 43
Remove Harness 2W155 :
NOTE
1. Unscrew and take out six screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2) , and washers (3) from electrical tiedown
straps (4) and brackets ( 5) with socket , extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (2) .
2. Pull harness 2W155 (6) out of harness bundle (7) . Screw in but do not tighten screws ( 1) , washers (3),
and straps (4) on brackets (5).
3. Cut off all electrical tiedown straps (8) from wiring harness 2W155 (6) in turret area of hull with
pliers.
connector 2A101J2 ( 10) on hull power distribution box ( 11 ).
GO TO FRAME 44
6
BEBE
FRONT OF
TANK
9
11
10
6 PLACES (2
6 PLACES
6
TA195162
Volume II
Para. 9-12, Task 13
9-517
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 44
1. Go to engine compartment . Cut off any electrical tiedown straps ( 1 ) from harness 2W155 (2 ) in
2. Unscrew and take out three screws ( 3) , lockwashers (4), and washers (5) from battery compartment
wall (6), two brackets ( 7 , 8) , and support (9) with 9/ 16- inch wrench . Get rid of lockwashers (4).
2. Pull two terminal boards ( 10, 11 ) away from wall (6) as far as wiring harnesses ( 12 ) will allow.
3. Unscrew and take off four nuts ( 13) , eight lockwashers ( 14) , and four lug terminals ( 15 ) from
terminal E5 ( 16) and terminal E6 ( 17) on negative terminal board 2TB151 ( 10 ) and
terminal E11 ( 18) and terminal E12 ( 19) on positive terminal board 2TB152 ( 11 ) with 5 /8-inch
wrench. Get rid of lockwashers ( 14).
GO TO FRAME 45
18
19
11
12
L
10
CUTAWAY FOR
CLARITY
16
6
17
14 15
9
4 PLACES
2
13 14
4 PLACES 1
5 4 )( 3
3 PLACES TA195163
Volume II
9-518
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 45
1. Pull harness 2W155 ( 1 ) out of battery compartment (2) and in engine compartment
through opening (3) .
2. Pull harness 2W155 ( 1 ) loose in engine compartment.
3. Go in turret area of hull . Pull harness 2W155 ( 1 ) out of engine compartment and in turret area of hull
through bulkhead opening (4). Take out and turn in harness 2W155 ( 1 ) .
TASK 13 ENDS HERE
2
Belgaum
VIEW TURNED
180° FOR PLENUM REMOVED
CLARITY FOR CLARITY
Jennome
SA
SMT of
0 a
Ovonia B
tribuel nsq0e
J
TA195164
Volume II
9-519
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
Common Tools:
Extension, socket wrench, 1 /2- inch square drive , 5 - inch
Handle, socket wrench , 1 /2 - inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench, 1 /2 - inch square drive, 7/16 - inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Personnel: One
• Tank parked .
1. Remove engine access cover; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
5. Open top deck left and right grille doors; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
6. Open rear grille doors; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3 , para . 7-6 .
7. Remove top deck and grilles; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3 , para. 7-5.
9. Open left and right side mudguards; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
Volume II
9-520
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
Preliminary Procedures: (Continued)

14. Disconnect tank power; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-9.
15. Remove positive bus bar guard; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para . 11-9.
16. Remove terminal adapters and bus bars; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-9 .
17. Remove batteries, retainers, and rods; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-9 .
18. Remove disconnect panel ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-10 .
19. Remove disconnect panel box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para . 11-10 .
20. Remove turret assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-2-2-2 , para. 4-5.
21. Remove feed -through cover and plate; refer to task 5.
Volume II
Para. 9-12, Task 14
9-521
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 46
NOTE
1. Unscrew and take out two screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2) , and washers ( 3) from electrical tiedown
straps (4) and bosses ( 5) with socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (2) .
2. Take two straps (4) off harness bundle (6) . Pull harness 2W156 (7) out of harness bundle (6).
3. Put two straps (4) back in place around harness bundle ( 6) . Screw in , but do not tighten , two
screws (1 ), and washers (3) to straps (4) and bosses (5) .
4. Cut off any electrical tiedown straps ( 8) from wiring harness 2W156 ( 7 ) in turret area of hull with
pliers.
2A101J3 ( 10) on hull power distribution box ( 11 ) .
GO TO FRAME 47
9
FRONTOF
10
11 TANK
C
2 PLACES ( 2 7
3
4
2 PLACES
5
6
TA195165
Volume II
9-522
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 47
1. Unscrew and take out four screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2), and washers (3) from four electrical tiedown
straps (4) and brackets (5) with socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (2 ).
2. Pull harness 2W156 (6) out of harness bundle (7) . Screw in but do not tighten screws (1 ), washers (3),
and straps (4) on bracket (5) .
3. Go to engine compartment. Cut off all electrical tiedown straps (8) from harness 2W156 (6 ) in
GO TO FRAME 48
8
W8
E
1
CO ER
PLENUM 4 PLACES (2
1927 3
12310 790
4
4 PLACES
5
7
6
TA195166
Volume II
Para. 9-12, Task 14
9-523
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 48
1. Unscrew and take out three screws ( 1 ) and lockwashers (2) from loop clamps (3) and bosses (4) with
socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwashers (2 ) .
2. Take three loop clamps (3 ) off harness bundle (5 ) . Pull harness 2W156 (6) out of harness
bundle (5).
3. Put three loop clamps ( 3 ) back in place around harness bundle ( 5) . Screw in , but do not tighten,
three screws ( 1 ) to loop clamps (3) and bosses (4).
4. Unscrew and take out screw ( 7) , lockwasher (8) , and washer (9) from electrical tiedown strap (10)
and boss ( 11 ) with socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwasher (8).
5. Take strap ( 10) off harness bundle ( 5) . Pull harness 2W156 (6) out of harness bundle (5).
6. Put strap ( 10) back in place around harness bundle (5) . Screw in , but do not tighten ,
screw (7) and washer (9) to strap ( 10 ) and boss ( 11).
GO TO FRAME 49
10
11 9 8 7
& Cam
COVER
PLENUM
19207
12310 790
3 PLACES
3
2
1
ER
COV
WALNOINN
374
DE
.100
6
67
TA1951
Volume II
9-524
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 49
1. Unscrew and take off three nuts ( 1 ), six lockwashers (2), and three lug terminals (3) from
terminal E3 (4) and terminal E9 ( 5) on negative terminal board 2TB151 (6) and terminal E3 (7) on
positive terminal board 2TB152 ( 8 ) with wrench. Get rid of lockwashers (2).
2. Pull harness 2W156 ( 9) out of battery compartment ( 10) and in engine compartment through
opening (11 ).
3. Pull harness 2W156 (9) out of turret area of hull and in engine compartment through bulkhead
opening ( 12) . Take out and turn in harness 2W156 ( 9) .
TASK 14 ENDS HERE
PLENUM REMOVED
FOR CLARITY
10 2250
albloe
р
9 е
11
110 of Jes
0.055
u
S-e M
ho
10
(12)
LL
A-8-1-058s msr
8
3 PLACES
1232
0000
TA195170
Volume II
9-525
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 15. Remove Wiring Harness 2W105-2
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Pencil, writing (Item 25 )
Tag, marker (Item 34 ) (as required)
Tape, insulation , HHT- 1782 (Item 38)
Personnel: Two
Soldier A: Removes harness.
Soldier B: Helps Soldier A.
Tank parked.
2. Remove positive terminal board guard; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-9.
4. Remove right service headlight assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 ,
para . 11-5 .
5. Remove right headlamp harness cover; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 ,
para. 11-5 .
Volume II
9-526
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 50
Remove Harness 2W105-2:
NOTE
Soldier A works on outside of tank. Soldier B works in turret.
Soldier A: 1. Using strap wrench and soft jaw pliers, hold electrical plug connector 2W105-2P1 ( 1 ) and
unscrew cable clamp adapter (2). Pull adapter (2) away from connector 2W105-2P1 ( 1 ).
Soldier A: 2. Scrape off adhesive from around hole (3) where wiring harness 2W105-2 (4) goes through
hull with pocket knife.
GO TO FRAME 51
TA195171
Volume II
Para. 9-12, Task 15
9-527
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 51
Remove Harness 2W105-2 (Continued) : 5-201
Soldier A: 1. Using installing and removal tool , take out four contacts ( 1 ) from
connector 2W105-2P1 (2) . Slide adapter ( 3) off harness 2W105-2 (4).
Soldier A: 2. Look at connector 2W105-2P1 (2) and adapter (3) for cracks , breaks ,
or stripped threads. Turn in bad parts . Set good parts aside for later use.⚫
A talblo?
Soldier A: 3. Wrap contacts ( 1 ) on end of harness 2W105-2 (4) with insulation tape.
NOTE
loc
Traverse turret as needed to reach work area through turret basket opening, and
then lock turret; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
SMART 0160
Soldier B: 4. Unscrew and take off electrical plug connector 2W105P6 (5) from receptacle connector
2W105-2J1 (6) on bracket (7).
Soldier B: 5. Using 1-9/16 inch jamnut socket and drive wrench, unscrew and take off jamnut (8) from
connector 2W105-2J1 ( 6 ).
Soldier B: 6. Take connector 2W105-2J1 ( 6) out of bracket (7) . Screw jamnut ( 8) back on connector
2W105-2J1 (6 ) .
GO TO FRAME 52
8 6
5 7
4
6
4 PLACES
4 PLACES
2 TA195172
Volume II
9-528
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 52
Remove Harness 2W105-2 (Continued):
Soldier B: 1. When told by Soldier A, pull harness 2W105-2 ( 1 ) in turret through hole (2).
Soldier A: 2. Guide harness 2W105-2 ( 1 ) from outside of turret as Soldier B pulls in harness
2W105-2 ( 1 ).
Soldier B: 3. Take out and turn in harness 2W105-2 ( 1 ).
TASK 15 ENDS HERE
2
R
Holly S
(86 met
20-5
TA195173
Volume II
9-529
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 16. Remove Wiring Harness 2W111-2
Common Tools:
Extension, socket wrench, 1 /2 -inch square drive, 5 - inch
Knife, pocket
Socket, socket wrench , 1 /2 - inch square drive , 7 / 16 -inch
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Pencil , writing (Item 25)
Tape , insulation , HHT- 1782 (Item 38)
Personnel: Two
Soldier A: Removes harness.
Soldier B: Helps Soldier A.
Tank parked .
Prelminary Procedures:
1. Open both battery covers ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
2. Remove positive terminal board guard ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-9.
3. Disconnect tank power ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-9.
4. Remove left service headlight assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-5.
5. Remove left headlamp harness cover ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para . 11-5.
6. Traverse turret until main gun is over rear of tank , and then lock turret ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
7. Remove heater and duct assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3 , para . 7-15 .
8. Remove dummy receptacle ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3 , para . 7-13.
9. Lower driver's seat to closed hatch position ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
10. Remove stowage box; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3, para . 7-13.
Volume II
9-530
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 53
Remove Harness 2W111-2 :
NOTE
• Read para . 9-4 on tagging electrical wires before doing any work.
Soldier A works on outside of tank. Soldier B works in turret.
Soldier A: 1. Using strap wrench and soft jaw pliers, hold electrical plug connector 2W111-2P1 ( 1 ) and
unscrew cable clamp adapter (2) . Pull adapter ( 2) away from connector 2W111-2P1 ( 1 ) .
Soldier A: 2. Scrape off adhesive from around hole (3 ) where wiring harness 2W111-2 (4) goes through
hull with pocket knife.
GO TO FRAME 54
hn lexona luгоры и 2 @noibl
Belb
3
4
TA195174
Volume II
9-531
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 54
Remove Harness 2W111-2 (Continued):
Soldier A: 1. Using installing and removal tool , take out four contacts ( 1 ) from
connector 2W111-2P1 ( 2 ) . Slide adapter ( 3) off harness 2W111-2 (4) .
Soldier A: 2. Look at connector 2W111-2P1 ( 2) and adapter (3) for cracks, breaks ,
or stripped threads. Turn in bad parts. Set good parts aside for later use.
Soldier A: 3. Wrap contacts ( 1 ) on end of harness 2W111-2 (4) with insulation tape.
NOTE
Traverse turret as needed to reach work area through turret basket

opening, and then lock turret; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
Soldier B: 4. Unscrew and take off electrical plug connector 2W111P2 (5) from receptacle connector
2W111-2J1 (6) on fuel tank cover bracket ( 7) .
Soldier B: 5. Using 1-3/ 16 inch jamnut socket and drive wrench , unscrew and take off jamnut ( 8)
from connector 2W111-2J1 (6) .
Soldier B: 6. Take connector 2W111-2J1 ( 6) out of bracket ( 7) . Screw jamnut ( 8) back on connector
2W111-2J1 (6).
GO TO FRAME 55
6
7
5
1
4
3
14 PLACES
14 PLACES
TA195175
Volume II
Para. 9-12, Task 16
9-532
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 55
Remove Harness 2W111-2 (Continued) :
Soldier B: 1. Unscrew and take out two screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers ( 2 ) , and washers (3) from two electrical
tiedown straps (4) with socket, extension , and handle. Get rid of lockwashers ( 2).
Soldier B: 2. When told by Soldier A, pull harness 2W111-2 ( 5) in turret through hole (6).
Soldier A: 3. Guide harness 2W111-2 ( 5 ) from outside of turret as Soldier B pulls in

harness 2W111-2 (5).
Soldier B: 4. Take out and turn in harness 2W111-2 ( 5 ) .
END OF WIRING HARNESS MAINTENANCE
COCOON..
2 PLACES
1234
TA195176
Volume II
9-533
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 56
SPLICE
222
P1 WIRE NUMBERS P2
FRONT VIEW P1 FRONT VIEW P2
A
B 2
C 21-
D
4
F 5
N 6
G 7 G
H 8 H
J 9
HULL POWER HULL NETWORKS
DIST. BOX K 10 BOX
L 11
M 12-
P 13-
R 14
15
T 16 T
17
V 18- X
W 19
IX 20 W
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR HARNESS 2W103
3
222
P1 WIRE NUMBER P2
SHIFT 1 1 DRIVER'S
SELECTOR 2 -2 2 2 INTERCOM
ASSEMBLY 3 3 3 CONTROL
TA195177
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-534
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 57
INTERFACE WITH 2 W105
HGAB RSTNFMKEYXLJKMGIDBCE ZA WVU J1
-06-
-93-
-95-
26
91
96
(P3M
(P3K
)--F-10
(P33G
)104
-R)-27
(P3N
-6
(P3F
)-25
( 3L
LP)--11
108
-26
(P3H
-33
-J)--28
-H)--32
-36
)--P-9
-29
(P7
(P3
)-16
(PJ3
-E)(P8
-8
-F)(P7
)--M
(P7
24
-7
(P173
(P7
-B)-(P8
(P7
(7
)-(P8
)(P8
)-37
)34
23
)(P8
P-12
P()-E7
(P3
)30
(P7
22
)--14
( P3
(P2
(P7
)- 7
-B)(P2
(3
-K
21
(7
LP)-38
(3
-4
-B(P)- 7
)--N
J)---5
(P3
-)G
)-19
(P- 3
18
)--H
31
(7
)-15
-H
-A
-G
-M
P-K
)-13
)--N
-A
-D
-A
(P-V
-35
)-P7
-D
P-M
-J)-
)--S
G
P--A
-Y
)(23
)-P( 1
P--W
C
U
รบ
FRONT VIEW J1
-107 (P3-K)- SPLICE
8 PLACES
-106 (P3-K)-
R 105 (P3-J)-
P
N 103 (P7-T)-
M -102 (P7-S)-
EE -82 (P5-5)-
GG -81 (P5-6 )
DD -80 (P5-2)-
FF - 79 (P5-3)-
F 78 (P3-F
LL -77 (P3-CCH
KK 76 (P3-BB)-
-75 (P3-AA)-
-74 (P3-Z)-
-73 (P3-Y)- GO TO FRAME
-72 (P3-X)- 58 POINT A
CC -71 (P3-W)-
88 -70 (P3-Y)
AA 69 (P3- U)-
Z -68 (P3- I).
Y -67 (P3-S) -
HULL PP -66 (P3- R)-
NETWORKS NN -65 (P3-Q)- GO TO FRAME
BOX 58POINT B
MM -64 (P3-P)
B -63 (P3-Z)-
62 (P3- L)-
-61 ( P3-1)
-60 (P3-H)- GOTO FRAME 59
-59 ( P3- E) POINT A
-58 (P3- E )-
-57 (P3-C)-
-56 (P3- B)-
55 (P3-D)-
-54 (P3- R)-
-53 (P3-P).
-52 (P3-N) -
-51 (P3-M )-
50 (P3- E)-
D 49 (P3-D)-
48 (P3-C)-
-47 (P3-G)-
BEVRED
46 (P3-B)-
A 45 (P3-A)-
-44 (P3-J)
43 (P3-V)-
-42 (P4-B)-
HH -41 (P4-A)-
1 (J1 -U)- FRONT VIEW P1
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR HARNESS 2W104 TA195178
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-535
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 58
-107 (P1 -T)-

-106 (P1 -S) K
-105 (P1 - R)-
-104 (J1 - H)-
-84 (P6-A)- EE
-83 (P6-B)- DD
-78 ( P1 - F)- F
FRONT VIEW P5 FRONT VIEW P6 CC
-77 (P1 - LL)-
STOP -76 ( P1 - KK)- BB
LIGHT NIGHT -75 ( P1 -I) AA
SWITCH PERISCOPE
BAC -74 ( P1 -SH Z
P556 23 14 P6 -73 (P1 - R) Y
-72 (P1 -Q)- X
-71 (P1 -CC)- W
-70 ( P1 - BB) V
-69 ( P1 -AA)-
-68 (P1 -Z)
-67 (P1 -Y)-
-66 ( P1 -PP)- R
-65 (P1 - NN)- O
)--F-79
(P1D
(P1G
(P3D
-82
80
)-E(PE3
83
)-(P1E
(P1F
81
)--D
)--G
)--D
E
-64 ( P1 -MM )- P
-63 (P1 -B)- Z
84
-62 ( P1 -C)-
-61 (P1 -E)- I
-60 (P1 - E)- H
-59 ( P1 - K) E
-58 (P1 - G) E SPLICE
-57 (P1 -A) C 2 PLACES
-56 ( P1 - D) B
-55 (P1 -H)- D
-54 (P1 - K)- R DRIVER'S MASTER
-53 (P1 -J) P PANEL
-52 (P1 -H)- N
-51 (P1 - G)- M
-50 (P1 - E) - E
97
-49 (P1 - D)- D
-48 ( P1 -C)- C
-47 (P1 -L)- G
-46 (P1 - B)-
-45 (P1 -A)- A
POINT A H -44 (P1 -J)- 98 J
-43 ( P1 -I) 99- V
-2 (J1 -W)- W
-100- T
SPLICE.. -3 (J1 -A GG
3 PLACES -4 (J1 -A) HH
-5 (J1 -Z)- JJ
-6 (J1 -Z)- KK
POINT BH -7 (J1 -E) MM
-8 (J1 - E) NN
-9 (J1 -C) PP
-10 (J1 -B)- FF
-11 (J1 -D)- LL
-12 (J1 -G)- S
-13 (J1 -M)-
-14 (J1 -K)-
-15 (J1 - L)
-16 (J1 -X)
-17 (J1 -Y) N
FRONT VIEW P3 -85 (P7- N)
-86 (P7- GH
P3
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-536
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 59
8
FRONT VIEW P7
P7 POINT A
-83 (P8-C)-
-86 ( P3-U)-
-85 (P3-X)-
−25 (J1 -Q)-
-26 ( J1 -P)-
-27 (J1 -N)-
-28 (J1 I)-
-29 (J1 -S)-
SHIFT -30 (J1 - R)-
CONTROL
-31 (J1 -J) -
-32 (J1 - H )-
-33 (J1 - E)-
D -34 (J1 - D )-
-35 (J1 -C) -
•
-36 (J1 - B )
-37 (J1 - A)-
BO
-38 (J1 -G)- BO

-103 ( P1 - N
-102 (P1 - M)- FRONT VIEW P4 FRONT VIEW P2
(P1H
41
)—
-H
108
42
(P1
JJ
P-88
-P)-24
-22
)-
-)( 7
23
)-F(J1
(J1
).-R(J1
21
)-S(J1
(J1
)-19
)-T
18(J1
(J1-M
)-K
FRONT VIEW P8
FHCABDEG P8 CAB P4 CAB P2

R.V.D.T. DOME FIRE EXT.
LIGHT SOLENOID
TA195180
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-537
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 60
INTERFACE FRONT VIEW P3

WITH
2W105-1
532146 P3 2. 1 5
SPLICE 30 04
P1 FRONT VIEW P1 6 PLACES
AASTPHCMAST
R 1 (P3-1 ).
-2 ( P3-2 )-
-3(P3-3) - SPLICE
93- 2 PLACES
4(P10- A)-
-5 ( P10- B )
95-
140
-6(P6 - A)-
100
-L)(P2
(P-E)2
-7(P6-C)
)-1(P1
2(P1
)(P-31
-R
)-S
T
-8( P6 - D) -
9( P6- B)
96
20(P4- K).
97
-21 (P4- M)-
28(P8- B)-
-29( P8- A)-
N 26(J2-28) -
A -27(J2 1 ).
L 98-
HULL E 10(P4- N)- GOTO
NETWORKS D 11 (P4-S)- FRAME61
BOX 12 (P4- I) POINT A
C
B 13(P4- R)
14(P4- D)-
B 15(P4 B)
16 (P4- E)-
17( P4-A)-
C 18(P4-C)-
19(P4- Z)-
)-(P7
(P7
49
48
)-43
)-(P3-6
(P5
(P5
)P44
)-(P3-4
)40
P)-E(455
(5
)(P5
)-(J2-26
)-(P5
41
38
140
-H
-A
100
)-D
-D
-H).(P5
-D
-A
-C
39
( 2-1
( 5-8
-22(J2-24)-
J)-46
47
P)42
M
K 24(J2-23)
J 25(J2-22)-
SPLICE
H 30(P9-2)-
2 PLACES
. 31 ( P9-1 )-
-32(P5- F)-
138
GHWAY
-33 (P4 P)-

-34(P4- Q)-
66
36(J1 - K)- 66
37(J1 L)-
FRONT VIEW P2
P2JGDC BAFHELPNRMK
HULL
NETWORKS
BOX
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-538
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 61
FRONT VIEW P4
INTERFACE
WITH
2W104
P4 EKMNSIBI DEHGJLVW1KMG PRNPOHFU
-101
105-
H
FRONT VIEWJ1
(P1H
-14
( 1H
(P- 1H
-20
-33
SPLICE
-(P1 1H
-C1H
P-60
)( 5
)-34
-D
P(12
P-G
K
(P-67
D
-19
-B)-15
-18
)-E-16
)-21
62
-64
-10
(P5
5
63
)(P5
-B)(P1
-G
(P5
61
(J2-25
13
-N)-65
)-(J2-10
-66
P(-68
(P1
(P1
(P1
)( 2-14
-W
2-15
P-( 17
(1
-E)(P1
(P1
-Z
-H
-V
P(-C1
-U)(P5
P-M
-K
5 PLACES
(P5
)J-5
P)-M-( 5
-Z
)2-4
(J2-6
J()2-3
(J2-8
( 2-7
)(J2-9
A
-1
-107-
( 2-2
-54
)--35
J(-55
J)--57
J()-52
)-58
)56
50
J-51
59
J53
-69 (J2-13)-
-70 (J2-12)
-71 (J2-16)-
-72 (J2-17)-
-73 (J2-18)
-74 (J2-20)-
-75 (J2-19)
-76 (J2-19)-
-77 (J2-21 )-
SPLICE -78 (J2-5)-
4 PLACES -108-
79 ( P5-E
-80 (P5-G)-
-81 ( P5-Q
-82 (P5- R)-
-83 (P5-Y)
FRONT VIEW P6 110- B
-84 (P7-G) F
P6 A INTERFACE
-85 (P5 -B )
-86 (P5-K)- W WITH
A -6 (P1 -Q ) 87 (P5- J) V 2W107
INTERFACE C -7 (P1 -S)- 109- U
WITH D -8 (P1 -I)- -88 (P5 -N )
2W105-2 B -9 (P1 -R)- -89 (P5-M ) Y
-90 (P5- L X
-133 (P7-A) M
-134 (P7-B-
36 (P1 -X)-
37 (P1 -Y
(P1
)-5
(P1
-I)-4
-G
A
POINT AH B
-135 (P7-C)- P
Be
136 (P7-F)- R
FRONT VIEWP10 T GO TO FRAME 62

P10 CAB POINTA
FRONT
FUEL
PUMP
TA194630
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-539
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 62
ELECTRONIC
CONTROL UNIT
TLMNJKB AH CB WZGROG CJKMNFOSPXEHIPS PS
ITT
FRONT VIEWP5 FRONT VIEWP7
111-
120-
118
L130-
126
121
119
!!
-137
-133 (J1 -M) A
(P4
40
(4
P39 (2
(P4
P62
5-1
-R)(P4
-D)(P2
06
)64
L)-60
-B)2(P2
)89
-F)32
80
(2
68
Lг
45
(P2
-P)( 4
(4
44
(P432
79
)(P4
82
-F)(P2
)-E(P7
-C)41
87
(P4
(P4
)66
67
63
88
(J1
)86
J83
)85
(P1
65
)61
)-E(J1
-Z)(J1
)(J1
38
-H)(J1
-J)(P2
)-G
)-A
)-K
-W
-G
-Y
J)-E(1
X)(-
P)-H
-V
(J1
-W
-M
18)(
(J1
P-T
(1
-A
)-S
)-C
134 (J1 -N) B

-135 (J1 -P)-
136 (J1 -R) MANIFOLD
84 (J1-F) 139 ASSY
49 (P2-K)
48 (P2-M)
137 (P5-S)
SPLICE SPLICE
20 PLACES
2 PLACES
POINT A
FRONT VIEW J2
59 (P4-G)
78 (J1 -S)
77 (J1-J)
76 (J1 -I)
75 (J1 -K)
74 (J1 -M)
73 (J1-Q)
72 (J1 -N)
71 (J1 -P)
131-
70 (J1-S)
69 (J1 -T)
58 (P4-H)
INTERFACE
)-J-31
57 (P4-E)
30
-29
-N)-28
-H)(P1
(P1
)(P1
(P1
-P
56 (P4-D) WITH
55 (P4-C) 4 3W104
54 (P4- B)
53 (P4-A)
52 (P4-Y)
51 (P4-X)
50 (P4-J)
13
22 (P1 -U)
35 (P4-H)
20
30
24 (P1 -K)
BO
25 (P1 -J)
FRONT VIEW P9 26 (P1 -N)
FRONT VIEW P8 27 (P1-A)
ABC P8 46 (P2- N)
123 P9 47 (P2-R)
FIRE FIRE -132-
EXTINGUISHER EXTINGUISHER SPLICE
RESET SWITCH VALVE
2 PLACES

TA195115
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-540
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 63
69
AO
59
-0
J1 P1 FRONT VIEW P1
FRONT VIEW J1 1
2 2 FUEL LEVEL
3 SENSOR
BULKHEAD 3
DISCONNECT 5
4 SPLICE
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR HARNESS 2W105-1

69 -0
FRONT VIEW P1
FRONT VIEW J1 1
2 2 B FUEL LEVEL
BULKHEAD 3 3 C SENSOR
DISCONNECT 5
4 SPLICE
6
J1
TA194891
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-541
22
P2
P-79
)X(5
9-542
P-80
)-Y(5
-81-Z)-(P5
(5
P-E)--82
SPLICE
(P4
-E)-83
9 PLACES
P-84 -E( 4
FRAME 64
-I-85
(P4
FRONT VIEW P2
-)-Z(P-24 4
)-(P-86
108 (4
)-BP-87
109 -23
( 4A
P)--A
-88 -C)(P4
-C)-22
(P4C
-89
-21
-( 4
PY (4
P)-G
110
(P4F
)-F20 -90 (P4
-H
112
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
-45 --E)(P5
-19
( 7-1
P)-
113 -G-46
(P5H
(P7-2
-)-18 -48(P5
P-)-30(4 )-H
25
-N)(P4 (5
P-I-49
-E)--5
(P4 -J)-50
(P5
123
(P8
)-G P-K -51
(5
-11 )--SP(-53 5
ABZYXWVUFBEF
(P4
-A
P-C(5
)-12 (5
--R)P-52
(P5
-D)-13 (P7-4
)-6
(P5
)-T-14 (P5C
)-C-66
15- (P5B
B)-65-
)--16
(P3-1 (P5D
67
)--D
P)--17( 3-2 )-E-68
(P5E
-32-X
)(P4 P-Q 55
(5
(P5
-31
-Y -54
(5
-P
-33
(P5
-V P-G (6
)-47
2W107
-34 (P5
)-W (P6
-E)--64
INTERFACE
-63-
Volume II
G (P5G
)--35
Para. 9-12
(P) 5H
–60
--H 114
(P5F
-)-F36 115
HULL NETWORKS BOX

P-37
)-V (4 P-D (4
)-62
-59
(P4
)--M ,
116
(P4
)39
-Y 117
)-NP-61
(4
NPRSTIHJKMNPR
-X)(P·105
(P4
-Z)-40 (4
)-P73
-74(4
P-Q
(P4G
-41
)-G
H ( 4H
P)---7 (P4
-R-75
)--D-8
(P4D (P4
-S58
)--E9
(P4E P-57
-T
(4
-27- L56-
(P8
-)-L-38 76-

-78
SPLICE
(P8
)--J28
7 PLACES )-(P4
-V
-77 (P4
)--W
)-29
-K
(P8 (5
P--N)-72
)-C-3
(P4 -71
)-M(P5
)--4(P4
D
-70
)--A
(P5A
SPLICE
-121
)(P6
-K
WXYZ AABB CCDDEE FF GGHH DEGHJKMLRFEGHPNFCBYAXZNPOWVURISMKJ
(5
)--ZP-69
(P4
)--42
A
SIGHJPOEGCDAC
(4
P-B)-43
-44 P( 4
)-G
P1
)--105
(P5-A
-106
)(P5-8
107
-E)(P5
P119
)-K (4
UVOS
FRONT VIEWP1
(P4
-L)-120
TA194892
POINT A
GO TO FRAME 65
POINTA
GOTO FRAME 66
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 65
HEATER
1969
FUEL INTERFACE
PUMP 2W106-1
P7512364
26
P3 123 .5
20
30
104
3. 04

SPLICE
100
(P4B
122
)-B
)(P8
-C
)18
16
(P1
)(P1
17
)(P1
)(P1
19
-U
)6(P- 2
-V
-S
-T
R
POINT A
-123
103
102
)101
121
(5
)(P5
(P5
)-F(P1
)-(P1
(P4
P-A
)96
(P4
(P4
)93
)94
-F)(P2
47
)95
A
-C
-28
)64
(P4
)-29
(2
)-B
)38
122P)( 7-6
-E)(P1
(P1
(1
-U
-R
-S
-T
P-Q
P-C
-G
Во Во
ко ком Co Jo Ko G
E⚫ °F

P8 CGLKJHFEDBAM P6 CGEABDFHJK
FUEL TRANSFER MASTER WARNING
MANIFOLD LIGHT
TA194893
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-543
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 66
ABCRCW
101 (P6- F) -2 (P1 -B) Z
102 ( P6-H )- -23 (P1 -Z) AA
103 (P6-J) -22 (P1 -Y) CC
FF 36 (P1 -N) -30 (P1 -E) P
GG 35 (P1 - M)- -25 (P1 -B) N
34 (P1 - K) -3 (P1 -C) C
V 33 (P1 -J)- -4 (P1 -D)
Y 31 (P1 - H) -5 (P1 - E )
I 14 (P1 -P)- -11 (P1 - L)
13 (P1 -N )- -32 (P1 -I)
C 12 (P1 -M)- -37 (P1 -P) V
X 10 (P1 - K)- POINT A -39 (P1 - R)
HH 60 (P2-Y). W
X 79 (P2-W)- -40 (P1 -S) Z
Y 80 (P2-X) -41 (P1 -T) GG
Z 81 (P2-Y) -7 (P1 -G) HH
E 82 (P2-Z) -8 (P1 - H) DD
E 107 ( P2-D). -9 (P1 -J) EE
B 106 (P2-V) - -99- X
A 105 (P2-U). -20 (P1 -W) FF
F 45 ( P2-D)- -21 (P1 -X) Y
G 46 (P2-E) -92- H
H 48 (P2-G)- -93 (P6-C) R
49 (P2- H) -94 (P6-A) S DRIVERS
MAINTENANCE INSTRUMENT
INDICATOR P 54 (P2- N) -95 (P6- B)
PANEL
PANEL Q 55 (P2- P)- -96 (P6-D)
S 53 (P2-M) -100 (P7-3) BB
52 (P2-L) -42 (P2-A) A
50 (P2-J) -43 (P2-B) B
CC 66 (P2- E) -44 (P2-C) G
MNPRSTUVWEEEEEBCD
BB 65 (P2-E) -97- K
DD 67 (P2-G) -59 (P2-X) M
EE 68 P2-H) -61 (P2-Z)
K 51 (P2-K) 73 (P2- N)
N 72 (P2-M ) -74 (P2-P)
M 71 (P2-K)- -75 (P2-Q)
AA 70 (P2-J) SPLICE -58 (P2-W)
Z 69 (P2-1)- 4 PLACES -57 (P2-V)
U 91 (P4-F)- -98-
-78 ( P2-I )
-77 (P2-S)
-83 (P2-AA)-
-84 (P2-BB).
-85 (P2-CC) -
-86 (P2-DD).
-87 (P2- EE )-
-88 (P2- FF).
-89 (P2-GG )-
-90 (P2- HH )-
-62 (P2-A)
-91 (P5-Q )
-119 (P2-S)
-120 (P2-T).
P4
MM

P5
TA194894
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-544
)-37
(J2-A
-34
J()--H1
J-32
)--G(1
FRAME 67
-33 )-E(J1
(P2
)-37
-U -31
-J( 1
)E
-35 -P)(J1
J-N )-30 (1
-29
J-L
( 1H
-28 (J1
)--M
J--K )-27 (1
)-J(-26 1
J-25
)--H (1
J-24
)--G (1
-E-23
(J1H
-22 )-(J1
D
(P1
-F)-36
P-I (1
)--96
-95
P(-S )1
(1
P-N)-14
-13
)-(P1
-M
(P- 1
)--38
U )--L-12 (P1
WITH
(J1
-W
)-39 )-K -11
(P1
3W107
J-40
)--X(1 -16 )-P( 1
INTERFACE
WITH
2W159
YZCKPCD
E J-Y (1
)-41 -15 )(P1
-N
INTERFACE
(J-42
-Z1 P--B )-19 (1
Volume II
A
)-43
(J1A -18
Para. 9-12
(P1
)-A
)B-44
(J1B (1
)-21
P-D
C ( 1C
)--J45 (P1
)-20
-C
)--D-46
(J1D (P1
)-17
-Z
(J1E
-51
)-E
(J1F
F)---52 P-10-
)( 1
--M
SPLICE
2 PLACES
-9
(1
P)-K
P-G(1
)-6
80- P-5
(-F)1
H 3
)--(P-50 P(-8 --I)1

-49
PG
)-( 3 (1
)-P-7
H
‫דו‬ -48
-F)(P3 (P1
)-E-4
EE
E)-(P47 3 )--3
(P1-S em
79 (P1
)-2
-R
FRONT VIEW J2
(1
-P)-1
DJ2
108
-J)(P1
-109
P( 1
)--Q
SPLICE
UE COHEJBYXWVTFAZKJHGKIBANMGRRODCISPNMLPSE
2 PLACES
FRONT VIEW P2
68 POINT A
GO TO FRAME
Pas
P2
TA195324
9-545
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 68
FRONT VIEW J1
-98 (P1 -A)-

-99 (P1 -B)-
-100 (P1 -C)-
HULL -101 (P1 -D)
NETWORKS -102 (P1 -E)-
BOX FRONT VIEW P1 103 (P1 -G)-
104 (P3-P) -
OJPRSEHIFGKMJZCOABNPKLMNSITFURHVWYXG CBAP1 105 (P3- R)-
-22 (P2-T)-
111
-23 (P2-V)-
·72
97-
74
-24 (P2-W).
t
25 (P2-X)-
73
-26 (P2-Y)-
77
76
27 (P2-B)-
81
11
(P2H 75
-29 (P2- E)
P-E)-109
-28 (P2-1)-
106
(2
103
107
108
14
100
-L(P3
-102
101
-K
)(P3
F)-36
-S)-(P2
P-20
J( 1
(J1
)--11
-30 P2-E)-
(P- 2
-B)99
96
-K
)-U
95
)-C(J1
)-Z(P2
-D
(J1
(P2
(2
(P- 2
(P2
98
(2
-H)12
-J)-13
(P2
)-17
-16
38
-P)-(J2
)-V
)-(P2
P-A
B)--(P2
-B)-(P2
(J1
10
-)-L(P1 2
-6
)-(J1
)- 2
18
19
)2
-A
-N)-3(P2
)-M
(2
-D)(P2
-G
(P2
P) 2
P-(21
-A
(P2
P-5 (2
-2
-8
P(-K
-7
)-M
-)( 2-1
-P)-4
-T
(P2-0
(-S
)-C
35 (P2-H)-
P15
)9
-31 (P2-D)-
-33 (P2-C)
-32 (P2-C)
INTERFACE
34 (P2- E)
2W108
WITH
SPLICE
9 PLACES -39 J2-C)-
40 (J2-D)-
41 (J2-E)-
POINT A H 42 (J2-F)-
43 (J2-G)-
SPLICE 44 (J2-J)-
9 PLACES 45 (J2-L)-
46J2-N)-
51 (J2-A)-
52 (J2-B)
53 ( P3-M)- GG
54 (P3-N)-
)-105
( 2H
-S)-104
(J1H
(J1G
D-J47
)-107
54
106
53
)-56
J-59
-62
-58
)-55
)-H
)-EJ-48
-49
J-60
)-G
-57
(1
-N)66
SA
)-(P1
a
(J1
(J1
-63
)65
-W
50
64
(2
P-V
(J2
-T
67
68
61
J)-E( 2
-I)-(J1
)(J1
(J- 1
(J1
-W
-C)-(J1
(J1
)(J1
-P)(J1
-Z)( 1
)1
(J1
(1
V
)-G
)-( 1
-J)-( 1
-M
-K
-Y
-(JX
-A
J)-Q
55 55 (P3-V)-
56 ( P3-W)
57 (P3-X)-
58 (P3-Y)-
59 (P3-Z)-
-60 (P3-A)-
851
-92-
-68
83
-61 (P3-C)-
62 (P3-1)
94
82
!!
-63 (P3-J)
HJKLMNP RTUVWXY PORSI -64 ( P3-K)-
EFGHDABCD KLMNPRT UVW ZABCIJ P3 65 (P3-M)
INTERFACE -66 (P3-N)-
WITH
2W105 -67 (P3-P)-
-68 (P3-0)-
93-
-69 (P3-S)-
-70 (P3-T
FRONT VIEWP3 SPLICE

3PLACES
TA194896
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-546
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 69
ное
INTERFACE FRONT VIEW J1
WITH
3W103
FHJDBACIGE J1
SPLICE
8
9
7.
WIRE NUMBER E
FRONT VIEW P2
SPLICE P2
2 PLACES
HSLEP
FRONT VIEW P1
P1 SPLICE
6
-18- ·7
19 !!
-20- 8 VOLTAGE
9- 9 REGULATOR
-10- -10-
-11- -11-
-12- -12-
HULL -13- -13-
NETWORKS -14- -14-
BOX -15- 15-
AKSRMNE
-16- -16
-17- -17-
TA194897
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-547
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2-
FRAME 70
G -24 (J1 -P)

M -23 (J1 -A)-
N -22 (J1 -B) 1 (P4-E)-
A 25 (P4-C)- 54
-2 (P4-F)-
D 26 (P1 -T)- 3 (P4-G)-
E 27 (P1 -K)- 4(P4-H)- L
F 28 (P1 - L)- 56 M
-5 (P4-K)-
HULL H 29 (P1 -M)- 6 (P4- L)-
NETWORKS J 30 (P1 -J)- -7 (P4-M)- H
BOX K 31 (P1 -R)- FRONT VIEW J1 58
-8 (P4-N)- J
L 32 (P1 -A) -9 (P4-R)- K
P -10 (P1 -Z) 59
R 34 (P1 -P)- -11 (P1 -S) F
S 35 (P1 -K) -12 (P1 -I) G
T 36 (P1 -H)- 60
-13 (P1 -S) D INTERFACE
U 37 (P1 -D)- -14 (P1 -R)- WITH 2W110
V 38 (P1- )- -15 (P1 -U). H
B -16 (P1 -W)- G
C -17 (P1 -V)-
-18 (P1 -Y)-
P3 19 (P1 -X).
FRONT VIEW P3 62-
-20 (P1 -P)
-38 (P3- V)- -21 (P1 -N)-
-37 (P3- U)-
36 ( P3-T)- -22 (P3- N)-
K 35 (P3-S) -23 (P3-M)-
P 34 (P3- R)- -24 (P3-G)-
NT
35 A 32 (P3-L) SPLICE
R 31 (P3-K)- 10 PLACES
J 30 (P3-J)
M 29 ( P3- H)-
L 28 (P3-F)
K 27 (P3- E)-
T 26 (P3- D)- SPLICE P4
M 66
N 21 (J1 -B)- -63- D
P 20 (J1 -C)- -1 (J1 -R)-
X 19 (J1 -E)- -2 (J1 -S) - F
Y 18 (J1 -D)- -3 (J1 -T)- G
V 17 (J1 -E)- FRONTVIEW P4 -4 (J1 -L)- H
SPLICE W 16 (J1 -G)-
RING U -5 (J1 -M)-
15 (J1 H)- -6 (J1 - N) L INTERFACE
R 14 (J1 -E)- -7 (J1 - H) M WITH 2W160
S 13 (J1 -D)- -8 (J1 -J). N
I 12 (J1 -G) -9 (J1 -K)-
68 -25 (P3-A)-
S 11 (J1 -F) -47 (P2-5)-
B
20 5
10 (J1-Z)
G 30 04
B 69 47 (P4-J)- 5
48 ( P2-1 ) FRONT VIEW P1 FRONT VIEW P2 48 (P1 -C)- 1
49 (P2-2) 49 (P1 -D)- 2 HULL
-50 (P2-6) 50 (P1 -F)- 6 GYRO
EGH
-51 (P2-4) -51 (P1 -E)-

-52 (P2-3) 52 (P1 -G)
-70-
SPLICE
P1 яOR MARDAI
4 PLACESWS 883иRAH ЯОТ Outerw
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR HARNESS 2W.109
TA194898
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-548
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 71
AO
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
SENSOR B
SPLICE
F 3 PLACES CBADEF P2
P
E
05
A
3 ( P4- R)-
C 4 (P4-G) FRONT VIEW P2
D 5 (P4-F).
E 6 (P4-M )-
G 7 (P4- H)- SPLICE
-28
)-27
-26
(P4
H
(4
8 (P4-D)-
-E)(P4
11 PLACES
P)-U
-S
J 9 (P4-T) .
K -10 (P4-L).
L -11 (P4-C) -26 (P2-A)-
INTERFACE M 32
-12 (P4-P) -27 (P2- B)- S
WITH 2W109 N -13 ( P4- K)- -28 (P2- C)- U
R 14 (P4- B)- 33 -29- A
S 15 (P4- N)- -3 (P1 -B)-
-16 (P4-J) -4 (P1 -C)- G
-5 ( P1 - D)- 34 F
&t
A 18 (P3- A)- -6 (P1 - E)- M
B 19 (P3-B )- -7 ( P1 -G)- HFIRE
-20 (J1 - D). -8 (P1 -H)- DEXTINGUISHER
K
-21 (J1 -N )- 36
H -9 (P1 -J) TAMPLIFIER
G -22 (J1 -M)- -10 (P1 -K). L
E -23 (J1 -F) -11 ( P1 - L)- C
«=
38
-24 (J1 - E)- -12 (P1 -M )- P
-25 (J1 - B) -13 (P1 - N)- 39 K
31
400
-14 (P1 - R)- B
40
-15 (P1 -S) - N
W -16 (P1 -T)- J
30- V
P4
P1
P-E)-24
-25
)-22
)20
)19
E)-23
(1
)18
(P1
(1
)(P1
21
)(P1
(1
(1
P-A
(P1
P-B
P-G
-Z
-D
-H
во
FRONT VIEW J1
AO
IIIIII
‫ד‬.
BEFMNACDGHJKLP FEDCBA P3
INTERFACE WITH 2W110-1 RADIAC

FRONT VIEW P3
(DRIVER'S INTERCOM CONTROL)
TA194899
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-549
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 72
•
BO
FRONT VIEW P5 P5
9G
2 A
3 FIRE EXTINGUISHER
FRONT VIEW P1 VALVE
P1
P 10- INTERFACE
WITH 2W111-2
F
N C (LEFT HEADLIGHT)
L
M
E
FRONT VIEW
5 P2 P2
6
INTERFACE
W A WITH 2W111-1
NETWORKS X 9 B (DRIVER'S
K 11- CC.B.R. HEATER )
H -12-
FRONT VIEW P3
-13- P3
14
BO
21 -15- SPLICE
16-
22 ECHFLK
17.
B 18- 12-
23 -19- 13.
A
RH 14.
15-
24
-16-
-17-
SPLICE 18 FIRE EXTINGUISHER
B AMPLIFIER
5 PLACES -19-
B
IV THORT
PRS
E OF
FRONT VIEW P4 P4
VIROI
TA194900
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-550
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 73
HO
BI
FRONT VIEW P4 AUX
HYDRAULIC
PUMP
P4 ABCDEFGH FRONT VIEW P3
234 SOT8
P3
FRONT VIEW P1 WIRE NUMBER 9 A AUX HYDRAULIC
P1 10- B PRESSURE
SWITCH
A
2
3
6
7
N 8
HULL H 9
NETWORKS -10-
BOX K -11
R -12-
S 13-
T -14-
U 15
V 16
❤m
P2 D BECA
FRONT VIEW P2 HEATER
PERSONNEL
TA194901
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-551
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 74
FRONT VIEW P1 FRONT VIEW J1
J1
B
E
-35-
50 36- R
E
51 -37-
6
7
52
L -8 AG
-53- -38-
AF
-10- AD
-11 AB
-12
54
-39-
-13-
14-
-56- 55
U " 15- N
-16-
W
X
R
Y 17.
E.C.U. Z INTERFACE
-18- WITH
42 G 3W105
57
-19
-20-
-59- 58 43.
F -21-
G 22- V
N M
22
N -23-
A
P 24-
R -60- L45.
-61- -46-
-25-
62 -26-
27-
63 -28-
2
AA -29-
BB -30-
P 64 47-
CC -31-
DD -32-
55
65 -48-
EE 33
FF 34
L49.
SPLICE 16 PLACES SPLICE 15 PLACES

Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-552
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 75
FRONT VIEW J1 WIRE NUMBERS FRONT VIEW P1
J1 P1
INTERFACE
WITH A
3W106 E.C.U.
SPLICE SPLICE
BATTERY COMPARTMENT
TERMINAL BOARD
E1 E2
A
.B
ΤΟ
WIRE NUMBER
SPLICE
FRONT VIEW P1 P1
B
HULL G
POWER H
DISTRIBUTION E 3
BOX C 4.
F
35
E3
BATTERY COMPARTMENT
TERMINAL BOARD
TA194903
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-553
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 76
RIGHT RIGHT FUEL

TAIL LIGHT PRESSURE SWITCH
P11 ADEBC 123 P9

J1 FRONT VIEW P9
w
E
NO MO
X FRONT VIEW J1 FRONT VIEW P11
)10
)( 1
(J1
)-J17
18
J11
-E)(J1
(1
-D
-C
(J1
(J1
(1
-T
)7
J·-S)8
)9
P 7 (P11 -A)- -P
S 8 (P11 - D) -
9 ( P11 -E )
10 (P11 -B)-
11 (P11 -C)-
17 (P9-2)-
18 (P9-3)-
E
19 ( P5-3)
BO
H 20 ( P5-2)
A 34 (P12- B )
FRONT VIEW P8
35 (P12-A)-
26 (P4-A)-
SPLICE P8
27 (P4-B)-
2 PLACES
15 (P8-A)-
55 (J1 - R) 16
16 (P8-B)-
INTERFACE 51 (P13-A) (J1 -Q) 15 RIGHT REAR
WITH R
52 (P13-B) (P13- B) 54 A FUEL PUMP
2W107 40- (P13-A) 53
R
D 14 (P7-B)
13 (P7-A)
C 12 (P1 -A)
F 39 (P1 - B)
G 21 (P6-A)
M 22 (P6- D)
23 (P6- E)
B 25 (P6-C)
F 29 (P3-5)
K 30 (P3-4)
42
31 (P3-3)
54
-B)(P8
)13
52
)(P8
14
53
)-(J1
(J1
)(J1
)51
32 (P3-2)
(J1
-A
-C
-D
-Q
R
43
33 (P3-1 )
44 -28 ( P2-6)-
48 49 (P2-4)
36 (P2-3)
BO
37 (P2-2)
BO
45 В
38 (P2-1 )
P 46
A 24 (P6-B)
GO TO FRAME
77 POINT A CBA P13 ACAB P7
FUEL WATER INDICATOR
WIRE NUMBER SEPARATOR DIFFERENTIAL
SPLICE PRESSURE
10 PLACES SWITCH
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR HARNESS 2W159 04

TA1949
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-554
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 77
POINT A
FRONT VIEW P1 LEFT TAIL LIGHT FRONT VIEW P6

ADEBCP6
BO
P1
C
A/C CLOG B -39 (J1 - F
-12 (J1 -CH
)2−(J11-
)2J14-
)2-(J13-
)J( 2-
-B)5-
1
2J1
-G
2-M
(-A
-N
FRONT VIEW P5
FRONT VIEW P2
P2
3
-38 (J1 - LH P5
2 -37 (J1 -M
REAR SPONSON 3 36 ( J1 -NY (J1 -E ) 19-
FUEL SENSOR 4 49 (J1 - S) (J1 - H ) 20-
6 -28 (J1 - U)-
5 -50 ( P3-6 )-
LEFT FUEL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
-27
(J1H
-K
26
)—-I(J1
J-F)-29
-34
-33
-32
)-30
35
(J1
-J)-31
)(J1
)--Z(J1
(1
(1
)-(J1
J()--A1
-K
(P2-5
-H
G
)--50
60 10
BO
BO
В
CBA P4
LEFT REAR
FRONT VIEW P4
FUEL PUMP
FRONT VIEW P12

FRONT VIEW P3
ABC P12 612345 P3
SMOKE LEFT REAR
GENERATOR FUEL SENSOR

TA194905
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-555
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2`
FRAME 78
A
Be OF
P1
CO •E
A D
B
FRONT VIEW P1
SPLICE
5 PLACES
в.
23456
E 2
INTERFACE F
WITH 2W109 P2 Co •E
G
LMNB
A
K B FRONT VIEW P2
FIRE
8 EXTINGUISHER
9 SENSOR
10
J1
Be
WIRE NUMBER
P3
Co
3.
A
B
C FRONT VIEW P3
HD FIRE
HE EXTINGUISHER
FRONT VIEW J1 HF SENSOR
CONTROL A A FUEL WATER

MODULE B SEPARATOR
SOLENOID
P1
WIRE NUMBER
A34120-863
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-556
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 79
LO
ŏ
O.
EO

P3
BAC
P1
E ALTERNATOR
3
H FIELD
C ·2·
ABCTDLO
3
INTERFACE
WITH 2W108
P2
-7
CBDA
-8
9 6 B ALTERNATOR
7. CONTROL
SPLICE 8 Α
8
O
FRONT VIEW P2
WIRE NUMBER
J1
FRONT VIEW J1
9
P1
C. B. R. HEATER
POWER INPUT
A34120-864

TA194907
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-557
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAM
FRAME 80
80IWE 283MRAH ROR MARDAN OVER
8
10
10
FILIWS ИЛАК ВОТ МАЛА ВИЯ

0 0
20
100
MONTREAL
FRONT VIEW P4
FRONT VIEW P1 P4 | A | B | C | D | E | Н XFU W R PST MGKL
P1
58
C
14k -1 (P3- E)-
-2 (P5- E SPLICE
S_ AIPS.BL
3(P5- F) 2 PLACES
K-(-34
LCL
-( J1
-KJ1
-4 (P3- F)-
T-34
HI-
HH
H
ES)
)-50
NO
T33
)-F-47
( J1
(TJ1
(TJ1
-38 (TJ1
-J(TJ1
-48
(TJ1
)-( J1
( J1
(TJ1
(TJ1
J1
-H)--41
)-L(TJ1
-K)-39
-35
T-S)-T)-32
-40
-J(TJ1
-37
-32
)J1
(J1
43
TE)-42
)--CP-55
49
NON
T(44
T-N
(TJ1
)-M
TG
-5 (P4-A)-
-D
-N
)-53
-A
(5
(P3
-B)-52
1-13
36
(P1-25
(P3
-)( 1-24
-M
(P)-1-152
-C
)(P1-8
P-30
(P1-9
ON
( 1-5
)(P-14
)-60
( 1-1
( 1-6
)7(P1-4
).(P-61-3
5(P)1-2
)(P1-7
6 (P4-B)
-10
-11
P)-13
P-31
-1 -
-9
)-
)-
P-)-8
-
-7 (P4-C)
-8 ( P4- D)
-9 ( P4- E)
-10 (P4-H)-
-11 (P4-J)-
10 -12 (TJ1 -B)-
25 60 (P4-F
51-
-14 (P4-R SPLICE 3 PLACES
13
-15 (P4-PH
-16 (P2-5)
-17 (P2-4)
-18 (P7-3)-
-19 ( P7-2)- REAR VIEW P2 REAR VIEW P3
27 56 GOTO FRAME
81 POINTA
26 57 -20 (P9- B)
-13 (P4-M)-
-22 (J1 -A)
-23 (J1 -B) 8
Ou
-24 (P2-3)
25 (P2-2 ) FRONTVIEWJ1
20 -26 (P6-2) FRONT VIEW P2 FRONT VIEW P3
-27 (P6-3)
-28 (P8-A) EUTWE 223RAN RO3 MAHDAIG DUSIW
-29 (P8- B)
-30 (P4-S)
(TJ1
-P)45
)-NP53
(4
P-21
(9
)-(P4
-21
-31 (P4-T)
)-(P1-22
52
)(P1-23
)-(P1-26
( 1-16
(J1
( 1-17
-A
)-A
()1-15
)( 1-14
P)--17
-20
-24
25
P)16
P-4
P-1
SPLICE
2 PLACES
FRONT VIEW P9
P9 A B P24234516 J1ABC P3 BCEFDA
HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL RIGHT FAN RIGHT PARKING
PUMP BLOCKING TEMP (H1) AND CLUTCH BRAKE SWITCH
SOLENOID COOLING FAN SWITCH
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR HARNESS 3W104 MATUR

SITAR
408-001904
MARDALE Y
COBABAT
- 230 20 VES DR
TA194908
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-558
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 81
LEFT PARKING TRANSMISSION

BRAKE SWITCH OIL LEVEL TJ1
P5
PS BCEFAD P6231 -32 (P4-P)- S
-33 ( P4- R)-
-34 (P4-W)
-O
-35 (P4-V
20 -36 (P4-N )
-37 (P4- U)- N
OE
-38 (P4-J)-
FRONT VIEW P5 -39 (P4-G)-
FRONT VIEW P6
-54
(P1-20
)-(P1-19
-55
-40 (P4- F)-

(P4
)-(P4
-V
-W
)--26
(P1-14
( 1-15
-27
41 (P4- E) NO
-2
-3
)-
P)-
-42 (P4-B )
-43 (P4-A)-
-12 (P1-10) - FRONT VIEW TJ1
-44 (P4-M )-
-45 (P9-B)-
-46 (J1 -B)-
47 (P4-CH
POINT 48 (P4- D)
-49 (P4- H)-
-50 (P4-X)- TEST
CONNECTOR
181-61
14)-
)-( 1-17
)-(P1-19
1-21
P)-(-29
P-18
28
D
‫܂ܘ‬
O
00
BO
O

P74321 P8BAC
TRANSMISSION OIL TRANSMISSION
PRESSURE SWITCH OIL FILTER
TA194909
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-559
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 82
FRONT VIEW J1
BACDE
P1 J1
TO HEADLIGHT
3
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR HARNESSES 2W105-2 and 2W111-2
END OF WIRE HARNESS MAINTENANCE
TA194910
Volume II
Para. 9-12
9-560
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
9-13. Service Headlamps
Task Title Frames

1234
Remove Electrical Lead Assembly 1

Remove Lampholder , Lead, and Body 2-3
Install Lampholder, Lead , and Body 4-5
Install Electrical Lead Assembly 6-7
TASK 1. Remove Electrical Lead Assembly
Common Tools:
Wrench , combination , 5 / 16 -inch
Special Tools:
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Service headlamp lead assembly on clean work surface.
1. Remove left or right headlamp spacer, lens, and gasket; refer to TM 9-2350-255- 20-1-3-4 ,
para. 11-5 .
2. Remove left or right headlamp lens holder; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-5.
3. Remove left or right service headlamp; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para . 11-5.
4. Remove headlamp mount and retainer; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-5 .
Volume II
Para. 9-13, Task 1
9-561
VIT
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 1
Remove Electrical Lead Assembly:
1. Using jamnut socket and drive wrench , unscrew and take off jamnut (1 ) from connector J1 (2).
2. Pull out connector J1 (2) . Using soft jaw pliers, unscrew backshell (3) from connector J1 ( 2) .
3. Using installing and removal tool , pull contact (4) out of terminal B ( 5) on connector J1 (2).
4. Twist assembly (6) clockwise. Pull out socket assembly (6) as far as wire (7) will allow.
5. Unscrew and take out screw ( 8) , two lockwashers (9), and nut ( 10) from wire (7) and
socket assembly ( 6) with screwdriver and wrench. Get rid of lockwashers (9) .
6. Push out grommet (11 ) with screwdriver. Take wire (7 , 12) out of grommet ( 11 ). Look at
grommet (11 ) for tears or cracks. If bad get rid of grommet. If OK set aside for later use.
7. Pull out lead assembly ( 13) . Look at lead assembly ( 13 ) for torn insulation , loose or broken wires ,
missing or broken pins, and stripped threads on connector J1 (2) . If bad turn in . If OK set aside for
later use.
NOTE: To install electrical lead assembly, refer to task 4.
TASK 1 ENDS HERE
910
11 13
12
6
8 9 7
5
2
7 TA195181
Volume II
Para. 9-13, Task 1
9-562
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 2. Remove Lampholder, Lead, and Body
Common Tools:
Brush, wire
Special Tools:
Wrench, open end, 15-millimeter, 12285504
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Service headlamp on clean work surface.
1. Remove left or right headlamp spacer, lens, and gasket; refer to TM 9-2350-255- 20-1-3-4,
para. 11-5.
2. Remove left or right headlamp lens holder; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para . 11-5.
3. Remove headlamp mount and retainer; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-5 .
4. Remove electrical lead assembly; refer to task 1 .
Volume II
Para. 9-13, Task 2
9-563
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 2
Remove Lampholder and Lead:
1. Push in, twist counterclockwise, and take out marker lamp ( 1 ) from socket assembly (2).
2. Pull lead (3) from wall of marker lamp compartment (4).
3. Take out lead (3) and spring (5) from socket assembly ( 2).
4. Unscrew and take out two screws (6) and grommet ( 7) with screwdriver. Look at grommet (7) for
cracks or breaks . If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
5. Look at lampholder ( 2 ) for cracks , bends, or breaks . If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
6. Look at lead (3) for frayed insulation or bent contact ( 8) . If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
GO TO FRAME 3
2 PLACES
2 6
2 PLACES
7
6
5 2 3
8
3
M--
TA195182
Volume II
Para. 9-13 , Task 2
9-564
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 3
Remove Body:
1. Using 15-millimeter wrench, unscrew and take out three screws ( 1 ) , lockwashers (2) , and washers (3)
from support (4) . Get rid of lockwashers (2) .
2. Take off body (5). Pull off and get rid of gasket (6).
3. Clean off any pieces of old gasket (6) with wire brush.
4. Look at body (5) and support (4) for cracks, bends, or breaks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for
later use.
NOTE: To install lampholder, lead, and body, refer to task 3.
TASK 2 ENDS HERE
8081102 now necta no viomsa
3 PLACES
2
3 PLACES
3
6
TA195183
Volume II
Para. 9-13, Task 2
9-565
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 3. Install Lampholder, Lead, and Body
Common Tools:
Special Tools:
Wrench , open end , 15- millimeter, 12285504
Supplies:
Adhesive Sealant, Type I , MIL-A-46106 (Item 2)
Gasket ( 19207) 12287708
Personnel: One
Service headlamp assembly on clean work surface.
Remove lampholder, lead , and body; refer to task 2.
Volume II
Para. 9-13, Task 3
9-566
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 4
Install Body:
WARNING
1. Put a thin coat of adhesive on mating surface ( 1 ) of support ( 2 ) with brush .
2. Put new gasket ( 3) on support ( 2) . Make sure gasket ( 3 ) does not buckle.
3. Put support ( 2 ) in place on body (4 ) .
4. Using 15 millimeter wrench , screw in and tighten three screws (5) , new lockwashers (6) , and
washers (7) .
GO TO FRAME 5
3 PLACES 8
5
2
6
3 PLACES
8
1
TA195184
Volume II
Para. 9-13 , Task 3
9-567
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 5
Install Lead and Lampholder:
1. Screw in and tighten two screws ( 1 ) and grommets ( 2) with screwdriver.
2. Put lead (3) through spring (4) and socket assembly (5) . Push lead (3 ) in socket assembly (5 ) until
firmly seated.
3. Put lead ( 3) through hole in marker lamp compartment (6) .
4. Push in and twist marker lamp ( 7) clockwise in socket assembly ( 5).
1. Install electrical lead assembly; refer to task 4.
2. Install headlamp mount and retainer; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-5 .
3. Install left or right headlamp lens holder; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-5 .
4. Install left or right headlamp spacer, lens , and gasket; refer to TM 9-2350-255- 20-1-3-4,
para. 11-5 .
TASK 3 ENDS HERE
CROSS SECTIONS
SHOWN FOR CLARITY
1 2
2 PLACES
TA195185
Volume II
Para. 9-13 , Task 3
9.568
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 4. Install Electrical Lead Assembly
Common Tools:
Special Tools:
Supplies:
Personnel: One
Service headlamp assembly on clean work surface.
Remove electrical lead assembly; refer to task 1.
Volume II
Para. 9-13, Task 4
9-569
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 6
Install Electrical Lead Assembly:
1. Put lug (1 ), and wire ( 2) through grommet ( 3) and hole (4), into marker lamp compartment (5).
2. Put new lockwasher (6) on screw (7) . Put screw (7) through wire ( 2) and through socket
assembly (8).
3. Screw on and tighten nut ( 9) and new lockwasher ( 10) on screw ( 7) with screwdriver and wrench.
4. Put socket assembly ( 8) in place between two grommets ( 11 ) . Turn socket assembly (8)
counterclockwise to seat in slots of grommets ( 11 ).
5. Seat grommet (3) in hole (4) with screwdriver.
6. Put contact ( 12 ) of wire ( 13) through backshell ( 14) . Using installing and removal tool, put
contact (12 ) in B terminal ( 15 ) of connector J1 (16).
7. Screw backshell ( 14 ) on connector J1 ( 16) . Put connector J1 ( 16) in headlamp support ( 17) . Using
jamnut socket and wrench , screw on and tighten jamnut ( 18 ) .
GO TO FRAME 7
12 15 16
17
13
16
18
14
1 3
6
CROSS SECTIONS
SHOWN FOR CLARITY
10
35
8 1 2 3
11 ) 2 PLACES
TA195186
Volume II
Para. 9-13, Task 4
9-570
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 7
1. Install headlamp mount and retainer; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4, para . 11-5 .
2. Install left or right service headlamp; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-4 , para. 11-5 .
3. Install left or right headlamp lens holder assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1- 3-4,
para. 11-5 .
4. Install left or right headlamp spacer, lens, and gasket; refer to TM 9-2350-255- 20-1-3-4,
para. 11-5.
END OF SERVICE HEADLAMPS MAINTENANCE
Volume II
Para. 9-13 , Task 4
9-571
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
9-14. Electronic Control Unit
Task Title Frames
123
1234
Remove Access Cover

Remove Module Assembly A1 , A2 , A3, or A4
Remove Cover Assembly Connector
Replace Modulator-Oscillater A1A1 , Modulator- Oscillator
and Select A1A2 , Module Demodulator and T7 A2A1 , or
Module and Signal A2A2 4-5
5 Replace Modulator-Oscillator A3A1 , Solenoid Driver
Module A3A2 , or Power Supply Module A4 6-8
678
Install Cover Assembly Connector 9

Install Module Assembly A1 , A2, A3, or A4 10
Install Access Cover 11
TASK 1. Remove Access Cover
Common Tools:
Key, socket head screw, 5 /32 - inch
Knife, putty
Special Tools: None

4
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Electronic control unit on clean , grounded work surface.
Volume II
Para. 9-14 , Task 1
9-572
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 1
Remove Cover:
1. Unscrew and take out 10 screws ( 1 ) and washers ( 2) from access cover (3) with key.
2. Take off cover ( 3) and gasket (4) . Get rid of gasket (4) .
Inspect Cover:
3. Look at cover (3) for cracks or breaks. If bad turn in cover (3) and TASK 1 ENDS HERE . If OK go to
step 4.
4. Look at gasketing material ( 5 ) and six bumpers (6) on cover (3) for loose, missing, or ripped
condition . If bad do step 5. If OK set cover (3) aside for later use and TASK 1 ENDS HERE.
5. Scrape off bad gasketing material ( 5 ) or bumper ( 6) with putty knife . Get rid of gasketing material
(5) or bad bumper (6) . Set cover (3) aside for later use.
NOTE: To install access cover, refer to task 8 .
TASK 1 ENDS HERE
COVER TURNED
180° FOR CLARITY
66 PLACES
10 PLACES
2 1
TA195192
Volume II
Para. 9-14, Task 1
9-573
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 2. Remove Module Assembly A1 , A2, A3, or A4
Common Tools:
Key, socket head screw, 9/64-inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies : None
Personnel : One
Electronic control unit on clean, grounded work surface .
Volume II
Para. 9-14, Task 2
9-574
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 2
Remove Module Assembly:
NOTE
Use this task to take out module assembly A1 , A2 , A3, or A4. Module assembly
A1 ( 1 ) is shown.
1. Loosen, but do not take out, two shoulder screws ( 2) from module assembly ( 1 ) with key. Lift clamp
(3) straight out.
CAUTION
Do not touch electronic parts on module assembly ( 1 ) . Static electricity from

your body can cause parts to go bad.
2. Pull out on clamp (3) until module assembly ( 1 ) clears electronic control unit housing (4) . Set module
assembly (1 ) on clean, grounded work surface.
3. Look at module assembly ( 1 ) for breaks or burns. If bad remove modules; refer to task 4 or 5. If OK
set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install module assembly, refer to task 7.
TASK 2 ENDS HERE
10
40
10
ཀཱ་ ཡ
3
1
TA195193
Volume II
Para. 9-14, Task 2
9-575
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 3. Remove Cover Assembly Connector
Common Tools:
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8 -inch square drive , 7/ 16 -inch
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8-inch , square drive, 5/8- inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
2. Remove module assemblies A1 , A2 , A3, and A4; refer to task 2.
Volume II
Para. 9-14, Task 3
9-576
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 3
Remove Connector:
1. Unscrew and take out eight short screws ( 1 ) , two long screws (2) , and 10 washers (3) with key. Take
off cover (4) and gasket (5). Get rid of gasket (5) .
2. Look at cover (4) for cracks, dents, or burns. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
3. Cut off lacing wire (6) with pliers.
4. Unscrew and take out plug (7) and packing (8) from housing (9) with 5/8-inch socket and handle.
Get rid of packing ( 8) . Look at plug (7) for cracks or stripped threads. If bad get rid of plug (7). If
OK set aside for later use.
5. Unscrew and take out screw ( 10) , washer ( 11 ), jumper wire ( 12) , and lockwasher ( 13) from housing
(9) with 7/16 - inch socket and handle. Get rid of lockwasher (13).
6. Look at jumper wire (12) for cracks or breaks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
7. Look at identification plate ( 14) for cracks or breaks. If bad unscrew and take out two screws ( 15 )
from plate ( 14) with screwdriver and set plate ( 14) aside for later use . If OK leave in place.
NOTE: To install cover assembly connector, refer to task 6 .
TASK 3 ENDS HERE
6
8 PLACES
4 7
13
9
8
10
(11 )
12
2 3
2 PLACES
5
2 PLACES (15) 14 13
TA195194
Volume II
Para. 9-14, Task 3
9-577
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 4. Replace Modulator-Oscillator A1A1 , Modulator-Oscillator and Select A1A2, Module Demodulator
and T7 A2A1 , or Module and Signal A2A2
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Modulator-Oscillator A1A1 (06848) 622104-1 ,
Modulator-Oscillator and Select A1A2 (06848) 622029-5 ,
Module and Signal A2A2 (06848) 622033-1 , or
Module Demodulator and T7 A2A1 (06848) 622087-1
Pad, cushioning (06848 ) 2540031
Personnel : One
Electronic control unit on clean, grounded work surface .
Preliminary Procedures :
2. Remove module assembly A1 , A2 , A3, or A4; refer to task 2.
Volume II
Para. 9-14 , Task 4
9-578
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 4
Remove Modulator-Oscillator or Module:
CAUTION
Do not touch electronic parts on modulator-oscillators or modules ( 1 ) . Static

electricity from your body can cause parts to go bad.
NOTE
Use this task to take off and put on modulator- oscillator A1A1 or A1A2 , or
module A2A1 or A2A2 . Modulator- Oscillator A1A1 ( 1 ) is shown .
1. Unscrew and take out eight screws ( 2 ) from modulator-oscillator ( 1 ) with screwdriver.
2. Unscrew and take out two screws ( 3) and nuts (4) from modulator-oscillator connectors (5) with key.
3. Press down on modulator-oscillator ( 1 ) and slide it toward end of connector ( 5 ) until four retainers (6)
are seen in the center of four holes (7) .
Lift modulator-oscillator ( 1 ) and pad ( 8) off support (9) . Get rid of pad (8) . Turn in
modulator-oscillator ( 1 ) .
GO TO FRAME 5
5
1
74 PLACES
B
8
8 3
༢
2 PLACES
mm
9
8 PLACES
2)
6
4 PLACES
2 PLACES
TA195195
Volume II
Para. 9-14, Task 4
9-579
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 5
Install Modulator-Oscillator or Module:
CAUTION
Do not touch electronic parts on new modulator-oscillator or module ( 1 ). Static

1. Put new pad ( 2) and new modulator-oscillator ( 1 ) over four retainers (3) on support (4).
2. Press down on modulator-oscillator ( 1 ) and slide toward clamp (5) until four retainers (3) hold
modulator-oscillator ( 1) in place.
3. Put two screws (6) through connectors (7) . Put two nuts (8) in connector grooves (9) . Tighten
screws (6) to connectors (7) with key.
4. Screw in and tighten eight screws ( 10) to modulator-oscillator ( 1 ) with screwdriver.
1. Install module assembly A1 , A2, A3, or A4; refer to task 7.
3. Test electronic control unit; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para. 10-5.
TASK 4 ENDS HERE
62 PLA CES
LACE S 10
8 PLACES
1
mper
B
7
8
9 e
2 PLACES
2 PLACES
3
30AM S
4 PLACES 5
TA195195
Volume II
Para. 9-14, Task 4
9-580
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 5. Replace Modulator-Oscillator A3A1 , Solenoid Driver Module A3A2 , or Power Supply Module A4
Common Tools:
Screwdriver , cross tip
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Modulator-Oscillator A3A1 (06848) 622088-2 ,
Power Supply Module A4 (06848) 622028-2, or
Solenoid Driver Module A3A2 (06848) 622037-1
Pad, cushioning (06848) 2540031
Personnel: One
1. Remove access cover; refer to task 1.5
2. Remove module assembly A1 , A2 , A3 , or A4; refer to task 2.
Volume II
Para. 9-14, Task 5
9-581
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 6
Remove Modulator-Oscillator or Module:
CAUTION
Do not touch electronic parts on modulator-oscillator or module ( 1 ). Static

NOTE
Use this task to take off and put on modulator-oscillator A3A1 , or module A3A2
or A4. Modulator-Oscillator A3A1 ( 1 ) is shown .
1. Unscrew and take out eight screws ( 2) from modulator-oscillator ( 1 ) with screwdriver.
NOTE
To take module A3A2 or A4 off support (3) , skip step 2.
To take modulator-oscillator A3A1 ( 1 ) off support (3) , skip step 3.
2. Unscrew and take out two screws (4) from modulator-oscillator connector (5) with key.
3. Unscrew and take out two screws (6) and washers ( 7) from module connector bracket ( 8 ) with key.
GO TO FRAME 7
6
2 PLACES
‫ו‬
ད་ དུང
2 PLACES 4
8
2
5 8 PLACES
TA195197
Volume II
Para. 9-14 , Task 5
9-582
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 7
Remove Modulator- Oscillator or Module (Continued):
1. Press down on modulator-oscillator ( 1 ) and slide it toward connector (2) until four retainers (3) are in
the center of four holes (4) .
2. Lift modulator- oscillator ( 1 ) and pad ( 5 ) off support (6) . Get rid of pad ( 5 ) . Turn in
modulator-oscillator ( 1 ) .
CAUTION
Do not touch electronic parts on new modulator-oscillator or module ( 1 ) . Static

3. Put new pad (5) and new modulator- oscillator ( 1 ) over four retainers (3) on support (6) .
4. Press down on modulator-oscillator ( 1 ) and slide it toward clamp ( 7 ) until four retainers (3 ) hold
modulator-oscillator ( 1 ) in place.
GO TO FRAME 8
3 ) 4 PLACES
6
4
4 PLACES
TA195198
Volume II
Para. 9-14, Task 5
9-583
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 8
NOTE
To put modulator-oscillator A3A1 ( 1 ) on plate ( 2) , do steps 1 and 3.
To put module A3A2 or A4 on plate ( 2) , do steps 2 and 3.
1. Screw in and tighten two screws (3) to connector (4) with key.
2. Screw in and tighten two screws ( 5 ) and washers (6) to module connector bracket (7) with key.
3. Screw in and tighten eight screws (8) to modulator-oscillator ( 1 ) with screwdriver.
1. Install module assembly A1 , A2 , A3, or A4; refer to task 7.
3. Test electronic control unit; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-5 .
TASK 5 ENDS HERE

3
1
8
8 PLACES 2
5 3
•
2 PLACES 2 PLACES
1
TA195199
Volume II
Para. 9-14 , Task 5
9-584
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 6. Install Cover Assembly Connector
Common Tools:
Pliers, wire twister
Socket, socket wrench, 3/8-inch square drive, 7/16 -inch
Socket, socket wrench , 3/8- inch square drive , 5/8 -inch
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Gasket (06848) 2539971
Packing, preformed (06848) 55753
Wire, nonelectric (safety wire) MS20995C32 (Item 43)
Personnel: One
Remove cover assembly connector; refer to task 3.
Volume II
Para. 9-14, Task 6
9-585
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 9
Install Connector:
1. Screw in and tighten screw ( 1 ) , washer (2) , jumper wire (3) , and new lockwasher (4) to housing (5)
with 7/16-inch socket and handle.
2. Screw in and tighten plug ( 6) and new packing ( 7) to housing ( 5 ) with 5/8 -inch socket and handle.
3. Insert wire ( 8) through holes ( 9 , 10 , 11 , and 12) leaving at least 2 inches on either end of wire (8).
4. Insert one end of wire (8) through two holes ( 13) . Twist ends together with wire twister.
5. Put cover (14 ) and new gasket ( 15) on two pins ( 16) in housing ( 5) . Screw in and tighten eight short
screws (17), two long screws ( 18) , and 10 washers ( 19) with key.
6. If identification plate (20) was taken off in task 3 , put information on new identification plate (20) and
turn in old identification plate ( 20) . Put new identification plate (20) in place and screw in two
screws (21 ) with screwdriver.
1. Install module assemblies A1 , A2 , A3, and A4; refer to task 7.
3. Test electronic control unit; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-5.
TASK 6 ENDS HERE
13
8 PLACES
14
2 PLACES
17X19 6
15 16
7
10
6 5
12
11
(18)(19)
2 PLACES
13
8 21
20
TA195200
Volume II
Para. 9-14, Task 6
9-586
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 7. Install Module Assembly A1 , A2 , A3, or A4
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Electronic control unit on clean, grounded work surface.
Remove module assembly A1 , A2 , A3, or A4; refer to task 2.
Volume II
Para. 9-14, Task 7
9-587
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 10
Install Module Assembly:
NOTE
Use this task to put in module assembly A1 , A2, A3, or A4. Module
assembly A1 ( 1 ) is shown.
Stamped number (2 ) on module assembly ( 1 ) goes down as shown .
1. Look at module assembly ( 1 ) . Find stamped number ( 2) on end of module assembly ( 1 ) .
2. Look at housing (3) for matching stamped number.
3. Slide module assembly ( 1 ) in slots (4) of housing (3) and press firmly.
4. Screw in and tighten two screws (5) with key just enough so module assembly ( 1 ) cannot be pulled out
of housing (3).
5. Push clamp (6) down in notch (7).
2. Test electronic control unit; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para. 10-5 .
TASK 7 ENDS HERE
3 10
00
00
4
7
5 2
TA195201
Volume II
Para. 9-14, Task 7
9-588
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 8. Install Access Cover
Common Tools:
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Gasket, cover (06848) 2539971
To install gasketing material or bumpers , you will need:
Adhesive, liquid rubber, MIL-A-46106 (Item 3)
Bumper (06848) 2539976
Gasketing material (06848) 2539977
Personnel: One
Electronic control unit on clean , grounded surface.
Volume II
Para. 9-14 , Task 8
9-589
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 11
Install Cover:
WARNING
NOTE
If gasketing material ( 1 ) or any bumper ( 2 ) is new, begin with step 1. If not, go

to step 3.
1. Spread a light coat of adhesive on back of new gasketing material ( 1 ) or new bumper ( 2 ). Let
adhesive dry until sticky.
2. Press gasketing material ( 1 ) or bumper ( 2 ) in place on cover (3) .
3. Line up holes in new gasket (4) , cover (3) , and electronic control unit ( 5) . Screw in and tighten 10
screws (6) and washers ( 7) with key.
Test electronic control unit; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-5 .
END OF ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT MAINTENANCE
7) ( 6
10 PLACES
TA195202
Volume II
Para. 9-14 , Task 8
9-590
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
CHAPTER 10
FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
10-1 . General . This chapter tells you how to fix the M1 fire extinguisher system . The chapter is divided into
paragraphs and then into tasks. Each task explains how to remove, install , replace, or repair a part. Any bad
parts are replaced with good parts.
10-2 . Equipment Items Covered . Paragraph 10-5 begins with a list of tasks which take parts off or put them
back on. The equipment item covered in this chapter is listed in table 10-1 with its paragraph and page
number.
Table 10-1 . Equipment Items Covered
Paragraph Title Page
10 · 5 Distribution Tube Assemblies 10-6

10 - 6 Valve and Bottle Assembly 10 - 27
10-3. Equipment Items Not Covered. None
10-4. General Maintenance Instructions . Use the following maintenance practices when you work on the fire
extinguisher system .
a. Care of Fire Extinguisher System
(1) Clean gas connections with a clean rag before you unscrew them .
(2) Make sure valve safety pin and anti - recoil plug are installed on fire bottles before bottles are
removed or installed.
(3) Make sure safety pin is put in valve lever while working on valve and bottle assembly to prevent
waste of charged bottle.
(4) Look for missing, broken , or pushed - in pins when disconnecting or connecting electrical plugs and
receptacles.
(5) Unscrew and tighten gas connections with two wrenches. Use one wrench to unscrew or tighten the
connections and use the other wrench to hold the fitting to keep the line from twisting.
(6) Make sure gas connections are clean before you connect them .
(7) Screw on gas connections by hand and finger tighten them to be sure they are not cross-threaded ,
then tighten with wrenches.
(8) Cap or plug all open tubes or fittings as soon as they are disconnected .
(9) Take off caps or plugs from tubes or fittings before they are installed .
Volume II
Para. 10-4
10-1
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
10-4. General Maintenance Instructions (Continued)
b. Reducing System Hydraulic Pressure to Zero
WARNING
• Always wear safety glasses when working on the hydraulic system . If hydraulic
fluid gets in your eyes, you can be blinded .
• Hot equipment can burn you . Wait until hydraulic tubes and hoses are cool
enough to touch before you start work .
• Always reduce system hydraulic pressure to zero before you start work.
Sudden movement of hydraulic parts can injure you .
Block both ends of both tracks with blocks before reducing hydraulic pressure
to zero. Tank can roll suddenly and cause injury.
(1) Press parking brake pedal ( 1 ) , then pull brake release handle ( 2 ) to release pedal (1).
(2) Press and release pedal ( 1 ) until parking brake hydraulic pressure gage (3) reads zero.
WWXY
2
ID
TA195203
Volume II
Para. 10-4
10-2
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
c. Removing Hydraulic Connections
WARNING
• Cleaning compound can cause skin rash and can give off harmful vapors. To
avoid injury, use in a well-ventilated area. Wash immediately with soap and
water if compound gets on skin or clothing.
Compressed air used for cleaning purposes will not exceed 30 PSI . Use only
with effective chip guarding and personal protective equipmment
(goggles/shield , gloves , etc.)
(1 ) Clean all hydraulic connections and mating surfaces with solvent cleaning compound , MIL-C- 81302
and rag when taking them off. If available, use compressed air to clean fittings.
(2) Before taking off any hydraulic hoses, tubes, electrical wires, harnesses, or cables, tag them to show
location. Tagging saves time and avoids errors. Take tags off after parts are installed .
(3) Unscrew connections with two wrenches. Use one wrench to unscrew the connection and the other
wrench to hold the fitting or line to keep it from twisting. Make sure any old sealing compound or
tape is removed .
(4) Cap or plug open hydraulic tubes, lines, or fittings. This will keep dirt and dust out of the hydraulic
system , and will also stop fluid from siphoning through hoses and tubes.
WARNING
(5) Clean up all spills and leaks with rags . When a gasket is taken off, clean area with dry cleaning
solvent P-D-680 and rags.
d. Installing Hydraulic Connections
(1 ) Clean all dirty hydraulic connections and mating surfaces with solvent cleaning compound
MIL-C-81302 and rags before putting them on. If available, use compressed air to clean fittings.
(2) Lubricate preformed packings with hydraulic fluid before you put them on.
(3) Screw on hydraulic connections by hand to make sure connections are not cross-threaded.
(4) Tighten connections with two wrenches. Use one wrench to tighten the connection and the other
wrench to hold the fitting or line to keep it from twisting. Tighten the fitting until a sharp rise in
torque is felt, then tighten the fitting on additional 1/3 turn .
Volume II
Para. 10-4
10-3
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
e. Checking for Leaks. A leak check must be performed whenever hydraulic parts are installed .
(1 ) Set VEHICLE MASTER POWER switch and AUX HYDR POWER switch to ON to pressurize the
hydraulic system between 1550 and 1650 pounds- per- square inch ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
(2) Do bleeding procedure specified at the end of your task to bleed air from the hydraulic system .
(3) Check for leaks at all connectors.
f. Connecting and Disconnecting Connections
( 1 ) Use slip joint conduit style pliers with plastic jaw inserts to unscrew receptacles and connectors.
(2) Put a protective cap or plug on any electrical connector that is uncovered. Cap connectors on any
item being moved to or from tank.
(3) Look for missing, broken , or pushed-in pins when disconnecting or connecting electrical plugs and
receptacles .
(4) Screw retaining receptacles on connectors by hand and finger tighten them to be sure they are not
cross-threaded , then tighten with slip joint conduit style pliers with plastic jaw inserts.
g. Tagging Electrical Parts
(1) Tag all harnesses, wires, and connectors for identification and location when taking them off.
Tagging saves time and helps avoid mistakes.
(2 ) Take off tags after harnesses, wires , and connectors are put back on.
h. Soldering Techniques
WARNING
Cleaning compound can cause skin rash and can give off harmful vapors . To avoid
injury, use in a well-ventilated area . Wash immediately with soap and water if com-
pound gets on skin or clothing .
(1) Solder connections must be bright and clean before soldering so that solder will bond parts
together. Clean dirt and grease from connections with cleaning compound solvent
MIL-C-81302 and acid swabbing brush . Use the solder listed in the task expendable supplies
list. All wires , parts, and soldering iron must be pre-tinned for good bond and maximum
transfer of heat . Always use the soldering tool listed in the task common tool list . Use long
round nose pliers to hold wires while soldering wires to connectors .
(2) After soldering, clean all solder joints with cleaning compound solvent and acid swabbing
brush to obtain a clean bright surface.
Volume II
Para. 10-4
10-4
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
i. Heat Shrinking Insulation Sleeving
NOTE
Insulation sleeving tubing should be twice the diameter of the part it will be shrunk
over.
(1) Slide sleeving over wire and terminal .
(2) Hold thermal heat gun 4 or 5 inches away from sleeving and apply heat for about 30 seconds .
Take away the thermal heat gun as soon as sleeving forms to the shape of the wire and
terminal .
(3) Let sleeving cool 30 seconds before handling.
Volume II
Para. 10-4
10-5
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
10-5 . Distribution Tube Assemblies
Task Title Frames
1 Replace Crew Compartment Left Side Fire

Extinguisher Distribution Tube Assemblies 1-10
2 Replace Crew Compartment Right Side Fire
Extinguisher Distribution Tube Assemblies 11-18
TASK 1. Replace Crew Compartment Left Side Fire Extinguisher Distribution Tube Assemblies
Common Tools:
Extension, socket wrench, 1 /2 - inch square drive, 5 -inch
Handle, socket wrench , ratchet, 1 /2- inch square drive
Knife, pocket
Socket, socket wrench , 1 /2 - inch square drive, 7/ 16 - inch
Wrench , adjustable, 15 - inch
Wrench , combination , 7/ 16-inch
Wrench, combination , 1 /2 - inch
Wrench, combination 9/ 16-inch (two required)
Wrench, combination , 11 / 16-inch (two required)
Wrench , combination , 13/ 16 - inch
Wrench, combination , 7/8- inch (two required)
Wrench , combination , 1 - inch
Wrench, open end , 1-1 /2 inch
Wrench, open end , 1-3/8 inch
Special Tools:
Pliers, slip joint , conduit style with soft jaw inserts , NSN 5120-00-624-8065
Supplies:
Distribution Tube Assembly, front ( 19207 ) 12304624
Distribution Tube Assembly, rear ( 19207 ) 12284051
Dry Cleaning Solvent, P- D- 680 ( Item 13)
Lubricant, MIL- L-46010 (Item 18)
Protective caps and plugs (Bulk) (as required )
Sealing Compound , MIL-S- 11031 (Item 28)
Tiedown Strap ( 19207 ) 12282776
Personnel: One
Tank parked .
Volume II
10-6 Para. 10-5 , Task 1
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
1. Remove turret; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-2-2-2 , para. 4-5.
2. Block tracks; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
3. Reduce system hydraulic pressure to zero; refer to para . 10-4.
4. Remove parking brake actuating arm ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-2 , para . 6-6 .
5. Remove parking brake locking mechanism ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-2 , para. 6-6 .
6. Remove right and left spring bracket; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-2 , para . 6-6.
7. Remove riser bracket; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-2 , para. 6-6.
Volume II
Para. 10-5 , Task 1 10-7
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 1
Remove Hydraulic Powerpack:
NOTE
1. Unscrew and take off electrical plug ( 1 ) from powerpack (2).
2. Unscrew elbow (3) from reducer (4) with 1-3/8 inch and adjustable wrenches.
3. Unscrew tube ( 5) from elbow (6) with 11 / 16- inch wrench .
4. Unscrew and take out four screws (7) and washers (8) with 7/ 16- inch wrench .
5. Lift powerpack (2) off mounting pad (9) . Move powerpack (2) to clean work surface.
GO TO FRAME 2
2 PLACES
2 7
9 8
2 PLACES
5
2 6
3
4
www
TA195204
Volume II
Para. 10-5 , Task 1
10-8
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 2
Remove Hydraulic Distribution Manifold:
1. Using slip joint pliers, unscrew and take off electrical plug ( 1 ) from receptacle ( 2) .
2. Unscrew elbow (3) from adapter (4) with 1-1 /2 inch and adjustable wrenches .
3. Unscrew and take out screw ( 5) from clamp ( 6) with 1 /2 -inch wrench .
4. Unscrew hose (7) from adapters (8,9) with 1-1 /2 inch and adjustable wrenches.
5. Loosen screw ( 10) on clamp ( 11 ) with 7/16-inch wrench .
6. Unscrew and take off two tubes ( 12 ) from adapters ( 13 ) with two 11 / 16 - inch wrenches .
7. Move tubes ( 12 ) away from manifold ( 14).
GO TO FRAME 3
7
14
2
6 5
1
4
13
D
11
3
10
12
TA195205
Volume II
Para. 10-5 , Task 1
10-9
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 3
Remove Hydraulic Distribution Manifold (Continued) :
1. Unscrew two tubes ( 1 ) from elbows ( 2) with 1-1 /2 inch and adjustable wrenches. Unscrew two
tubes (3) from elbows (4) with 1-1 /2 inch and adjustable wrenches.
2. Unscrew and take off tube ( 5) from adapter (6) with two 11 /16- inch wrenches. Unscrew and take off
tube (7) from elbow (8) with 9/16- inch and 11 /16- inch wrenches.
3. Unscrew and take off tube ( 9) from adapter ( 10) with two 7/8- inch wrenches.
4. Unscrew and take off electrical plug ( 11 ) from pressure switch ( 12) .
5. Unscrew and take out three screws ( 13 ) and washers ( 14 ) with socket, extension , and handle.
6. Lift distribution manifold ( 15) away from mounting plate ( 16) and mounting pad ( 17) until tube (18)
can be loosened . Unscrew and take off tube ( 18) from elbow ( 19) , on underside of distribution
manifold ( 15 ) , with 7/8-inch wrench . Move distribution manifold ( 15) to a clean work surface. Set
mounting plate (16) aside for later use.
GO TO FRAME 4
UNDERSIDE OF MANIFOLD 3
2
6
(15) 5
13 7
་་་་་་
3 PLACES
14 8
18 19
12 (11)
15
16
17
TA195206
Volume II
10-10 Para. 10-5 , Task 1
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 4
Remove Front Distribution Tube Assembly:
1. Unscrew and take out two screws ( 1 ) and washers (2) from two clamps ( 3) with socket, extension, and
handle. Take clamps (3) off front distribution tube (4) .
2. Unscrew coupling nut ( 5) from nipple (6) on hose (7) with 7/8-inch and 13/16-inch wrenches.
3. Unscrew coupling nut (8) from check valve (9) on fire extinguisher manifold ( 10) with 7/8-inch and
1-inch wrenches.
4. Cut off tiedown straps ( 11 ) with diagonal cutting pliers. Get rid of tiedown straps ( 11 ) .
5. Take off and turn in front distribution tube (4).
GO TO FRAME 5
11
9
10 8
7
6
2 PLACES 2
5
3
4 TA195207
Volume II
Para. 10-5 , Task 1
10-11
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 5
Remove Rear Distribution Tube Assembly:
1. Unscrew and take out screw ( 1 ) and washer (2) from clamp ( 3) with socket, extension , and handle.
Take clamp (3) off rear distribution tube (4) .
2. Unscrew coupling nut ( 5 ) from adapter (6) on fire extinguisher manifold (7) with two 7/8- inch
wrenches.
3. Cut and peel adhesive from coupling nut (8) and adapter (9) with knife.
4. Unscrew coupling nut ( 8) at bulkhead connector (9) with 7 /8 - inch and 1 -inch wrenches.
5. Take off and turn in rear distribution tube (4) .
GO TO FRAME 6
VIEW CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
9 7
5 6 7
TA195208
Volume II
Para. 10-5 , Task 1
10-12
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 6
Install Front Distribution Tube Assembly:
1. Put new front distribution tube ( 1 ) in place . Screw on, but do not tighten , coupling nut (2) to check
valve (3) on fire extinguisher manifold (4).
2. Screw on , but do not tighten , coupling nut (5) to nipple (6) on hose (7) .
3. Spread a light coat of lubricant on two screws (8).
4. Put two clamps (9) on front distribution tube ( 1 ) . Screw in and tighten two screws (8) and
washers (10) with socket, extension , and handle.
5. Tighten coupling nuts (2 , 5) with 7/8 -inch and 13/ 16 -inch wrenches .
6. Put new tiedown straps ( 11 ) on distribution tube ( 1 ) and harness ( 12 ) .
GO TO FRAME 7
11
12
2 PLACES (10
2
7
4
5 6 3
TA195209
Volume II
Para. 10-5 , Task 1
10-13
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 7
Install Rear Distribution Tube Assembly:
1. Put new rear distribution tube ( 1 ) in place. Screw on , but do not tighten , coupling nut ( 2) to
adapter (3) on fire extinguisher manifold (4).
2. Put sealing compound on coupling nut ( 5) .
3. Screw on, but do not tighten , coupling nut ( 5 ) at bulkhead connector (6) .
4. Spread a light coat of lubricant on screw (7).
5. Put clamp (8) in place on rear distribution tube ( 1 ) . Screw in and tighten screw (7) and washer (9)
with socket, extension, and handle.
6. Tighten coupling nuts (2 , 5) with 7/8 - inch and 1 - inch wrenches.
GO TO FRAME 8
7 2
3
8 1
TA195210
Volume II
Para. 10-5 , Task 1
10-14
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 8
Install Hydraulic Distribution Manifold:
1. Line up holes in mounting plate ( 1 ) with holes in mounting pad ( 2) on hull floor. Put distribution
manifold (3) in place on mounting pad (2).
2. Screw in and tighten tube (4) on elbow ( 5) located on underside of distribution manifold (3) with
7/8-inch wrench .
3. Screw in and tighten three screws (6) and washers (7) with socket, extension , and handle.
4. Screw in and tighten two tubes (8) on elbows (9) with 1-1/2 inch and adjustable wrenches.
5. Screw in and tighten tube ( 10) on elbow ( 11 ) with 9/16-inch and 11 /16-inch wrenches.
6. Screw on and tighten tube ( 12 ) to adapter (13) with two 11 /16- inch wrenches.
7. Screw on and tighten two tubes ( 14 ) on elbows ( 15) with 1-1 /2 inch and adjustable wrenches .
GO TO FRAME 9
10 (14)
3 PLACES
13 8
16
12
9
PN
11
15
1
3
2
5
UNDERSIDE OF MANIFOLD
TA195211
Volume II
Para. 10-5, Task 1 10-15
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 9
Install Hydraulic Distribution Manifold (Continued):
1. Screw on and tighten two tubes ( 1 ) to adapters (2) with two 11 /16 -inch wrenches.
2. Screw on hose (3) to adapter (4) with 1-1 /2 inch wrench .
3. Screw on and tighten elbow (5) to adapter (6) with 1-1 /2 inch and adjustable wrenches.
4. Screw in and tighten electrical plug (7) on receptacle ( 8).
5. Screw on and tighten electrical plug (9) to pressure switch ( 10) .
6. Screw on and tighten tube ( 11 ) to adapter ( 12) with two 7/8- inch wrenches .
7. Screw elbow ( 13) on hose (3) to adapter ( 14 ) with 1-1/2 inch and adjustable wrenches . Tighten
hose (3) to adapters ( 14,4 ) with 1-1 /2 inch and adjustable wrenches.
8. Put clamp ( 15 ) on hose (3). Screw in and tighten screw ( 16) with 1 /2 - inch wrench.
9. Tighten screw ( 17) with 7/16-inch wrench .
GO TO FRAME 10
16
15
14 13
(12)
11
8 9
7
10
17 5
2
6
1 TA195212
Volume II
Para. 10-5, Task 1
10-16
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 10
Install Hydraulic Powerpack:
1. Put powerpack ( 1 ) in place on mounting pad (2).
2. Screw in four screws ( 3) and washers (4).
Install Tubes and Hose to Powerpack:
3. Screw on and tighten electrical plug ( 5) to receptacle (6) .
4. Screw on and tighten tube (7) on elbow (8) with 11 / 16 - inch wrench .
5. Screw on and tighten hose nut (9) on reducer ( 10) with 1-3/8 and adjustable wrenches.
6. Tighten four screws (3) and washers (4) with 7/ 16-inch wrench .
1. Install riser bracket ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-2 , para. 6-6.

2. Install right and left spring bracket; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-2 , para . 6-6 .
3. Install parking brake locking mechanism; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-2 , para . 6-6.
4. Install parking brake actuating arm; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-2 , para. 6-6.
5. Install turret; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-2-2-2 , para. 4-5 .
6. Add hydraulic fluid to reservoir; refer to LO 9-2350-255-12.
7. Press and release parking brake pedal three times; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
8. Bleed hydraulic system ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3, para . 8-4.
9. Check fluid level ; refer to LO 9-2350-255-12.
10. Unblock track, refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
TASK 1 ENDS HERE
8
7
10
1
5
3
4 PLACES
4
2
TA195213
Volume II
Para. 10-5 , Task 1 10-17
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 2. Replace Crew Compartment Right Side Fire Extinguisher Distribution Tube Assemblies
Common Tools:
Extension , socket wrench , 1 /2 - inch square drive, 5 - inch
Handle, socket wrench , ratchet, 1 /2 - inch square drive
Socket, socket wrench , 1 /2 - inch square drive , 7/16 -inch
Wrench , adjustable, 15 - inch
Wrench, combination , 1 /2- inch
Wrench, combination , 9/ 16- inch (two required)
Wrench, combination , 11 / 16- inch (two required)
Wrench, combination, 13/ 16-inch
Wrench , combination , 7 /8 - inch (two required)
Wrench, combination , 1 -inch
Wrench , open end , 1-1 /2 inch
Special Tools:
Pliers, slip joint, conduit style with soft jaw inserts, NSN 5120-00-624-8065
Supplies:
Distribution Tube Assembly, front ( 19207 ) 12284050
Distribution Tube Assembly, rear ( 19207 ) 12284054
Dry Cleaning Solvent, P-D- 680 ( Item 13 )
Protective caps and plugs ( Bulk) (as required)
Sealing Compound , MIL- L- 11031 ( Item 28)
Lubricant, MIL- L-46010 (Item 18 )
Personnel: One
Tank parked.
VEHICLE MASTER POWER switch set to OFF .
1. Remove turret; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-2-2-2 , para. 4-5.
2. Block tracks; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
3. Reduce system hydraulic pressure to zero; refer to para . 10-4 .
Volume II
10-18 Para. 10-5 , Task 2

TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 11
Remove Hydraulic Distribution Manifold:
NOTE
1. Unscrew and take off electrical plug ( 1 ) from receptacle (2) with pliers.
‫نه‬
Unscrew elbow ( 3) from adapter (4) with 1-1 /2 inch and adjustable wrenches.
3. Unscrew and take out screw ( 5) from clamp (6 ) with 1 /2 - inch wrench .
4. Unscrew hose ( 7) from adapters ( 8 , 9) with 1-1 /2 inch and adjustable wrenches.
5. Loosen screw ( 10) on clamp ( 11 ) with 7/16-inch wrench .
6. Unscrew and take off two tubes ( 12 ) from adapters ( 13 ) with two 11 /16-inch wrenches.
7. Move tubes ( 12 ) away from distribution manifold ( 14) .
GO TO FRAME 12
nλ
9 )( 7
1
5
14 3
10
12 13
TA195214
11
Volume II
Para. 10-5 , Task 2 10-19
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 12
1. Unscrew two tubes ( 1 ) from elbows (2) with 1-1/2 inch and adjustable wrenches. Unscrew two
tubes (3) from elbows (4) with 1-1 /2 inch and adjustable wrenches.
2. Unscrew and take off tube ( 5) from adapter (6) with two 11 /16- inch wrenches. Unscrew and take off
tube (7) from elbow ( 8) with 9/16-inch and 11 /16 -inch wrenches.
3. Unscrew and take off tube ( 9) from adapter ( 10) with two 7/8- inch wrenches ,
4. Unscrew and take off electrical plug ( 11 ) from pressure switch ( 12 ) .
5. Unscrew and take out three screws ( 13 ) and washers ( 14) from distribution manifold ( 15 ) with
6. Lift distribution manifold ( 15 ) away from mounting plate ( 16) and mounting pad ( 17) until tube ( 18)
can be loosened . Unscrew and take tube ( 18) off elbow ( 19) on underside of manifold ( 15 ) with
7/8-inch wrench . Move distribution manifold ( 15 ) to a clean surface , and set mounting plate ( 16)
GO TO FRAME 13
3 1
2
6 2
5
15 10
7 9
19
8
18 13
3 PLACES
15 11
(14)
12
16
17
TA195215
Volume II
10-20 Para. 10-5, Task 2
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 13
emove Front Distribution Tube Assembly:
¹. Unscrew and take out four screws ( 1 ) washers ( 2) from four clamps (3) with socket, extension , and
handle. Take clamps (3 ) off front distribution tube (4).
Unscrew coupling nut (5) from nipple (6) on hose (7) with 7/8-inch and 13/ 16-inch wrenches.
2 Unscrew coupling nut (8) from check valve ( 9) on fire extinguisher manifold ( 10) with 7/8-inch and
1-inch wrenches.
Take off and turn in front distribution tube (4).
GO TO FRAME 14
6
5
1
10
4 PLACES (2)
TA195216
Volume II
Para. 10-5 , Task 2 10-21
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 12
1༤... Unscrew two tubes ( 1 ) from elbows (2) with 1-1/2 inch and adjustable wrenches. Unscrew two
tubes (3 ) from elbows (4) with 1-1 /2 inch and adjustable wrenches.
2. Unscrew and take off tube ( 5) from adapter (6) with two 11 /16 -inch wrenches. Unscrew and take off
tube (7) from elbow (8) with 9/16-inch and 11 /16- inch wrenches.
3. Unscrew and take off tube (9) from adapter ( 10) with two 7/8-inch wrenches ,
4. Unscrew and take off electrical plug ( 11 ) from pressure switch ( 12) .
5. Unscrew and take out three screws ( 13) and washers ( 14) from distribution manifold ( 15 ) with
socket, extension, and handle.
6. Lift distribution manifold ( 15) away from mounting plate ( 16) and mounting pad ( 17) until tube (18)
can be loosened. Unscrew and take tube ( 18 ) off elbow ( 19) on underside of manifold ( 15 ) with
7/8-inch wrench . Move distribution manifold ( 15 ) to a clean surface, and set mounting plate (16)
GO TO FRAME 13
3 1
2
6 2
5
15 10
7
19
8
7
18 13
3 PLACES
15 14
12
ја
16
17
TA195215
Volume II
10-20 Para. 10-5 , Task 2
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 13
Remove Front Distribution Tube Assembly:
1. Unscrew and take out four screws ( 1 ) washers ( 2) from four clamps (3) with socket, extension , and
handle. Take clamps (3) off front distribution tube (4) .
2. Unscrew coupling nut ( 5) from nipple (6) on hose (7) with 7/8 -inch and 13/ 16 -inch wrenches.
3. Unscrew coupling nut ( 8) from check valve (9) on fire extinguisher manifold ( 10) with 7 /8-inch and
1-inch wrenches.
4. Take off and turn in front distribution tube (4) .
GO TO FRAME 14
6
5
1
8
10
4 PLACES 2
TA195216
Volume II
Para. 10-5 , Task 2 10-21
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 14
Remove Rear Distribution Tube Assembly:
1. Unscrew and take out screw ( 1 ) washer (2) from clamp (3) with socket, extension , and handle. Take
clamp (3) off rear distribution tube (4).
2. Unscrew coupling nut (5) from adapter (6) on fire extinguisher manifold (7) with two 7/8-inch
wrenches.
WARNING
3. Cut and peel adhesive from coupling nut (8) and adapter (9) with knife.
4. Unscrew coupling nut ( 8) at bulkhead connector (9) with 7/8-inch and 1 -inch wrenches.
5. Take off and turn in rear distribution tube (4).
GO TO FRAME 15
7
5
TA195217
Volume II
10-22 Para. 10-5 , Task 2

TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 15
Install Front Distribution Tube Assembly:
1. Put new front distribution tube ( 1 ) in place . Screw on , but do not tighten , coupling nut (2) to check
valve (3) on fire extinguisher manifold (4).
2. Screw on, but do not tighten , coupling nut ( 5) to nipple ( 6) on hose (7) .
3. Put lubricant on four screws (8).
4. Put four clamps (9) on front distribution tube ( 1 ) . Screw in and tighten four screws ( 8) and
washers (10) with socket, extension , and handle.
5. Tighten coupling nuts (2 , 5) with 7/8- inch and 13/ 16- inch wrenches.
GO TO FRAME 16
8 1
4 PLACES (10
2
6
1
TA195218
Volume II
Para. 10-5 , Task 2 10-23
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 16
Install Rear Distribution Tube Assembly:
1. Put new rear distribution tube ( 1 ) in place. Screw on , but do not tighten , coupling nut (2) to
adapter (3) on fire extinguisher manifold (4) .
2. Screw on, but do not tighten , coupling nut ( 5) at bulkhead connector (6).
3. Put a thin coat of lubricant on threads of screw (7).
4. Put clamp (8 ) on rear distribution tube ( 1 ) . Screw in and tighten screw (7) and washer (9) with
5. Tighten coupling nuts ( 2 , 5) with 7 /8- inch and 1 - inch wrenches.
6. Put sealing compound on coupling nut (5) .
GO TO FRAME 17
VIEW CUTAWAY
FOR CLARITY
233AM
6
5
1
2
7
1
1
9
TA195219
Volume II
10-24 Para. 10-5 , Task 2
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 17
Install Hydraulic Distribution Manifold:
1. Line up mounting plate ( 1 ) on mounting pad ( 2) on hull floor. Put distribution manifold (3) in place
on mounting pad (2).
2. Screw in and tighten tube (4 ) on elbow ( 5) located on underside of distribution manifold (3) with
7/8-inch wrench .
3. Screw in and tighten three screws (6) and washers (7) with socket, extension , and handle.
4. Screw in and tighten two tubes ( 8) on elbows (9) with 1-1/2 inch and adjustable wrenches.
5. Screw in and tighten tube ( 10 ) on elbow ( 11 ) with two 9/ 16-inch and 11 /16- inch wrenches .
6. Screw on and tighten tube ( 12 ) to adapter ( 13) with two 11 /16- inch wrenches.
7. Screw on and tighten two tubes ( 14 ) on elbows ( 15 ) with 1-1 /2 inch and adjustable wrenches.
GO TO FRAME 18
3 PLACES 8
13 14
7 )( 6
10
12
11
15
2
TA195220
Volume II
Para. 10-5 , Task 2
10-25
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 18
Install Hydraulic Distribution Manifold (Continued) :
1. Screw on and tighten two tubes ( 1 ) to adapters (2 ) with two 11 /16-inch wrenches.
2: Screw on hose (3) to adapter (4) with 1-1/2 inch wrench .
3. Screw on and tighten elbow ( 5) to adapter (6) with 1-1 /2 inch and adjustable wrenches.
4. Screw in and tighten electrical plug (7 ) on receptacle (8).
5. Screw on and tighten electrical plug ( 9) to switch ( 10).
6. Screw on and tighten tube ( 11 ) to adapter ( 12 ) with two 7/8-inch wrenches.
7. Screw elbow ( 13) on hose (3) to adapter ( 14 ) with 1-1 /2 inch and adjustable wrenches. Tighten
hose (3) to adapters ( 14,4 ) with 1-1 /2 inch and adjustable wrenches.
8. Put clamp (15) on hose (3). Screw in and tighten screw ( 16) with 1/2 -inch wrench .
1. Install turret; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-2-2-2, para. 4-5.
2. Add hydraulic fluid to reservoir; refer to LO 9-2350-255-12 .
3. Press and release parking brake pedal three times; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10 .
4. Bleed hydraulic system ; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
5. Check fluid level ; refer to LO 9-2350-255-12.
6. Unblock track; refer to TM 9-2350-255-10.
END OF DISTRIBUTION TUBE ASSEMBLIES MAINTENANCE
16
15
12
14)(13 11
73
10
3
7
8 2
6 5
TA195221
Volume II
10-26 Para. 10-5 , Task 2
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
10-6. Valve and Bottle Assembly
Task Title Frames

123
Bleed Cylinder 1· 2
Remove Cylinder 3- 4
Remove Relief Inlet Housing Assembly and Relief Outlet 5- 8
Housing Assembly
4 Remove Directional Slide, Pneumatic Valve, and 9-12
Valve Seat
56
Replace Receptacle Connector 13

Install Directional Slide, Pneumatic Valve , and 14-17
Valve Seat
7 Install Relief Inlet Housing Assembly and Relief Outlet 18-21
Housing Assembly
8 Install Cylinder 22
TASK 1. Bleed Cylinder
Common Tools:
Caps , vise jaw
Key, socket head screw, 3/32 -inch
Vise, machinist's
Goggles
Gloves
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Valve and bottle assembly on clean work surface.
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 1
10-27
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 1
Bleed Cylinder:
WARNING
Liquid halon 1301 can cause frostbite or eye injury. Wear protective
clothing and goggles to avoid contact . If it gets on hands, hold them under
armpits or put in warm water until warmed . If liquid halon gets in eyes,
flush with large amounts of water. Get medical help right away.
Make sure threaded plug ( 1 ) and detent lock pin (2 ) are in place before
doing any work. Bleed cylinder (3) until it is completely empty and all
pressure has been bled as indicated by the escaping air ceasing. Do not try
to discharge valve and bottle assembly (4 , 3) electrically or with mechanical
override. Valve and bottle assembly (4 , 3) may release from vise and act as
a missile, causing serious injury.
CAUTION
Put vise jaw caps on vise prior to putting on valve and bottle assembly (4 , 3) to
prevent possible damage.
1. Put valve and bottle assembly (4 , 3) in vise as shown.
2. Loosen needle valve stem ( 5) in relief inlet housing (6) with key until escaping gas is heard.
Let cylinder (3) drain until it is completely empty and you do not see or hear any halon escaping.
GO TO FRAME 2
3
3
ROTATED FOR
CLARITY
6
2
TA195303
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 1
10-28
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 2
Bleed Cylinder (Continued) :
CAUTION
Do not overtighten needle valve stem ( 1 ) . If needle valve stem (1 ) is

overtightened , inlet housing (2 ) will be damaged.
1. When cylinder (3) is empty, screw in and tighten needle valve stem ( 1 ) until snug with key.
NOTE: To refill/recharge valve and bottle assembly, refer to TM 5-4210-218-13 & P.
TASK 1 ENDS HERE
TA195304
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 1
10-29
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 2. Remove Cylinder
Common Tools:
Caps , vise jaw
Vise, machinist's
Wrench, pipe, strap
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
Bleed cylinder; refer to task 1 .
Volume II
Para. 10-6, Task 2
10-30
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 3
Remove Cylinder:
WARNING
Liquid halon 1301 can cause frostbite or eye injury. Wear protective
clothing and goggles to avoid contact. If it gets on hands, hold them under
armpits or put in warm water until warmed . If liquid halon gets in eyes,
flush with large amounts of water. Get medical help right away.
Make sure threaded plug (1 ) and detent lock pin (2 ) are in place before
doing any work. Bleed cylinder (3) until it is completely empty. Do not try
to discharge valve and bottle assembly (4 , 3) electrically or with mechanical
override. Valve and bottle assembly (4 , 3) may release from vise and act as
a missile, causing serious injury.
CAUTION
Put vise jaw caps on vise prior to putting on valve and bottle assembly (4) and cylinder (3)to
prevent possible damage.
1. Put assembled valve assembly (4) and cylinder (3 ) in vise.
2. Unscrew and take off cylinder ( 3 ) from valve assembly ( 4 ) with strap wrench. Look at cylinder (3) for
stripped threads. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
GO TO FRAME 4
2
3
TA195305
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 2
10-31
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 4
Remove Packing and Detent Lock Pin:
1. Lift lock pin assembly ( 1 ) off threads of inlet housing ( 2 ) . Take detent lock pin (3) from housing
assembly (4). Look at lock pin ( 3) and pin assembly ( 1 ) for cracks, bends, or frays . If bad take off
lock pin (3) from pin assembly ( 1 ) and turn in bad parts. Set good parts aside for later use.
2. Look at tag (5) . If data is missing or unreadable, put valve and bottle assembly together and turn in .
3. Take preformed packing ( 6 ) off inlet housing ( 2 ) . Get rid of packing ( 6).
NOTE: To install cylinder, refer to task 8.
TASK 2 ENDS HERE
નાન
3
6
TA195306
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 2
10-32
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 3. Remove Relief Inlet Housing Assembly and Relief Outlet Housing Assembly
Common Tools:
Caps , vise jaw
Key, socket head screw, 3/ 16- inch
Vise, machinist's
Special Tools: None
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
1. Bleed cylinder; refer to task 1.
2. Remove cylinder; refer to task 2.
う
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 3
10-33
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 5
Remove Needle Valve Stem and Dial Pressure Gage:
CAUTION
Put vise jaw caps on vise prior to putting on valve assembly (1 ) to prevent possible
damage .
1. Put valve assembly ( 1 ) in vise.
2. Unscrew and take out needle valve stem ( 2 ) from relief inlet housing (3) with 3/32 -inch key.
3. Look at stem (2 ) for stripped threads. Look at stem seat (4 ) for cracks, dents, or scratches . If bad
NOTE
There are two types of dial pressure gages (5 , 6) . To take off gage (5 ) with
hex-shaped face , do steps 4 and 6. To take off gage (6) with round face, skip
step 4 and do steps 5 and 6.
A.
Unscrew and take off dial pressure gage ( 5) from inlet housing (3) with 1 -inch wrench .
5. Unscrew and take off dial pressure gage ( 6 ) from inlet housing (3) with 1 / 2 -inch wrench .
6. Look at gage (5 or 6) for cracks , stripped threads, or broken glass, and make sure face is secure and
will not turn. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
GO TO FRAME 6
6 VIEW TURNED 900

FOR CLARITY
4
2
5
TA195307
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 3
10-34
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 6
Remove Threaded Plug and Safety Relief Valve:
1. Unscrew and take off threaded plug ( 1 ) from relief outlet housing (2). Look at plug ( 1 ) for cracks or
stripped threads and check holes to make sure they are not clogged. If bad turn in . If OK set aside
for later use.
NOTE
There are two types of safety relief valves (3 , 4) . Valve (3 ) has foil ( 5 ) on inside
of valve (3). Valve (4) has separate foil disk (6) . To take out valve (3) , do
steps 2 and 3 only. To take out valve (4) , do steps 4 and 5 only.
2. Unscrew and take out safety relief valve (3) from inlet housing (7) with 5/8-inch wrench.
3. Look at valve (3) for stripped threads. Look inside valve ( 3) for holes in foil ( 5) . If bad go to
frame 7. If OK set aside for later use and go to frame 8.
4. Unscrew and take out safety relief valve (4) from inlet housing (7) with 1 /2-inch wrench. Look at
valve (4) for stripped threads. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
5. Take out ring (8) and foil disk (6) from inlet housing (7). Look at ring (8) for cracks or breaks and
disk (6) for holes. Turn in bad parts. Set good parts aside for later use. Go to frame 8.
GO TO FRAME 7
7
6
8
1
2
1
3
5
TA195319
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 3
10-35
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 7
Remove Relief Inlet Housing:
NOTE
Do this frame only if safety relief valve ( 1 ) was bad.
1. Screw on, but do not tighten , valve ( 1 ) to inlet housing (2) with 5/8-inch wrench .
2. Unscrew and take out four screws (3) and lockwashers (4) from inlet housing (2) with 3/ 16-inch key.
Get rid of lockwashers (4).
3. Lift off inlet housing ( 2 ) from outlet housing ( 5) . Turn in inlet housing ( 2) with valve ( 1 ) . Go to
frame 8, step 3.
GO TO FRAME 8
3
4 PLACES
4
2
1
TA195320
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 3
10-36
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 8
Remove Relief Inlet Housing (Continued):
1. Unscrew and take out four screws ( 1 ) and lockwashers ( 2 ) from inlet housing ( 3) with 3/16-inch key.
Get rid of lockwashers (2 ).
CAUTION
Do not lay inlet housing (3) down on sealing surface (4) . Scratches, nicks, or
dents on sealing surface (4) will cause housing assembly ( 5) to leak.
2. Lift off inlet housing (3) from outlet housing (6) . Look at inlet housing ( 3) for cracks , nicks, dents,
scratches on sealing surface (4), or stripped threads. If bad turn in . If OK set inlet housing (3) aside
on threads or on edge.
Remove Outlet Housing:
3. Lift off outlet housing (6) from housing assembly (5 ). Look at outlet housing (6) for cracks. If bad
NOTE: To install relief inlet housing assembly and relief outlet housing assembly, refer to task 7 .
TASK 3 ENDS HERE
1
4 PLACES
6 3 2
༦༩ ༌༌
TA195308
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 3
10-37
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 4. Remove Directional Slide, Pneumatic Valve, and Valve Seat
Common Tools:
Caps, vise jaw
Key, socket head screw, 7/ 16-inch
Knife, pocket
Vise, machinist's
Special Tools:
Wrench , spanner, 12316699
Supplies: None
Personnel: One
1. Bleed cylinder; refer to task 1.
3. Remove relief inlet housing assembly and relief outlet housing assembly; refer to task 3.
Volume II
Para. 10-6, Task 4
10-38
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
RAME 9
move Directional Slide from Sleeve:
CAUTION
Put vise jaw caps on vise prior to putting on housing assembly ( 1 ) to prevent possible
damage.
Put housing assembly ( 1 ) in vise.
Take directional slide (2 ) and sleeve (3) out of housing assembly ( 1 ).
Take housing assembly ( 1 ) out of vise.
Put slide (2 ) and sleeve (3) upside down on vise so that shoulder of poppet assembly sleeve (3)
sits on top of vise jaws.
Push out slide (2) from sleeve (3) . Take sleeve (3) out of vise.
Take packing retainer (4) and preformed packing (5) from slide groove (6) with knife. Get rid of
retainer (4) and packing (5) .
Look at sleeve (3) and slide ( 2 ) for nicks, cracks, scratches, or dents. Turn in bad parts. Set good
Put housing assembly ( 1 ) in vise.
TO FRAME 10
3
3
2
6
5
1
TA195309
Volume II
Para. 10-6, Task 4
10-39
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 10
Remove Packing and Pneumatic Valve:
1. Take preformed packing ( 1 ) out of housing assembly (2) . Get rid of packing ( 1 ) .
2. Unscrew and take off pneumatic valve (3) from housing assembly (2) with 3/4-inch wrench . Take
preformed packing (4) off valve (3) . Get rid of packing (4).
3. Look at valve (3 ) for cracks or stripped threads. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
4. Unscrew and take out ball socket seat ( 5 ) from housing assembly (2 ) with 3/ 16-inch key. Look at
seat (5) for stripped threads. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
5. Take ball and stem ( 6) and spring (7) out of housing assembly (2 ). Look at ball and stem (6) and
spring (7) for cracks. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
6. Look for potting compound in eight holes (8) on housing assembly (2) . If potting compound is
missing, turn in housing assembly (2), spring (7), ball and stem (6) , ball socket seat ( 5 ) , and
pneumatic valve (3) and then go to follow-on maintenance. If OK set aside for later use.
GO TO FRAME 11
1 2
2 7
6
TC
8
2
TA195310
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 4
10-40
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 11
Remove Threaded Ring, Sleeve Spacer, and Valve Seat:
1. Using spanner wrench ( 1 ) , unscrew and take out threaded ring ( 2 ) from housing assembly ( 3) . Look
at ring (2) for stripped threads. If bad get rid of ring ( 2) . If OK set aside for later use.
2. Take out sleeve spacer (4) from housing assembly (3) by wiggling 7/16-inch key through spacer (4)
and pulling key out of housing assembly (3 ) . Take housing assembly (3) out of vise.
3. Take out preformed packing (5) from groove (6) around spacer (4) with knife . Take out preformed
packing (7) from groove ( 8 ) on face of spacer (4) with knife. Get rid of packings (5 , 7).
NOTE
If serial number stamped on identification plate (9) on housing assembly ( 3) reads

less than 954 , do step 4. If serial number reads 954 or greater, do step 5 .
4. Look at spacer (4) for dents, nicks, or scratches . If bad turn in spacer (4) , ring (2) , housing
assembly (3), and all parts taken off in frame 10, and then go to follow-on maintenance. If OK set
spacer (4) aside for later use and go to frame 12.
5. Look at spacer (4) for dents , nicks , or scratches. If bad turn in. If OK set aside for later use.
GO TO FRAME 12
3
3
VIEW TURNED 900
2
FOR CLARITY
5
6
1
VISE CUTAWAY
8 FOR CLARITY
TA195311
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 4
10-41
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 12
Remove Threaded Ring, Sleeve Spacer, and Valve Seat (Continued):
1. Take out valve seat ( 1 ) from housing assembly (2). Look at valve seat ( 1 ) for dents, nicks, or
scratches. If bad turn in . If OK set aside for later use.
NOTE
If serial number stamped on identification plate (3) on housing assembly (2)

reads less than 954, do steps 2 and 3. If serial number reads 954 or greater,
do steps 4 and 5.
2. Look at housing assembly (2 ) for cracks or stripped threads. If bad , turn in housing assembly (2 ) ,
valve seat ( 1 ) , and all parts taken off in frames 10 and 11, and then go to follow-on maintenance. If
OK go to step 3 .
3. Look at ball (4) inside housing assembly ( 2 ) for cracks, dents, or scratches. Push on arm (5) .
Ball (4) should move when arm ( 5) is pushed in and released . If bad , turn in housing assembly ( 2) ,
valve seat ( 1 ), and all parts taken off in frames 10 and 11. If OK set aside for later use , and go to
4. Look at housing assembly ( 2 ) for cracks or stripped threads. If bad turn in . If OK go to step 5.
5. Look at ball (4) inside housing assembly ( 2 ) for cracks, dents, or scratches. Push on arm (5) .
Ball (4) should move when arm (5) is pushed in and released . If bad turn in housing assembly (2) . If
OK set aside for later use.
NOTE: To install directional slide, pneumatic valve, and valve seat, refer to task 6.
TASK 4 ENDS HERE
VIEW TURNED
FOR CLARITY
4
5
2
3 VIEW TURNED 900

2
FOR CLARITY
TA195321
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 4
10-42
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 5. Replace Receptacle Connector
Common Tools:
Knife, pocket
Special Tools:
1
Supplies:
Connector, receptacle ( 96906) MS3112E12-3P
Gasket (57972 ) 10311
Pencil (Item 25)
T Rag, wiping (Item 27)
Personnel: One
1. Bleed cylinder; refer to task 1 .
Volume II
Para. 10-6, Task 5
10-43
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 13
Remove Connector:
NOTE
1. Unscrew and take out four screws ( 1 ) from receptacle connector ( 2 ) with screwdriver. Pull
connector (2) away from housing assembly (3) as far as wires (4) will allow.
2. Cut insulation sleeving (5) from wires (4) with knife. Get rid of sleeving (5) . Unsolder wires (4) from
contacts (6) of connector (2).
3. Take gasket (7) off connector (2) . Get rid of gasket (7 ) . Turn in connector (2).
Install Connector:
4. Measure and cut two 5/8- inch pieces of new sleeving ( 5 ) with rule and knife. Slide sleeving (5 ) over
wires (4). Put new gasket (7) on new connector (2 ).
5. Solder wires (4) to contacts (6) of connector (2) . Slide sleeving ( 5) over wires (4) and contacts (6).
Using thermal gun , shrink tubing ( 5) .
6. Align holes in connector (2 ) and gasket ( 7 ) with holes in housing assembly (3) . Screw in and tighten
four screws ( 1 ) to connector (2) and housing assembly ( 3 ) with screwdriver .
1. Check fire extinguisher valve assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-9.
2. Install cylinder; refer to task 8.
3. Refill/recharge valve and bottle assembly; refer to TM 5-4210-218-13& P .
TASK 5 ENDS HERE
2 7
4 PLACES
2
8
7
4
5
5 3
6
2
7
2
4 PLACES( 1 )
TA195312
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 5
10-44
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 6. Install Directional Slide, Pneumatic Valve, and Valve Seat
Common Tools:
Caps, vise jaw
Key, socket head screw, 7 / 16-inch
Pan, wash
Vise, machinist's
Special Tools:
Wrench, spanner, 12316699
Supplies:
Brush , artist (Item 59)
Cleaning compound , solvent, MIL-C- 81302 ( Item 11 )
Glycerine ( Item 62)
Packing, preformed ( 96906 ) MS28775-224
Retainer, packing (96906) MS28782-24
To repair valve assembly, you will need:
Personnel: One
Remove directional slide, pneumatic valve, and valve seat; refer to task 4.
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 6
10-45
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 14
Install Valve Seat, Sleeve Spacer, and Threaded Ring:
CAUTION
Put vise jaw caps on vise prior to putting on housing assembly (1 ) to prevent possible
damage.
NOTE
If housing assembly ( 1 ), threaded ring (2), and pneumatic valve (3) are new and
already assembled, skip to frame 16, step 4.
1. Put housing assembly ( 1 ) in vise as shown.
NOTE
Some valve seats (4) may not have black dot. If black dot is not visible, smooth
side of valve seat (4) faces down.
2. Put valve seat (4) in housing assembly ( 1 ) with black dot on valve seat (4) facing out.
GO TO FRAME 15
TA195322
Volume II
Para. 10-6, Task 6
10-46
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 15
Install Valve Seat, Sleeve Spacer, and Threaded Ring (Continued):
1. Put new preformed packing ( 1 ) in groove ( 2) on face of sleeve spacer (3). Put new preformed
packing (4) in groove (5) on edge of spacer (3) . Put thin coat of glycerine on two packings (1 , 4) .
2. Put spacer (3) in housing assembly (6 ) with inside packing ( 1 ) facing in . Press spacer (3) until it
snaps in place.
3. Screw threaded ring (7) in housing assembly (6) . Put 7/ 16-inch key through ring ( 7) and spacer (3).
Using spanner wrench (8) , screw in and tighten ring (7) while holding spacer (3) in place with
7/16-inch key.
GO TO FRAME 16
4
1 5
TA195313
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 6
10-47
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 16
Install Pneumatic Valve:
1. Reposition housing assembly ( 1 ) in vise as shown .
2. Put spring (2) in housing assembly ( 1 ) . Put ball and stem (3) in spring ( 2) . Screw in and tighten ball
socket seat (4) to housing assembly ( 1 ) with 3/16-inch key.
3. Put new preformed packing ( 5) on pneumatic valve (6) . Screw in and tighten inner nut (7) on
valve (6) to housing assembly ( 1 ) with 3/4 -inch wrench .
Install Directional Slide Sleeve:
NOTE
If housing assembly ( 1 ) is already in place on vise, skip to step 5. If not, do

step 4.
4. Put housing assembly ( 1 ) in vise as shown.
NOTE
Black end of directional slide (8) is on top.
5. Put new packing retainer (9) in groove ( 10) on directional slide ( 8) . Put new preformed packing ( 11 )
in bottom of groove (10) on slide (8).
6. Put thin coat of glycerine on packing ( 11 ) and bore ( 12) of poppet assembly sleeve ( 13) with brush.
7. Put slide (8) in sleeve ( 13 ) and place on flat surface. Press slide (8) until it snaps in place.
GO TO FRAME 17
8
1
2 3
10
12
9
13 11
1 5
TA195314
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 6
10-48
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 17
Install Directional Slide in Housing Assembly:
WARNING
Cleaning compound can cause skin rash and give off harmful vapors. To avoid
injury, use in a well -ventilated area . Wash immediately with soap and water if
compound gets on skin or clothing.
1. Clean directional slide ( 1 ) with cleaning compound and brush . Let slide ( 1 ) dry for 10 minutes .
2. Clean hole ( 2) in housing assembly (3 ) with cleaning compound and brush . Let dry for 10 minutes.
3. Put new preformed packing (4) in hole ( 2 ) of housing assembly (3) . Put thin coat of glycerine on
packing (4).
4. Put poppet assembly sleeve ( 5 ) in hole ( 2 ) of housing assembly ( 3) with black end of slide ( 1 ) facing
up. Press slide ( 1 ) until shoulder is flush with valve assembly (3) .
1. Install relief inlet housing assembly and relief outlet housing assembly; refer to task 7.
2. Check fire extinguisher valve assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para. 10-9.
4. Refill/recharge valve and bottle assembly; refer to TM 5-4210-218-13&P .
TASK 6 ENDS HERE
5
3
4
TA195315
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 6
10-49
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 7. Install Relief Inlet Housing Assembly and Relief Outlet Housing Assembly
Common Tools:
Caps, vise jaw
·
Key, socket head screw, 3/32 -inch
Socket Wrench Attachment, socket head screw, 3/8 -inch square drive, 3/ 16 -inch ,
hex plug end

Vise, machinist's,
Wrench, torque, 0 to 200 inch- pounds
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Tape, antiseizing, MIL-T- 27730 (Item 35 )
Personnel: One
Remove relief inlet housing assembly and relief outlet housing assembly; refer to task 3.
1
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 7
10-50
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 18
Install Outlet Housing and Inlet Housing:
CAUTION
Put vise jaw caps on vise prior to putting on housing assembly ( 1) to prevent possible
damage .
1. Put housing assembly ( 1 ) in vise as shown .
2. Align relief outlet housing port (2) over receptacle connector (3) on housing assembly (1 ).
3. Put relief inlet housing (4) on relief outlet housing (5) . Screw in four screws (6) and new
lockwashers (7) evenly with 3/16-inch socket wrench attachment. Torque screws (6) between 150
and 160 inch- pounds ( 17 and 18 Newton meters).
Install Threaded Plug and Safety Relief Valve:
4. Screw on and tighten threaded plug (8) to outlet housing (5) .
GO TO FRAME 19
6
4 PLACES
7
5
3
TA195316
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 7
10-51
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 19
Install Threaded Plug and Safety Relief Valve (Continued) :
WARNING
Substitution of unauthorized repair parts for safety relief valve ( 1 ) is not allowed.
Severe injury to personnel and equipment damage may result .
NOTE
There are two types of safety relief valves ( 1 , 2 ) . Valve ( 1 ) has foil (3 ) on inside
of valve (1 ). Valve ( 2) has separate foil disk (4) . To put in valve ( 1 ) , do steps 1
and 2 only. To put in valve ( 2) , do steps 3 and 4 only.
1. Wrap one layer of antiseizing tape around threads of safety relief valve ( 1 ) .
2. Screw in and tighten relief valve ( 1 ) to inlet housing ( 5 ) with 5/8-inch wrench . Go to frame 20.
3. Put foil disk (4) in inlet housing ( 5) with domed side facing out. Put ring (6) on top of disk (4).
4. Screw in and tighten safety relief valve (2) to inlet housing ( 5) with 1 /2 - inch wrench .
GO TO FRAME 20
5
6
&
TA195323
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 7
10-52
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 20
Install Dial Pressure Gage:
NOTE
There are two types of dial pressure gages ( 1 , 2 ). To put in gage ( 1 ) with round
face, do steps 1 and 2 only. To put in gage (2) with hex-shaped face , do steps
1 and 3 only.
1. Wrap one layer of antiseizing tape around threads (3) of dial pressure gage ( 1, 2).
2. Screw in and tighten pressure gage ( 1 ) to inlet housing (4 ) with 1 /2 -inch wrench, until 750
pounds- per-square-inch mark ( 5) on pressure gage ( 1 ) is straight up. Go to step 4.
3. Screw in and tighten pressure gage ( 2 ) to inlet housing (4) with 1 - inch wrench, until 750
pounds- per-square-inch mark (6) on pressure gage ( 2) is straight up.
CAUTION
Do not overtighten needle valve stem (7) . If needle valve stem (7) is
overtightened , inlet housing (4) will be damaged and must be turned in .
4. Screw in and tighten needle valve stem (7) in inlet housing (4) with key.
GO TO FRAME 21
7
4
ROTATED FOR
5 CLARITY
6
3
1
5 10
PSI X 100 PSI X 100

G-4208
1
2 2 3
TA195317
Volume II
Para. 10-6, Task 7
10-53
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 21
1. Check fire extinguisher valve assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para. 10-9.
3. Refill/recharge valve and bottle assembly; refer to TM 5-4210-218-13& P .
TASK 7 ENDS HERE
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 7
10-54
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
TASK 8. Install Cylinder
Common Tools:
Caps, vise jaw
Vise, machinist's
Wrench, pipe, strap
Special Tools: None
Supplies:
Glycerine (Item 62)
Packing, preformed ( 81349 ) M83248/1-920
Personnel: One
Remove cylinder; refer to task 2.
Check fire extinguisher valve assembly; refer to TM 9-2350-255-34-1-1-1 , para . 10-9.
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 8
10-55
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
FRAME 22
Install Cylinder:
CAUTION
Put vise jaw on vise prior to putting on housing assembly ( 1 ) to prevent possible
damage.
1. Put housing assembly ( 1 ) in vise. Coat new preformed packing (2 ) with glycerine and put it on relief
inlet housing (3).
2. Put pin (4) in housing assembly ( 1 ) . Lock pin assembly ( 5) over threads of inlet housing (3).
3. Screw cylinder (6) on threads of inlet housing (3) until packing (2) is pressed down with strap wrench.
1. Refill/recharge valve and bottle assembly; refer to TM 5-4210-218-13& P.
2. Replace valve and bottle caution plate; refer to TM 9-2350-255-20-1-3-3, para . 9-6 .
END OF VALVE AND BOTTLE ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE
5
3
2
4
3
TA195318
Volume II
Para. 10-6 , Task 8
10-56
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
APPENDIX A
EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST
SECTION I. INTRODUCTION
A- 1. SCOPE
This appendix lists expendable supplies and materials you will need to maintain the M1 tank hull. These
items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970, Expendable Items (Except Medical , Class V, Repair Parts, and
Heraldic Items).
A-2. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS
a. Column ( 1 ) · Item number. This number is assigned to the entry in the listing for referencing,
when required .
b. Column (2) - Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the
listed item .
C - Operator/Crew
O - Organizational Maintenance
F - Direct Support Maintenance
H - General Support Maintenance
C. Column (3) · National Stock Number. This is the national stock number assigned to the item ;
use it to request or requisition the item .
d. Column (4) Description . Indicates the federal item name, and if required , a description to
identify the item . The last line for each item indicates the Federal Supply Code for Manufacturer
(FSCM) in parentheses, followed by the part number.
e. ·
Column (5) Unit of Measure (U/M). Indicates the measure used in performing the actual
maintenance function . This measure is expressed by a two-character alphabetical abbreviation
(e.g., ea, in, pr) . If the unit of measure differs from the unit of issue , requisition the lowest unit
of issue that will satisfy your requirements.
Volume II A-1
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
SECTION II. EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
NATIONAL
ITEM STOCK
NUMBER LEVEL NUMBER DESCRIPTION U/M
싱싱
1
bb
F Adhesive, epoxy: (06090) S- 1125
2 O 8040-00-877-9872 Adhesive, sealant, Type I , 3-ounce tube:
싱
(81349) MIL-A-46106
3 O 8040-00-880-7332 Adhesive, liquid rubber, Type II , 12-ounce

can: (81348) MIL-A-46106
4 F 8040-00-118-2695 Adhesive , sealant, Type I , 3-ounce tube:

(80244) MIL-A-46146
5 C 8040-00-828-4926 Adhesive, Type I , Class 3, 1 - pint can :

(81348) MMM-A- 132
6 O 8040-00-262-9028 Adhesive . Type I , 1 -pint can :

(81348) MMM- A- 1617
7 O 8040-00-664-4318 Adhesive, Type II , 1 -pint can :

(81348) MMM- A- 1617
8 O 8030-00-597-5367 Antiseize Compound , 1050 degree F LB

temperature rating , 2.5- pound can :
(81348) MIL-A-907
9 F 3439-00-227-5923 Brazing Alloy, silver:

(81348) QQB654
10 O 7920-00-514-2417 Brush , acid swabbing , box of 144 : EA

(81349) H-B-643
11 C 6850-00-142-9247 Cleaning Compound , solvent, 16-ounce OZ

tube: (81349) MIL-C-81302
12 C 5350-00-221-0872 Cloth , abrasive (crocus) , 50-sheet package: SH

(81348) P-C-458
13 O 6850-00-285-8011 Dry Cleaning Solvent, Type II , 35 -gallon GL

drum : (81348) P-D-680
14 O 9150-00-111-6256 Fluid, Hydraulic, FRH Amendment , 1 -quart QT

can: (81349) MIL-H-46170
15 C 9150-00-190-0904 Grease, automotive and artillery, 1 -pound LB

can: (81349) MIL-G- 10924
A-2 Volume II
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
SECTION II . EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST (Continued)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
NATIONAL
ITEM STOCK
16 F 5970-00-825-7255 Insulating Compound Kit: KT

(81349) MIL-I- 16923
17 O 9150-00-754-0064 Lubricant, solid film , 12-ounce can : OZ

(81349) MIL- L-23398
18 C 9150-00-948-6912 Lubricant, solid film, 1 -quart can : QT

(81349) MIL- L-46010
19 C 9150-00-186-6681 Lubricating Oil , engine , OE/HDO-30 , 1 -quart QT

can: (81349) MIL- L-2104C
20 C 9150-00-231-6689 Lubricating Oil , preservative (PL-S) , 1 -quart QT

can: (81348) VV-L-800
21 O 5510-00-134-3963 Lumber, softwood , 2 x 4-inch x 10 foot BF

long : (81348) MM - L-751
22 F 5510-00-274-5298 Lumber, softwood , 4 x 4-inch x 10 foot BF

long: (81348) MM-L- 751
23 C 5510-00-138-0216 Lumber, softwood , 8 x 8-inch x 18 foot BF

long: (81348 ) MM-L-751
24 O 6810-00-281-2762 Methyl- Ethyl- Ketone , 5 -gallon can : GL

(81348) TT- M- 261
25 C 7510-00-189-7881 Pencil, writing , package of 12: EA

(81348) SS- P- 1605
26 F 9150-00-250-0926 Petrolatum , technical, 1-3/4 pound can: LB

(81348) VV-P-236A
27 C 7920-00-205-1711 Rag, wiping , 50-pound bale: LB

(58536) A-A- 531
28 O 8030-00-275-8110 Sealing Compound Kit: EA

(81349) MIL-S- 11031
FL
29 Sealant, gasket eliminator 515 : CC

(05972 ) 51574
Volume II A-3
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
SECTION II. EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST (Continued)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
NATIONAL
ITEM STOCK
30 O 8030-00-434-4162 Sealing Compound, Type II, Grade N, CC

250-cubic centimeter bottle:
(05972) MIL-S- 46163
31 O 6850-00-880-7616 Silicone Compound , 8-ounce tube: OZ

3333
(71984) MIL- S-8660
32 2835-01-120-2884 Sleeve, chafing: (78570) 94835-1 EA
O 3439-00-555-4629 Solder, tin alloy, SN60WRP2 , 1 -pound can : LB

(81348) QQ-S-571
34 O 9905-00-537-8954 Tag, marker, 50 each: EA

(81349) MIL-T- 12755
35 O 8030-00-889-3534 Tape, antiseizing (pipe thread) , 1 /4 - inch FT

wide, 260- inch long, roll:
(81349) MIL-T- 27730
36 O 5970-00-186-6627 Tape, insulation , electrical , 1 /2 -inch wide, FT

0.007-inch thick, 108-foot roll:
(81349) MIL-I - 19166
37 F 5970-01-062-2844 Tape, insulation : FT

(81349) MIL-I- 15126
38 5640-00-292-6441 Tape, insulation , 2-inch wide, RL

100-foot roll : (81348) HH - T- 1782
39 O 4020-00-753-6555 Tape, lacing , 500-yard spool : YD

(81349) MIL-T-43435
40 C 7510-00-473-9513 Tape, masking, pressure sensitive, adhesive, FT

2-inch: (81349) MIL-T- 23397
41 O 7510-00-551-1245 Tape, pressure sensitive , olive, 60-yard roll: YD

(81348) PPP-T-60
42 7510-00-198-5831 Tape, masking : sensitive: (81348) UU-T-93 YD
43 O 9505-00-293-4208 Wire, nonelectric (safety wire), 0.032-inch LB

diameter, 1 - pound roll :
(96906) MS20995C32
A-4 Volume II
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
SECTION II . EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST (Continued)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
NATIONAL
ITEM STOCK
44 F Wood Block, 1/4 x 1-1 /2 x 18-inch , make

from lumber (Item 21 )
45 F Wood Block, 2 x 4 x 10-inch, make from

lumber (Item 21 )
46 F Wood Block, 2 x 4 x 18-inch , make from

lumber (Item 21 )

lumber (Item 22)

lumber (Item 23)
49 F 5510-00-138-0138 Lumber, softwood , 6 x 6-inch x 10- foot long: BF

(81348) MM-L- 751

lumber ( Item 49)

lumber (Item 23)

lumber ( Item 22)
53 O 7530-00-285-5836 Paper, writing, 3 x 5-inch package of 100: EA

(81348) UU-P- 121
54 F 8040-01-088-6581 Adhesive and Sealant, Type II : EA

(80244) MIL-A-46146
55 F 8030-00-152-0013 Sealing Compound Kit : EA

(81349) MIL- S-8802
56 F 6640-00-942-4393 Breaker, lab GL, 250- ml , WNN-B- 175 Type I EA
57 F Tubing, 3/16 x 2-foot, make from FT

tubing (Item65 )
58 F Tubing, 5/16 x 2-foot , make from FT

tubing ( Item 66)
Volume II A-5
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
SECTION II. EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST (Continued)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
NATIONAL
ITEM STOCK
69
59 O 8020-00-224-8024 Brush, artist's camel hair: (81348) H-B- 118 EA
60 C 9140-00-286-5294 Fuel, diesel, DF-2, 55-gallon drum : GAL

(81348) VV-F-800
69
61 F Wood Block, 2 x 2 x 14-inch, make from

lumber (Item 21 )
62 F 6810-00-264-6637 Glycerol , ACS 1 pint bottle: PT

(81348) O- G -491
63 F 4730-00-270-4613 Adapter and Compression Sleeve : EA

(96906) MS39169-14
64 F 4730-00-851-1940 Adapter and Compression Sleeve :
J
t
t o
(96906) MS9169-12
65 F 4710-00-278-7876 Tubing, copper , 3/16 - inch :

(23845) 166
66 F 4710-00-421-1266 Tubing, copper , 5/ 16 - inch :

(81346) ASTMB75
69
67 O 7920-00-165-7195 Cloth (lint-free) 10 pound box : LB

(81349) MIL-C-85043
A-6 Volume II
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
APPENDIX B
FABRICATED TOOLS
This appendix contains the instructions for making a simple tool used in some of the maintenance tasks. The
tasks requiring the use of this tool have the tool listed under the heading of supplies followed by the word -
(fabricated · refer to appendix B).
Paragraph No. Description
5-5 Shift Control Assembly

9-10 Driver's Master Panel (DMP)
9-11 Driver's Indicator Panel (Alert Panel)
Material:
1. Grind open end of combination wrench ( 1 ) down until jaw (2) is 1 /8-inch thick (dimension A) , 1-1 /4 inch
from end of wrench ( 1 ) (dimension B).
2. Measure and mark a line 3/16-inch from the inside of slot (3) of jaw (2) lengthwise (dimension C) with
rule and scriber. Make sure line is even with slot (3).
3. Grind off portion of jaw ( 2) that is outside of line marked in step 2.
4. Take off all burrs and sharp edges from ground areas of wrench ( 1 ) with file.
B 3
Units ar
2
1
TA195224
Volume III
B-1 /(B-2 blank)
(
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX
Subject Paragraph Task

A
Access Cover
Driver's Indicator Panel (Alert Panel)
Install ..... 9-11 12
Remove ...... ... 9-11 1
18
Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
Install ........ 9-14 8
Remove ...... 9-14
In-Tank Fuel Pump
Install ..... 3-8 12
Remove 3-8 1
Shift Control Assembly
Install 5-5 10
Remove 5-5 1
Access Door, Driver's Indicator Panel (Alert Panel)
Replace 9-11 7
Access Door Frame
Driver's Instrument Panel (DIP)
Install ........ 9-9 27
Remove ................. 9-9 1
Driver's Master Control Panel (DMP)
Install 9-10 14
Remove 9-10 1
Adjusting Link, Track
Bearing
12
Replace ...... 8-4
Repair and Test ................. 8-4 2
Alert Panel (see Driver's Indicator Panel) 9-11
Ammunition Compartment
Ammunition Rack Assembly
Install 6-5 19
Remove .... 6-5 18
Ammunition Rack Assembly, Lower
Install ...... 6-5 16
Removc 6-5 2
Ammunition Rack Assembly, Upper
Install ...... 6-5 17
Remove .... 6-5 1
Bearing Units , Door
87
Install 6-5 8
Remove .......... ... 6-5
Bracket, Door, Lower and Side
Replace ..... 6-5 9
Bracket, Door, Upper Left
53
Install 6-5 15
Remove 6-5 3
..........
Volume II
Index- 1
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

A (Continued)
Ammunition Compartment (Continued)

Door, Inner
Install ... 6-5 14
Remove 6-5 4
Door, Outer
26
Install ....... 6-5 12
Remove 6-5
220
Insulation
Replace 6-5 20
Latch Pin, Door
Replace 6-5 10
Metal Strip, Door, Lower and Side
Replace ...... 6-5 9
Metal Strip, Door, Upper Right
Install ...... 6-5 13
Remove 6-5 5
Retainer, Door, Lower and Side
Replace 6-5 9
Retainer, Door, Upper Left
53
Install .... 6-5 15
Remove 6-5
Retainer, Door, Upper Right
35
Install 6-5 13
Remove 6-5
Retainer, Middle
Replace 6-5 11
Seal, Door, Lower and Side
Replace ........ 6-5 9
Seal , Door, Upper Left
5 3
Install 6-5 15
Remove 6-5
Seal, Door, Upper Right
Install ..... 35
13
6-5
Remove 6-5
Seal , Middle
Replace ..... ………........... 6-5 11
Track, Lower and Side
Replace .... 6-5 9
Bearings
Input, Oil Cooling Fan Drive Unit Assembly
Replace ....... 4-4 3
Output, Oil Cooling Fan Drive Unit Assembly
Replace 4-4 5
Volume II
Index-2
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

B (Continued)
Bearings (Continued)
Track Adjusting Link
Replace ....... 8-4 1
Bearing Units, Door, Ammunition Compartment
187
Install ........ 6-5
Remove ...... 6-5
Bezel Distribution Cover, Hull Networks Distribution
Box (HNB)
Install ....... 9-8 50
Remove 9-8 7
Bezel Gasket, Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)
.... ...........
Install ...... 9-8 51
Remove ...... 9-8 6
Bezel, Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)
Install ....... 9-8 52
Remove 9-8 5
Blower Assembly, Personnel Heater
Install ...... 6-6 11
Remove ....... 6-6 2
Blower Motor Assembly, Personnel Heater
Replace 6-6 4
Bottom Sound Suppressor
Replace 6-7 3
Bracket
Component Mounting, Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)
Install 9-8 31
Remove ....... 9-8 27
Component Mounting, Hull , Power Distribution Box (HDB)
Install .............. 9-7 32
Remove 9-7 8
Connector, Circuit Card Assembly , Driver's
Instrument Panel (DIP)
Install 9-9 23
Remove 9-9 4
Door, Left Upper, Ammunition Compartment
Install .......... 6-5 15
Remove ..... 6-5 3
Door, Lower and Side, Ammunition Compartment
Replace ......... 6-5 9
Burner Assembly, Personnel Heater
Install 6-6 10
Remove 6-6 3
Repair 6-6 5
Volume II
Index-3
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

c
Cable Assembly
Connector J1 or J2 , Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
Install ...... 9-7 25
Remove 9-7 15
Connector J4, Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
Install ....... 9-7 33
Remove 9-7 7
In-Tank Fuel Pump
Install .... 3-8 11
Remove 3-8 2
Power (2W114)
Remove ...... 9-12 10
Capacitor, Radio- Interference, In-Tank Fuel Pump
Replace ..... 3-8 8
Cap TJ1 or TJ2 , Protective , Hull Networks Distribution
Box ( HNB)
Replace ..........
.... 9-8 29
Circuit Breaker
CB1 , Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
Replace ........ 9-7 18
CB2 and CB3, Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
Install ..... 9-7 29
Remove 9-7 11
CB4, CB5 , CB6 , and CB7 , Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
Replace 9-7 19
CB1 through CB29 , Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)
Install ....... 9-8 49
Remove 9-8 8
CB30, Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)
Install ...... 9-8 42
Remove ....... 9-8 16
CB101 , Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)
Install ....... 9-8 40
Remove 9-8 18
Circuit Card Assembly A1
95
Install .............. 9-11

Remove 9-11
224
Install ....... 9-9

Remove 9-9
Install .......... 9-10 10
Remove 9-10 5
Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)
Install ............... 9-8 54
Remove 9-8 3
C
Volume II
Index-4
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

C (Continued)

42
Install .............. 9-9 24
Remove 9-9
Install 9-8 54
Remove 9-8 3
224
Install ...... 9-9
Remove 9-9
Install ...... 9-8 54
Remove 9-8 3
Install 9-9 25
Remove ... 9-9 3
Install ...... 9-8 54
Remove 9-8 3
Coil , Electrical, Fuel Manifold Assembly
42
Install 3-6
Remove 3-6
Conductor Bus
2G1 , Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)
1533535
Install .... 9-8 45
Remove .... 9-8
2G1 , Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
Install ........ 9-7 28
Remove 9-7 12
2W1, Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
Install 9-7 27
Remove ......... 9-7 13
2W3 , Hull Networks Distribution Box ( HNB)
Install .... 9-8 46
Remove ....... 9-8 12
2W3A, Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
Install ..... 9-7 35
Remove ......... 9-7 5
2W3B, Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
Install 9-7 36
Remove 9-7 4
2W3C, Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
Install 9-7 38
Remove ... 9-7 2
Volume II
Index-5
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

C (Continued)
Connector Assembly, Fuel Manifold Assembly

Install ........... 3-6 5
Remove ............ 3-6 1
Connector, Cover Assembly, Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
Install 9-14 6
Remove ........ 9-14 3
Connector, Electrical, TJ1
Install ........... 9-9 26
Remove 9-9 5
Repair .... 9-9 17
Replace ........... 9-10 16
Install ........ 9-8 47
Remove 9-8 11
Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
Replace 9-7 23
Connector, Electrical TJ2
Install ………..........
.... 9-8 47
Remove 9-8 11
Connector, Receptacle, A1 , A2, A3, or A4
Install ........ 9-8 43
Remove ..... 9-8 15
Connector, Receptacle, AJ1 , AJ2 , AJ3 , or AJ4

Install 9-9 23
Remove ................ 9-9 4
Connector, Receptacle, Circuit Card Assembly

Install ....... 9-10 9
Remove ......... 9-10
Connector, Receptacle , Fire Extinguisher
Valve and Bottle Assembly
Replace 10-6 5
Connector, Receptacle, J1
Install ........ 9-11 9
Remove 9-11 4
Install 9-9 26
Remove .... 9-9 5
17
Repair ...... 9-9
16
Replace ............ .................... 9-10
Volume II
Index-6
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

C (Continued)
Connector, Receptacle, J1 (Continued)

353
22
Install 9-8 34
Remove 9-8 24
Install ..........
...... 9-7 25
Remove ....... 9-7 15
Replace 5-5 5
Install ..... 9-9 26
Nw
FG
Remove 9-9
~
~
Repair 9-9 17
Install ..... 9-8 34
Remove 9-8 24
Install 9-7 25
Remove 9-7 15
Replace ..... 5-5 6
32
Install ...... 9-8 34
23
Remove ....... 9-8 24
Replace 9-7 20
Install ....... 9-8 34 22
333
Remove 9-8 24
Install ....... 9-7
Remove .... 9-7 7
Connector , Receptacle, J6
Install 9-8 33
Remove 9-8 25
Hull Power Distribution Box ( HDB)
Replace ..... 9-7 21
22
Install 9-8 34
23
Remove 9-8 24
Replace 9-7 22
Volume II
Index-7
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued )

C (Continued)
Connector, Receptacle, J8 through J12 , Hull Networks

Distribution Box (HNB)
26
Install 9-8 32
Remove 9-8 26
Connector, Receptacle, Personnel Heater
Replace ...... ............... 6-6 9
Connector, Receptacle, UJ1 , Hull Networks
Install ...... 9-8 47
Remove ...... 9-8 11
Cover, Access
Install ............ 9-11 12
Remove 9-11 1
Electronic Control Unit ( ECU )
81
Install .... 9-14 8
Remove 9-14 1
In-Tank Fuel Pump
Install ..... 3-8 12
Remove 3-8 1
Install ............ 5-5 10
Remove 5-5 1
Cover Assembly, Connector , Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
633
Install 9-14 6
Remove 9-14
Cover, Circuit Card Assembly, Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)
51
Install ....... 9-8 55
Remove 9-8
Cover, Electrical Connector UJ1 , Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)
Replace ......... 9-8 29
Cover, Fuel Transfer Pump
Install 3-7 14
Remove 3-7 7
Cover, Solenoid Coil , Fuel Manifold Assembly
42
Install 3-6 4
Remove ..... 3-6 2
Crew Compartment Fire Extinguisher, Distribution Tube Assemblies
Left Side
Replace 10-5 1
Right Side
Replace 10-5 2
Cylinder, Fire Extinguisher
182
Bleed 10-6
Install 10-6
Remove 10-6 2
Volume II
Index-8
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

D
Detent Plunger, Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)

Install 9-8 53
Remove 9-8 4
Device CR1 , Semiconductor, Hull Networks Distribution
Box (HNB)
Replace ..... 9-8 28
Diode DS11 through DS22 , Light- Emitting, Driver's Instrument
Panel (DIP)
Replace 9-9 13
Direct Current Motor, In-Tank Fuel Pump
Replace ......... 3-8 5
Distribution Cover, Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)
Install 9-8 48
Remove 9-8 9
Bezel
Install ..... 9-8 50
Remove 9-8 7
Gasket
Replace ......... 9-8 10
Distribution Tube Assemblies , Crew Compartment Fire Extinguisher
Left Side
Replace 10-5 1
Right Side
Replace ..... 10-5 2
Domelight
21
Assemble ...... 9-6
Disassemble .... .... 9-6
Door, Ammunition Compartment
Bearing Units
87
Install ....... 6-5 8
Remove 6-5
Brackets, Lower and Side
Replace ..... 6-5 9
Brackets , Upper Left
53
Install ..... 6-5 15

Remove 6-5
Inner
Install .... 6-5 14
Remove 6-5 4
Insulation
Replace 6-5 20
Latch Pin
Replace 6-5 10
Metal Strip, Lower and Side
Replace 6-5 9
Volume II
Index-9
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

D (Continued)
Door, Ammunition Compartment (Continued)

Metal Strip, Upper Right
Install ..... 6-5 13
Remove .... 6-5 5
Outer
26
Install 6-5 12
Remove 6-5
Retainers, Lower
Replace ...... 6-5 9
Retainer , Middle
6-5 11
Replace
53
Retainers, Upper Left
Install ...... 6-5 15
Remove 6-5
Retainers, Upper Right

Install ...... 6-5 13
Remove 6-5 5
Seals, Lower
6-5 9
Replace
Seals, Middle
6-5 11
Replace
Seals, Upper Left
53
Install ..... 6-5 15
Remove 6-5
Seals, Upper Right
Install ..... 6-5 13
Remove .......... 6-5 5
Track, Lower and Side
Replace ............ 6-5 9
Access Cover
Install ..... 9-11 13
Remove 9-11 1
Access Door
Replace ...... 9-11 7
Install 9-11 9
Remove 9-11 5
Connector J1 , Receptacle
Install 9-11 9
Remove 9-11 4
Identification Plate
Replace 9-11 6
MASTER WARNING or MASTER CAUTION
Indicator Light DS1 or DS2
Install ...... 9-11 11
Remove ... 9-11 2
Volume II
Index-10
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

D (Continued)
Driver's Indicator Panel (Alert Panel) (Continued)

Switch S1 or S2, Push , RESET or PNL DIM
Install ..... 9-11 10
Remove 9-11 3
Wires
Replace 9-11 8
Access Door Frame
Install .............. 9-9 27
Remove 9-9 1
Bracket, Connector, AJ1 , AJ2, AJ3, or AJ4
34
Install 9-9 23
Remove 9-9
Circuit Card Assembly A1 , A2, or A3
*~
Install ....... 9-9 24
Remove 9-9 2
20
Install ............... 9-9 25
Remove 9-9 3
0
Install 9-9 26
Remove 9-9 5
Repair ... 9-9 17
Connector, Receptacle, AJ1 , AJ2 , AJ3 , or AJ4
3
Install 9-9 23
Remove 9-9 4
Connector, Receptacle, J1 or J2
0
Install 9-9 26
Remove 9-9 5
Repair .......... ... 9-9 17
Diode DS11 through DS22 , Light-Emitting
Replace .... 9-9 13
Replace ..... 9-9 18
Indicator M1 , Electrical
Replace 9-9 12
Indicator M3 , Liquid Quantity
Replace 9-9 12
Light XDS1 through XDS10 , Indicator
Replace ...... 9-9 16
Modules, Terminal Junction
Install ....... 9-9 22
Remove .... 9-9 8
Mounting Plate, Relay
Replace ........ 9-9 7
་
Volume II
Index- 11
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

D (Continued)
Driver's Instrument Panel ( DIP) (Continued)

Panel Assembly
Install .... 9-9 27
Remove 9-9 1
Rail TB2 , Terminal Junction
Replace ...... 9-9 9
Relay K1 , K2 , or K3 , Electromagnetic
Install ...... 9-9 21
Remove 9-9 6
Speedometer M2
Replace 9-9 15
Switch Guard
20
Install 9-9 20
Remove 9-9 10
Switch S1 , Toggle
Replace 9-9 11
Switch S2 , Rotary
Replace 9-9 14
Voltmeter M4
Replace 9-9 12
Wires
Replace ......... 9-9 19
Access Door Frame
Install ........ 9-10 14
Remove ............ 9-10 1
Bracket, Connector, Mounting
96
Install 9-10
Remove 9-10 6
Circuit Card Assembly A1 05
Install .... 9-10 10
Remove ... 9-10
Circuit Card Assembly A1 , Connector and Bracket from /in Housing
Install ..... 9-10 12
Remove 9-10 3
Connector, Electrical , TJ1
9-10 16
Replace
Connector, Receptacle , Circuit Card Assembly
Install 9-10 9
Remove 9-10 6
9-10 16
Replace
Housing
Replace 9-10 22
Replace ... 9-10 15
Volume II
Index-12
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)
1
D (Continued)
Driver's Master Control Panel (DMP) (Continued)

Indicator Light XDS1 through XDS10
Install ...... 9-10 13
Remove ....... 9-10 2
87
Install ......... 9-10 8
Remove 9-10
Panel
Replace 9-10 23
Rails, Terminal Junction
Install ………………........ 9-10 8
Remove ..... 9-10 7
Relay K1 , Electromagnetic
Install ........ 9-10 11
Remove 9-10 4
Resistor R1 , Variable
Replace 9-10 17
Switch S1 , S2, S3, S4, S5, S6, S8 , S9, S11 , S12, or S13 , Toggle
Replace 9-10 19
Switch S7, Rotary
Replace ......... 9-10 18
Switch S10 , Push
Replace ..... 9-10 20
Switch S14, Push
Replace 9-10 24
Wires
Replace ........... 9-10 21
Electronic Control Unit (ECU)

Access Cover
81
Install ........ 9-14

Remove 9-14
Cover Assembly Connector
63
Install .... 9-14 6

Remove 9-14 3
Modulator-Oscillator A1A1 and Select A1A2
Replace ......... 9-14 4
Modulator-Oscillator A3A1
9-14 5
Replace ...........
.......
Module Assembly A1 , A2, A3, or A4
72
Install ....... 9-14

Remove *******......... 9-14 2
Volume II
Index-13
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

E (Continued)
Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (Continued)

Module Demodulator and T7 A2A1 , or Module and Signal A2A2
.............
Replace ...... …………………................... 9-14 4
Power Supply Module A4 and Solenoid Driver Module A3A2
Replace .... 9-14 5
Engine Assembly, Powerpack
Replace .... 2-5 3
Engine to Transmission , Powerpack
Connect 2-5 5
Disconnect 2-5 2
Filter, Electrical , Fuel Transfer Pump
42
Install ...... 3-7
Remove 3-7
Filter, Radio Noise, Fuel Transfer Pump
Install 3-7 12
Remove 3-7 8
Fire Extinguisher Distribution Tube Assemblies
Left Side
Replace 10-5 1
Right Side
Replace .......
... 10-5 2
Fuel Manifold Assembly
Coil, Electrical
Install .............. 3-6 4
Remove 3-6 2
Connector Assembly
Install ...... 3-6 5
Remove 3-6 1
Cover, Solenoid Coil
Install ............... 3-6 4
Remove 3-6 2
Housing
Replace ......... 3-6 6
37
Replace .... 3-6

Test ......... 3-6 7
Fuel Transfer Pump
Centrifugal Pump and Impeller
Install .......... 3-7 5
Remove 3-7 1
Brushes, End Bell Assembly
Replace 3-7 11
Volume II
Index-14
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

F (Continued)
Fuel Transfer Pump (Continued)

Cover and Connector
Install 3-7 14
Remove 3-7 7
Drive Hub and Magnet Assembly and End Bell Motor Adapter
Install ....................... 3-7 13
Remove ..... ... 3-7 9
Filter, Electrical
42
Install 3-7
Remove 3-7
Housing
Install 3-7 15
Remove 3-7 6
Impeller
Install ............ 3-7 15
Remove .... 3-7 6
Motor Assembly
30
Repair ..... 3-7
Replace ................ 3-7 10
Radio Noise Filters and Bracket
200
Install 3-7 12
Remove 3-7 8
Test 3-7 16
Fuel Transfer Tube Shield
21
Install ..... 3-5 2
Remove 3-5
Gasket, Hull Networks Distribution Box ( HNB)

Bezel
Install 9-8 51
Remove ............. 9-8 6
Distribution Cover
Replace 9-8 10
Gasket, Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
Replace 9-7 16
Guard, Personnel Heater
Install ....... 6-6 12
Remove 6-6 1
Handle, Shift Control Assembly

76
Install .... 5-5 9

Remove 5-5 2
Volume II
Index-15
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

H (Continued )
Harness , Wiring
2W105
Remove 9-12 7
2W105-2
Remove 9-12 15
2W107
Remove 9-12 8
2W108
Remove 9-12 9
2W111-2
Remove 9-12 16
2W114 (Power Cable Assembly)
Remove ............... …………………...................... ……………......... 9-12 10
2W115
Remove .... 9-12 11
2W154
Remove ........ 9-12 12
2W155
Remove .... 9-12 13
2W156
Remove .......... 9-12 14
Headlight
Lampholder, Electrical Lead and Headlight Body
32
Install 9-13 3
Remove ... 9-13 2
Lead Assembly, Electrical
41
Install 9-13 4
Remove 9-13 1
Housing
Distribution, Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
3-3
Install 9-7 39
Remove ............. 9-7 1
Replace 9-10 22
Replace .... 3-6 6
Fuel Transfer Pump
Install ....... 3-7 15
Remove 3-7 6
Relief Inlet and Outlet, Fire Extinguisher Valve
73
Install 10-6
Remove ........ 10-6 3
In-Tank Fuel Pump
94
Install ...... 3-8

Remove 3-8
Volume II
Index-16
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

H (Continued)
Housing (Continued)
Replace ........... 5-5 8
Bezel
1252
Install 9-8
Remove .... 9-8
Bezel Distribution Cover
Install ...... 9-8 50
au
Nu
Remove 9-8 7
v
Bezel Gasket
Install ..... 9-8 51
Remove 9-8 6
Bracket, Component Mounting
Install 9-8 31
Remove 9-8 27
Cap, Protective, Connector TJ1 or TJ2
Replace ..... 9-8 29
Circuit Breaker CB1 through CB29
Install ...... 9-8 49
Remove 9-8 8
Circuit Breaker CB30
NO
Install ........... 9-8 42
Remove ... 9-8 16
Circuit Breaker CB101
00
Install ......... 9-8 40
Remove 9-8 18
Circuit Card Assembly A1 , A2, A3, or A4
Install 9-8 54
Remove 9-8 3
Cover, Circuit Card Assembly
Install ........... 9-8 55
Remove ...... 9-8 1
Conductor Bus 2G1
WA
KA
FR
Install ........ 9-8 45

Remove ........... 9-8 13
Conductor Bus 2W3
Install ..... 9-8 46
Remove 9-8 12
Connector, Electrical, TJ1 , TJ2 , or UJ1
Install ......... 9-8 47
Remove 9-8 11
Connector, Receptacle, A1 , A2, A3, or A4
Install 9-8 43
Remove 9-8 15
Volume II
Index-17
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

H (Continued)
Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB) (Continued)
24
Connector, Receptacle, J1 , J2 , J3, J4, or J7
Install 9-8 34
Remove 9-8 24
3333335
Install .... 9-8
Remove ...... 9-8 25
386
Connector, Receptacle, J8, J9, J10, J11 , J12
Install 9-8 32
Remove ................... 9-8 26
Cover, Electrical Connector UJ1
Replace ...... 9-8 29
Detent, Plunger
Install 9-8 53
Remove 9-8
Distribution Cover
Install 9-8 48
Remove 9-8 9
Distribution Cover Gasket
Replace ...... 9-8 10
333335
Interconnecting Box
Install 9-8
Remove 9-8 23
888
Junction Box
Install 9-8 38
Remove ..... 9-8 20
Meter M1 , Engine Time Totalizer
Install ....... 9-8 44
Remove ........ 9-8 14
Modules, Terminal Junction TB1 or TB2 3332221
Install 9-8 37
Remove …………….......... 9-8
Pads, Cushioning, Circuit Card Assembly Cover
Replace ..... 9-8 2
Plate Insulators
220
Install ....... 9-8 38

Remove 9-8 20
Power Distribution Panels TB4 and TB5
38
Install ............ 9-8 38

Remove 9-8 20
2386

Install 9-8
Remove 9-8 22
Volume II
Index-18
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

H (Continued)
Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB) (Continued)

Relay K1 through K26 , Electromagnetic
Install .... 9-8 39
Remove 9-8 19
Install ....... 9-8 41
Remove .......... 9-8 17
Semiconductor Device CR1
Replace ........ 9-8 28
Wires
Replace 9-8 30
Bracket, Component Mounting
25
20
Install 9-7 32
Remove ..... 9-7 8
Cable Assembly, Connector J1 or J2
Install 9-7
Remove 9-7 15
Cable Assembly, Connector J4
Install 9-7 33
Remove 9-7 7
Circuit Breaker CB1
Replace ......... 9-7 18
Circuit Breaker CB2 and CB3
Install ..... 9-7 29
Remove ... 9-7 11
Circuit Breaker CB4, CB5 , CB6, or CB7
Replace ……………........................... 9-7 19
Conductor Bus 2G1
Install 9-7 28
Remove ..... 9-7 12
Conductor Bus 2W1
Install ..... 9-7 27
Remove ........ 9-7 13
Conductor Bus 2W3A
Install 9-7 35
LO
Remove 9-7 5
Conductor Bus 2W3B
Install ......... 9-7 36
Remove ... 9-7 4
Conductor Bus 2W3C
Install ...... ............ 9-7 38
Remove 9-7 2
Volume II
Index-19
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

H (Continued)
Hull Power Distribution Box ( HDB) (Continued)

Replace ..... 9-7 23
Connector, Receptacle, J1 or J2
155
Install ...... 9-7 25
Remove 9-7 15
Replace ......... 9-7 20
333
Install ....
……………………..................... 9-7
Remove 9-7 7
221
Replace 9-7
Replace ........... 9-7 22
Distribution Housing
Install 9-7 39
Remove 9-7 1
Electrical- Mechanical Post
3364
Install .... 9-7
Remove .... 9-7
Mounts
26
Install ..... 9-7 26
Remove 9-7 14
Power Distribution Cover Gasket
Replace 9-7 16
Relay K1A or K1B , Electromagnetic
......
Replace …………………....... 9-7 17
300
Install ...... 9-7
Remove 9-7 10
Retaining Strap
33
Install ......... 9-7 37

Remove 9-7
Terminal Board TB1
Install 9-7 31
Remove 9-7 9
Wires
Replace ...... 9-7 24
Hull Turret Seal
Replace 5-6 1
Volume II
Index-20
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)
Replace ................. 9-11 6
Replace ................. 9-9 18
Replace 9-10 15
Replace .... ......... 3-6 3
Replace ..... 5-5 11
Ignition Control Assembly, Personnel Heater
Replace ...... 6-6 8
Indicator M1 and M3, Driver's Instrument Panel (DIP)
Replace ......... ...... 9-9 12
Inner Door, Ammunition Compartment
Install 6-5 14
Remove .................. 6-5 4
Insulation , Ammunition Compartment
Replace .... 6-5 20
In-Tank Fuel Pump
Access Cover
Install ....... 3-8 12
Remove 3-8 1
Cable Assembly
ཌས
Install 3-8 11
Remove ... 3-8 2
Capacitor, Radio Interference
Replace ..... 3-8 8
Cover, Motor , Electric
Install ..... 3-8 10
'Remove 3-8 3
Motor Brushes
Replace ......... 3-8 6
Motor, Direct Current
Replace 3-8 5
Pump Housing and Impeller
Install ......... 3-8 9
Remove .... 3-8 4
Test .......... 3-8 13
Thermal Protector
Replace ........ 3-8 7
Volume II
Index-21
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

I (Continued)
Intercom Push Switches S4 and S5, Shift Control Assembly

Replace ....... 5-5 4
335
Interconnecting Box, Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)
Install ..... 9-8 35
Remove ......... 9-8 23
Junction Box, Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)
38
Install ..... 9-8 38
Remove 9-8 20
Lampholder, Headlight
32
Install 9-13
Remove ............. 9-13
Latch Pin, Door, Ammunition Compartment
Replace .... 6-5 10
Lead Assembly, Electrical , Headlight
41
Install .......... 9-13
Remove ..... 9-13 1
Lead, Electrical Headlight
32
Install ........... 9-13
Remove 9-13
Lever, Shift Control Assembly
92
Install 5-5
Remove ...... 5-5
Light, Indicator
XDS1 through XDS10, Driver's Instrument Panel (DIP)
Replace .... 9-9 16
MASTER CAUTION or MASTER WARNING , Driver's
Indicator Panel (Alert Panel)
12
Install ..... ............... 9-11 11

Remove 9-11
32
XDS1 through XDS10 , Driver's Master Control Panel (DMP)

Install ..... 9-10 13
Remove .......... 9-10
Σ
Metal Strip, Door, Ammunition Compartment

Lower and Side
Replace .... 6-5 9
Volume II
Index-22
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

M (Continued)
Metal Strip, Door, Ammunition Compartment (Continued)

Upper Right
Install ..... 6-5 13
Remove ............... 6-5 5
Meter M1 , Engine Time Totalizer, Hull Networks Distribution
Box (HNB)
40
Install 9-8 44
Remove ............ ...... 9-8 14
Modulator-Oscillator A1A1 , Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
Replace 9-14 4
Modulator-Oscillator A3A1 , Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
…………….......
Replace .... 9-14 5
Modulator-Oscillator and Select A1A2 , Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
Replace ....... 9-14 4
Module Demodulator and T7. A2A1 , Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
Replace ........ 9-14 4
Module and Signal A2A2 , Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
Replace ............. 9-14 4
Module Assembly A1 , A2 , A3, or A4, Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
722
Install 9-14
Remove ............. 9-14
Module , Power Supply, A4 , Electronic Control Unit (ECU )
Replace ..... ...... 9-14 5
Module , Solenoid Driver A3A2 , Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
Replace ....... 9-14 5
Install ............. 9-9 22
Remove ... 9-9 8
Driver's Master Control Panel (DMP) 87
Install .......... 9-10 8
Remove 9-10
Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB), TB1 or TB2
Install ...... 9-8 37
Remove 9-8 21
otor Brushes, In-Tank Fuel Pump
Replace ....... 3-8 6
otor Cover, Electrical , In-Tank Fuel Pump
wo
5w
Install 3-8 10
Remove ... 3-8
tor , Fuel Transfer Pump
Repair .... 3-7 3
Replace 3-7 10
Volume II
Index-23
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

M (Continued)
Motor Direct Current, In-Tank Fuel Pump

Replace ......... 3-8 5
Mounting Bracket, Circuit Card Assembly, Driver's
Master Control Panel (DMP)
966
Install ................ 9-10
Remove 9-10
Mounts, Resilient, Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
64
Install ....... 9-7 26
Remove .......... 9-7 14
O
Oil Cooling Fan Drive Unit Assembly
Input Bearing
Replace ........ 4-4 3
Output Bearing
Replace 4-4 5
Seal , Input Shaft
21
Install ...... 4-4 2
Remove .......... ... 4-4
Seal , Output Shaft
Replace ...... 4-4 4
Outer Door, Ammunition Compartment
Install 6-5 12
Remove 6-5 6
Overheat, Thermostatic Switch , Personnel Heater
Replace 6-6 7
Pads, Cover Cushioning, Circuit Card Assembly,

Replace .......... 9-8 2
Panel Assembly, Driver's Instrument Panel (DIP)
Install 9-9 27
Remove 9-9 1
Volume II
Index-24
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

P (Continued)
Personnel Heater
Blower Assembly
Install 6-6 11
Remove 6-6 2
Blower Motor Assembly
Replace ...... 6-6 4
Burner Assembly
Install ...... 6-6 10
Remove 6-6 3
Repair 6-6 5
Connector , Receptacle
Replace 6-6 9
Guard
Install 6-6 12
Remove ............. 6-6 1
Ignition Control Assembly
Replace .........
..... 6-6 8
Overheat, Thermostatic Switch
Replace 6-6 7
Regulating Fuel Valve
Repair ........... 6-6 6
Plate Insulators, Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)
338
Install 9-8 38
Remove 9-8 20
Plate, Relay Mounting, Driver's Instrument Panel ( DIP)
Replace ...... 9-9 7
PNL DIM Push Switch S1 , Driver's Indicator Panel (Alert Panel)
03
Install ...... 9-11 10
Remove ......... 9-11
Post, Electrical - Mechanical , Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
Install ....... 9-7 34
Remove 9-7 6
Power Distribution Panels TB4 and TB5 , Hull Networks
Install 9-8 38
Remove .... 9-8 20
Power Supply Module A4 , Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
Replace 9-14 5
Powerpack
Engine Assembly
Replace 2-5 3
Volume II
Index-25
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

P (Continued)
Powerpack (Continued)
Engine to/from Transmission
52
Connect ............ 2-5
Disconnect ................. ... 2-5
Maintenance Stand on/from
Install 2-5 1
Remove ...... 2-5 6
Transmission Assembly
Replace ... 2-5 4
Protective Cap, Electrical Connector TJ1 or TJ2,
Replace 9-8 29
R
Race Ring Wiper Seal
Replace ...... 5-7 1
Radio Interference Capacitor, In-Tank Fuel Pump
Replace ................. 3-8 8
87
Install 9-10
Remove ........... 9-10
Hull Networks Distribution Box (HND)
28686
Install .... 9-8 36
Remove ....... 9-8 22
TB2, Driver's Instrument Panel (DIP)
Replace .... 9-9 9
Rear Sound Suppressor
Replace ....... 6-7 1
Regulating Fuel Valve, Personnel Heater
..............
Repair .... 6-6 6
Relay K1 , Electromagnetic , Driver's Instrument Panel (DIP)
Install 9-9 21
Remove ..... 9-9 6
Relay K1 , Electromagnetic, Driver's Master Control Panel (DMP)
Install ........ 9-10 11
Remove .... 9-10 4
Relay K1 through K26 , Electromagnetic, Hull Networks
Install 9-8 39
Remove ............. 9-8 19
Volume II
Index-26
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

R (Continued)
Relay K1A or K1B, Electromagnetic, Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
220
Replace ..... 9-7 17
Relay K2, Electromagnetic, Driver's Instrument Panel (DIP)
Install ...... 9-9 21
Remove .... 9-9 6
Relay K2 , Electromagnetic, Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
80
Install ....... 9-7 30
Remove 9-7 10
Relay K3, Electromagnetic, Driver's Instrument Panel (DIP)
བ་
Install 9-9 21
Remove 9-9 6
Relay K101 , Electromagnetic, Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)
Install ....... ................ 9-8 41
Remove ....... 9-8 17
ESET Push Switch S2 , Driver's Indicator Panel (Alert Panel)
Install ......... 9-11 10
Remove 9-11 3
lesistor R1 , Variable, Driver's Master Control Panel (DMP)
Replace ........... 9-10 17
etainers, Door, Ammunition Compartment
Lower and Side
Replace .... 6-5 9
Upper Left
Install .... 6-5 15
Remove .... 6-5 3
Upper Right
Install 6-5 13
Remove ........ 6-5 5
etainers, Middle, Ammunition Compartment
Replace .... 6-5 11
etaining Strap, Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
Install ...... 9-7 37
Remove 9-7 3
S
eals , Door, Ammunition Compartment

Lower and Side
Replace 6-5 9
Upper Left
53
Install ..... 6-5 15

Remove 6-5 3
Upper Right
35
Install ..... 6-5 13

Remove 6-5 5
Volume II
Index-27
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

S (Continued)
Seals, Middle, Ammunition Compartment

Replace ..... 6-5 11
Seal , Oil Cooling Fan Drive Unit Assembly
Input Shaft
12
Install ...... 4-4
Remove 4-4 2
Output Shaft
Replace .......... 4-4 4
Semiconductor Device CR1 , Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)
Replace ..... 9-8 28
Access Cover
Install ...... 5-5 10
Remove 5-5 1
Replace 5-5 5
Replace ........................... 5-5 6
Handle
76
Install 5-5 9
Remove 5-5 2
Housing
Replace 5-5 8
Replace 5-5 11
Lever
26
Install .... 5-5 9
Remove 5-5 2
Switch S1 , Rotary
Replace ....... 5-5 3
Switch S4 and S5, Intercom Push
• 5-5 4
Replace ....
Wires
Replace 5-5 7
Shoulder Pin, Turret Ring
Replace 5-8 1
Side Sound Suppressor
Replace .... 6-7 2
Solenoid Driver Module A3A2 , Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
Replace ..... ............ 9-14 5
Sound Suppressors
Bottom Sound Suppressor
Replace 6-7 3
Rear Sound Suppressor
Replace ..... …………………............... 6-7 1
Side Sound Suppressor
Replace .......................... 6-7 2
Volume II
Index-28
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

S (Continued)
Speedometer M2, Driver's Instrument Panel (DIP)

Replace .............. 9-9 15
Swaged Tubing and Fitting
Bulkhead Union , Leaking
Repair ........ 7-5 5
Elbow
Repair 7-5 4
End Fitting
Repair .... 7-5 6
Tee
Repair 7-5 4
Tube Bend
Repair ..... 7-5 7
Tube with Damaged Section over 5/ 16- inch Long
Repair ....... 7-5 3
Tube with Damaged Section under 5/ 16 -inch Long
Repair 7-5 2
Tubing
188
Cut and Deburr 7-5
Swage 7-5
Switch
Overheat, Thermostatic, Personnel Heater
Replace ....... 6-6 7
S1 or S2 , Push, Driver's Indicator Panel (Alert Panel)
Install 9-11 10
Remove 9-11 3
S1 , S2 , S3, S4 , S5 , S6 , S8 , S9, S11 , S12 , or S13 , Toggle
Replace 9-10 19
S1, Rotary, Shift Control Assembly
Replace ......... 5-5 3
S1, Toggle, Driver's Instrument Panel (DIP)
Replace .................. 9-9 11
S2, Rotary, Driver's Instrument Panel (DIP)
Replace ... 9-9 14
S7, Rotary, Driver's Master Control Panel (DMP)
Replace .................... 9-10 18
S10, Push, Driver's Master Control Panel (DMP)
Replace ......... 9-10 20
S14, Push, Driver's Master Control Panel (DMP)
Replace ...... 9-10 24
200
Switch Guard , Driver's Instrument Panel (DIP)

Install .... 9-9
Remove 9-9 10
Volume II
Index-29
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

T
Taillight
Assembly
Replace ..... 9-5 3
Connector, Receptacle
21
Install ..... 9-5
Remove .......... 9-5
Terminal Board TB1 , Hull Power Distribution Box (HDB)
Install .......... 9-7 31
Remove ................... 9-7 9
Terminal Junction Modules, Driver's Instrument Panel ( DIP)
Install …………………............................. 9-9 22
Remove …………………............ 9-9 8
Terminal Junction Modules, Driver's Master Control Panel ( DMP)
87
Install 9-10 8
Remove 9-10 7
Terminal Junction Rail , Driver's Instrument Panel (DIP)
Replace ...... 9-9 9
Terminal Junction Rail , Driver's Master Control Panel (DMP)
87
Install ......... 9-10
Remove 9-10 7
Terminal Junction Rail, Hull Networks Distribution Box (HNB)
Install ..... 9-8 36
Remove .......……………………………. 9-8 22
Thermal Protector, In-Tank Fuel Pump
Replace 3-8 7
Track Adjusting Link
Bearing
12
Replace ..... 8-4
Repair and Test ..... 8-4
Track, Door, Ammunition Compartment
Lower and Side
Replace ......... 6-5 9
Transmission Assembly, Powerpack
Replace 2-5 4
Transmission to Engine , Powerpack
522
Connect 2-5
Disconnect 2-5
Tube Shield, Fuel Transfer
21
Install ........... 3-5 2

Remove ......... 3-5
Turret Ring, Shoulder Pin
Replace 5-8 1
Turret Seal , Hull
Replace ............ 5-6 1
Volume II
Index-30
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

V
Valve Assembly, Fire Extinguisher

Ball Socket Seat
64
Install ...... 10-6
Remove 10-6 4
Connector, Receptacle
Replace ...... 10-6 5
Cylinder
182
Bleed 10-6
Install ..... ..... 10-6 8
Remove ...... 10-6
Housing, Relief Inlet and Outlet
73
Install ..... 10-6 7
Remove 10-6 3
Pneumatic Valve
64
Install ...... 10-6
Remove ...... 10-6
Slide, Directional
64
Install .......... ..... 10-6
Remove 10-6
Voltmeter M4, Driver's Instrument Panel ( DIP)
Replace ......... ........... 9-9 12
W
Wiper Seal , Race Ring
Replace ..... 5-7 1
Wires
Replace ..... 9-11 8
Replace 9-9 19
Replace ....... 9-10 21
Replace ...... 9-8 30
Replace ..... .... 9-7 24
Replace ........ 5-5 7
Wiring Diagrams 9-12
Wiring Harness
Boot, Dust and Moisture
Replace ............................... .................... .......... 9-12 4
Volume II
Index-31
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2
INDEX (Continued)

W (Continued)
Wiring Harness (Continued)

Connector Style A, B, C, or D, Plug
Repair ....... 9-12 1
Connector Style E, Plug
Repair 9-12 2
Cover, Feed-Through
Install 9-12 6
Remove 9-12 5
Lug, Terminal, Style F
Replace ..... 9-12 3
Plate, Feed-Through
65
Install ..... 9-12 6
Remove .... ...... 9-12 5
Power Cable Assembly, 2W114
Remove 9-12 10
2W105
Remove 9-12 7
2W105-2
Remove …………............ ……………............. 9-12 15
2W107
Remove .... 9-12 8
2W108
Remove 9-12 9
2W111-2
Remove 9-12 16
2W115
Remove ........ 9-12 11
2W154
Remove ............ 9-12 12
2W155
Remove 9-12 13
2W156
Remove 9-12 14
Volume II
Index-32
By Order ofthe Secretary of the Army E. C. Meyer
General, United States Army
ChiefofStaff
Official:
ROBERT M. JOYCE
Brigadier General, United States Army
TheAdjutant General
Distribution:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-37 , Direct Support and General Support Maintenance
requirements for M1 General Abrams Tank.
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1982-554-002 : 141

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
SOMETHING WRONG WITH THIS PUBLICATION?

FROM: (PRINT YOUR UNIT'S COMPLETE ADDRESS)
THEN. JOT DOWN THE SP/5 John E. Cares
DOPE ABOUT IT ON THIS Co. B. 122 Mt. BN
FORM, CAREFULLY Tear it
A.P.O. New York 09169
OUT. FOLD IT AND DROP IT
IN THE MAIL' DATE SENT
PUBLICATION NUMBER PUBLICATION DATE PUBLICATION TITLE

DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT
TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2 MAINTENANCE, TANK, COMBAT FULL-
TRACKED: 105-MM GUN, M1 HULL
BE EXACT PIN-POINT WHERE IT IS
IN THIS SPACE TELL WHAT IS WRONG
PAGE PARA- FIGURE TABLE AND WHAT SHOULD BE DONE ABOUT IT:
NO GRAPH NO NO
10-48 10-6
Packing retainer (9) and preformed packing (11)
fit on bottom of directional slide (8). Show
packing retainer (9) and preformed packing ( 11)

between directional slide (8) and poppet
assembly sleeve ( 13).
E
L
P
M
A
S
PRINTED NAME , GRADE OR TITLE , AND TELEPHONE NUMBER SIGN HERE:
John E. Cares, SP/5 G.M. 842 John E.Cares .

PREVIOUS EDITIONS
FORM 2028-2 P.S.--IF YOUR OUTFIT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT YOUR
1 JUL
DA.5 79 ARE OBSOLETE . RECOMMENDATION MAKE A CARBON COPY OF THIS
AND GIVE IT TO YOUR HEADQUARTERS .
SOMETHING WRONG WITH THIS PUBLICATION ?

THEN.. JOT DOWN THE
DOPE ABOUT IT ON THIS
FORM. CAREFULLY TEAR IT
IN THE MAIL! DATE SENT

BE EXACT. PIN-POINT WHERE IT IS
NO GRAPH NO NO
PRINTED NAME. GRADE OR TITLE. AND TELEPHONE NUMBER SIGN HERE:
PREVIOUS EDITIONS
FORM79 2028-2 ARE OBSOLETE .
P.S.--IF YOUR OUTFIT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT YOUR
DA₁1 JUL RECOMMENDATION MAKE A CARBON COPY OF THIS
AND GIVE IT TO YOUR HEADQUARTERS.
REVERSE OF DA PORN 2008-3
PERFOR
ALONG
TEAR
ATED
LINE
FILL IN YOUR
UNIT'S ADDRESS
FOLD BACK
POSTAGE AND FEES PAID

DOD 314
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE $300
Commander
U.S. ArmyTank-Automotive Command
ATTN: DRSTA- MB
Warren, MI 48090
SOMETHING WRONG WITH THIS PUBLICATION ?

THEN.. JOT DOWN THE
FORM, CAREFULLY TEAR it
IN THE MAIL DATE SENT

BE EXACT. PIN-POINT WHERE IT IS
NO GRAPH NO NO
PRINTED NAME. GRADE OR TITLE , AND TELEPHONE NUMBER SIGN HERE:
PREVIOUS EDITIONS P.S.--IF YOUR OUTFIT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT YOUR

DA ,FORM 2028-2 ARE OBSOLETE . RECOMMENDATION MAKE A CARBON COPY OF THIS
AND GIVE IT TO YOUR HEADQUARTERS.
REVERSE OF FORM 2888-3
PERFORATED
ALONG
TEAR
LINE
FILL IN YOUR
UNIT'S ADDRESS
FOLD BACK

DOD 314
U.S.MAN
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
Commander
U.S. Army Tank-Automotive Command
ATTN : DRSTA- MB
Warren, MI 48090
SOMETHING WRONG WITH THIS PUBLICATION?

THEN.. JOT DOWN THE
FORM, CAREFULLY TEAR IT
IN THE MAIL! DATE SENT

TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2-2 MAINTENANCE , TANK , COMBAT FULL-
BE EXACT PIN-POINT WHERE IT IS
NO GRAPH NO NO
PRINTED NAME . GRADE OR TITLE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER SIGN HERE:
PREVIOUS EDITIONS P.S.--IF YOUR OUTFIT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT YOUR

DA,1 FORM
JUL 79 2028-2 ARE OBSOLETE . RECOMMENDATION MAKE A CARBON COPY OF THIS
AND GIVE IT TO YOUR HEADQUARTERS
REVERSE OF DA FORM 2888-2
ALON
TEARG
FILL IN YOUR
UNIT'S ADDRESS
FOLD BACK

DOD 314
U.S.MAN
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
Commander
U.S. Army Tank-Automotive Command
ATTN: DRSTA- MB
Warren, MI 48090
THE METRIC SYSTEM AND EQUIVALENTS
LINEAR MEASURE SQUARE MEASURE

1 Centimeter = 10 Millimeters = 0.01 Meters 0.3937 Inches 1 Sq . Centimeter = 100 Sq . Millimeters ==
= 0.155 Sq . Inches
1 Meter 100 Centimeters = 1000 Millimeters = 39.37 Inches 1 Sq . Meter = 10,000 Sq . Centimeters = 10.76 Sq . Feet
1 Kilometer = 1000 Meters = 0.621 Miles 1 Sq . Kilometer = 1,000,000 Sq . Meters 0.386 Sq . Miles
WEIGHTS CUBIC MEASURE

1 Gram = 0.001 Kilograms = 1000 Milligrams = 0.035 Ounces 1 Cu . Centimeter = 1000 Cu . Millimeters = 0.06 Cu . Inches
1 Kilogram = 1000 Grams = 2.2 Lb. 1 Cu. Meter - 1,000,000 Cu. Centimeters = 35.31 Cu . Feet
1 Metric Ton = 1000 Kilograms = 1 Megagram = 1.1 ShortTons
TEMPERATURE
LIQUID MEASURE 9(°F - 32) = °C
1 Milliliter = 0.001 Liters = 0.0338 Fluid Ounces 212° Fahrenheit is equivalent to 100° Celsius
1 Liter = 1000 Milliliters = 33.82 Fluid Ounces 90° Fahrenheit is equivalent to 32.2° Celsius
32°Fahrenheit is equivalent to 0° Celsius
5 °C + 32 = °F
15
6
APPROXIMATE CONVERSION FACTORS
TO CHANGE ΤΟ MULTIPLY BY
14
Inches Centimeters 2.540
Feet Meters 0.305
Yards Meters 0.914
ει
Miles Kilometers 1.609
5
Square Inches Square Centimeters 6.451
Square Feet Square Meters 0.093
12
Square Yards Square Meters 0.836
Square Miles Square Kilometers 2.590
Acres Square Hectometers 0.405
11
Cubic Feet Cubic Meters 0.028
Cubic Yards Cubic Meters 0.765
Fluid Ounces Milliliters 29.573
10
Pints Liters 0.473

Quarts Liters 0.946
Gallons Liters 3.785
Ounces Grams 28.349
6
Pounds Kilograms 0.454

Short Tons Metric Tons 0.907
Pound-Feet Newton-Meters 1.356
8
Pounds per Square Inch Kilopascals 6.895

3
Miles per Gallon Kilometers per Liter 0.425

Miles per Hour Kilometers per Hour 1.609
7
TO CHANGE ΤΟ MULTIPLY BY
Centimeters Inches 0.394
Meters Feet 3.280
9
Meters Yards 1.094

Kilometers Miles 0.621
2
Square Centimeters Square Inches 0.155

5
Square Meters Square Feet 10.764

Square Meters Square Yards 1.196
Square Kilometers Square Miles 0.386
Square Hectometers Acres 2.471
Cubic Meters Cubic Fect 35.315
Cubic Meters Cubic Yards 1.308
3
Milliliters Fluid Ounces 0.034

1S
INCHE
Liters Pints 2.113

Liters Quarts 1.057
Liters Gallons 0.264
.1 M
Grams Ounces 0.035

2C
Kilograms Pounds 2.205

Metric Tons Short Tons 1.102
Newton-Meters Pound-Feet 0.738
Kilopascals Pounds per Square Inch 0.145
Kilometers per Liter 2.354
0
Miles per Gallon

Kilometers per Hour Miles per Hour 0.621
TA089991

Tank Combat Full Tracked

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tank Combat Full Tracked

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

HULL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 9-1

DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM 10-1

MAINTENANCE MANUAL EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND

FABRICATED TOOLS B-1

UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA LIBRARY

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

DON'T TAKE CHANCES

4. Report through the chain of command if:

is used in the operation of this equipment.

fe may result if personnel fail to observe safety precautions.

For artificial respiration , refer to FM 21-11.

2. Never fire the laser rangefinder at flat glass or mirror-like targets.

4. Report through the chain of command if:

is used in the operation of this equipment.

may result if personnel fail to observe safety precautions .

For artificial respiration , refer to FM 21-11.

2. Never fire the laser rangefinder at flat glass or mirror-like targets.

4. Report through the chain of command if:

is used in the operation of this equipment.

may result if personnel fail to observe safety precautions.

For artificial respiration , refer to FM 21-11.

CARBON MONOXIDE ( EXHAUST GAS) CAN KILL YOU

THE BEST DEFENSE AGAINST CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING

Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual

TANK, COMBAT, FULL-TRACKED: 105-MM GUN , M1 HULL

Reporting Errors and Recommending Improvements

This volume is divided into two parts: Chapters 9 and 10 are

Part 2 Paragraph Page

*This manual supersedes TM 9-2350-255-34-1-2, 1 May 1982 , including all changes.

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

APPENDIX A. EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST A- 1

APPENDIX B. FABRICATED TOOLS B- 1

Number Title Page

9-1 Equipment Items Covered 9-1

Volume II iii/(iv blank)

HULL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

Table 9-1 . Equipment Items Covered

Paragraph Title Page

9-3. Equipment Items Not Covered. None

9-4. General Maintenance Instructions (Continued):

a. Soldering Techniques (Continued)

b. Cleaning Electrical Components

c. Crimping Wire Contacts

9-4. General Maintenance Instructions (Continued):

c. Crimping Wire Contacts (Continued)

d . Tagging Electrical Wires and Components

e. Heat Shrinking Insulation Sleeving

(1 ) Slide sleeving over wire and terminal.

(3) Let sleeving cool 30 seconds before handling.

f. Connecting and Disconnecting Connectors

9-4. General Maintenance Instructions (Continued) :

f. Connecting and Disconnecting Connectors (Continued)

g. Replacing Electrical Wiring or Components

(6) Check mountings, parts, and shafts for proper alignment.

9-4. General Maintenance Instructions (Continued) :

i. Replacing and Repairing Connectors and Receptacles

j. Replacing Diodes, Relays, Potentiometers, Switches, Circuit Breakers, Capacitors, Semiconductors,

9-4. General Maintenance Instructions (Continued):

j. Replacing Diodes, Relays, Potentiometers, Switches, Circuit Breakers, Capacitors, Semiconductors,

k. Testing Harness and Connector

(1 ) Set multimeter to measure low resistance .

9-5. Taillight Maintenance